Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1721/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Do you love Horror, Mystery stories, or want to learn about Astronomy & Physics? Our library with over 500,000+ audiobooks will meet all your needs. Get 3 free audiobooks right away and start your journey of exploration. Easily listen to books on iPhone, iPad, Android, and other devices. Let audiobooks become your reliable companion! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1721/ en-US All rights reserved Fri, 17 Jan 2025 04:02:18 GMT Fri, 17 Jan 2025 04:02:18 GMT Notepad++ https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1721/ https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/1721/logo.jpg https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1721/ thebookvoice.com no Dr. Abigale Waters IV bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1721/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Do you love Horror, Mystery stories, or want to learn about Astronomy & Physics? Our library with over 500,000+ audiobooks will meet all your needs. Get 3 free audiobooks right away and start your journey of exploration. Easily listen to books on iPhone, iPad, Android, and other devices. Let audiobooks become your reliable companion! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342222 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342222]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Going Broke, Updated Edition: Why Americans (Still) Can’t Hold On to Their Money Author: Stuart Vyse Narrator: William Hughes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 11 minutes Release date: September 3, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Over the last four decades, debt, bankruptcy, and home foreclosures have risen to epidemic levels, and the personal savings rate has sunk dangerously low. Why, in the richest nation on Earth, can’t Americans hold on to their money? First published in 2008, Stuart Vyse’s Going Broke described the epidemic of personal debt that existed in the years leading up to the Great Recession, and anticipated the home mortgage crisis that started it. Ten years later, this fully updated new edition tackles the post-recession era of economic recovery. Today total household debt has actually surpassed pre-recession levels, and some of the same problems that preceded the crash are back again. But the shape of our troubles has changed: the new face of financial failure features auto repossession, bankruptcy, eviction, wage garnishment, and being sued for unpaid bills. Vyse offers a unique psychological perspective on the financial behavior of the many Americans today who find they cannot make ends meet, illuminating these and other causes of our wildly self-destructive spending habits. But he doesn’t entirely blame the victim, arguing instead that the mountain of debt burying so many of us is the inevitable byproduct of America’s turbo-charged economy together with social and technological trends that undermine our self-control. This new edition illuminates everything from the rise of the credit card and ballooning student loan debt, to the expansion of new shopping opportunities provided by social media, revealing how vast changes in American society over the last forty years have greatly complicated our relationship with money. Vyse concludes with both personal advice for the individual who wants to achieve greater financial stability and with pointed recommendations for economic and social change that will help promote the financial health of all Americans. Stuart Vyse Mon, 03 Sep 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342222 thebookvoice.com 13:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342222]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Going Broke, Updated Edition: Why Americans (Still) Can’t Hold On to Their Money Author: Stuart Vyse Narrator: William Hughes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 11 minutes Release date: September 3, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Over the last four decades, debt, bankruptcy, and home foreclosures have risen to epidemic levels, and the personal savings rate has sunk dangerously low. Why, in the richest nation on Earth, can’t Americans hold on to their money? First published in 2008, Stuart Vyse’s Going Broke described the epidemic of personal debt that existed in the years leading up to the Great Recession, and anticipated the home mortgage crisis that started it. Ten years later, this fully updated new edition tackles the post-recession era of economic recovery. Today total household debt has actually surpassed pre-recession levels, and some of the same problems that preceded the crash are back again. But the shape of our troubles has changed: the new face of financial failure features auto repossession, bankruptcy, eviction, wage garnishment, and being sued for unpaid bills. Vyse offers a unique psychological perspective on the financial behavior of the many Americans today who find they cannot make ends meet, illuminating these and other causes of our wildly self-destructive spending habits. But he doesn’t entirely blame the victim, arguing instead that the mountain of debt burying so many of us is the inevitable byproduct of America’s turbo-charged economy together with social and technological trends that undermine our self-control. This new edition illuminates everything from the rise of the credit card and ballooning student loan debt, to the expansion of new shopping opportunities provided by social media, revealing how vast changes in American society over the last forty years have greatly complicated our relationship with money. Vyse concludes with both personal advice for the individual who wants to achieve greater financial stability and with pointed recommendations for economic and social change that will help promote the financial health of all Americans. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342222]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Going Broke, Updated Edition: Why Americans (Still) Can’t Hold On to Their Money Author: Stuart Vyse Narrator: William Hughes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 11 minutes Release date: September 3, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Over the last four decades, debt, bankruptcy, and home foreclosures have risen to epidemic levels, and the personal savings rate has sunk dangerously low. Why, in the richest nation on Earth, can’t Americans hold on to their money? First published in 2008, Stuart Vyse’s Going Broke described the epidemic of personal debt that existed in the years leading up to the Great Recession, and anticipated the home mortgage crisis that started it. Ten years later, this fully updated new edition tackles the post-recession era of economic recovery. Today total household debt has actually surpassed pre-recession levels, and some of the same problems that preceded the crash are back again. But the shape of our troubles has changed: the new face of financial failure features auto repossession, bankruptcy, eviction, wage garnishment, and being sued for unpaid bills. Vyse offers a unique psychological perspective on the financial behavior of the many Americans today who find they cannot make ends meet, illuminating these and other causes of our wildly self-destructive spending habits. But he doesn’t entirely blame the victim, arguing instead that the mountain of debt burying so many of us is the inevitable byproduct of America’s turbo-charged economy together with social and technological trends that undermine our self-control. This new edition illuminates everything from the rise of the credit card and ballooning student loan debt, to the expansion of new shopping opportunities provided by social media, revealing how vast changes in American society over the last forty years have greatly complicated our relationship with money. Vyse concludes with both personal advice for the individual who wants to achieve greater financial stability and with pointed recommendations for economic and social change that will help promote the financial health of all Americans. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342214 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342214]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 12 Rules for Life: An Antidote to Chaos Author: Jordan B. Peterson Narrator: Jordan B. Peterson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 56 minutes Release date: January 23, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.15 of Total 1286 Ratings of Narrator: 4.59 of Total 167 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: OVER TEN MILLION COPIES SOLD #1 INTERNATIONAL BESTSELLER What are the most valuable things that everyone should know? Acclaimed clinical psychologist Jordan B Peterson has influenced the modern understanding of personality, and now he has become one of the world's most popular public thinkers, with his lectures on topics from the Bible to romantic relationships to mythology drawing tens of millions of viewers. In an era of unprecedented change and polarizing politics, his frank and refreshing message about the value of individual responsibility and ancient wisdom has resonated around the world. In this book, he provides twelve profound and practical principles for how to live a meaningful life, from setting your house in order before criticising others to comparing yourself to who you were yesterday, not someone else today. Happiness is a pointless goal, he shows us. Instead we must search for meaning, not for its own sake, but as a defence against the suffering that is intrinsic to our existence. Drawing on vivid examples from the author's clinical practice and personal life, cutting-edge psychology and philosophy, and lessons from humanity's oldest myths and stories, 12 Rules for Life offers a deeply rewarding antidote to the chaos in our lives: eternal truths applied to our modern problems. Jordan B. Peterson Tue, 23 Jan 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342214 thebookvoice.com 15:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342214]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 12 Rules for Life: An Antidote to Chaos Author: Jordan B. Peterson Narrator: Jordan B. Peterson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 56 minutes Release date: January 23, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.15 of Total 1286 Ratings of Narrator: 4.59 of Total 167 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: OVER TEN MILLION COPIES SOLD #1 INTERNATIONAL BESTSELLER What are the most valuable things that everyone should know? Acclaimed clinical psychologist Jordan B Peterson has influenced the modern understanding of personality, and now he has become one of the world's most popular public thinkers, with his lectures on topics from the Bible to romantic relationships to mythology drawing tens of millions of viewers. In an era of unprecedented change and polarizing politics, his frank and refreshing message about the value of individual responsibility and ancient wisdom has resonated around the world. In this book, he provides twelve profound and practical principles for how to live a meaningful life, from setting your house in order before criticising others to comparing yourself to who you were yesterday, not someone else today. Happiness is a pointless goal, he shows us. Instead we must search for meaning, not for its own sake, but as a defence against the suffering that is intrinsic to our existence. Drawing on vivid examples from the author's clinical practice and personal life, cutting-edge psychology and philosophy, and lessons from humanity's oldest myths and stories, 12 Rules for Life offers a deeply rewarding antidote to the chaos in our lives: eternal truths applied to our modern problems. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342214]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 12 Rules for Life: An Antidote to Chaos Author: Jordan B. Peterson Narrator: Jordan B. Peterson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 56 minutes Release date: January 23, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.15 of Total 1286 Ratings of Narrator: 4.59 of Total 167 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: OVER TEN MILLION COPIES SOLD #1 INTERNATIONAL BESTSELLER What are the most valuable things that everyone should know? Acclaimed clinical psychologist Jordan B Peterson has influenced the modern understanding of personality, and now he has become one of the world's most popular public thinkers, with his lectures on topics from the Bible to romantic relationships to mythology drawing tens of millions of viewers. In an era of unprecedented change and polarizing politics, his frank and refreshing message about the value of individual responsibility and ancient wisdom has resonated around the world. In this book, he provides twelve profound and practical principles for how to live a meaningful life, from setting your house in order before criticising others to comparing yourself to who you were yesterday, not someone else today. Happiness is a pointless goal, he shows us. Instead we must search for meaning, not for its own sake, but as a defence against the suffering that is intrinsic to our existence. Drawing on vivid examples from the author's clinical practice and personal life, cutting-edge psychology and philosophy, and lessons from humanity's oldest myths and stories, 12 Rules for Life offers a deeply rewarding antidote to the chaos in our lives: eternal truths applied to our modern problems. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342178 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342178]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mastering Fear: A Navy SEAL's Guide Author: Brandon Webb, John David Mann Narrator: Brandon Webb, Johnathan Mcclain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 50 minutes Release date: August 7, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.64 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From New York Times bestselling author and former Navy SEAL Brandon Webb comes a simple yet powerful five-step guide to transforming your life by making your fears work for you instead of against you. Brandon Webb has run life-threatening missions in the world's worst trouble spots, whether that meant jumping out of airplanes, taking down hostile ships on the open sea, or rolling prisoners in the dead of night in the mountains of Afghanistan. As a Navy SEAL, he learned how to manage the natural impulse to panic in the face of terrifying situations. As media CEO and national television commentator, he has learned how to apply those same skills in civilian life. Drawing on his experiences in combat and business, along with colorful anecdotes from his vast network of super-achiever friends from astronauts to billionaires, Webb shows how people from all walks of life can stretch and transcend their boundaries and learn to use their fears as fuel to achieve more than they ever thought possible. 'Fear can be a set of manacles, holding you prisoner,' writes Webb. 'Or it can be a slingshot, catapulting you on to greatness.' The key, says Webb, is not to fight fear or try to beat it back, but to embrace and harness it. In the process, rather than being your adversary, your fear becomes a secret weapon that allows you to triumph in even the most adverse situations. In Mastering Fear, Webb and his bestselling coauthor John David Mann break this transformation down into five practical steps, creating a must-read manual for anyone looking for greater courage and mastery in their lives. Brandon Webb, John David Mann Tue, 07 Aug 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342178 thebookvoice.com 4:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342178]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mastering Fear: A Navy SEAL's Guide Author: Brandon Webb, John David Mann Narrator: Brandon Webb, Johnathan Mcclain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 50 minutes Release date: August 7, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.64 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From New York Times bestselling author and former Navy SEAL Brandon Webb comes a simple yet powerful five-step guide to transforming your life by making your fears work for you instead of against you. Brandon Webb has run life-threatening missions in the world's worst trouble spots, whether that meant jumping out of airplanes, taking down hostile ships on the open sea, or rolling prisoners in the dead of night in the mountains of Afghanistan. As a Navy SEAL, he learned how to manage the natural impulse to panic in the face of terrifying situations. As media CEO and national television commentator, he has learned how to apply those same skills in civilian life. Drawing on his experiences in combat and business, along with colorful anecdotes from his vast network of super-achiever friends from astronauts to billionaires, Webb shows how people from all walks of life can stretch and transcend their boundaries and learn to use their fears as fuel to achieve more than they ever thought possible. 'Fear can be a set of manacles, holding you prisoner,' writes Webb. 'Or it can be a slingshot, catapulting you on to greatness.' The key, says Webb, is not to fight fear or try to beat it back, but to embrace and harness it. In the process, rather than being your adversary, your fear becomes a secret weapon that allows you to triumph in even the most adverse situations. In Mastering Fear, Webb and his bestselling coauthor John David Mann break this transformation down into five practical steps, creating a must-read manual for anyone looking for greater courage and mastery in their lives. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342178]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mastering Fear: A Navy SEAL's Guide Author: Brandon Webb, John David Mann Narrator: Brandon Webb, Johnathan Mcclain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 50 minutes Release date: August 7, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.64 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From New York Times bestselling author and former Navy SEAL Brandon Webb comes a simple yet powerful five-step guide to transforming your life by making your fears work for you instead of against you. Brandon Webb has run life-threatening missions in the world's worst trouble spots, whether that meant jumping out of airplanes, taking down hostile ships on the open sea, or rolling prisoners in the dead of night in the mountains of Afghanistan. As a Navy SEAL, he learned how to manage the natural impulse to panic in the face of terrifying situations. As media CEO and national television commentator, he has learned how to apply those same skills in civilian life. Drawing on his experiences in combat and business, along with colorful anecdotes from his vast network of super-achiever friends from astronauts to billionaires, Webb shows how people from all walks of life can stretch and transcend their boundaries and learn to use their fears as fuel to achieve more than they ever thought possible. 'Fear can be a set of manacles, holding you prisoner,' writes Webb. 'Or it can be a slingshot, catapulting you on to greatness.' The key, says Webb, is not to fight fear or try to beat it back, but to embrace and harness it. In the process, rather than being your adversary, your fear becomes a secret weapon that allows you to triumph in even the most adverse situations. In Mastering Fear, Webb and his bestselling coauthor John David Mann break this transformation down into five practical steps, creating a must-read manual for anyone looking for greater courage and mastery in their lives. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342100 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342100]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Slap in the Face: Why Insults Hurt--And Why They Shouldn't Author: William B. Irvine Narrator: Johnny Heller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 54 minutes Release date: July 20, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Insults are part of the fabric of daily life. But why do we insult each other? Why do insults cause us such pain? Can we do anything to prevent or lessen this pain? Most importantly, how can we overcome our inclination to insult others? In A Slap in the Face, William Irvine undertakes a wide-ranging investigation of insults, their history, the role they play in social relationships, and the science behind them. He examines not just memorable zingers, such as Elizabeth Bowen's description of Aldous Huxley as 'The stupid person's idea of a clever person,' but subtle insults as well, such as when someone insults us by reporting the insulting things others have said about us: 'I never read bad reviews about myself,' wrote entertainer Oscar Levant, 'because my best friends invariably tell me about them.' Irvine also considers the role insults play in our society: they can be used to cement relations, as when a woman playfully teases her husband, or to enforce a social hierarchy, as when a boss publicly berates an employee. He goes on to investigate the many ways society has tried to deal with insults—by adopting codes of politeness, for example, and outlawing hate speech—but concludes that the best way to deal with insults is to immunize ourselves against them: We need to transform ourselves in the manner recommended by Stoic philosophers. We should, more precisely, become insult pacifists, trying hard not to insult others and laughing off their attempts to insult us. A rousing follow-up to A Guide to the Good Life, A Slap in the Face will interest anyone who's ever delivered an insult or felt the sting of one—in other words, everyone. William B. Irvine Fri, 20 Jul 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342100 thebookvoice.com 5:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342100]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Slap in the Face: Why Insults Hurt--And Why They Shouldn't Author: William B. Irvine Narrator: Johnny Heller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 54 minutes Release date: July 20, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Insults are part of the fabric of daily life. But why do we insult each other? Why do insults cause us such pain? Can we do anything to prevent or lessen this pain? Most importantly, how can we overcome our inclination to insult others? In A Slap in the Face, William Irvine undertakes a wide-ranging investigation of insults, their history, the role they play in social relationships, and the science behind them. He examines not just memorable zingers, such as Elizabeth Bowen's description of Aldous Huxley as 'The stupid person's idea of a clever person,' but subtle insults as well, such as when someone insults us by reporting the insulting things others have said about us: 'I never read bad reviews about myself,' wrote entertainer Oscar Levant, 'because my best friends invariably tell me about them.' Irvine also considers the role insults play in our society: they can be used to cement relations, as when a woman playfully teases her husband, or to enforce a social hierarchy, as when a boss publicly berates an employee. He goes on to investigate the many ways society has tried to deal with insults—by adopting codes of politeness, for example, and outlawing hate speech—but concludes that the best way to deal with insults is to immunize ourselves against them: We need to transform ourselves in the manner recommended by Stoic philosophers. We should, more precisely, become insult pacifists, trying hard not to insult others and laughing off their attempts to insult us. A rousing follow-up to A Guide to the Good Life, A Slap in the Face will interest anyone who's ever delivered an insult or felt the sting of one—in other words, everyone. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342100]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Slap in the Face: Why Insults Hurt--And Why They Shouldn't Author: William B. Irvine Narrator: Johnny Heller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 54 minutes Release date: July 20, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Insults are part of the fabric of daily life. But why do we insult each other? Why do insults cause us such pain? Can we do anything to prevent or lessen this pain? Most importantly, how can we overcome our inclination to insult others? In A Slap in the Face, William Irvine undertakes a wide-ranging investigation of insults, their history, the role they play in social relationships, and the science behind them. He examines not just memorable zingers, such as Elizabeth Bowen's description of Aldous Huxley as 'The stupid person's idea of a clever person,' but subtle insults as well, such as when someone insults us by reporting the insulting things others have said about us: 'I never read bad reviews about myself,' wrote entertainer Oscar Levant, 'because my best friends invariably tell me about them.' Irvine also considers the role insults play in our society: they can be used to cement relations, as when a woman playfully teases her husband, or to enforce a social hierarchy, as when a boss publicly berates an employee. He goes on to investigate the many ways society has tried to deal with insults—by adopting codes of politeness, for example, and outlawing hate speech—but concludes that the best way to deal with insults is to immunize ourselves against them: We need to transform ourselves in the manner recommended by Stoic philosophers. We should, more precisely, become insult pacifists, trying hard not to insult others and laughing off their attempts to insult us. A rousing follow-up to A Guide to the Good Life, A Slap in the Face will interest anyone who's ever delivered an insult or felt the sting of one—in other words, everyone. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341990 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341990]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What’s Your Type?: The Strange History of Myers-Briggs and the Birth of Personality Testing Author: Merve Emre Narrator: Laurence Bouvard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 49 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A SPECTATOR BOOK OF THE YEAR ‘History that reads like biography that reads like a novel – a fluid narrative that defies expectations and plays against type’ New York Times ‘Brilliant and savage’ Philip Hensher An unprecedented history of the personality test conceived a century ago by a mother and her daughter – fiction writers with no formal training in psychology – and how it insinuated itself into our boardrooms, classrooms, and beyond. The Myers-Briggs Type Indicator is the most popular personality test in the world. It has been harnessed by Fortune 100 companies, universities, hospitals, churches, and the military. Its language – of extraversion vs. introversion, thinking vs. feeling – has inspired online dating platforms and Buzzfeed quizzes alike. And yet despite the test's widespread adoption, experts in the field of psychometric testing, a $500 million industry, struggle to account for its success – no less validate its results. How did the Myers-Briggs insinuate itself into our jobs, our relationships, our internet, our lives? First conceived in the 1920s by the mother-daughter team of Katherine Briggs and Isabel Briggs Myers, a pair of aspiring novelists and devoted homemakers, the Myers-Briggs was designed to bring the gospel of Carl Jung to the masses. But it would take on a life of its own, reaching from the smoke-filled boardrooms of mid-century New York to Berkeley, California, where it was honed against some of the 20th century's greatest creative minds. It would travel across the world to London, Zurich, Cape Town, Melbourne, and Tokyo; to elementary schools, nunneries, wellness retreats, and the closed-door corporate training sessions of today. Drawing from original reporting and never-before-published documents, What’s Your Type? examines nothing less than the definition of the self – our attempts to grasp, categorise and quantify our personalities. Surprising and absorbing, the book, like the test at its heart, considers the timeless question: What makes you you? Merve Emre Tue, 11 Sep 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341990 thebookvoice.com 11:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341990]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What’s Your Type?: The Strange History of Myers-Briggs and the Birth of Personality Testing Author: Merve Emre Narrator: Laurence Bouvard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 49 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A SPECTATOR BOOK OF THE YEAR ‘History that reads like biography that reads like a novel – a fluid narrative that defies expectations and plays against type’ New York Times ‘Brilliant and savage’ Philip Hensher An unprecedented history of the personality test conceived a century ago by a mother and her daughter – fiction writers with no formal training in psychology – and how it insinuated itself into our boardrooms, classrooms, and beyond. The Myers-Briggs Type Indicator is the most popular personality test in the world. It has been harnessed by Fortune 100 companies, universities, hospitals, churches, and the military. Its language – of extraversion vs. introversion, thinking vs. feeling – has inspired online dating platforms and Buzzfeed quizzes alike. And yet despite the test's widespread adoption, experts in the field of psychometric testing, a $500 million industry, struggle to account for its success – no less validate its results. How did the Myers-Briggs insinuate itself into our jobs, our relationships, our internet, our lives? First conceived in the 1920s by the mother-daughter team of Katherine Briggs and Isabel Briggs Myers, a pair of aspiring novelists and devoted homemakers, the Myers-Briggs was designed to bring the gospel of Carl Jung to the masses. But it would take on a life of its own, reaching from the smoke-filled boardrooms of mid-century New York to Berkeley, California, where it was honed against some of the 20th century's greatest creative minds. It would travel across the world to London, Zurich, Cape Town, Melbourne, and Tokyo; to elementary schools, nunneries, wellness retreats, and the closed-door corporate training sessions of today. Drawing from original reporting and never-before-published documents, What’s Your Type? examines nothing less than the definition of the self – our attempts to grasp, categorise and quantify our personalities. Surprising and absorbing, the book, like the test at its heart, considers the timeless question: What makes you you? Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341990]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What’s Your Type?: The Strange History of Myers-Briggs and the Birth of Personality Testing Author: Merve Emre Narrator: Laurence Bouvard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 49 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A SPECTATOR BOOK OF THE YEAR ‘History that reads like biography that reads like a novel – a fluid narrative that defies expectations and plays against type’ New York Times ‘Brilliant and savage’ Philip Hensher An unprecedented history of the personality test conceived a century ago by a mother and her daughter – fiction writers with no formal training in psychology – and how it insinuated itself into our boardrooms, classrooms, and beyond. The Myers-Briggs Type Indicator is the most popular personality test in the world. It has been harnessed by Fortune 100 companies, universities, hospitals, churches, and the military. Its language – of extraversion vs. introversion, thinking vs. feeling – has inspired online dating platforms and Buzzfeed quizzes alike. And yet despite the test's widespread adoption, experts in the field of psychometric testing, a $500 million industry, struggle to account for its success – no less validate its results. How did the Myers-Briggs insinuate itself into our jobs, our relationships, our internet, our lives? First conceived in the 1920s by the mother-daughter team of Katherine Briggs and Isabel Briggs Myers, a pair of aspiring novelists and devoted homemakers, the Myers-Briggs was designed to bring the gospel of Carl Jung to the masses. But it would take on a life of its own, reaching from the smoke-filled boardrooms of mid-century New York to Berkeley, California, where it was honed against some of the 20th century's greatest creative minds. It would travel across the world to London, Zurich, Cape Town, Melbourne, and Tokyo; to elementary schools, nunneries, wellness retreats, and the closed-door corporate training sessions of today. Drawing from original reporting and never-before-published documents, What’s Your Type? examines nothing less than the definition of the self – our attempts to grasp, categorise and quantify our personalities. Surprising and absorbing, the book, like the test at its heart, considers the timeless question: What makes you you? https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341977 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341977]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Dark Night in Aurora: Inside James Holmes and the Colorado Mass Shootings Author: Md William H. Reid Narrator: William H. Reid, M.D., Mph Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: August 14, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: James Holmes killed or wounded seventy people in a movie theater in Aurora, Colorado. Only one man was allowed to record extensive interviews with the shooter. This is what he found. On July 20, 2012 in Aurora, Colorado, a man in dark body armor and a gas mask entered a midnight premiere of The Dark Knight Rises with a tactical shotgun, a high-capacity assault rifle, and a sidearm. He threw a canister of tear gas into the crowd and began firing. Soon twelve were dead and fifty-eight were wounded; young children and pregnant women were among them. The man was found calmly waiting at his car. He was detained without resistance. Unlike the Columbine, Newtown, San Bernadino, and Parkland shootings, James Holmes is unique among mass shooters in his willingness to be taken into custody alive. In the court case that followed, only Dr. William H. Reid, a distinguished forensic psychiatrist, would be allowed to record interviews with the defendant. Reid would read Holmes’ diary, investigate his phone calls and text messages, interview his family and acquaintances, speak to his victims, and review tens of thousands of pages of evidence and court testimony in an attempt to understand how a happy, seemingly normal child could become a killer. A Dark Night in Aurora uses the twenty-three hours of unredacted interview transcripts never seen by the public and Reid’s research to bring the reader inside the mind of a mass murderer. The result is a chilling, gripping study of abnormal psychology, and how a lovely boy named Jimmy became a killer. Md William H. Reid Tue, 14 Aug 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341977 thebookvoice.com 9:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341977]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Dark Night in Aurora: Inside James Holmes and the Colorado Mass Shootings Author: Md William H. Reid Narrator: William H. Reid, M.D., Mph Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: August 14, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: James Holmes killed or wounded seventy people in a movie theater in Aurora, Colorado. Only one man was allowed to record extensive interviews with the shooter. This is what he found. On July 20, 2012 in Aurora, Colorado, a man in dark body armor and a gas mask entered a midnight premiere of The Dark Knight Rises with a tactical shotgun, a high-capacity assault rifle, and a sidearm. He threw a canister of tear gas into the crowd and began firing. Soon twelve were dead and fifty-eight were wounded; young children and pregnant women were among them. The man was found calmly waiting at his car. He was detained without resistance. Unlike the Columbine, Newtown, San Bernadino, and Parkland shootings, James Holmes is unique among mass shooters in his willingness to be taken into custody alive. In the court case that followed, only Dr. William H. Reid, a distinguished forensic psychiatrist, would be allowed to record interviews with the defendant. Reid would read Holmes’ diary, investigate his phone calls and text messages, interview his family and acquaintances, speak to his victims, and review tens of thousands of pages of evidence and court testimony in an attempt to understand how a happy, seemingly normal child could become a killer. A Dark Night in Aurora uses the twenty-three hours of unredacted interview transcripts never seen by the public and Reid’s research to bring the reader inside the mind of a mass murderer. The result is a chilling, gripping study of abnormal psychology, and how a lovely boy named Jimmy became a killer. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341977]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Dark Night in Aurora: Inside James Holmes and the Colorado Mass Shootings Author: Md William H. Reid Narrator: William H. Reid, M.D., Mph Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: August 14, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: James Holmes killed or wounded seventy people in a movie theater in Aurora, Colorado. Only one man was allowed to record extensive interviews with the shooter. This is what he found. On July 20, 2012 in Aurora, Colorado, a man in dark body armor and a gas mask entered a midnight premiere of The Dark Knight Rises with a tactical shotgun, a high-capacity assault rifle, and a sidearm. He threw a canister of tear gas into the crowd and began firing. Soon twelve were dead and fifty-eight were wounded; young children and pregnant women were among them. The man was found calmly waiting at his car. He was detained without resistance. Unlike the Columbine, Newtown, San Bernadino, and Parkland shootings, James Holmes is unique among mass shooters in his willingness to be taken into custody alive. In the court case that followed, only Dr. William H. Reid, a distinguished forensic psychiatrist, would be allowed to record interviews with the defendant. Reid would read Holmes’ diary, investigate his phone calls and text messages, interview his family and acquaintances, speak to his victims, and review tens of thousands of pages of evidence and court testimony in an attempt to understand how a happy, seemingly normal child could become a killer. A Dark Night in Aurora uses the twenty-three hours of unredacted interview transcripts never seen by the public and Reid’s research to bring the reader inside the mind of a mass murderer. The result is a chilling, gripping study of abnormal psychology, and how a lovely boy named Jimmy became a killer. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341906 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341906]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Nourish Your Child through an Eating Disorder: A Simple, Plate-by-Plate Approach to Rebuilding a Healthy Relationship with Food Author: Wendy Sterling, Casey Crosbie Narrator: Dara Rosenberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 24 minutes Release date: July 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Help your child eat normally again. Parents are the first to know when their child starts behaving differently. Has your son stopped eating his favorite food, or does he refuse to eat out with friends? Has your daughter drastically increased her exercise regimen or become obsessed with health foods? These are among the telltale signs that your child, like millions of others, may have an eating disorder (ED). In this essential guide, registered dietitians Casey Crosbie and Wendy Sterling introduce an all-new strategy you can use to help your child at home. The plate-by-plate approach is rooted in family-based treatment—the leading psychological therapy for EDs. Unlike complicated “exchange” systems, this is simple: Crosbie and Sterling coach you through every aspect of meeting your child’s nutritional needs, using just one tool—a ten-inch plate. Paired with therapy, this intuitive, visual method is the best way to support your child on the path to recovery. Plus, the authors cover how to talk about diet and weight, what to do while traveling, what to expect from your child’s doctor, and much more. Wendy Sterling, Casey Crosbie Tue, 24 Jul 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341906 thebookvoice.com 8:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341906]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Nourish Your Child through an Eating Disorder: A Simple, Plate-by-Plate Approach to Rebuilding a Healthy Relationship with Food Author: Wendy Sterling, Casey Crosbie Narrator: Dara Rosenberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 24 minutes Release date: July 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Help your child eat normally again. Parents are the first to know when their child starts behaving differently. Has your son stopped eating his favorite food, or does he refuse to eat out with friends? Has your daughter drastically increased her exercise regimen or become obsessed with health foods? These are among the telltale signs that your child, like millions of others, may have an eating disorder (ED). In this essential guide, registered dietitians Casey Crosbie and Wendy Sterling introduce an all-new strategy you can use to help your child at home. The plate-by-plate approach is rooted in family-based treatment—the leading psychological therapy for EDs. Unlike complicated “exchange” systems, this is simple: Crosbie and Sterling coach you through every aspect of meeting your child’s nutritional needs, using just one tool—a ten-inch plate. Paired with therapy, this intuitive, visual method is the best way to support your child on the path to recovery. Plus, the authors cover how to talk about diet and weight, what to do while traveling, what to expect from your child’s doctor, and much more. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341906]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Nourish Your Child through an Eating Disorder: A Simple, Plate-by-Plate Approach to Rebuilding a Healthy Relationship with Food Author: Wendy Sterling, Casey Crosbie Narrator: Dara Rosenberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 24 minutes Release date: July 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Help your child eat normally again. Parents are the first to know when their child starts behaving differently. Has your son stopped eating his favorite food, or does he refuse to eat out with friends? Has your daughter drastically increased her exercise regimen or become obsessed with health foods? These are among the telltale signs that your child, like millions of others, may have an eating disorder (ED). In this essential guide, registered dietitians Casey Crosbie and Wendy Sterling introduce an all-new strategy you can use to help your child at home. The plate-by-plate approach is rooted in family-based treatment—the leading psychological therapy for EDs. Unlike complicated “exchange” systems, this is simple: Crosbie and Sterling coach you through every aspect of meeting your child’s nutritional needs, using just one tool—a ten-inch plate. Paired with therapy, this intuitive, visual method is the best way to support your child on the path to recovery. Plus, the authors cover how to talk about diet and weight, what to do while traveling, what to expect from your child’s doctor, and much more. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341836 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341836]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Conflict Is Not Abuse: Overstating Harm, Community Responsibility, and the Duty of Repair Author: Sarah Schulman Narrator: Sarah Schulman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 49 minutes Release date: July 10, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From intimate relationships to global politics, Sarah Schulman observes a continuum: that inflated accusations of harm are used to avoid accountability. Illuminating the difference between Conflict and Abuse, Schulman directly addresses our contemporary culture of scapegoating. This deep, brave, and bold work reveals how punishment replaces personal and collective self-criticism, and shows why difference is so often used to justify cruelty and shunning. Rooting the problem of escalation in negative group relationships, Schulman illuminates the ways cliques, communities, families, and religious, racial, and national groups bond through the refusal to change their self-concept. She illustrates how Supremacy behavior and Traumatized behavior resemble each other, through a shared inability to tolerate difference. This important and sure to be controversial book illuminates such contemporary and historical issues of personal, racial, and geo-political difference as tools of escalation towards injustice, exclusion, and punishment, whether the objects of dehumanization are other individuals in our families or communities, people with HIV, African Americans, or Palestinians. Sarah Schulman Tue, 10 Jul 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341836 thebookvoice.com 10:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341836]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Conflict Is Not Abuse: Overstating Harm, Community Responsibility, and the Duty of Repair Author: Sarah Schulman Narrator: Sarah Schulman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 49 minutes Release date: July 10, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From intimate relationships to global politics, Sarah Schulman observes a continuum: that inflated accusations of harm are used to avoid accountability. Illuminating the difference between Conflict and Abuse, Schulman directly addresses our contemporary culture of scapegoating. This deep, brave, and bold work reveals how punishment replaces personal and collective self-criticism, and shows why difference is so often used to justify cruelty and shunning. Rooting the problem of escalation in negative group relationships, Schulman illuminates the ways cliques, communities, families, and religious, racial, and national groups bond through the refusal to change their self-concept. She illustrates how Supremacy behavior and Traumatized behavior resemble each other, through a shared inability to tolerate difference. This important and sure to be controversial book illuminates such contemporary and historical issues of personal, racial, and geo-political difference as tools of escalation towards injustice, exclusion, and punishment, whether the objects of dehumanization are other individuals in our families or communities, people with HIV, African Americans, or Palestinians. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341836]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Conflict Is Not Abuse: Overstating Harm, Community Responsibility, and the Duty of Repair Author: Sarah Schulman Narrator: Sarah Schulman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 49 minutes Release date: July 10, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From intimate relationships to global politics, Sarah Schulman observes a continuum: that inflated accusations of harm are used to avoid accountability. Illuminating the difference between Conflict and Abuse, Schulman directly addresses our contemporary culture of scapegoating. This deep, brave, and bold work reveals how punishment replaces personal and collective self-criticism, and shows why difference is so often used to justify cruelty and shunning. Rooting the problem of escalation in negative group relationships, Schulman illuminates the ways cliques, communities, families, and religious, racial, and national groups bond through the refusal to change their self-concept. She illustrates how Supremacy behavior and Traumatized behavior resemble each other, through a shared inability to tolerate difference. This important and sure to be controversial book illuminates such contemporary and historical issues of personal, racial, and geo-political difference as tools of escalation towards injustice, exclusion, and punishment, whether the objects of dehumanization are other individuals in our families or communities, people with HIV, African Americans, or Palestinians. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341829 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341829]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Copycats and Contrarians: Why We Follow Others... and When We Don't Author: Michelle Baddeley Narrator: Cat Gould Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 23 minutes Release date: July 10, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A multidisciplinary exploration of our human inclination to herd and why our instinct to copy others can be dangerous in today's interlinked world. Rioting teenagers, tumbling stock markets, and the spread of religious terrorism appear to have little in common, but all are driven by the same basic instincts: the tendency to herd, follow, and imitate others. In today's interconnected world, group choices all too often seem maladaptive. With unprecedented speed, information flashes across the globe and drives rapid shifts in group opinion. Adverse results can include speculative economic bubbles, irrational denigration of scientists and other experts, seismic political reversals, and more. Drawing on insights from across the social, behavioral, and natural sciences, Michelle Baddeley explores contexts in which behavior is driven by the herd. She analyzes the rational vs. nonrational and cognitive vs. emotional forces involved, and she investigates why herding only sometimes works out well. With new perspectives on followers, leaders, and the pros and cons of herd behavior, Baddeley shines vivid light on human behavior in the context of our ever-more-connected world. Michelle Baddeley Tue, 10 Jul 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341829 thebookvoice.com 10:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341829]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Copycats and Contrarians: Why We Follow Others... and When We Don't Author: Michelle Baddeley Narrator: Cat Gould Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 23 minutes Release date: July 10, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A multidisciplinary exploration of our human inclination to herd and why our instinct to copy others can be dangerous in today's interlinked world. Rioting teenagers, tumbling stock markets, and the spread of religious terrorism appear to have little in common, but all are driven by the same basic instincts: the tendency to herd, follow, and imitate others. In today's interconnected world, group choices all too often seem maladaptive. With unprecedented speed, information flashes across the globe and drives rapid shifts in group opinion. Adverse results can include speculative economic bubbles, irrational denigration of scientists and other experts, seismic political reversals, and more. Drawing on insights from across the social, behavioral, and natural sciences, Michelle Baddeley explores contexts in which behavior is driven by the herd. She analyzes the rational vs. nonrational and cognitive vs. emotional forces involved, and she investigates why herding only sometimes works out well. With new perspectives on followers, leaders, and the pros and cons of herd behavior, Baddeley shines vivid light on human behavior in the context of our ever-more-connected world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341829]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Copycats and Contrarians: Why We Follow Others... and When We Don't Author: Michelle Baddeley Narrator: Cat Gould Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 23 minutes Release date: July 10, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A multidisciplinary exploration of our human inclination to herd and why our instinct to copy others can be dangerous in today's interlinked world. Rioting teenagers, tumbling stock markets, and the spread of religious terrorism appear to have little in common, but all are driven by the same basic instincts: the tendency to herd, follow, and imitate others. In today's interconnected world, group choices all too often seem maladaptive. With unprecedented speed, information flashes across the globe and drives rapid shifts in group opinion. Adverse results can include speculative economic bubbles, irrational denigration of scientists and other experts, seismic political reversals, and more. Drawing on insights from across the social, behavioral, and natural sciences, Michelle Baddeley explores contexts in which behavior is driven by the herd. She analyzes the rational vs. nonrational and cognitive vs. emotional forces involved, and she investigates why herding only sometimes works out well. With new perspectives on followers, leaders, and the pros and cons of herd behavior, Baddeley shines vivid light on human behavior in the context of our ever-more-connected world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341673 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341673]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Big Game: The NFL in Dangerous Times Author: Mark Leibovich Narrator: Joe Barrett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 37 minutes Release date: September 6, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From the No.1 bestselling author of This Town comes a thrillingly raw and hysterical account of the billionaires, crooks, charlatans and scoundrels that own and run the NFL. American Football – with its celebrity players, billionaire owners, and cheerleaders with flawless teeth – is more American than apple pie. Which is why the celebrated New York Times journalist, Mark Leibovich, has chosen football as the vehicle through which to examine the troubled state of Trump’s America. Big Game chronicles a four-year odyssey that has taken Leibovich deeper inside the NFL than anyone has gone before. From the owners' meeting to the draft to the sidelines of crucial games, he takes in the show at the elbow of everyone from Tom Brady to big-name owners to the cordially despised NFL Commissioner, Roger Goodell.Ultimately, this is a story of what may come to be seen as ‘peak football’ – the high point of the sport’s economic success and cultural dominance, but also the moment when the dark side began to show. It is an era of explosive revenue growth, as deluxe new stadiums spring up all over the country, but also one of creeping existential fear. Football was never thought to be easy on the body – players joke darkly that the NFL stands for ‘not for long’ for good reason – but as the true impact of concussions become inescapable background noise, it’s become increasingly difficult to enjoy the simple glory of football without the buzzkill of its obvious consequences. And that was before Donald Trump. In 2016, the NFL slammed headlong into America's culture wars. Big Game is a journey through an epic storm. Through it all, Leibovich always keeps one eye on Tom Brady and his beloved Patriots, through to the 2018 Super Bowl. Pro football, this hilarious and enthralling book proves, may not be the sport America needs, but it is most definitely the sport it deserves. Mark Leibovich Thu, 06 Sep 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341673 thebookvoice.com 11:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341673]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Big Game: The NFL in Dangerous Times Author: Mark Leibovich Narrator: Joe Barrett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 37 minutes Release date: September 6, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From the No.1 bestselling author of This Town comes a thrillingly raw and hysterical account of the billionaires, crooks, charlatans and scoundrels that own and run the NFL. American Football – with its celebrity players, billionaire owners, and cheerleaders with flawless teeth – is more American than apple pie. Which is why the celebrated New York Times journalist, Mark Leibovich, has chosen football as the vehicle through which to examine the troubled state of Trump’s America. Big Game chronicles a four-year odyssey that has taken Leibovich deeper inside the NFL than anyone has gone before. From the owners' meeting to the draft to the sidelines of crucial games, he takes in the show at the elbow of everyone from Tom Brady to big-name owners to the cordially despised NFL Commissioner, Roger Goodell.Ultimately, this is a story of what may come to be seen as ‘peak football’ – the high point of the sport’s economic success and cultural dominance, but also the moment when the dark side began to show. It is an era of explosive revenue growth, as deluxe new stadiums spring up all over the country, but also one of creeping existential fear. Football was never thought to be easy on the body – players joke darkly that the NFL stands for ‘not for long’ for good reason – but as the true impact of concussions become inescapable background noise, it’s become increasingly difficult to enjoy the simple glory of football without the buzzkill of its obvious consequences. And that was before Donald Trump. In 2016, the NFL slammed headlong into America's culture wars. Big Game is a journey through an epic storm. Through it all, Leibovich always keeps one eye on Tom Brady and his beloved Patriots, through to the 2018 Super Bowl. Pro football, this hilarious and enthralling book proves, may not be the sport America needs, but it is most definitely the sport it deserves. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341673]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Big Game: The NFL in Dangerous Times Author: Mark Leibovich Narrator: Joe Barrett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 37 minutes Release date: September 6, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From the No.1 bestselling author of This Town comes a thrillingly raw and hysterical account of the billionaires, crooks, charlatans and scoundrels that own and run the NFL. American Football – with its celebrity players, billionaire owners, and cheerleaders with flawless teeth – is more American than apple pie. Which is why the celebrated New York Times journalist, Mark Leibovich, has chosen football as the vehicle through which to examine the troubled state of Trump’s America. Big Game chronicles a four-year odyssey that has taken Leibovich deeper inside the NFL than anyone has gone before. From the owners' meeting to the draft to the sidelines of crucial games, he takes in the show at the elbow of everyone from Tom Brady to big-name owners to the cordially despised NFL Commissioner, Roger Goodell.Ultimately, this is a story of what may come to be seen as ‘peak football’ – the high point of the sport’s economic success and cultural dominance, but also the moment when the dark side began to show. It is an era of explosive revenue growth, as deluxe new stadiums spring up all over the country, but also one of creeping existential fear. Football was never thought to be easy on the body – players joke darkly that the NFL stands for ‘not for long’ for good reason – but as the true impact of concussions become inescapable background noise, it’s become increasingly difficult to enjoy the simple glory of football without the buzzkill of its obvious consequences. And that was before Donald Trump. In 2016, the NFL slammed headlong into America's culture wars. Big Game is a journey through an epic storm. Through it all, Leibovich always keeps one eye on Tom Brady and his beloved Patriots, through to the 2018 Super Bowl. Pro football, this hilarious and enthralling book proves, may not be the sport America needs, but it is most definitely the sport it deserves. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341671 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341671]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You Are Not a Rock: A Step-by-Step Guide to Better Mental Health (for Humans) Author: Mark Freeman Narrator: Stephen Graybill Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 29 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Mental health is . . . being yourself. A prescriptive and positive guide, making the case that mental well-being, like physical health, can be strengthened over time and with specific techniques We all want to feel less anxiety, guilt, anger and sadness. We want to obsess less and be less lonely, free ourselves from our demons, compulsive habits, and stress. But as humans (unlike rocks) we experience all of these. And paradoxically, trying to avoid and control them only makes things worse. Having struggled with serious mental illness for many years himself, Mark Freeman has become a dedicated mental-health advocate and coach. He makes the case that instead of trying to feel less and avoid pain and stress, we need to build emotional fitness, especially our capacity for strength, balance and focus. With wit, compassion, and depth of experience and anecdotes, he shows that we can recover from many mental disorders, from mild to very serious, at all ages and stages of life, and even if other methods have failed. Freeman's innovative approach makes use of a range of therapeutic techniques, mindfulness training, peer support, humor, and common sense. Mark Freeman Tue, 04 Sep 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341671 thebookvoice.com 7:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341671]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You Are Not a Rock: A Step-by-Step Guide to Better Mental Health (for Humans) Author: Mark Freeman Narrator: Stephen Graybill Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 29 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Mental health is . . . being yourself. A prescriptive and positive guide, making the case that mental well-being, like physical health, can be strengthened over time and with specific techniques We all want to feel less anxiety, guilt, anger and sadness. We want to obsess less and be less lonely, free ourselves from our demons, compulsive habits, and stress. But as humans (unlike rocks) we experience all of these. And paradoxically, trying to avoid and control them only makes things worse. Having struggled with serious mental illness for many years himself, Mark Freeman has become a dedicated mental-health advocate and coach. He makes the case that instead of trying to feel less and avoid pain and stress, we need to build emotional fitness, especially our capacity for strength, balance and focus. With wit, compassion, and depth of experience and anecdotes, he shows that we can recover from many mental disorders, from mild to very serious, at all ages and stages of life, and even if other methods have failed. Freeman's innovative approach makes use of a range of therapeutic techniques, mindfulness training, peer support, humor, and common sense. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341671]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You Are Not a Rock: A Step-by-Step Guide to Better Mental Health (for Humans) Author: Mark Freeman Narrator: Stephen Graybill Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 29 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Mental health is . . . being yourself. A prescriptive and positive guide, making the case that mental well-being, like physical health, can be strengthened over time and with specific techniques We all want to feel less anxiety, guilt, anger and sadness. We want to obsess less and be less lonely, free ourselves from our demons, compulsive habits, and stress. But as humans (unlike rocks) we experience all of these. And paradoxically, trying to avoid and control them only makes things worse. Having struggled with serious mental illness for many years himself, Mark Freeman has become a dedicated mental-health advocate and coach. He makes the case that instead of trying to feel less and avoid pain and stress, we need to build emotional fitness, especially our capacity for strength, balance and focus. With wit, compassion, and depth of experience and anecdotes, he shows that we can recover from many mental disorders, from mild to very serious, at all ages and stages of life, and even if other methods have failed. Freeman's innovative approach makes use of a range of therapeutic techniques, mindfulness training, peer support, humor, and common sense. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341664 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341664]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Aware: The Science and Practice of Presence--A Complete Guide to the Groundbreaking Wheel of Awareness Meditation Practice Author: Daniel J. Siegel Narrator: Daniel J. Siegel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 21 minutes Release date: August 21, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 14 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: New York Times bestseller · This groundbreaking book from New York Times bestselling author Daniel J. Siegel, M.D., introduces readers to his pioneering, science-based meditation practice. Aware provides practical instruction for mastering the Wheel of Awareness, a life-changing tool for cultivating more focus, presence, and peace in one's day-to-day life. An in-depth look at the science that underlies meditation's effectiveness, this book teaches readers how to harness the power of the principle 'Where attention goes, neural firing flows, and neural connection grows.' Siegel reveals how developing a Wheel of Awareness practice to focus attention, open awareness, and cultivate kind intention can literally help you grow a healthier brain and reduce fear, anxiety, and stress in your life. Whether you have no experience with a reflective practice or are an experienced practitioner, Aware is a hands-on guide that will enable you to become more focused and present, as well as more energized and emotionally resilient in the face of stress and the everyday challenges life throws your way. Daniel J. Siegel Tue, 21 Aug 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341664 thebookvoice.com 15:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341664]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Aware: The Science and Practice of Presence--A Complete Guide to the Groundbreaking Wheel of Awareness Meditation Practice Author: Daniel J. Siegel Narrator: Daniel J. Siegel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 21 minutes Release date: August 21, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 14 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: New York Times bestseller · This groundbreaking book from New York Times bestselling author Daniel J. Siegel, M.D., introduces readers to his pioneering, science-based meditation practice. Aware provides practical instruction for mastering the Wheel of Awareness, a life-changing tool for cultivating more focus, presence, and peace in one's day-to-day life. An in-depth look at the science that underlies meditation's effectiveness, this book teaches readers how to harness the power of the principle 'Where attention goes, neural firing flows, and neural connection grows.' Siegel reveals how developing a Wheel of Awareness practice to focus attention, open awareness, and cultivate kind intention can literally help you grow a healthier brain and reduce fear, anxiety, and stress in your life. Whether you have no experience with a reflective practice or are an experienced practitioner, Aware is a hands-on guide that will enable you to become more focused and present, as well as more energized and emotionally resilient in the face of stress and the everyday challenges life throws your way. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341664]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Aware: The Science and Practice of Presence--A Complete Guide to the Groundbreaking Wheel of Awareness Meditation Practice Author: Daniel J. Siegel Narrator: Daniel J. Siegel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 21 minutes Release date: August 21, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 14 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: New York Times bestseller · This groundbreaking book from New York Times bestselling author Daniel J. Siegel, M.D., introduces readers to his pioneering, science-based meditation practice. Aware provides practical instruction for mastering the Wheel of Awareness, a life-changing tool for cultivating more focus, presence, and peace in one's day-to-day life. An in-depth look at the science that underlies meditation's effectiveness, this book teaches readers how to harness the power of the principle 'Where attention goes, neural firing flows, and neural connection grows.' Siegel reveals how developing a Wheel of Awareness practice to focus attention, open awareness, and cultivate kind intention can literally help you grow a healthier brain and reduce fear, anxiety, and stress in your life. Whether you have no experience with a reflective practice or are an experienced practitioner, Aware is a hands-on guide that will enable you to become more focused and present, as well as more energized and emotionally resilient in the face of stress and the everyday challenges life throws your way. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341642 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341642]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Accessing the Healing Power of the Vagus Nerve: Self-Help Exercises for Anxiety, Depression, Trauma, and Autism Author: Stanley Rosenbery Narrator: Derek Botten Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 53 minutes Release date: July 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.26 of Total 19 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The bestselling guide to the vagus nerve, now in 20+ languages: unlock the self-healing power of Stephen Porges’s Polyvagal Theory Vagus exercises for reducing anxiety, healing trauma, and rebalancing your autonomic nervous system This comprehensive guide offers an easy-to-understand overview of the vagus nerve—and helps you unlock your body’s innate capacity to heal from stress, trauma, anxiety, and injury.  Dr. Stanley Rosenberg, PhD, dispels long-held myths about the autonomic nervous system (ANS) and offers up-to-date research on how our physical health, emotional wellness, and the vagus nerve are all interconnected. Most importantly, he shows how these insights can help you heal your ANS—and live a less stressed, more balanced, and emotionally regulated life. This book offers: - An in-depth overview of Stephen Porges’s Polyvagal Theory - Step-by-step self-help techniques for regulating the vagus nerve - Vagus exercises to relieve emotional, psychological, and physical symptoms - Real-life case studies and stories from the author’s clinical practice - Insights into the vagus nerve’s role in social behavior - An overview of what happens in our bodies when we get stuck in stress states—and how to heal them - Simple, research-backed recommendations for initiating deep relaxation, improving sleep, healing from trauma, and stimulating recovery from illness and injury Accessing the Healing Power of the Vagus Nerve is written for therapists, bodyworkers, trauma survivors, parents, and anyone struggling with chronic stress. Grounded in neurobiology research, clinical stories, and easy-to-follow exercises, this book gives you the tools to bring your body back into a state of safety, balance, and optimal functioning. Stanley Rosenbery Tue, 24 Jul 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341642 thebookvoice.com 8:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341642]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Accessing the Healing Power of the Vagus Nerve: Self-Help Exercises for Anxiety, Depression, Trauma, and Autism Author: Stanley Rosenbery Narrator: Derek Botten Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 53 minutes Release date: July 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.26 of Total 19 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The bestselling guide to the vagus nerve, now in 20+ languages: unlock the self-healing power of Stephen Porges’s Polyvagal Theory Vagus exercises for reducing anxiety, healing trauma, and rebalancing your autonomic nervous system This comprehensive guide offers an easy-to-understand overview of the vagus nerve—and helps you unlock your body’s innate capacity to heal from stress, trauma, anxiety, and injury.  Dr. Stanley Rosenberg, PhD, dispels long-held myths about the autonomic nervous system (ANS) and offers up-to-date research on how our physical health, emotional wellness, and the vagus nerve are all interconnected. Most importantly, he shows how these insights can help you heal your ANS—and live a less stressed, more balanced, and emotionally regulated life. This book offers: - An in-depth overview of Stephen Porges’s Polyvagal Theory - Step-by-step self-help techniques for regulating the vagus nerve - Vagus exercises to relieve emotional, psychological, and physical symptoms - Real-life case studies and stories from the author’s clinical practice - Insights into the vagus nerve’s role in social behavior - An overview of what happens in our bodies when we get stuck in stress states—and how to heal them - Simple, research-backed recommendations for initiating deep relaxation, improving sleep, healing from trauma, and stimulating recovery from illness and injury Accessing the Healing Power of the Vagus Nerve is written for therapists, bodyworkers, trauma survivors, parents, and anyone struggling with chronic stress. Grounded in neurobiology research, clinical stories, and easy-to-follow exercises, this book gives you the tools to bring your body back into a state of safety, balance, and optimal functioning. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341642]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Accessing the Healing Power of the Vagus Nerve: Self-Help Exercises for Anxiety, Depression, Trauma, and Autism Author: Stanley Rosenbery Narrator: Derek Botten Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 53 minutes Release date: July 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.26 of Total 19 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The bestselling guide to the vagus nerve, now in 20+ languages: unlock the self-healing power of Stephen Porges’s Polyvagal Theory Vagus exercises for reducing anxiety, healing trauma, and rebalancing your autonomic nervous system This comprehensive guide offers an easy-to-understand overview of the vagus nerve—and helps you unlock your body’s innate capacity to heal from stress, trauma, anxiety, and injury.  Dr. Stanley Rosenberg, PhD, dispels long-held myths about the autonomic nervous system (ANS) and offers up-to-date research on how our physical health, emotional wellness, and the vagus nerve are all interconnected. Most importantly, he shows how these insights can help you heal your ANS—and live a less stressed, more balanced, and emotionally regulated life. This book offers: - An in-depth overview of Stephen Porges’s Polyvagal Theory - Step-by-step self-help techniques for regulating the vagus nerve - Vagus exercises to relieve emotional, psychological, and physical symptoms - Real-life case studies and stories from the author’s clinical practice - Insights into the vagus nerve’s role in social behavior - An overview of what happens in our bodies when we get stuck in stress states—and how to heal them - Simple, research-backed recommendations for initiating deep relaxation, improving sleep, healing from trauma, and stimulating recovery from illness and injury Accessing the Healing Power of the Vagus Nerve is written for therapists, bodyworkers, trauma survivors, parents, and anyone struggling with chronic stress. Grounded in neurobiology research, clinical stories, and easy-to-follow exercises, this book gives you the tools to bring your body back into a state of safety, balance, and optimal functioning. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341641 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341641]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trauma Through a Child's Eyes: Awakening the Ordinary Miracle of Healing Author: Peter A. Levine, Maggie Kline Narrator: Ellen Jaffe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 4 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: What parents, educators, and health professionals can do to recognize, prevent, and heal childhood trauma, from infancy through adolescence—by the author of Waking the Tiger Trauma can result not only from catastrophic events such as abuse, violence, or loss of loved ones, but from natural disasters and everyday incidents like auto accidents, medical procedures, divorce, or even falling off a bicycle. At the core of this book is the understanding of how trauma is imprinted on the body, brain, and spirit—often resulting in anxiety, nightmares, depression, physical illnesses, addictions, hyperactivity, and aggression. Rich with case studies and hands-on activities, Trauma Through a Child’s Eyes gives insight into children’s innate ability to rebound with the appropriate support, and provides their caregivers with tools to overcome and prevent trauma. “Trauma Through A Child’s Eyes . . . creates its own mold in a way that everyone concerned with the health and happiness of children will be grateful for.” —Gabor Maté, MD, author of Hold On to Your Kids Peter A. Levine, Maggie Kline Tue, 25 Sep 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341641 thebookvoice.com 17:4:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341641]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trauma Through a Child's Eyes: Awakening the Ordinary Miracle of Healing Author: Peter A. Levine, Maggie Kline Narrator: Ellen Jaffe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 4 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: What parents, educators, and health professionals can do to recognize, prevent, and heal childhood trauma, from infancy through adolescence—by the author of Waking the Tiger Trauma can result not only from catastrophic events such as abuse, violence, or loss of loved ones, but from natural disasters and everyday incidents like auto accidents, medical procedures, divorce, or even falling off a bicycle. At the core of this book is the understanding of how trauma is imprinted on the body, brain, and spirit—often resulting in anxiety, nightmares, depression, physical illnesses, addictions, hyperactivity, and aggression. Rich with case studies and hands-on activities, Trauma Through a Child’s Eyes gives insight into children’s innate ability to rebound with the appropriate support, and provides their caregivers with tools to overcome and prevent trauma. “Trauma Through A Child’s Eyes . . . creates its own mold in a way that everyone concerned with the health and happiness of children will be grateful for.” —Gabor Maté, MD, author of Hold On to Your Kids Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341641]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trauma Through a Child's Eyes: Awakening the Ordinary Miracle of Healing Author: Peter A. Levine, Maggie Kline Narrator: Ellen Jaffe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 4 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: What parents, educators, and health professionals can do to recognize, prevent, and heal childhood trauma, from infancy through adolescence—by the author of Waking the Tiger Trauma can result not only from catastrophic events such as abuse, violence, or loss of loved ones, but from natural disasters and everyday incidents like auto accidents, medical procedures, divorce, or even falling off a bicycle. At the core of this book is the understanding of how trauma is imprinted on the body, brain, and spirit—often resulting in anxiety, nightmares, depression, physical illnesses, addictions, hyperactivity, and aggression. Rich with case studies and hands-on activities, Trauma Through a Child’s Eyes gives insight into children’s innate ability to rebound with the appropriate support, and provides their caregivers with tools to overcome and prevent trauma. “Trauma Through A Child’s Eyes . . . creates its own mold in a way that everyone concerned with the health and happiness of children will be grateful for.” —Gabor Maté, MD, author of Hold On to Your Kids https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341640 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341640]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Transformation through Intimacy, Revised Edition: The Journey toward Awakened Monogamy Author: Robert Augustus Masters Narrator: Rick Adamson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 9 minutes Release date: July 17, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A comprehensive guide to intimacy through greater self-awareness—for those who want more loving, passionate, and liberating monogamous relationships   Intimate relationship has long been viewed and lived as a lesser alternative to spiritual life. More recently, the need to integrate our spiritual and intimate lives, rather than maintaining separate spheres and relationships on autopilot, has become increasingly apparent. Given the high rates of infidelity and divorce, it would seem that the possibilities of freedom through intimacy have not been explored in much depth. Too often we pull away when relationships become difficult, missing out on the rewards of connecting more profoundly.   The passage from immature to mature monogamy is not only a journey of ripening intimacy with a partner, but also a journey into and through zones of ourselves that may be very difficult to accept and integrate with the rest of our being. Transformation through Intimacy explores intimate relationships through a four-stage lens: me-centered, we-centered codependent, we-centered coindependent, and being-centered. Bringing his many years of experience as a psychotherapist and spiritual practitioner to the subject, relationship expert and integral psychoterhapist Robert Augustus Masters shows readers not only how to navigate the thickets of reactivity, conflict, shame, anger, fear, and doubt, but how to understand them in a new light so that a deeper level of relating to oneself and one’s partner becomes possible, opening new levels of trust, commitment, and love. Robert Augustus Masters Tue, 17 Jul 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341640 thebookvoice.com 9:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341640]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Transformation through Intimacy, Revised Edition: The Journey toward Awakened Monogamy Author: Robert Augustus Masters Narrator: Rick Adamson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 9 minutes Release date: July 17, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A comprehensive guide to intimacy through greater self-awareness—for those who want more loving, passionate, and liberating monogamous relationships   Intimate relationship has long been viewed and lived as a lesser alternative to spiritual life. More recently, the need to integrate our spiritual and intimate lives, rather than maintaining separate spheres and relationships on autopilot, has become increasingly apparent. Given the high rates of infidelity and divorce, it would seem that the possibilities of freedom through intimacy have not been explored in much depth. Too often we pull away when relationships become difficult, missing out on the rewards of connecting more profoundly.   The passage from immature to mature monogamy is not only a journey of ripening intimacy with a partner, but also a journey into and through zones of ourselves that may be very difficult to accept and integrate with the rest of our being. Transformation through Intimacy explores intimate relationships through a four-stage lens: me-centered, we-centered codependent, we-centered coindependent, and being-centered. Bringing his many years of experience as a psychotherapist and spiritual practitioner to the subject, relationship expert and integral psychoterhapist Robert Augustus Masters shows readers not only how to navigate the thickets of reactivity, conflict, shame, anger, fear, and doubt, but how to understand them in a new light so that a deeper level of relating to oneself and one’s partner becomes possible, opening new levels of trust, commitment, and love. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341640]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Transformation through Intimacy, Revised Edition: The Journey toward Awakened Monogamy Author: Robert Augustus Masters Narrator: Rick Adamson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 9 minutes Release date: July 17, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A comprehensive guide to intimacy through greater self-awareness—for those who want more loving, passionate, and liberating monogamous relationships   Intimate relationship has long been viewed and lived as a lesser alternative to spiritual life. More recently, the need to integrate our spiritual and intimate lives, rather than maintaining separate spheres and relationships on autopilot, has become increasingly apparent. Given the high rates of infidelity and divorce, it would seem that the possibilities of freedom through intimacy have not been explored in much depth. Too often we pull away when relationships become difficult, missing out on the rewards of connecting more profoundly.   The passage from immature to mature monogamy is not only a journey of ripening intimacy with a partner, but also a journey into and through zones of ourselves that may be very difficult to accept and integrate with the rest of our being. Transformation through Intimacy explores intimate relationships through a four-stage lens: me-centered, we-centered codependent, we-centered coindependent, and being-centered. Bringing his many years of experience as a psychotherapist and spiritual practitioner to the subject, relationship expert and integral psychoterhapist Robert Augustus Masters shows readers not only how to navigate the thickets of reactivity, conflict, shame, anger, fear, and doubt, but how to understand them in a new light so that a deeper level of relating to oneself and one’s partner becomes possible, opening new levels of trust, commitment, and love. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341638 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341638]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Original Buddhist Psychology: What the Abhidharma Tells Us About How We Think, Feel, and Experience Life Author: Beth Jacobs Narrator: Margo Trueblood Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 36 minutes Release date: July 10, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.73 of Total 11 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Drawing on decades of experience, a psychotherapist and Zen practitioner makes the Abhidharma—the framework of Buddhist psychology—accessible to a general audience for the first time. The Abhidharma, one of the 3 major text collections of the original Buddhist canon, explores the critical juncture of Buddhist thought and the therapeutic aspects of the religion and meditation. It frames the psychological system of Buddhism, explaining the workings of reality and the nature of the human mind. Composed of detailed matrixes and lists that outline the interaction of consciousness and reality, The Abhidharma explores the essence of perception and experience, and the reasons and methods behind mindfulness and meditation. Because of its complexity, the Abhidharma has traditionally been reserved only for academic or monastic study; now, for the first time, clinical psychologist Beth Jacobs makes this dynamic, important text and its teachings available to general readers, using practical explanation, personal stories, and vivid examples to gently untangle the technical aspects of the Abhidharma. Jacobs’ work illuminates this classic of Buddhist thought, highlighting the ways it can broaden and deepen our experience of the human psyche and offering profound insights into spiritual practice. Beth Jacobs Tue, 10 Jul 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341638 thebookvoice.com 6:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341638]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Original Buddhist Psychology: What the Abhidharma Tells Us About How We Think, Feel, and Experience Life Author: Beth Jacobs Narrator: Margo Trueblood Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 36 minutes Release date: July 10, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.73 of Total 11 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Drawing on decades of experience, a psychotherapist and Zen practitioner makes the Abhidharma—the framework of Buddhist psychology—accessible to a general audience for the first time. The Abhidharma, one of the 3 major text collections of the original Buddhist canon, explores the critical juncture of Buddhist thought and the therapeutic aspects of the religion and meditation. It frames the psychological system of Buddhism, explaining the workings of reality and the nature of the human mind. Composed of detailed matrixes and lists that outline the interaction of consciousness and reality, The Abhidharma explores the essence of perception and experience, and the reasons and methods behind mindfulness and meditation. Because of its complexity, the Abhidharma has traditionally been reserved only for academic or monastic study; now, for the first time, clinical psychologist Beth Jacobs makes this dynamic, important text and its teachings available to general readers, using practical explanation, personal stories, and vivid examples to gently untangle the technical aspects of the Abhidharma. Jacobs’ work illuminates this classic of Buddhist thought, highlighting the ways it can broaden and deepen our experience of the human psyche and offering profound insights into spiritual practice. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341638]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Original Buddhist Psychology: What the Abhidharma Tells Us About How We Think, Feel, and Experience Life Author: Beth Jacobs Narrator: Margo Trueblood Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 36 minutes Release date: July 10, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.73 of Total 11 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Drawing on decades of experience, a psychotherapist and Zen practitioner makes the Abhidharma—the framework of Buddhist psychology—accessible to a general audience for the first time. The Abhidharma, one of the 3 major text collections of the original Buddhist canon, explores the critical juncture of Buddhist thought and the therapeutic aspects of the religion and meditation. It frames the psychological system of Buddhism, explaining the workings of reality and the nature of the human mind. Composed of detailed matrixes and lists that outline the interaction of consciousness and reality, The Abhidharma explores the essence of perception and experience, and the reasons and methods behind mindfulness and meditation. Because of its complexity, the Abhidharma has traditionally been reserved only for academic or monastic study; now, for the first time, clinical psychologist Beth Jacobs makes this dynamic, important text and its teachings available to general readers, using practical explanation, personal stories, and vivid examples to gently untangle the technical aspects of the Abhidharma. Jacobs’ work illuminates this classic of Buddhist thought, highlighting the ways it can broaden and deepen our experience of the human psyche and offering profound insights into spiritual practice. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340872 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340872]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Happier at Home: Kiss More, Jump More, Abandon a Project, Read Samuel Johnson, and My Other Experiments in the Practice of Everyday Life Author: Gretchen Rubin Narrator: Gretchen Rubin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 18 minutes Release date: July 17, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.43 of Total 7 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In the spirit of her blockbuster #1 New York Times bestseller The Happiness Project, Gretchen Rubin embarks on a new project to make home a happier place.   One Sunday afternoon, as she unloaded the dishwasher, Gretchen Rubin felt hit by a wave of homesickness. Homesick—why? She was standing right in her own kitchen. She felt homesick, she realized, with love for home itself. “Of all the elements of a happy life,” she thought, “my home is the most important.” In a flash, she decided to undertake a new happiness project, and this time, to focus on home. And what did she want from her home? A place that calmed her, and energized her. A place that, by making her feel safe, would free her to take risks. Also, while Rubin wanted to be happier at home, she wanted to appreciate how much happiness was there already.   So, starting in September (the new January), Rubin dedicated a school year—September through May—to making her home a place of greater simplicity, comfort, and love.    In The Happiness Project, she worked out general theories of happiness. Here she goes deeper on factors that matter for home, such as possessions, marriage, time, and parenthood. How can she control the cubicle in her pocket? How might she spotlight her family’s treasured possessions? And it really was time to replace that dud toaster.   Each month, Rubin tackles a different theme as she experiments with concrete, manageable resolutions—and this time, she coaxes her family to try some resolutions, as well.    With her signature blend of memoir, science, philosophy, and experimentation, Rubin’s passion for her subject jumps off the page, and reading just a few chapters of this book will inspire readers to find more happiness in their own lives. Gretchen Rubin Tue, 17 Jul 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340872 thebookvoice.com 8:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340872]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Happier at Home: Kiss More, Jump More, Abandon a Project, Read Samuel Johnson, and My Other Experiments in the Practice of Everyday Life Author: Gretchen Rubin Narrator: Gretchen Rubin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 18 minutes Release date: July 17, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.43 of Total 7 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In the spirit of her blockbuster #1 New York Times bestseller The Happiness Project, Gretchen Rubin embarks on a new project to make home a happier place.   One Sunday afternoon, as she unloaded the dishwasher, Gretchen Rubin felt hit by a wave of homesickness. Homesick—why? She was standing right in her own kitchen. She felt homesick, she realized, with love for home itself. “Of all the elements of a happy life,” she thought, “my home is the most important.” In a flash, she decided to undertake a new happiness project, and this time, to focus on home. And what did she want from her home? A place that calmed her, and energized her. A place that, by making her feel safe, would free her to take risks. Also, while Rubin wanted to be happier at home, she wanted to appreciate how much happiness was there already.   So, starting in September (the new January), Rubin dedicated a school year—September through May—to making her home a place of greater simplicity, comfort, and love.    In The Happiness Project, she worked out general theories of happiness. Here she goes deeper on factors that matter for home, such as possessions, marriage, time, and parenthood. How can she control the cubicle in her pocket? How might she spotlight her family’s treasured possessions? And it really was time to replace that dud toaster.   Each month, Rubin tackles a different theme as she experiments with concrete, manageable resolutions—and this time, she coaxes her family to try some resolutions, as well.    With her signature blend of memoir, science, philosophy, and experimentation, Rubin’s passion for her subject jumps off the page, and reading just a few chapters of this book will inspire readers to find more happiness in their own lives. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340872]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Happier at Home: Kiss More, Jump More, Abandon a Project, Read Samuel Johnson, and My Other Experiments in the Practice of Everyday Life Author: Gretchen Rubin Narrator: Gretchen Rubin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 18 minutes Release date: July 17, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.43 of Total 7 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In the spirit of her blockbuster #1 New York Times bestseller The Happiness Project, Gretchen Rubin embarks on a new project to make home a happier place.   One Sunday afternoon, as she unloaded the dishwasher, Gretchen Rubin felt hit by a wave of homesickness. Homesick—why? She was standing right in her own kitchen. She felt homesick, she realized, with love for home itself. “Of all the elements of a happy life,” she thought, “my home is the most important.” In a flash, she decided to undertake a new happiness project, and this time, to focus on home. And what did she want from her home? A place that calmed her, and energized her. A place that, by making her feel safe, would free her to take risks. Also, while Rubin wanted to be happier at home, she wanted to appreciate how much happiness was there already.   So, starting in September (the new January), Rubin dedicated a school year—September through May—to making her home a place of greater simplicity, comfort, and love.    In The Happiness Project, she worked out general theories of happiness. Here she goes deeper on factors that matter for home, such as possessions, marriage, time, and parenthood. How can she control the cubicle in her pocket? How might she spotlight her family’s treasured possessions? And it really was time to replace that dud toaster.   Each month, Rubin tackles a different theme as she experiments with concrete, manageable resolutions—and this time, she coaxes her family to try some resolutions, as well.    With her signature blend of memoir, science, philosophy, and experimentation, Rubin’s passion for her subject jumps off the page, and reading just a few chapters of this book will inspire readers to find more happiness in their own lives. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340494 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340494]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Darker the Night, the Brighter the Stars: A Neuropsychologist's Odyssey Through Consciousness Author: Paul Broks Narrator: Simon Bubb Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 1 minute Release date: July 3, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: When celebrated neuropsychologist Paul Broks's wife died of cancer, it sparked a journey of grief and reflection that traced a lifelong attempt to understand how the brain gives rise to the soul. The result of that journey is a gorgeous, evocative meditation on fate, death, consciousness, and what it means to be human.   The Darker the Night, The Brighter the Stars weaves a scientist’s understanding of the mind – its logic, its nuance, how we think about what makes a person – with a poet’s approach to humanity, that crucial and ever-elusive why. It’s a story that unfolds through the centuries, along the path of humankind’s constant quest to discover what makes us human, and the answers that consistently slip out of our grasp. It’s modern medicine and psychology and ancient tales; history and myth combined; fiction and the stranger truth.   But, most importantly, it’s Broks’ story, grounded in his own most fascinating cases as a clinician—patients with brain injuries that revealed something fundamental about the link between the raw stuff of our bodies and brains and the ineffable selves we take for who we are. Tracing a loose arc of loss, acceptance, and renewal, he unfolds striking, imaginative stories of everything from Schopenhauer to the Greek philosophers to jazz guitarist Pat Martino in order to sketch a multifaceted view of humanness that is as heartbreaking at it is affirming. Paul Broks Tue, 03 Jul 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340494 thebookvoice.com 11:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340494]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Darker the Night, the Brighter the Stars: A Neuropsychologist's Odyssey Through Consciousness Author: Paul Broks Narrator: Simon Bubb Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 1 minute Release date: July 3, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: When celebrated neuropsychologist Paul Broks's wife died of cancer, it sparked a journey of grief and reflection that traced a lifelong attempt to understand how the brain gives rise to the soul. The result of that journey is a gorgeous, evocative meditation on fate, death, consciousness, and what it means to be human.   The Darker the Night, The Brighter the Stars weaves a scientist’s understanding of the mind – its logic, its nuance, how we think about what makes a person – with a poet’s approach to humanity, that crucial and ever-elusive why. It’s a story that unfolds through the centuries, along the path of humankind’s constant quest to discover what makes us human, and the answers that consistently slip out of our grasp. It’s modern medicine and psychology and ancient tales; history and myth combined; fiction and the stranger truth.   But, most importantly, it’s Broks’ story, grounded in his own most fascinating cases as a clinician—patients with brain injuries that revealed something fundamental about the link between the raw stuff of our bodies and brains and the ineffable selves we take for who we are. Tracing a loose arc of loss, acceptance, and renewal, he unfolds striking, imaginative stories of everything from Schopenhauer to the Greek philosophers to jazz guitarist Pat Martino in order to sketch a multifaceted view of humanness that is as heartbreaking at it is affirming. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340494]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Darker the Night, the Brighter the Stars: A Neuropsychologist's Odyssey Through Consciousness Author: Paul Broks Narrator: Simon Bubb Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 1 minute Release date: July 3, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: When celebrated neuropsychologist Paul Broks's wife died of cancer, it sparked a journey of grief and reflection that traced a lifelong attempt to understand how the brain gives rise to the soul. The result of that journey is a gorgeous, evocative meditation on fate, death, consciousness, and what it means to be human.   The Darker the Night, The Brighter the Stars weaves a scientist’s understanding of the mind – its logic, its nuance, how we think about what makes a person – with a poet’s approach to humanity, that crucial and ever-elusive why. It’s a story that unfolds through the centuries, along the path of humankind’s constant quest to discover what makes us human, and the answers that consistently slip out of our grasp. It’s modern medicine and psychology and ancient tales; history and myth combined; fiction and the stranger truth.   But, most importantly, it’s Broks’ story, grounded in his own most fascinating cases as a clinician—patients with brain injuries that revealed something fundamental about the link between the raw stuff of our bodies and brains and the ineffable selves we take for who we are. Tracing a loose arc of loss, acceptance, and renewal, he unfolds striking, imaginative stories of everything from Schopenhauer to the Greek philosophers to jazz guitarist Pat Martino in order to sketch a multifaceted view of humanness that is as heartbreaking at it is affirming. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340069 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340069]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Your Happiness Was Hacked: Why Tech Is Winning the Battle to Control Your Brain--and How to Fight Back Author: Vivek Wadhwa, Alex Salkever Narrator: Alex Salkever Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 34 minutes Release date: June 26, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'Technology is a great servant but a terrible master. This is the most important book ever written about one of the most significant aspects of our lives-the consequences of our addiction to online technology and how we can liberate ourselves and our children from it.' -Dean Ornish, M.D. Founder & President, Preventive Medicine Research Institute, Clinical Professor of Medicine, UCSF, Author, The Spectrum For all its considerable benefits, many argue that technology has been instrumental in eroding security, privacy, and community. But Vivek Wadhwa and Alex Salkever argue that the truth is far more insidious: technology is actively robbing us of our happiness by making us so reliant on it that it becomes an addiction. Tech companies have all the weapons--sophisticated tracking bots, GPS coordinates, and algorithms that determine the optimal ways to distract us to their products and apps--even secret coding that defeats government monitoring and supervision--but Vivek and Salkever now provide us with insights and techniques to fight back. They focus on four key areas: Love, Work, Self, and Society. In each case, they document how the promise of technology has mutated into addiction and despair, and they lay out strategies to take back control by understanding the addictive mechanisms at the root of technology overload. Vivek Wadhwa, Alex Salkever Tue, 26 Jun 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340069 thebookvoice.com 5:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340069]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Your Happiness Was Hacked: Why Tech Is Winning the Battle to Control Your Brain--and How to Fight Back Author: Vivek Wadhwa, Alex Salkever Narrator: Alex Salkever Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 34 minutes Release date: June 26, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'Technology is a great servant but a terrible master. This is the most important book ever written about one of the most significant aspects of our lives-the consequences of our addiction to online technology and how we can liberate ourselves and our children from it.' -Dean Ornish, M.D. Founder & President, Preventive Medicine Research Institute, Clinical Professor of Medicine, UCSF, Author, The Spectrum For all its considerable benefits, many argue that technology has been instrumental in eroding security, privacy, and community. But Vivek Wadhwa and Alex Salkever argue that the truth is far more insidious: technology is actively robbing us of our happiness by making us so reliant on it that it becomes an addiction. Tech companies have all the weapons--sophisticated tracking bots, GPS coordinates, and algorithms that determine the optimal ways to distract us to their products and apps--even secret coding that defeats government monitoring and supervision--but Vivek and Salkever now provide us with insights and techniques to fight back. They focus on four key areas: Love, Work, Self, and Society. In each case, they document how the promise of technology has mutated into addiction and despair, and they lay out strategies to take back control by understanding the addictive mechanisms at the root of technology overload. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340069]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Your Happiness Was Hacked: Why Tech Is Winning the Battle to Control Your Brain--and How to Fight Back Author: Vivek Wadhwa, Alex Salkever Narrator: Alex Salkever Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 34 minutes Release date: June 26, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'Technology is a great servant but a terrible master. This is the most important book ever written about one of the most significant aspects of our lives-the consequences of our addiction to online technology and how we can liberate ourselves and our children from it.' -Dean Ornish, M.D. Founder & President, Preventive Medicine Research Institute, Clinical Professor of Medicine, UCSF, Author, The Spectrum For all its considerable benefits, many argue that technology has been instrumental in eroding security, privacy, and community. But Vivek Wadhwa and Alex Salkever argue that the truth is far more insidious: technology is actively robbing us of our happiness by making us so reliant on it that it becomes an addiction. Tech companies have all the weapons--sophisticated tracking bots, GPS coordinates, and algorithms that determine the optimal ways to distract us to their products and apps--even secret coding that defeats government monitoring and supervision--but Vivek and Salkever now provide us with insights and techniques to fight back. They focus on four key areas: Love, Work, Self, and Society. In each case, they document how the promise of technology has mutated into addiction and despair, and they lay out strategies to take back control by understanding the addictive mechanisms at the root of technology overload. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340034 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340034]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why is Sex Fun?: The Evolution of Human Sexuality Series: Part of Science Masters Author: Jared Diamond Narrator: L.J. Ganser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 17 minutes Release date: June 8, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: To us humans the sex lives of many animals seem weird. In fact, by comparison with all the other animals, we are the ones with the weird sex lives. How did that come to be?Just count our bizarre ways. We are the only social species to insist on carrying out sex privately. Stranger yet, we have sex at any time, even when the female can't be fertilized (for example, because she is already pregnant, post-menopausal, or between fertile cycles). A human female doesn't know her precise time of fertility and certainly doesn't advertise it to human males by the striking color changes, smells, and sounds used by other female mammals.Why do we differ so radically in these and other important aspects of our sexuality from our closest ancestor, the apes? Why does the human female, virtually alone among mammals go through menopause? Why does the human male stand out as one of the few mammals to stay (often or usually) with the female he impregnates, to help raise the children that he sired? Why is the human penis so unnecessarily large?There is no one better qualified than Jared Diamond-renowned expert in the fields of physiology and evolutionary biology and award-winning author-to explain the evolutionary forces that operated on our ancestors to make us sexually different. With wit and a wealth of fascinating examples, he explains how our sexuality has been as crucial as our large brains and upright posture in our rise to human status. Jared Diamond Fri, 08 Jun 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340034 thebookvoice.com 5:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340034]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why is Sex Fun?: The Evolution of Human Sexuality Series: Part of Science Masters Author: Jared Diamond Narrator: L.J. Ganser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 17 minutes Release date: June 8, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: To us humans the sex lives of many animals seem weird. In fact, by comparison with all the other animals, we are the ones with the weird sex lives. How did that come to be?Just count our bizarre ways. We are the only social species to insist on carrying out sex privately. Stranger yet, we have sex at any time, even when the female can't be fertilized (for example, because she is already pregnant, post-menopausal, or between fertile cycles). A human female doesn't know her precise time of fertility and certainly doesn't advertise it to human males by the striking color changes, smells, and sounds used by other female mammals.Why do we differ so radically in these and other important aspects of our sexuality from our closest ancestor, the apes? Why does the human female, virtually alone among mammals go through menopause? Why does the human male stand out as one of the few mammals to stay (often or usually) with the female he impregnates, to help raise the children that he sired? Why is the human penis so unnecessarily large?There is no one better qualified than Jared Diamond-renowned expert in the fields of physiology and evolutionary biology and award-winning author-to explain the evolutionary forces that operated on our ancestors to make us sexually different. With wit and a wealth of fascinating examples, he explains how our sexuality has been as crucial as our large brains and upright posture in our rise to human status. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340034]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why is Sex Fun?: The Evolution of Human Sexuality Series: Part of Science Masters Author: Jared Diamond Narrator: L.J. Ganser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 17 minutes Release date: June 8, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: To us humans the sex lives of many animals seem weird. In fact, by comparison with all the other animals, we are the ones with the weird sex lives. How did that come to be?Just count our bizarre ways. We are the only social species to insist on carrying out sex privately. Stranger yet, we have sex at any time, even when the female can't be fertilized (for example, because she is already pregnant, post-menopausal, or between fertile cycles). A human female doesn't know her precise time of fertility and certainly doesn't advertise it to human males by the striking color changes, smells, and sounds used by other female mammals.Why do we differ so radically in these and other important aspects of our sexuality from our closest ancestor, the apes? Why does the human female, virtually alone among mammals go through menopause? Why does the human male stand out as one of the few mammals to stay (often or usually) with the female he impregnates, to help raise the children that he sired? Why is the human penis so unnecessarily large?There is no one better qualified than Jared Diamond-renowned expert in the fields of physiology and evolutionary biology and award-winning author-to explain the evolutionary forces that operated on our ancestors to make us sexually different. With wit and a wealth of fascinating examples, he explains how our sexuality has been as crucial as our large brains and upright posture in our rise to human status. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339974 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339974]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Seven Chakra Personality Types: Discover the Energetic Forces that Shape Your Life, Your Relationships, and Your Place in the World Author: Shai Tubali Narrator: Fred Stella Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 1, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Chakras are energy centers in our bodies through which we experience life. Each one holds a different energy, purpose, and meaning and examining these qualities can help us use the chakras as a tool for understanding ourselves and coping with change. This book presents a system for classifying people into seven personality types based on the wisdom of the chakras. Each of us has one chakra that is more dominant for us than the others as well as a second and a third chakra that influence the way we experience life and define our strengths and weaknesses. This unique combination of one major chakra, one secondary chakra, and one supporting chakra forms the chakra personality type. Are you a grounded, first-chakra type (Builder) or a highly ambitious third-chakra type (Achiever)? Are you an adventurous second-chakra type (Artist) or an observational sixth-chakra type (Thinker)? Understanding our chakra type can help us better understand our own unique structure and reveal why we have certain tendencies and are attracted to specific things. We can use this information to help us make the right decisions in our careers, lifestyle, and relationships and to fulfill our greatest potential in life. Shai Tubali Sat, 01 Sep 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339974 thebookvoice.com 9:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339974]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Seven Chakra Personality Types: Discover the Energetic Forces that Shape Your Life, Your Relationships, and Your Place in the World Author: Shai Tubali Narrator: Fred Stella Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 1, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Chakras are energy centers in our bodies through which we experience life. Each one holds a different energy, purpose, and meaning and examining these qualities can help us use the chakras as a tool for understanding ourselves and coping with change. This book presents a system for classifying people into seven personality types based on the wisdom of the chakras. Each of us has one chakra that is more dominant for us than the others as well as a second and a third chakra that influence the way we experience life and define our strengths and weaknesses. This unique combination of one major chakra, one secondary chakra, and one supporting chakra forms the chakra personality type. Are you a grounded, first-chakra type (Builder) or a highly ambitious third-chakra type (Achiever)? Are you an adventurous second-chakra type (Artist) or an observational sixth-chakra type (Thinker)? Understanding our chakra type can help us better understand our own unique structure and reveal why we have certain tendencies and are attracted to specific things. We can use this information to help us make the right decisions in our careers, lifestyle, and relationships and to fulfill our greatest potential in life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339974]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Seven Chakra Personality Types: Discover the Energetic Forces that Shape Your Life, Your Relationships, and Your Place in the World Author: Shai Tubali Narrator: Fred Stella Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 1, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Chakras are energy centers in our bodies through which we experience life. Each one holds a different energy, purpose, and meaning and examining these qualities can help us use the chakras as a tool for understanding ourselves and coping with change. This book presents a system for classifying people into seven personality types based on the wisdom of the chakras. Each of us has one chakra that is more dominant for us than the others as well as a second and a third chakra that influence the way we experience life and define our strengths and weaknesses. This unique combination of one major chakra, one secondary chakra, and one supporting chakra forms the chakra personality type. Are you a grounded, first-chakra type (Builder) or a highly ambitious third-chakra type (Achiever)? Are you an adventurous second-chakra type (Artist) or an observational sixth-chakra type (Thinker)? Understanding our chakra type can help us better understand our own unique structure and reveal why we have certain tendencies and are attracted to specific things. We can use this information to help us make the right decisions in our careers, lifestyle, and relationships and to fulfill our greatest potential in life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339646 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339646]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Anatomy of Evil Author: Michael H. Stone MD Narrator: Charles Constant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 5 minutes Release date: June 19, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.19 of Total 21 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In this groundbreaking book, renowned psychiatrist Michael H. Stone explores the concept and reality of evil from a new perspective. In an in-depth discussion of the personality traits and behaviors that constitute evil across a wide spectrum, Dr. Stone takes a clarifying scientific approach to a topic that for centuries has been inadequately explained by religious doctrines. Stone has created a twenty-two-level hierarchy of evil behavior, which loosely reflects the structure of Dante's Inferno. Basing his analysis on the detailed biographies of more than 600 violent criminals, he traces two salient personality traits that run the gamut from those who commit crimes of passion to perpetrators of sadistic torture and murder. One trait is narcissism, as exhibited in people who are so self-centered that they have little or no ability to care about their victims. The other is aggression, the use of power over another person to inflict humiliation, suffering, and death. What do psychology, psychiatry, and neuroscience tell us about the minds of those whose actions could be described as evil? And what will that mean for the rest of us? Stone discusses how an increased understanding of the causes of evil will affect the justice system. He predicts a day when certain persons can safely be declared salvageable and restored to society and when early signs of violence in children may be corrected before potentially dangerous patterns become entrenched. Michael H. Stone MD Tue, 19 Jun 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339646 thebookvoice.com 16:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339646]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Anatomy of Evil Author: Michael H. Stone MD Narrator: Charles Constant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 5 minutes Release date: June 19, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.19 of Total 21 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In this groundbreaking book, renowned psychiatrist Michael H. Stone explores the concept and reality of evil from a new perspective. In an in-depth discussion of the personality traits and behaviors that constitute evil across a wide spectrum, Dr. Stone takes a clarifying scientific approach to a topic that for centuries has been inadequately explained by religious doctrines. Stone has created a twenty-two-level hierarchy of evil behavior, which loosely reflects the structure of Dante's Inferno. Basing his analysis on the detailed biographies of more than 600 violent criminals, he traces two salient personality traits that run the gamut from those who commit crimes of passion to perpetrators of sadistic torture and murder. One trait is narcissism, as exhibited in people who are so self-centered that they have little or no ability to care about their victims. The other is aggression, the use of power over another person to inflict humiliation, suffering, and death. What do psychology, psychiatry, and neuroscience tell us about the minds of those whose actions could be described as evil? And what will that mean for the rest of us? Stone discusses how an increased understanding of the causes of evil will affect the justice system. He predicts a day when certain persons can safely be declared salvageable and restored to society and when early signs of violence in children may be corrected before potentially dangerous patterns become entrenched. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339646]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Anatomy of Evil Author: Michael H. Stone MD Narrator: Charles Constant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 5 minutes Release date: June 19, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.19 of Total 21 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In this groundbreaking book, renowned psychiatrist Michael H. Stone explores the concept and reality of evil from a new perspective. In an in-depth discussion of the personality traits and behaviors that constitute evil across a wide spectrum, Dr. Stone takes a clarifying scientific approach to a topic that for centuries has been inadequately explained by religious doctrines. Stone has created a twenty-two-level hierarchy of evil behavior, which loosely reflects the structure of Dante's Inferno. Basing his analysis on the detailed biographies of more than 600 violent criminals, he traces two salient personality traits that run the gamut from those who commit crimes of passion to perpetrators of sadistic torture and murder. One trait is narcissism, as exhibited in people who are so self-centered that they have little or no ability to care about their victims. The other is aggression, the use of power over another person to inflict humiliation, suffering, and death. What do psychology, psychiatry, and neuroscience tell us about the minds of those whose actions could be described as evil? And what will that mean for the rest of us? Stone discusses how an increased understanding of the causes of evil will affect the justice system. He predicts a day when certain persons can safely be declared salvageable and restored to society and when early signs of violence in children may be corrected before potentially dangerous patterns become entrenched. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339522 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339522]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Is Your Brain on Anxiety: What Happens and What Helps Author: Faith G. Harper Narrator: Erin Bennett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 59 minutes Release date: June 26, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.83 of Total 6 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Anxiety—it’s the worst: choking, stifling, smothering, tingling, panicking, brain cutting out, bad decisions. You’re a human being, so you know exactly what’s being said here. Dr. Faith lays it all out: what anxiety is, what it’s good for—that’s right, it’s actually a necessary response that helps to keep us alive in bad situations—how to know when it’s gone overboard, and practical tips on how to deal with it when it gets bad. This book is a lifesaver for panic attacks, breaking out of flight-or-fight-or-freeze responses, and for chronic anxiety. It’s also good for folks who aren’t daily burdened by anxiety, but want to better cope with those tough situations that affect us all. Read this and breathe! Faith G. Harper Tue, 26 Jun 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339522 thebookvoice.com 0:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339522]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Is Your Brain on Anxiety: What Happens and What Helps Author: Faith G. Harper Narrator: Erin Bennett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 59 minutes Release date: June 26, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.83 of Total 6 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Anxiety—it’s the worst: choking, stifling, smothering, tingling, panicking, brain cutting out, bad decisions. You’re a human being, so you know exactly what’s being said here. Dr. Faith lays it all out: what anxiety is, what it’s good for—that’s right, it’s actually a necessary response that helps to keep us alive in bad situations—how to know when it’s gone overboard, and practical tips on how to deal with it when it gets bad. This book is a lifesaver for panic attacks, breaking out of flight-or-fight-or-freeze responses, and for chronic anxiety. It’s also good for folks who aren’t daily burdened by anxiety, but want to better cope with those tough situations that affect us all. Read this and breathe! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339522]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Is Your Brain on Anxiety: What Happens and What Helps Author: Faith G. Harper Narrator: Erin Bennett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 59 minutes Release date: June 26, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.83 of Total 6 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Anxiety—it’s the worst: choking, stifling, smothering, tingling, panicking, brain cutting out, bad decisions. You’re a human being, so you know exactly what’s being said here. Dr. Faith lays it all out: what anxiety is, what it’s good for—that’s right, it’s actually a necessary response that helps to keep us alive in bad situations—how to know when it’s gone overboard, and practical tips on how to deal with it when it gets bad. This book is a lifesaver for panic attacks, breaking out of flight-or-fight-or-freeze responses, and for chronic anxiety. It’s also good for folks who aren’t daily burdened by anxiety, but want to better cope with those tough situations that affect us all. Read this and breathe! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/337023 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/337023]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Genetics in the Madhouse: The Unknown History of Human Heredity Author: Theodore M. Porter Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 2 minutes Release date: June 5, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In the early 1800s, a century before there was any concept of the gene, physicians in insane asylums began to record causes of madness in their admission books. Almost from the beginning, they pointed to heredity as the most important of these causes. As doctors and state officials steadily lost faith in the capacity of asylum care to stem the terrible increase of insanity, they began emphasizing the need to curb the reproduction of the insane. They became obsessed with identifying weak or tainted families and anticipating the outcomes of their marriages. In this compelling book, Theodore Porter draws on untapped archival evidence from across Europe and North America to bring to light the hidden history behind modern genetics. He looks at the institutional use of pedigree charts, censuses of mental illness, medical-social surveys, and other data techniques—innovative quantitative practices that were worked out in the madhouse long before the manipulation of DNA became possible in the lab. Porter argues that asylum doctors developed many of the ideologies and methods of what would come to be known as eugenics, and deepens our appreciation of the moral issues at stake in data work conducted on the border of subjectivity and science. Theodore M. Porter Tue, 05 Jun 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/337023 thebookvoice.com 14:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/337023]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Genetics in the Madhouse: The Unknown History of Human Heredity Author: Theodore M. Porter Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 2 minutes Release date: June 5, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In the early 1800s, a century before there was any concept of the gene, physicians in insane asylums began to record causes of madness in their admission books. Almost from the beginning, they pointed to heredity as the most important of these causes. As doctors and state officials steadily lost faith in the capacity of asylum care to stem the terrible increase of insanity, they began emphasizing the need to curb the reproduction of the insane. They became obsessed with identifying weak or tainted families and anticipating the outcomes of their marriages. In this compelling book, Theodore Porter draws on untapped archival evidence from across Europe and North America to bring to light the hidden history behind modern genetics. He looks at the institutional use of pedigree charts, censuses of mental illness, medical-social surveys, and other data techniques—innovative quantitative practices that were worked out in the madhouse long before the manipulation of DNA became possible in the lab. Porter argues that asylum doctors developed many of the ideologies and methods of what would come to be known as eugenics, and deepens our appreciation of the moral issues at stake in data work conducted on the border of subjectivity and science. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/337023]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Genetics in the Madhouse: The Unknown History of Human Heredity Author: Theodore M. Porter Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 2 minutes Release date: June 5, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In the early 1800s, a century before there was any concept of the gene, physicians in insane asylums began to record causes of madness in their admission books. Almost from the beginning, they pointed to heredity as the most important of these causes. As doctors and state officials steadily lost faith in the capacity of asylum care to stem the terrible increase of insanity, they began emphasizing the need to curb the reproduction of the insane. They became obsessed with identifying weak or tainted families and anticipating the outcomes of their marriages. In this compelling book, Theodore Porter draws on untapped archival evidence from across Europe and North America to bring to light the hidden history behind modern genetics. He looks at the institutional use of pedigree charts, censuses of mental illness, medical-social surveys, and other data techniques—innovative quantitative practices that were worked out in the madhouse long before the manipulation of DNA became possible in the lab. Porter argues that asylum doctors developed many of the ideologies and methods of what would come to be known as eugenics, and deepens our appreciation of the moral issues at stake in data work conducted on the border of subjectivity and science. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/337000 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/337000]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Age of Insight: The Quest to Understand the Unconscious in Art, Mind, and Brain, from Vienna 1900 to the Present Author: Eric R. Kandel Narrator: James Anderson Foster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 10 minutes Release date: June 5, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A brilliant book by Nobel Prize winner Eric R. Kandel, The Age of Insight takes us to Vienna 1900, where leaders in science, medicine, and art began a revolution that changed forever how we think about the human mind—our conscious and unconscious thoughts and emotions—and how mind and brain relate to art. At the turn of the century, Vienna was the cultural capital of Europe. Artists and scientists met in glittering salons, where they freely exchanged ideas that led to revolutionary breakthroughs in psychology, brain science, literature, and art. Kandel takes us into the world of Vienna to trace, in rich and rewarding detail, the ideas and advances made then, and their enduring influence today. Eric R. Kandel Tue, 05 Jun 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/337000 thebookvoice.com 16:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/337000]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Age of Insight: The Quest to Understand the Unconscious in Art, Mind, and Brain, from Vienna 1900 to the Present Author: Eric R. Kandel Narrator: James Anderson Foster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 10 minutes Release date: June 5, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A brilliant book by Nobel Prize winner Eric R. Kandel, The Age of Insight takes us to Vienna 1900, where leaders in science, medicine, and art began a revolution that changed forever how we think about the human mind—our conscious and unconscious thoughts and emotions—and how mind and brain relate to art. At the turn of the century, Vienna was the cultural capital of Europe. Artists and scientists met in glittering salons, where they freely exchanged ideas that led to revolutionary breakthroughs in psychology, brain science, literature, and art. Kandel takes us into the world of Vienna to trace, in rich and rewarding detail, the ideas and advances made then, and their enduring influence today. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/337000]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Age of Insight: The Quest to Understand the Unconscious in Art, Mind, and Brain, from Vienna 1900 to the Present Author: Eric R. Kandel Narrator: James Anderson Foster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 10 minutes Release date: June 5, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A brilliant book by Nobel Prize winner Eric R. Kandel, The Age of Insight takes us to Vienna 1900, where leaders in science, medicine, and art began a revolution that changed forever how we think about the human mind—our conscious and unconscious thoughts and emotions—and how mind and brain relate to art. At the turn of the century, Vienna was the cultural capital of Europe. Artists and scientists met in glittering salons, where they freely exchanged ideas that led to revolutionary breakthroughs in psychology, brain science, literature, and art. Kandel takes us into the world of Vienna to trace, in rich and rewarding detail, the ideas and advances made then, and their enduring influence today. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336964 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336964]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trauma-Sensitive Mindfulness: Practices for Safe and Transformative Healing Author: David A. Treleaven Narrator: Paul Brion Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 31 minutes Release date: June 12, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From elementary schools to psychotherapy offices, mindfulness meditation is an increasingly mainstream practice. At the same time, trauma remains a fact of life: the majority of us will experience a traumatic event in our lifetime, and up to twenty percent of us will develop posttraumatic stress. This means that anywhere mindfulness is being practiced, someone in the room is likely to be struggling with trauma. At first glance, this appears to be a good thing: trauma creates stress, and mindfulness is a proven tool for reducing it. But the reality is not so simple. Drawing on a decade of research and clinical experience, psychotherapist and educator David Treleaven shows that mindfulness meditation—practiced without an awareness of trauma—can exacerbate symptoms of traumatic stress. Instructed to pay close, sustained attention to their inner world, survivors can experience flashbacks, dissociation, and even retraumatization. This raises a crucial question for mindfulness teachers, trauma professionals, and survivors everywhere: How can we minimize the potential dangers of mindfulness for survivors while leveraging its powerful benefits? Trauma-Sensitive Mindfulness offers answers to this question. Part I provides an insightful and concise review of the histories of mindfulness and trauma, including the way modern neuroscience is shaping our understanding of both. Through grounded scholarship and wide-ranging case examples, Treleaven illustrates the ways mindfulness can help—or hinder—trauma recovery. Part II distills these insights into five key principles for trauma-sensitive mindfulness. Covering the role of attention, arousal, relationship, dissociation, and social context within trauma-informed practice, Treleaven offers thirty-six specific modifications designed to support survivors' safety and stability. The result is a groundbreaking and practical approach that empowers those looking to practice mindfulness in a safe, transformative way. David A. Treleaven Tue, 12 Jun 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336964 thebookvoice.com 8:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336964]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trauma-Sensitive Mindfulness: Practices for Safe and Transformative Healing Author: David A. Treleaven Narrator: Paul Brion Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 31 minutes Release date: June 12, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From elementary schools to psychotherapy offices, mindfulness meditation is an increasingly mainstream practice. At the same time, trauma remains a fact of life: the majority of us will experience a traumatic event in our lifetime, and up to twenty percent of us will develop posttraumatic stress. This means that anywhere mindfulness is being practiced, someone in the room is likely to be struggling with trauma. At first glance, this appears to be a good thing: trauma creates stress, and mindfulness is a proven tool for reducing it. But the reality is not so simple. Drawing on a decade of research and clinical experience, psychotherapist and educator David Treleaven shows that mindfulness meditation—practiced without an awareness of trauma—can exacerbate symptoms of traumatic stress. Instructed to pay close, sustained attention to their inner world, survivors can experience flashbacks, dissociation, and even retraumatization. This raises a crucial question for mindfulness teachers, trauma professionals, and survivors everywhere: How can we minimize the potential dangers of mindfulness for survivors while leveraging its powerful benefits? Trauma-Sensitive Mindfulness offers answers to this question. Part I provides an insightful and concise review of the histories of mindfulness and trauma, including the way modern neuroscience is shaping our understanding of both. Through grounded scholarship and wide-ranging case examples, Treleaven illustrates the ways mindfulness can help—or hinder—trauma recovery. Part II distills these insights into five key principles for trauma-sensitive mindfulness. Covering the role of attention, arousal, relationship, dissociation, and social context within trauma-informed practice, Treleaven offers thirty-six specific modifications designed to support survivors' safety and stability. The result is a groundbreaking and practical approach that empowers those looking to practice mindfulness in a safe, transformative way. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336964]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trauma-Sensitive Mindfulness: Practices for Safe and Transformative Healing Author: David A. Treleaven Narrator: Paul Brion Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 31 minutes Release date: June 12, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From elementary schools to psychotherapy offices, mindfulness meditation is an increasingly mainstream practice. At the same time, trauma remains a fact of life: the majority of us will experience a traumatic event in our lifetime, and up to twenty percent of us will develop posttraumatic stress. This means that anywhere mindfulness is being practiced, someone in the room is likely to be struggling with trauma. At first glance, this appears to be a good thing: trauma creates stress, and mindfulness is a proven tool for reducing it. But the reality is not so simple. Drawing on a decade of research and clinical experience, psychotherapist and educator David Treleaven shows that mindfulness meditation—practiced without an awareness of trauma—can exacerbate symptoms of traumatic stress. Instructed to pay close, sustained attention to their inner world, survivors can experience flashbacks, dissociation, and even retraumatization. This raises a crucial question for mindfulness teachers, trauma professionals, and survivors everywhere: How can we minimize the potential dangers of mindfulness for survivors while leveraging its powerful benefits? Trauma-Sensitive Mindfulness offers answers to this question. Part I provides an insightful and concise review of the histories of mindfulness and trauma, including the way modern neuroscience is shaping our understanding of both. Through grounded scholarship and wide-ranging case examples, Treleaven illustrates the ways mindfulness can help—or hinder—trauma recovery. Part II distills these insights into five key principles for trauma-sensitive mindfulness. Covering the role of attention, arousal, relationship, dissociation, and social context within trauma-informed practice, Treleaven offers thirty-six specific modifications designed to support survivors' safety and stability. The result is a groundbreaking and practical approach that empowers those looking to practice mindfulness in a safe, transformative way. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336942 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336942]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Never Stop Learning: Stay Relevant, Reinvent Yourself, and Thrive Author: Bradley R. Staats Narrator: Graham Winton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 7 minutes Release date: June 5, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: We now live in a learning economy, says Brad Staats, and while learning has always been important, the returns on lifetime learning are greater than ever. Our primary focus must be on our ability to learn. We must strive to develop new skills to create more value--or be left behind. As Jeff Immelt, Chairman and former CEO of GE, has noted, 'You never hire somebody, no matter what the job you're hiring for, for what they know. You're hiring them for how fast you think they can learn.' In Never Stop Learning, Staats outlines the framework that will help you become more effective as a lifelong learner. The steps include: Valuing failure; Focusing on process, not outcome, and on questions, not answers; Making time for reflection; Learning to be true to yourself by playing to your strengths; Pairing specialization with variety; Treating others as learning partners. Replete with the most recent research from behavioral science about how we learn as well as engaging stories that show how real learning happens, Never Stop Learning will become the operating manual for your brain in this new environment. Bradley R. Staats Tue, 05 Jun 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336942 thebookvoice.com 5:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336942]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Never Stop Learning: Stay Relevant, Reinvent Yourself, and Thrive Author: Bradley R. Staats Narrator: Graham Winton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 7 minutes Release date: June 5, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: We now live in a learning economy, says Brad Staats, and while learning has always been important, the returns on lifetime learning are greater than ever. Our primary focus must be on our ability to learn. We must strive to develop new skills to create more value--or be left behind. As Jeff Immelt, Chairman and former CEO of GE, has noted, 'You never hire somebody, no matter what the job you're hiring for, for what they know. You're hiring them for how fast you think they can learn.' In Never Stop Learning, Staats outlines the framework that will help you become more effective as a lifelong learner. The steps include: Valuing failure; Focusing on process, not outcome, and on questions, not answers; Making time for reflection; Learning to be true to yourself by playing to your strengths; Pairing specialization with variety; Treating others as learning partners. Replete with the most recent research from behavioral science about how we learn as well as engaging stories that show how real learning happens, Never Stop Learning will become the operating manual for your brain in this new environment. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336942]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Never Stop Learning: Stay Relevant, Reinvent Yourself, and Thrive Author: Bradley R. Staats Narrator: Graham Winton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 7 minutes Release date: June 5, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: We now live in a learning economy, says Brad Staats, and while learning has always been important, the returns on lifetime learning are greater than ever. Our primary focus must be on our ability to learn. We must strive to develop new skills to create more value--or be left behind. As Jeff Immelt, Chairman and former CEO of GE, has noted, 'You never hire somebody, no matter what the job you're hiring for, for what they know. You're hiring them for how fast you think they can learn.' In Never Stop Learning, Staats outlines the framework that will help you become more effective as a lifelong learner. The steps include: Valuing failure; Focusing on process, not outcome, and on questions, not answers; Making time for reflection; Learning to be true to yourself by playing to your strengths; Pairing specialization with variety; Treating others as learning partners. Replete with the most recent research from behavioral science about how we learn as well as engaging stories that show how real learning happens, Never Stop Learning will become the operating manual for your brain in this new environment. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335762 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335762]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unthinkable: An Extraordinary Journey Through the World's Strangest Brains Author: Helen Thomson Narrator: Helen Thomson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 20 minutes Release date: June 26, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.25 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A prizewinning journalist with a background in neuroscience, Helen Thomson spent years tracking down people who live with the world's most extraordinary neurological disorders—like a man who tried to break his back because his legs no longer felt like his own, and another who believed that he was dead for nine years. Not content to simply read about these cases on paper, Thomson reached out to ten people with these afflictions, and they agreed to tell her their stories. Leaving behind the scans and the clinical histories, Unthinkable ties the first-ever interviews with the people who have these rare conditions together with cutting-edge science. Through these incredible tales, Thomson casts a light on the chaos that the human mind can create. She shows us how these strange conditions hold the keys to unlocking the biggest mysteries of the human brain, and provide a deeper understanding of the human condition itself. Combining careful observation with bold science and vibrant storytelling, Unthinkable takes us on a deep dive into the weirdest corners of our brain, and helps us to see our own creativity, our emotions, and our consciousness more clearly. Helen Thomson Tue, 26 Jun 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335762 thebookvoice.com 7:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335762]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unthinkable: An Extraordinary Journey Through the World's Strangest Brains Author: Helen Thomson Narrator: Helen Thomson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 20 minutes Release date: June 26, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.25 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A prizewinning journalist with a background in neuroscience, Helen Thomson spent years tracking down people who live with the world's most extraordinary neurological disorders—like a man who tried to break his back because his legs no longer felt like his own, and another who believed that he was dead for nine years. Not content to simply read about these cases on paper, Thomson reached out to ten people with these afflictions, and they agreed to tell her their stories. Leaving behind the scans and the clinical histories, Unthinkable ties the first-ever interviews with the people who have these rare conditions together with cutting-edge science. Through these incredible tales, Thomson casts a light on the chaos that the human mind can create. She shows us how these strange conditions hold the keys to unlocking the biggest mysteries of the human brain, and provide a deeper understanding of the human condition itself. Combining careful observation with bold science and vibrant storytelling, Unthinkable takes us on a deep dive into the weirdest corners of our brain, and helps us to see our own creativity, our emotions, and our consciousness more clearly. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335762]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unthinkable: An Extraordinary Journey Through the World's Strangest Brains Author: Helen Thomson Narrator: Helen Thomson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 20 minutes Release date: June 26, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.25 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A prizewinning journalist with a background in neuroscience, Helen Thomson spent years tracking down people who live with the world's most extraordinary neurological disorders—like a man who tried to break his back because his legs no longer felt like his own, and another who believed that he was dead for nine years. Not content to simply read about these cases on paper, Thomson reached out to ten people with these afflictions, and they agreed to tell her their stories. Leaving behind the scans and the clinical histories, Unthinkable ties the first-ever interviews with the people who have these rare conditions together with cutting-edge science. Through these incredible tales, Thomson casts a light on the chaos that the human mind can create. She shows us how these strange conditions hold the keys to unlocking the biggest mysteries of the human brain, and provide a deeper understanding of the human condition itself. Combining careful observation with bold science and vibrant storytelling, Unthinkable takes us on a deep dive into the weirdest corners of our brain, and helps us to see our own creativity, our emotions, and our consciousness more clearly. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335660 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335660]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Perfect Love, Imperfect Relationships: A Workshop on Healing the Wound of the Heart Author: John Welwood Narrator: Stephen Graybill Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 5 minutes Release date: July 3, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: While most of us have moments of loving freely and openly, it is often hard to sustain this where it matters most--in our intimate relationships. Why, if love is so great and powerful, are human relationships so challenging and difficult? If love is the source of happiness and joy, why is it so hard to open to it fully and let it govern our lives? In this book, John Welwood addresses these questions and shows us how to overcome the most fundamental obstacle that keeps us from experiencing love's full flowering in our lives. Perfect Love, Imperfect Relationships begins by showing how all our relational problems arise out of a universal, core wounding around love that affects not only our personal relationships but the quality of life in our world as a whole. This wounding shows up as a pervasive mood of unlove--a deep sense that we are not intrinsically lovable just as we are. And this shuts down our capacity to trust, so that even though we may hunger for love, we have difficulty opening to it and letting it circulate freely through us. This book takes the reader on a powerful journey of healing and transformation that involves learning to embrace our humanness and appreciate the imperfections of our relationships as trail-markers along the path to great love. It sets forth a process for releasing deep-seated grievances we hold against others for not loving us better and against ourselves for not being better loved. And it shows how our longing to be loved can magnetize the great love that will free us from looking to others to find ourselves. Written with penetrating realism and a fresh, lyrical style that honors the subtlety and richness of our relationship to love itself, this revolutionary book offers profound and practical guidance for healing our lives as well as our embattled world. John Welwood Tue, 03 Jul 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335660 thebookvoice.com 6:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335660]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Perfect Love, Imperfect Relationships: A Workshop on Healing the Wound of the Heart Author: John Welwood Narrator: Stephen Graybill Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 5 minutes Release date: July 3, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: While most of us have moments of loving freely and openly, it is often hard to sustain this where it matters most--in our intimate relationships. Why, if love is so great and powerful, are human relationships so challenging and difficult? If love is the source of happiness and joy, why is it so hard to open to it fully and let it govern our lives? In this book, John Welwood addresses these questions and shows us how to overcome the most fundamental obstacle that keeps us from experiencing love's full flowering in our lives. Perfect Love, Imperfect Relationships begins by showing how all our relational problems arise out of a universal, core wounding around love that affects not only our personal relationships but the quality of life in our world as a whole. This wounding shows up as a pervasive mood of unlove--a deep sense that we are not intrinsically lovable just as we are. And this shuts down our capacity to trust, so that even though we may hunger for love, we have difficulty opening to it and letting it circulate freely through us. This book takes the reader on a powerful journey of healing and transformation that involves learning to embrace our humanness and appreciate the imperfections of our relationships as trail-markers along the path to great love. It sets forth a process for releasing deep-seated grievances we hold against others for not loving us better and against ourselves for not being better loved. And it shows how our longing to be loved can magnetize the great love that will free us from looking to others to find ourselves. Written with penetrating realism and a fresh, lyrical style that honors the subtlety and richness of our relationship to love itself, this revolutionary book offers profound and practical guidance for healing our lives as well as our embattled world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335660]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Perfect Love, Imperfect Relationships: A Workshop on Healing the Wound of the Heart Author: John Welwood Narrator: Stephen Graybill Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 5 minutes Release date: July 3, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: While most of us have moments of loving freely and openly, it is often hard to sustain this where it matters most--in our intimate relationships. Why, if love is so great and powerful, are human relationships so challenging and difficult? If love is the source of happiness and joy, why is it so hard to open to it fully and let it govern our lives? In this book, John Welwood addresses these questions and shows us how to overcome the most fundamental obstacle that keeps us from experiencing love's full flowering in our lives. Perfect Love, Imperfect Relationships begins by showing how all our relational problems arise out of a universal, core wounding around love that affects not only our personal relationships but the quality of life in our world as a whole. This wounding shows up as a pervasive mood of unlove--a deep sense that we are not intrinsically lovable just as we are. And this shuts down our capacity to trust, so that even though we may hunger for love, we have difficulty opening to it and letting it circulate freely through us. This book takes the reader on a powerful journey of healing and transformation that involves learning to embrace our humanness and appreciate the imperfections of our relationships as trail-markers along the path to great love. It sets forth a process for releasing deep-seated grievances we hold against others for not loving us better and against ourselves for not being better loved. And it shows how our longing to be loved can magnetize the great love that will free us from looking to others to find ourselves. Written with penetrating realism and a fresh, lyrical style that honors the subtlety and richness of our relationship to love itself, this revolutionary book offers profound and practical guidance for healing our lives as well as our embattled world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335435 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335435]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Think, Learn, Succeed: Understanding and Using Your Mind to Thrive at School, the Workplace, and Life Author: Dr. Caroline Leaf Narrator: Sandra Burr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 7, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.41 of Total 64 Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Our thought lives have incredible power over our mental, emotional, and even physical well-being. In fact, our thoughts can either limit us to what we believe we can do or release us to experience abilities well beyond our expectations. When we choose a mindset that extends our abilities rather than placing limits on ourselves, we will experience greater intellectual satisfaction, emotional control, and physical health. The only question is . . . how? Backed by up-to-date scientific research and biblical insight, Dr. Caroline Leaf empowers readers to take control of their thoughts in order to take control of their lives. In this practical book, readers will learn to use - The 5-step Switch on Your Brain Learning Program, to build memory and learn effectively - The Gift Profile, to discover the unique way they process information - The Mindfulness Guide, to optimize their thought life and find their inner resilience Dr. Leaf shows readers how to combine these powerful tools in order to improve memory, learning, cognitive and intellectual performance, work performance, physical performance, relationships, emotional health, and most importantly a meaningful life well lived. Each of us has significant psychological resources at our fingertips that we can use in order to improve our overall well-being. Dr. Leaf shows us how to harness those resources to unlock our hidden potential. Dr. Caroline Leaf Tue, 07 Aug 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335435 thebookvoice.com 7:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335435]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Think, Learn, Succeed: Understanding and Using Your Mind to Thrive at School, the Workplace, and Life Author: Dr. Caroline Leaf Narrator: Sandra Burr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 7, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.41 of Total 64 Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Our thought lives have incredible power over our mental, emotional, and even physical well-being. In fact, our thoughts can either limit us to what we believe we can do or release us to experience abilities well beyond our expectations. When we choose a mindset that extends our abilities rather than placing limits on ourselves, we will experience greater intellectual satisfaction, emotional control, and physical health. The only question is . . . how? Backed by up-to-date scientific research and biblical insight, Dr. Caroline Leaf empowers readers to take control of their thoughts in order to take control of their lives. In this practical book, readers will learn to use - The 5-step Switch on Your Brain Learning Program, to build memory and learn effectively - The Gift Profile, to discover the unique way they process information - The Mindfulness Guide, to optimize their thought life and find their inner resilience Dr. Leaf shows readers how to combine these powerful tools in order to improve memory, learning, cognitive and intellectual performance, work performance, physical performance, relationships, emotional health, and most importantly a meaningful life well lived. Each of us has significant psychological resources at our fingertips that we can use in order to improve our overall well-being. Dr. Leaf shows us how to harness those resources to unlock our hidden potential. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335435]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Think, Learn, Succeed: Understanding and Using Your Mind to Thrive at School, the Workplace, and Life Author: Dr. Caroline Leaf Narrator: Sandra Burr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 7, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.41 of Total 64 Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Our thought lives have incredible power over our mental, emotional, and even physical well-being. In fact, our thoughts can either limit us to what we believe we can do or release us to experience abilities well beyond our expectations. When we choose a mindset that extends our abilities rather than placing limits on ourselves, we will experience greater intellectual satisfaction, emotional control, and physical health. The only question is . . . how? Backed by up-to-date scientific research and biblical insight, Dr. Caroline Leaf empowers readers to take control of their thoughts in order to take control of their lives. In this practical book, readers will learn to use - The 5-step Switch on Your Brain Learning Program, to build memory and learn effectively - The Gift Profile, to discover the unique way they process information - The Mindfulness Guide, to optimize their thought life and find their inner resilience Dr. Leaf shows readers how to combine these powerful tools in order to improve memory, learning, cognitive and intellectual performance, work performance, physical performance, relationships, emotional health, and most importantly a meaningful life well lived. Each of us has significant psychological resources at our fingertips that we can use in order to improve our overall well-being. Dr. Leaf shows us how to harness those resources to unlock our hidden potential. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334671 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334671]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: OCD & Philosophy Author: Freud Institute Narrator: Freud Institute Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 18 minutes Release date: May 9, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: It is proved that the philosopher is an obsessive-compulsive and the obsessive-compulsive is a philosopher. Freud Institute Wed, 09 May 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334671 thebookvoice.com 2:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334671]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: OCD & Philosophy Author: Freud Institute Narrator: Freud Institute Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 18 minutes Release date: May 9, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: It is proved that the philosopher is an obsessive-compulsive and the obsessive-compulsive is a philosopher. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334671]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: OCD & Philosophy Author: Freud Institute Narrator: Freud Institute Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 18 minutes Release date: May 9, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: It is proved that the philosopher is an obsessive-compulsive and the obsessive-compulsive is a philosopher. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334610 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334610]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Playmaker's Advantage: How to Raise Your Mental Game to the Next Level Author: Leonard Zaichkowsky, Daniel Peterson Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 10 minutes Release date: June 12, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Discover the next frontier in sports training—improving your mental game, no matter your age or experience—and how to become the Playmaker, both in your professional and personal life. Coaches search for it. Parents dream of it. Fans love it. Athletes want it. The playmaker on any sports team possesses it: an elusive, intangible quality combining anticipation, perception, and decision-making skills. This quality raises their game above the competition and allows them to pass when no one else can, anticipate the movement of opponents, avoid costly mental mistakes, and ultimately, hold the team together. Now, for the first time, cognitive science research is revealing the secrets of the playmaker’s keen sense of awareness. Just as tests of speed, strength, and agility have provided a baseline of physiological biomarkers, coaches can now capture cognitive metrics including attention, pattern recognition, anticipation, and the ability to take quick, decisive action during the chaos of competition. The Playmaker’s Advantage is a groundbreaking book that will educate athletes of all ages about this essential creative capability in an accessible, easy to understand method. Leonard Zaichkowsky, Daniel Peterson Tue, 12 Jun 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334610 thebookvoice.com 10:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334610]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Playmaker's Advantage: How to Raise Your Mental Game to the Next Level Author: Leonard Zaichkowsky, Daniel Peterson Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 10 minutes Release date: June 12, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Discover the next frontier in sports training—improving your mental game, no matter your age or experience—and how to become the Playmaker, both in your professional and personal life. Coaches search for it. Parents dream of it. Fans love it. Athletes want it. The playmaker on any sports team possesses it: an elusive, intangible quality combining anticipation, perception, and decision-making skills. This quality raises their game above the competition and allows them to pass when no one else can, anticipate the movement of opponents, avoid costly mental mistakes, and ultimately, hold the team together. Now, for the first time, cognitive science research is revealing the secrets of the playmaker’s keen sense of awareness. Just as tests of speed, strength, and agility have provided a baseline of physiological biomarkers, coaches can now capture cognitive metrics including attention, pattern recognition, anticipation, and the ability to take quick, decisive action during the chaos of competition. The Playmaker’s Advantage is a groundbreaking book that will educate athletes of all ages about this essential creative capability in an accessible, easy to understand method. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334610]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Playmaker's Advantage: How to Raise Your Mental Game to the Next Level Author: Leonard Zaichkowsky, Daniel Peterson Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 10 minutes Release date: June 12, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Discover the next frontier in sports training—improving your mental game, no matter your age or experience—and how to become the Playmaker, both in your professional and personal life. Coaches search for it. Parents dream of it. Fans love it. Athletes want it. The playmaker on any sports team possesses it: an elusive, intangible quality combining anticipation, perception, and decision-making skills. This quality raises their game above the competition and allows them to pass when no one else can, anticipate the movement of opponents, avoid costly mental mistakes, and ultimately, hold the team together. Now, for the first time, cognitive science research is revealing the secrets of the playmaker’s keen sense of awareness. Just as tests of speed, strength, and agility have provided a baseline of physiological biomarkers, coaches can now capture cognitive metrics including attention, pattern recognition, anticipation, and the ability to take quick, decisive action during the chaos of competition. The Playmaker’s Advantage is a groundbreaking book that will educate athletes of all ages about this essential creative capability in an accessible, easy to understand method. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334529 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334529]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power Of Mindful Learning Author: Ellen J. Langer Narrator: Rachel Frawley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 53 minutes Release date: April 10, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A professor of psychology at Harvard encourages readers to open themselves up to a more mindful understanding of learning which allows the dynamic nature of information to guide their awareness of the world. Radical in its implications, this original and important work may change forever the views we hold about the nature of learning. In The Power of Mindful Learning, Ellen Langer uses her innovative theory of mindulness, introduced in her influential earlier book, to dramatically enhance the way we learn. In business, sports, laboratories, or at home, our learning is hobbled by certain antiquated and pervasive misconceptions. In this pithy, liberating, and delightful book she gives us a fresh, new view of learning in the broadest sense. Such familiar notions as delayed gratification, ”the basics”, or even ”right answers”, are all incapacitating myths which Langer explodes one by one. She replaces them with her concept of mindful or conditional learning which she demonstrates, with fascinating examples from her research, to be extraordinarily effective. Mindful learning takes place with an awareness of context and of the ever-changing nature of information. Learning without this awareness, as Langer shows convincingly, has severely limited uses and often sets on up for failure.With stunning applications to skills as diverse as paying attention, CPR, investment analysis, psychotherapy, or playing a musical instrument, The Power of Mindful Learning is for all who are curious and intellectually adventurous. Ellen J. Langer Tue, 10 Apr 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334529 thebookvoice.com 3:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334529]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power Of Mindful Learning Author: Ellen J. Langer Narrator: Rachel Frawley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 53 minutes Release date: April 10, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A professor of psychology at Harvard encourages readers to open themselves up to a more mindful understanding of learning which allows the dynamic nature of information to guide their awareness of the world. Radical in its implications, this original and important work may change forever the views we hold about the nature of learning. In The Power of Mindful Learning, Ellen Langer uses her innovative theory of mindulness, introduced in her influential earlier book, to dramatically enhance the way we learn. In business, sports, laboratories, or at home, our learning is hobbled by certain antiquated and pervasive misconceptions. In this pithy, liberating, and delightful book she gives us a fresh, new view of learning in the broadest sense. Such familiar notions as delayed gratification, ”the basics”, or even ”right answers”, are all incapacitating myths which Langer explodes one by one. She replaces them with her concept of mindful or conditional learning which she demonstrates, with fascinating examples from her research, to be extraordinarily effective. Mindful learning takes place with an awareness of context and of the ever-changing nature of information. Learning without this awareness, as Langer shows convincingly, has severely limited uses and often sets on up for failure.With stunning applications to skills as diverse as paying attention, CPR, investment analysis, psychotherapy, or playing a musical instrument, The Power of Mindful Learning is for all who are curious and intellectually adventurous. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334529]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power Of Mindful Learning Author: Ellen J. Langer Narrator: Rachel Frawley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 53 minutes Release date: April 10, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A professor of psychology at Harvard encourages readers to open themselves up to a more mindful understanding of learning which allows the dynamic nature of information to guide their awareness of the world. Radical in its implications, this original and important work may change forever the views we hold about the nature of learning. In The Power of Mindful Learning, Ellen Langer uses her innovative theory of mindulness, introduced in her influential earlier book, to dramatically enhance the way we learn. In business, sports, laboratories, or at home, our learning is hobbled by certain antiquated and pervasive misconceptions. In this pithy, liberating, and delightful book she gives us a fresh, new view of learning in the broadest sense. Such familiar notions as delayed gratification, ”the basics”, or even ”right answers”, are all incapacitating myths which Langer explodes one by one. She replaces them with her concept of mindful or conditional learning which she demonstrates, with fascinating examples from her research, to be extraordinarily effective. Mindful learning takes place with an awareness of context and of the ever-changing nature of information. Learning without this awareness, as Langer shows convincingly, has severely limited uses and often sets on up for failure.With stunning applications to skills as diverse as paying attention, CPR, investment analysis, psychotherapy, or playing a musical instrument, The Power of Mindful Learning is for all who are curious and intellectually adventurous. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334231 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334231]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: When Someone You Love Is Bipolar: Help and Support for You and Your Partner Author: Cynthia G. Last PhD Narrator: Callie Beaulieu Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 15 minutes Release date: May 22, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: When bipolar disorder afflicts the person you love, you suffer too. How have other couples learned to manage the relationship strains caused by this illness? What can you do to provide your partner with truly helpful nurturance and support? No one cares more deeply about these questions than Dr. Cynthia Last, a highly regarded therapist/researcher who also has bipolar disorder. Sharing stories and solutions from her own experience and the couples she has treated, Dr. Last offers heartfelt, practical guidance for getting through the out-of-control highs and the devastating lows—together. Learn how you can help your spouse come to terms with a bipolar diagnosis, get the most out of treatment, and reduce or prevent future mood episodes, while also taking care of yourself. Cynthia G. Last PhD Tue, 22 May 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334231 thebookvoice.com 11:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334231]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: When Someone You Love Is Bipolar: Help and Support for You and Your Partner Author: Cynthia G. Last PhD Narrator: Callie Beaulieu Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 15 minutes Release date: May 22, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: When bipolar disorder afflicts the person you love, you suffer too. How have other couples learned to manage the relationship strains caused by this illness? What can you do to provide your partner with truly helpful nurturance and support? No one cares more deeply about these questions than Dr. Cynthia Last, a highly regarded therapist/researcher who also has bipolar disorder. Sharing stories and solutions from her own experience and the couples she has treated, Dr. Last offers heartfelt, practical guidance for getting through the out-of-control highs and the devastating lows—together. Learn how you can help your spouse come to terms with a bipolar diagnosis, get the most out of treatment, and reduce or prevent future mood episodes, while also taking care of yourself. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334231]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: When Someone You Love Is Bipolar: Help and Support for You and Your Partner Author: Cynthia G. Last PhD Narrator: Callie Beaulieu Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 15 minutes Release date: May 22, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: When bipolar disorder afflicts the person you love, you suffer too. How have other couples learned to manage the relationship strains caused by this illness? What can you do to provide your partner with truly helpful nurturance and support? No one cares more deeply about these questions than Dr. Cynthia Last, a highly regarded therapist/researcher who also has bipolar disorder. Sharing stories and solutions from her own experience and the couples she has treated, Dr. Last offers heartfelt, practical guidance for getting through the out-of-control highs and the devastating lows—together. Learn how you can help your spouse come to terms with a bipolar diagnosis, get the most out of treatment, and reduce or prevent future mood episodes, while also taking care of yourself. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334232 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334232]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Alcoholic Family in Recovery: A Developmental Model Author: Stephanie Brown, Virginia Lewis Narrator: Celeste Oliva Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 31 minutes Release date: May 22, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Family relationships change dramatically when one or more members stops drinking. Far from offering a 'quick fix' to family problems, in fact, the first years of sobriety are often marked by continuing tension that fuels marital stress, acting-out kids, and difficulties at work. This book explores the process of recovery from addiction as it affects the entire family, presenting an innovative model for understanding and treating families navigating this difficult period. The authors draw upon extensive clinical and research experience to demonstrate how families can be helped to regroup after abstinence, weather periods of emotional upheaval, and find their way to establishing a more stable, yet flexible, family system. Stephanie Brown, Virginia Lewis Tue, 22 May 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334232 thebookvoice.com 10:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334232]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Alcoholic Family in Recovery: A Developmental Model Author: Stephanie Brown, Virginia Lewis Narrator: Celeste Oliva Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 31 minutes Release date: May 22, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Family relationships change dramatically when one or more members stops drinking. Far from offering a 'quick fix' to family problems, in fact, the first years of sobriety are often marked by continuing tension that fuels marital stress, acting-out kids, and difficulties at work. This book explores the process of recovery from addiction as it affects the entire family, presenting an innovative model for understanding and treating families navigating this difficult period. The authors draw upon extensive clinical and research experience to demonstrate how families can be helped to regroup after abstinence, weather periods of emotional upheaval, and find their way to establishing a more stable, yet flexible, family system. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334232]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Alcoholic Family in Recovery: A Developmental Model Author: Stephanie Brown, Virginia Lewis Narrator: Celeste Oliva Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 31 minutes Release date: May 22, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Family relationships change dramatically when one or more members stops drinking. Far from offering a 'quick fix' to family problems, in fact, the first years of sobriety are often marked by continuing tension that fuels marital stress, acting-out kids, and difficulties at work. This book explores the process of recovery from addiction as it affects the entire family, presenting an innovative model for understanding and treating families navigating this difficult period. The authors draw upon extensive clinical and research experience to demonstrate how families can be helped to regroup after abstinence, weather periods of emotional upheaval, and find their way to establishing a more stable, yet flexible, family system. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334197 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334197]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Maps of Meaning: The Architecture of Belief Author: Jordan B. Peterson Narrator: Jordan B. Peterson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 30 hours 52 minutes Release date: June 12, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.18 of Total 193 Ratings of Narrator: 4.71 of Total 41 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Jordan B. Peterson's Maps of Meaning is now available for the first time as an audio download! Why have people from different cultures and eras formulated myths and stories with similar structures? What does this similarity tell us about the mind, morality, and structure of the world itself? From the author of 12 Rules for Life: An Antidote to Chaos comes a provocative hypothesis that explores the connection between what modern neuropsychology tells us about the brain and what rituals, myths, and religious stories have long narrated. A cutting-edge work that brings together neuropsychology, cognitive science, and Freudian and Jungian approaches to mythology and narrative, Maps of Meaning presents a rich theory that makes the wisdom and meaning of myth accessible to the critical modern mind. Includes a PDF of Images from the Book. Jordan B. Peterson Tue, 12 Jun 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334197 thebookvoice.com 30:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334197]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Maps of Meaning: The Architecture of Belief Author: Jordan B. Peterson Narrator: Jordan B. Peterson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 30 hours 52 minutes Release date: June 12, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.18 of Total 193 Ratings of Narrator: 4.71 of Total 41 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Jordan B. Peterson's Maps of Meaning is now available for the first time as an audio download! Why have people from different cultures and eras formulated myths and stories with similar structures? What does this similarity tell us about the mind, morality, and structure of the world itself? From the author of 12 Rules for Life: An Antidote to Chaos comes a provocative hypothesis that explores the connection between what modern neuropsychology tells us about the brain and what rituals, myths, and religious stories have long narrated. A cutting-edge work that brings together neuropsychology, cognitive science, and Freudian and Jungian approaches to mythology and narrative, Maps of Meaning presents a rich theory that makes the wisdom and meaning of myth accessible to the critical modern mind. Includes a PDF of Images from the Book. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334197]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Maps of Meaning: The Architecture of Belief Author: Jordan B. Peterson Narrator: Jordan B. Peterson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 30 hours 52 minutes Release date: June 12, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.18 of Total 193 Ratings of Narrator: 4.71 of Total 41 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Jordan B. Peterson's Maps of Meaning is now available for the first time as an audio download! Why have people from different cultures and eras formulated myths and stories with similar structures? What does this similarity tell us about the mind, morality, and structure of the world itself? From the author of 12 Rules for Life: An Antidote to Chaos comes a provocative hypothesis that explores the connection between what modern neuropsychology tells us about the brain and what rituals, myths, and religious stories have long narrated. A cutting-edge work that brings together neuropsychology, cognitive science, and Freudian and Jungian approaches to mythology and narrative, Maps of Meaning presents a rich theory that makes the wisdom and meaning of myth accessible to the critical modern mind. Includes a PDF of Images from the Book. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334194 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334194]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Creative Curve: How to Develop the Right Idea, at the Right Time Author: Allen Gannett Narrator: Allen Gannett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 11 minutes Release date: June 12, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Big data entrepreneur Allen Gannett overturns the mythology around creative genius, and reveals the science and secrets behind achieving breakout commercial success in any field.   We have been spoon-fed the notion that creativity is the province of genius -- of those favored, brilliant few whose moments of insight arrive in unpredictable flashes of divine inspiration.  And if we are not a genius, we might as well pack it in and give up. Either we have that gift, or we don’t.  But Allen shows that simply isn’t true.  Recent research has shown that there is a predictable science behind achieving commercial success in any creative endeavor, from writing a popular novel to starting up a successful company to creating an effective marketing campaign.    As the world’s most creative people have discovered, we are enticed by the novel and the familiar. By understanding the mechanics of what Gannett calls “the creative curve” – the point of optimal tension between the novel and the familiar – everyone can better engineer mainstream success.    In a thoroughly entertaining book that describes the stories and insights of everyone from the Broadway team behind Dear Evan Hansen, to the founder of Reddit, from the Chief Content Officer of Netflix to Michelin star chefs, Gannett reveals the four laws of creative success and identifies the common patterns behind their achievement. Allen Gannett Tue, 12 Jun 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334194 thebookvoice.com 7:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334194]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Creative Curve: How to Develop the Right Idea, at the Right Time Author: Allen Gannett Narrator: Allen Gannett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 11 minutes Release date: June 12, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Big data entrepreneur Allen Gannett overturns the mythology around creative genius, and reveals the science and secrets behind achieving breakout commercial success in any field.   We have been spoon-fed the notion that creativity is the province of genius -- of those favored, brilliant few whose moments of insight arrive in unpredictable flashes of divine inspiration.  And if we are not a genius, we might as well pack it in and give up. Either we have that gift, or we don’t.  But Allen shows that simply isn’t true.  Recent research has shown that there is a predictable science behind achieving commercial success in any creative endeavor, from writing a popular novel to starting up a successful company to creating an effective marketing campaign.    As the world’s most creative people have discovered, we are enticed by the novel and the familiar. By understanding the mechanics of what Gannett calls “the creative curve” – the point of optimal tension between the novel and the familiar – everyone can better engineer mainstream success.    In a thoroughly entertaining book that describes the stories and insights of everyone from the Broadway team behind Dear Evan Hansen, to the founder of Reddit, from the Chief Content Officer of Netflix to Michelin star chefs, Gannett reveals the four laws of creative success and identifies the common patterns behind their achievement. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334194]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Creative Curve: How to Develop the Right Idea, at the Right Time Author: Allen Gannett Narrator: Allen Gannett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 11 minutes Release date: June 12, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Big data entrepreneur Allen Gannett overturns the mythology around creative genius, and reveals the science and secrets behind achieving breakout commercial success in any field.   We have been spoon-fed the notion that creativity is the province of genius -- of those favored, brilliant few whose moments of insight arrive in unpredictable flashes of divine inspiration.  And if we are not a genius, we might as well pack it in and give up. Either we have that gift, or we don’t.  But Allen shows that simply isn’t true.  Recent research has shown that there is a predictable science behind achieving commercial success in any creative endeavor, from writing a popular novel to starting up a successful company to creating an effective marketing campaign.    As the world’s most creative people have discovered, we are enticed by the novel and the familiar. By understanding the mechanics of what Gannett calls “the creative curve” – the point of optimal tension between the novel and the familiar – everyone can better engineer mainstream success.    In a thoroughly entertaining book that describes the stories and insights of everyone from the Broadway team behind Dear Evan Hansen, to the founder of Reddit, from the Chief Content Officer of Netflix to Michelin star chefs, Gannett reveals the four laws of creative success and identifies the common patterns behind their achievement. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333945 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333945]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Happiness Hypothesis: Finding Modern Truth in Ancient Wisdom Author: Jonathan Haidt Narrator: Ryan Vincent Anderson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 18 minutes Release date: June 12, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 101 Ratings of Narrator: 4.3 of Total 10 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The author of the #1 New York Times bestseller The Anxious Generation shows how a deeper understanding of the world's philosophical wisdom can enrich and transform our lives The Happiness Hypothesis is a book about ten Great Ideas. Each chapter is an attempt to savor one idea that has been discovered by several of the world's civilizations—to question it in light of what we now know from scientific research, and to extract from it the lessons that still apply to our modern lives and illuminate the causes of human flourishing. Award-winning psychologist Jonathan Haidt shows how a deeper understanding of the world's philosophical wisdom and its enduring maxims—like "do unto others as you would have others do unto you," or "what doesn't kill you makes you stronger"—can enrich and transform our lives. Jonathan Haidt Tue, 12 Jun 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333945 thebookvoice.com 10:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333945]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Happiness Hypothesis: Finding Modern Truth in Ancient Wisdom Author: Jonathan Haidt Narrator: Ryan Vincent Anderson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 18 minutes Release date: June 12, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 101 Ratings of Narrator: 4.3 of Total 10 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The author of the #1 New York Times bestseller The Anxious Generation shows how a deeper understanding of the world's philosophical wisdom can enrich and transform our lives The Happiness Hypothesis is a book about ten Great Ideas. Each chapter is an attempt to savor one idea that has been discovered by several of the world's civilizations—to question it in light of what we now know from scientific research, and to extract from it the lessons that still apply to our modern lives and illuminate the causes of human flourishing. Award-winning psychologist Jonathan Haidt shows how a deeper understanding of the world's philosophical wisdom and its enduring maxims—like "do unto others as you would have others do unto you," or "what doesn't kill you makes you stronger"—can enrich and transform our lives. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333945]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Happiness Hypothesis: Finding Modern Truth in Ancient Wisdom Author: Jonathan Haidt Narrator: Ryan Vincent Anderson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 18 minutes Release date: June 12, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 101 Ratings of Narrator: 4.3 of Total 10 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The author of the #1 New York Times bestseller The Anxious Generation shows how a deeper understanding of the world's philosophical wisdom can enrich and transform our lives The Happiness Hypothesis is a book about ten Great Ideas. Each chapter is an attempt to savor one idea that has been discovered by several of the world's civilizations—to question it in light of what we now know from scientific research, and to extract from it the lessons that still apply to our modern lives and illuminate the causes of human flourishing. Award-winning psychologist Jonathan Haidt shows how a deeper understanding of the world's philosophical wisdom and its enduring maxims—like "do unto others as you would have others do unto you," or "what doesn't kill you makes you stronger"—can enrich and transform our lives. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333576 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333576]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Golf's Sacred Journey, the Sequel: 7 More Days in Utopia Author: David L. Cook Narrator: Chad Escue Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 26 minutes Release date: May 8, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Golf is more than a game. Behind every stroke and ace, there are hours of practice. Before every trophy, there is sacrifice. At every driving range, there are successes and failures. And inside every golfer, there is a story.  In Golf's Sacred Journey, the Sequel, the book that follows bestselling Golf's Sacred Journey, professional golfer Luke Chisholm returns to his winsome and wise mentor, Johnny Crawford, for what he's best at: advice. This time, Luke needs help of a different sort. He needs guidance on playing in the most difficult golf tournament in the world: the U.S. Open. Victory is in sight. From bestselling author and performance psychologist Dr. David Cook, Golf's Sacred Journey, the Sequel is the fascinating byproduct of counseling thousands of athletes over the decades--from PGA Champions to Olympic athletes. His expertise weaves throughout this suspenseful and memorable sequel. Luke's story unfolds from the practice course of Utopia, Texas, to the fairways of the U.S. Open. It's there that T.K., Luke's rival, re-enters the picture. Their rivalry comes to a head at the U.S. Open. Their clash is epic, the payoffs and costs are great. In this memorable book, readers will acquire lessons about golf and life that they never expected as Luke and T.K. overcome gripping fears, trials, and brokenness as they pursue their God-given dreams. Golf's Sacred Journey, the Sequel will deeply inspire readers both on and off the green. This is a story of two golfers. This is a story of redemption. And in the end, it's not just about a game. David L. Cook Tue, 08 May 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333576 thebookvoice.com 3:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333576]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Golf's Sacred Journey, the Sequel: 7 More Days in Utopia Author: David L. Cook Narrator: Chad Escue Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 26 minutes Release date: May 8, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Golf is more than a game. Behind every stroke and ace, there are hours of practice. Before every trophy, there is sacrifice. At every driving range, there are successes and failures. And inside every golfer, there is a story.  In Golf's Sacred Journey, the Sequel, the book that follows bestselling Golf's Sacred Journey, professional golfer Luke Chisholm returns to his winsome and wise mentor, Johnny Crawford, for what he's best at: advice. This time, Luke needs help of a different sort. He needs guidance on playing in the most difficult golf tournament in the world: the U.S. Open. Victory is in sight. From bestselling author and performance psychologist Dr. David Cook, Golf's Sacred Journey, the Sequel is the fascinating byproduct of counseling thousands of athletes over the decades--from PGA Champions to Olympic athletes. His expertise weaves throughout this suspenseful and memorable sequel. Luke's story unfolds from the practice course of Utopia, Texas, to the fairways of the U.S. Open. It's there that T.K., Luke's rival, re-enters the picture. Their rivalry comes to a head at the U.S. Open. Their clash is epic, the payoffs and costs are great. In this memorable book, readers will acquire lessons about golf and life that they never expected as Luke and T.K. overcome gripping fears, trials, and brokenness as they pursue their God-given dreams. Golf's Sacred Journey, the Sequel will deeply inspire readers both on and off the green. This is a story of two golfers. This is a story of redemption. And in the end, it's not just about a game. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333576]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Golf's Sacred Journey, the Sequel: 7 More Days in Utopia Author: David L. Cook Narrator: Chad Escue Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 26 minutes Release date: May 8, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Golf is more than a game. Behind every stroke and ace, there are hours of practice. Before every trophy, there is sacrifice. At every driving range, there are successes and failures. And inside every golfer, there is a story.  In Golf's Sacred Journey, the Sequel, the book that follows bestselling Golf's Sacred Journey, professional golfer Luke Chisholm returns to his winsome and wise mentor, Johnny Crawford, for what he's best at: advice. This time, Luke needs help of a different sort. He needs guidance on playing in the most difficult golf tournament in the world: the U.S. Open. Victory is in sight. From bestselling author and performance psychologist Dr. David Cook, Golf's Sacred Journey, the Sequel is the fascinating byproduct of counseling thousands of athletes over the decades--from PGA Champions to Olympic athletes. His expertise weaves throughout this suspenseful and memorable sequel. Luke's story unfolds from the practice course of Utopia, Texas, to the fairways of the U.S. Open. It's there that T.K., Luke's rival, re-enters the picture. Their rivalry comes to a head at the U.S. Open. Their clash is epic, the payoffs and costs are great. In this memorable book, readers will acquire lessons about golf and life that they never expected as Luke and T.K. overcome gripping fears, trials, and brokenness as they pursue their God-given dreams. Golf's Sacred Journey, the Sequel will deeply inspire readers both on and off the green. This is a story of two golfers. This is a story of redemption. And in the end, it's not just about a game. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333536 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333536]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Evolutionary Psychology I: The Science of Human Nature: The Science of Human Nature Author: Allen Macneill Narrator: Allen Macneill Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 28 minutes Release date: September 17, 2010 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'Why do we do what we do?' In this thought-provoking series of lectures, Allen D. MacNeill examines the surprising-and sometimes unsettling-answers to this most basic of human questions. The remarkable new field of evolutionary psychology takes a scientific approach to the evolution of human nature. Analyzing human behavior in relation to food, clothing, shelter, health care, and sex, Evolutionary Psychology proves an immensely stimulating exploration of human endeavor. Allen Macneill Fri, 17 Sep 2010 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333536 thebookvoice.com 7:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333536]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Evolutionary Psychology I: The Science of Human Nature: The Science of Human Nature Author: Allen Macneill Narrator: Allen Macneill Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 28 minutes Release date: September 17, 2010 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'Why do we do what we do?' In this thought-provoking series of lectures, Allen D. MacNeill examines the surprising-and sometimes unsettling-answers to this most basic of human questions. The remarkable new field of evolutionary psychology takes a scientific approach to the evolution of human nature. Analyzing human behavior in relation to food, clothing, shelter, health care, and sex, Evolutionary Psychology proves an immensely stimulating exploration of human endeavor. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333536]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Evolutionary Psychology I: The Science of Human Nature: The Science of Human Nature Author: Allen Macneill Narrator: Allen Macneill Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 28 minutes Release date: September 17, 2010 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'Why do we do what we do?' In this thought-provoking series of lectures, Allen D. MacNeill examines the surprising-and sometimes unsettling-answers to this most basic of human questions. The remarkable new field of evolutionary psychology takes a scientific approach to the evolution of human nature. Analyzing human behavior in relation to food, clothing, shelter, health care, and sex, Evolutionary Psychology proves an immensely stimulating exploration of human endeavor. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333234 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333234]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Anxiety And Phobia Workbook: A Guide to Breaking Free from Anxiety, Phobias, and Worry Using Proven Cognitive Methods Author: Lisa Fletcher Narrator: Nick Dolle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 35 minutes Release date: April 1, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: You don't have to live with social anxiety disorder for the rest of your life! You must start improving right now! Today only, get this audio bestseller for a special price. Everyone recognizes what it feels like to be on edge - the butterflies in your stomach before a first date, the strain you feel when your supervisor is furious, and the way your heart pounds in case you're in peril. Anxiety rouses you to activity. It gears you up to confront a debilitating circumstance. It influences you to examine harder for that exam and keeps you on your toes when you're making a discourse. As a rule, it encourages you to adapt. Nevertheless, if you have an anxiety disorder, this typically accommodating feeling can do the polar opposite - it can shield you from adapting and can upset your day to day life. There are a few kinds of anxiety disorders, each with their particular unmistakable highlights. An anxiety disorder may influence you to feel on edge more often than not, with no evident reason. Or then again the on edge sentiments might be uncomfortable to the point that to stay away from them you may stop some regular exercises. Or conversely, you may have periodic episodes of anxiety so extraordinary they panic and immobilize you. This guide will enable you to comprehend anxiety disorders better and learn how to cope with them. Here Is A Preview Of What You'll Learn... Understanding Anxiety And Phobia Guilt And Remorse The Significance Of Gratitude What Is Guilt? Learn Self-Esteem How To Get Help And basically everything you need to know to start improving today. Download your copy today! Take action today and download this audiobook now at a special price! Lisa Fletcher Sun, 01 Apr 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333234 thebookvoice.com 0:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333234]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Anxiety And Phobia Workbook: A Guide to Breaking Free from Anxiety, Phobias, and Worry Using Proven Cognitive Methods Author: Lisa Fletcher Narrator: Nick Dolle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 35 minutes Release date: April 1, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: You don't have to live with social anxiety disorder for the rest of your life! You must start improving right now! Today only, get this audio bestseller for a special price. Everyone recognizes what it feels like to be on edge - the butterflies in your stomach before a first date, the strain you feel when your supervisor is furious, and the way your heart pounds in case you're in peril. Anxiety rouses you to activity. It gears you up to confront a debilitating circumstance. It influences you to examine harder for that exam and keeps you on your toes when you're making a discourse. As a rule, it encourages you to adapt. Nevertheless, if you have an anxiety disorder, this typically accommodating feeling can do the polar opposite - it can shield you from adapting and can upset your day to day life. There are a few kinds of anxiety disorders, each with their particular unmistakable highlights. An anxiety disorder may influence you to feel on edge more often than not, with no evident reason. Or then again the on edge sentiments might be uncomfortable to the point that to stay away from them you may stop some regular exercises. Or conversely, you may have periodic episodes of anxiety so extraordinary they panic and immobilize you. This guide will enable you to comprehend anxiety disorders better and learn how to cope with them. Here Is A Preview Of What You'll Learn... Understanding Anxiety And Phobia Guilt And Remorse The Significance Of Gratitude What Is Guilt? Learn Self-Esteem How To Get Help And basically everything you need to know to start improving today. Download your copy today! Take action today and download this audiobook now at a special price! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333234]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Anxiety And Phobia Workbook: A Guide to Breaking Free from Anxiety, Phobias, and Worry Using Proven Cognitive Methods Author: Lisa Fletcher Narrator: Nick Dolle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 35 minutes Release date: April 1, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: You don't have to live with social anxiety disorder for the rest of your life! You must start improving right now! Today only, get this audio bestseller for a special price. Everyone recognizes what it feels like to be on edge - the butterflies in your stomach before a first date, the strain you feel when your supervisor is furious, and the way your heart pounds in case you're in peril. Anxiety rouses you to activity. It gears you up to confront a debilitating circumstance. It influences you to examine harder for that exam and keeps you on your toes when you're making a discourse. As a rule, it encourages you to adapt. Nevertheless, if you have an anxiety disorder, this typically accommodating feeling can do the polar opposite - it can shield you from adapting and can upset your day to day life. There are a few kinds of anxiety disorders, each with their particular unmistakable highlights. An anxiety disorder may influence you to feel on edge more often than not, with no evident reason. Or then again the on edge sentiments might be uncomfortable to the point that to stay away from them you may stop some regular exercises. Or conversely, you may have periodic episodes of anxiety so extraordinary they panic and immobilize you. This guide will enable you to comprehend anxiety disorders better and learn how to cope with them. Here Is A Preview Of What You'll Learn... Understanding Anxiety And Phobia Guilt And Remorse The Significance Of Gratitude What Is Guilt? Learn Self-Esteem How To Get Help And basically everything you need to know to start improving today. Download your copy today! Take action today and download this audiobook now at a special price! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333235 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333235]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Anxiety And Depression: How to Overcome Intrusive Thoughts With Simple Practices Author: Lisa Fletcher Narrator: Nick Dolle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 36 minutes Release date: April 2, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Do You Just Have The Blues... Or Something More? Feeling down is entirely reasonable in the present quick paced society. Individuals are more stressed than any time in recent memory, but the first step is understanding what you are going through. Today only, get this audio bestseller for a special price. Depression can be a continuous withdrawal from your self-motivated life. What differentiates every so often feeling down for a couple of days from depression is the seriousness of the side effects recorded above, and to what extent you've had the manifestations. Regularly, for most depressive disorders, you need felt some of those manifestations for longer than two weeks. They likewise need to cause you a considerable lot of distress in your life and meddle with your capacity to bear on your ordinary day by day schedule. Depression is an extreme disorder and one that can often go undetected in a few people's lives since it can crawl up on you. Depression doesn't have to strike at the same time; it can be a continuous and almost unnoticeable withdrawal from your dynamic life and satisfaction in living. Or then again it can be caused by an unmistakable occasion, for example, the separation of a long haul relationship, a divorce, family issues, and so forth. Finding and understanding the reasons for depression isn't so essential as getting proper and compelling treatment for it. Here Is A Preview Of What You'll Learn... Anxiety And Depression The Numbers High-Risk Groups Depression Factors Diagnosis Of Depression How To Get Help And basically everything you need to know to start improving today. Download your copy today! Take action today and download this audiobook now at a special price! Lisa Fletcher Mon, 02 Apr 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333235 thebookvoice.com 0:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333235]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Anxiety And Depression: How to Overcome Intrusive Thoughts With Simple Practices Author: Lisa Fletcher Narrator: Nick Dolle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 36 minutes Release date: April 2, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Do You Just Have The Blues... Or Something More? Feeling down is entirely reasonable in the present quick paced society. Individuals are more stressed than any time in recent memory, but the first step is understanding what you are going through. Today only, get this audio bestseller for a special price. Depression can be a continuous withdrawal from your self-motivated life. What differentiates every so often feeling down for a couple of days from depression is the seriousness of the side effects recorded above, and to what extent you've had the manifestations. Regularly, for most depressive disorders, you need felt some of those manifestations for longer than two weeks. They likewise need to cause you a considerable lot of distress in your life and meddle with your capacity to bear on your ordinary day by day schedule. Depression is an extreme disorder and one that can often go undetected in a few people's lives since it can crawl up on you. Depression doesn't have to strike at the same time; it can be a continuous and almost unnoticeable withdrawal from your dynamic life and satisfaction in living. Or then again it can be caused by an unmistakable occasion, for example, the separation of a long haul relationship, a divorce, family issues, and so forth. Finding and understanding the reasons for depression isn't so essential as getting proper and compelling treatment for it. Here Is A Preview Of What You'll Learn... Anxiety And Depression The Numbers High-Risk Groups Depression Factors Diagnosis Of Depression How To Get Help And basically everything you need to know to start improving today. Download your copy today! Take action today and download this audiobook now at a special price! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333235]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Anxiety And Depression: How to Overcome Intrusive Thoughts With Simple Practices Author: Lisa Fletcher Narrator: Nick Dolle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 36 minutes Release date: April 2, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Do You Just Have The Blues... Or Something More? Feeling down is entirely reasonable in the present quick paced society. Individuals are more stressed than any time in recent memory, but the first step is understanding what you are going through. Today only, get this audio bestseller for a special price. Depression can be a continuous withdrawal from your self-motivated life. What differentiates every so often feeling down for a couple of days from depression is the seriousness of the side effects recorded above, and to what extent you've had the manifestations. Regularly, for most depressive disorders, you need felt some of those manifestations for longer than two weeks. They likewise need to cause you a considerable lot of distress in your life and meddle with your capacity to bear on your ordinary day by day schedule. Depression is an extreme disorder and one that can often go undetected in a few people's lives since it can crawl up on you. Depression doesn't have to strike at the same time; it can be a continuous and almost unnoticeable withdrawal from your dynamic life and satisfaction in living. Or then again it can be caused by an unmistakable occasion, for example, the separation of a long haul relationship, a divorce, family issues, and so forth. Finding and understanding the reasons for depression isn't so essential as getting proper and compelling treatment for it. Here Is A Preview Of What You'll Learn... Anxiety And Depression The Numbers High-Risk Groups Depression Factors Diagnosis Of Depression How To Get Help And basically everything you need to know to start improving today. Download your copy today! Take action today and download this audiobook now at a special price! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333083 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333083]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Overcoming Opioid Addiction: The Authoritative Medical Guide for Patients, Families, Doctors, and Therapists Author: Karen Chernyaev, Adam Bisaga Narrator: Liz Maxwell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 52 minutes Release date: May 22, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Drug overdoses are now the leading cause of death for Americans un­der the age of 50, claiming more lives than the AIDs epidemic did at its peak. Opioid abuse accounts for two-thirds of these overdoses, with over 100 Americans dying from opioid overdoses every day. Now Overcoming Opioid Addiction provides a comprehensive medical guide for opioid use disorder (OUD) sufferers, their loved ones, clinicians, and other professionals. Here is expertly presented, urgently needed in­formation and guidance, including: • Why treating OUD is unlike treating any other form of drug dependency • The science that underlies addiction to opioids, and a clear analysis of why this epidemic has become so deadly • The different stages and effective methods of treatment, including detoxification vs. maintenance medications, as well as behavioral therapies • How to deal with relapses and how to thrive despite OUD • Plus a chapter tailored to families with crucial, potentially life-saving information, such as how to select the bes Karen Chernyaev, Adam Bisaga Tue, 22 May 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333083 thebookvoice.com 9:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333083]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Overcoming Opioid Addiction: The Authoritative Medical Guide for Patients, Families, Doctors, and Therapists Author: Karen Chernyaev, Adam Bisaga Narrator: Liz Maxwell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 52 minutes Release date: May 22, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Drug overdoses are now the leading cause of death for Americans un­der the age of 50, claiming more lives than the AIDs epidemic did at its peak. Opioid abuse accounts for two-thirds of these overdoses, with over 100 Americans dying from opioid overdoses every day. Now Overcoming Opioid Addiction provides a comprehensive medical guide for opioid use disorder (OUD) sufferers, their loved ones, clinicians, and other professionals. Here is expertly presented, urgently needed in­formation and guidance, including: • Why treating OUD is unlike treating any other form of drug dependency • The science that underlies addiction to opioids, and a clear analysis of why this epidemic has become so deadly • The different stages and effective methods of treatment, including detoxification vs. maintenance medications, as well as behavioral therapies • How to deal with relapses and how to thrive despite OUD • Plus a chapter tailored to families with crucial, potentially life-saving information, such as how to select the bes Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333083]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Overcoming Opioid Addiction: The Authoritative Medical Guide for Patients, Families, Doctors, and Therapists Author: Karen Chernyaev, Adam Bisaga Narrator: Liz Maxwell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 52 minutes Release date: May 22, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Drug overdoses are now the leading cause of death for Americans un­der the age of 50, claiming more lives than the AIDs epidemic did at its peak. Opioid abuse accounts for two-thirds of these overdoses, with over 100 Americans dying from opioid overdoses every day. Now Overcoming Opioid Addiction provides a comprehensive medical guide for opioid use disorder (OUD) sufferers, their loved ones, clinicians, and other professionals. Here is expertly presented, urgently needed in­formation and guidance, including: • Why treating OUD is unlike treating any other form of drug dependency • The science that underlies addiction to opioids, and a clear analysis of why this epidemic has become so deadly • The different stages and effective methods of treatment, including detoxification vs. maintenance medications, as well as behavioral therapies • How to deal with relapses and how to thrive despite OUD • Plus a chapter tailored to families with crucial, potentially life-saving information, such as how to select the bes https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333012 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333012]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Inventing Ourselves: The Secret Life of the Teenage Brain Author: Sarah-Jayne Blakemore Narrator: Sarah Borges Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: May 15, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A tour through the groundbreaking science behind the enigmatic, but crucial, brain developments of adolescence and how those translate into teenage behavior The brain creates every feeling, emotion, and desire we experience, and stores every one of our memories. And yet, until very recently, scientists believed our brains were fully developed from childhood on. Now, thanks to imaging technology that enables us to look inside the living human brain at all ages, we know that this isn't so. Professor Sarah-Jayne Blakemore, one of the world's leading researchers into adolescent neurology, explains precisely what is going on in the complex and fascinating brains of teenagers -- namely that the brain goes on developing and changing right through adolescence--with profound implications for the adults these young people will become. Drawing from cutting-edge research, including her own, Blakemore shows: - How an adolescent brain differs from those of children and adults - Why problem-free kids can turn into challenging teens - What drives the excessive risk-taking and all-consuming relationships common among teenagers - And why many mental illnesses -- depression, addiction, schizophrenia -- present during these formative years Blakemore's discoveries have transformed our understanding of the teenage mind, with consequences for law, education policy and practice, and, most of all, parents. Sarah-Jayne Blakemore Tue, 15 May 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333012 thebookvoice.com 7:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333012]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Inventing Ourselves: The Secret Life of the Teenage Brain Author: Sarah-Jayne Blakemore Narrator: Sarah Borges Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: May 15, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A tour through the groundbreaking science behind the enigmatic, but crucial, brain developments of adolescence and how those translate into teenage behavior The brain creates every feeling, emotion, and desire we experience, and stores every one of our memories. And yet, until very recently, scientists believed our brains were fully developed from childhood on. Now, thanks to imaging technology that enables us to look inside the living human brain at all ages, we know that this isn't so. Professor Sarah-Jayne Blakemore, one of the world's leading researchers into adolescent neurology, explains precisely what is going on in the complex and fascinating brains of teenagers -- namely that the brain goes on developing and changing right through adolescence--with profound implications for the adults these young people will become. Drawing from cutting-edge research, including her own, Blakemore shows: - How an adolescent brain differs from those of children and adults - Why problem-free kids can turn into challenging teens - What drives the excessive risk-taking and all-consuming relationships common among teenagers - And why many mental illnesses -- depression, addiction, schizophrenia -- present during these formative years Blakemore's discoveries have transformed our understanding of the teenage mind, with consequences for law, education policy and practice, and, most of all, parents. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333012]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Inventing Ourselves: The Secret Life of the Teenage Brain Author: Sarah-Jayne Blakemore Narrator: Sarah Borges Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: May 15, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A tour through the groundbreaking science behind the enigmatic, but crucial, brain developments of adolescence and how those translate into teenage behavior The brain creates every feeling, emotion, and desire we experience, and stores every one of our memories. And yet, until very recently, scientists believed our brains were fully developed from childhood on. Now, thanks to imaging technology that enables us to look inside the living human brain at all ages, we know that this isn't so. Professor Sarah-Jayne Blakemore, one of the world's leading researchers into adolescent neurology, explains precisely what is going on in the complex and fascinating brains of teenagers -- namely that the brain goes on developing and changing right through adolescence--with profound implications for the adults these young people will become. Drawing from cutting-edge research, including her own, Blakemore shows: - How an adolescent brain differs from those of children and adults - Why problem-free kids can turn into challenging teens - What drives the excessive risk-taking and all-consuming relationships common among teenagers - And why many mental illnesses -- depression, addiction, schizophrenia -- present during these formative years Blakemore's discoveries have transformed our understanding of the teenage mind, with consequences for law, education policy and practice, and, most of all, parents. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333011 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333011]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Infidelity: Why Men and Women Cheat Author: Kenneth Paul Rosenberg Narrator: Kenneth Paul Rosenberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 14 minutes Release date: May 15, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: What the latest science tells us about the brain's reward systems, love, and sex -- and how to prevent an affair from destroying your life How can I prevent an affair from destroying my life? Whether I am the cheater or the betrayed partner, how can I survive, even thrive, in the wake of an affair? Infidelity provides key insights to find your true sexual and romantic potential and advocates honesty, trust, and integrity--the fundamentals of love. People often cheat in a haze of delusion, believing that it will bring them real love, help them have better sex, lift their spirits, and boost their sagging self-esteem; however, very often, cheating wrecks relationships and erodes self-esteem. In Infidelity, one of America's top doctors combines neuroscience, addiction theory, and common sense to explain the three types of cheating: emotional, virtual, and physical; why they're so prevalent; and how to live in accordance with our values when we are drawn to stray. Examining what the latest science tells us about the brain's reward systems, love, and sex, Dr. Kenneth Paul Rosenberg reveals what drives men and women to cheat and what they can do about it. At a time when America's pornography obsession rises to the level of a competing sexual interest, when is porn a problem, and when does it count as infidelity? And since it is not the act of infidelity alone that destroys a couple, how does any couple prevent growing apart? Through concrete rules addressing these and other vital questions, Dr. Rosenberg guides couples on how to prevent cheating, stop it from progressing, and repair the damage caused by an affair. Kenneth Paul Rosenberg Tue, 15 May 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333011 thebookvoice.com 8:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333011]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Infidelity: Why Men and Women Cheat Author: Kenneth Paul Rosenberg Narrator: Kenneth Paul Rosenberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 14 minutes Release date: May 15, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: What the latest science tells us about the brain's reward systems, love, and sex -- and how to prevent an affair from destroying your life How can I prevent an affair from destroying my life? Whether I am the cheater or the betrayed partner, how can I survive, even thrive, in the wake of an affair? Infidelity provides key insights to find your true sexual and romantic potential and advocates honesty, trust, and integrity--the fundamentals of love. People often cheat in a haze of delusion, believing that it will bring them real love, help them have better sex, lift their spirits, and boost their sagging self-esteem; however, very often, cheating wrecks relationships and erodes self-esteem. In Infidelity, one of America's top doctors combines neuroscience, addiction theory, and common sense to explain the three types of cheating: emotional, virtual, and physical; why they're so prevalent; and how to live in accordance with our values when we are drawn to stray. Examining what the latest science tells us about the brain's reward systems, love, and sex, Dr. Kenneth Paul Rosenberg reveals what drives men and women to cheat and what they can do about it. At a time when America's pornography obsession rises to the level of a competing sexual interest, when is porn a problem, and when does it count as infidelity? And since it is not the act of infidelity alone that destroys a couple, how does any couple prevent growing apart? Through concrete rules addressing these and other vital questions, Dr. Rosenberg guides couples on how to prevent cheating, stop it from progressing, and repair the damage caused by an affair. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333011]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Infidelity: Why Men and Women Cheat Author: Kenneth Paul Rosenberg Narrator: Kenneth Paul Rosenberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 14 minutes Release date: May 15, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: What the latest science tells us about the brain's reward systems, love, and sex -- and how to prevent an affair from destroying your life How can I prevent an affair from destroying my life? Whether I am the cheater or the betrayed partner, how can I survive, even thrive, in the wake of an affair? Infidelity provides key insights to find your true sexual and romantic potential and advocates honesty, trust, and integrity--the fundamentals of love. People often cheat in a haze of delusion, believing that it will bring them real love, help them have better sex, lift their spirits, and boost their sagging self-esteem; however, very often, cheating wrecks relationships and erodes self-esteem. In Infidelity, one of America's top doctors combines neuroscience, addiction theory, and common sense to explain the three types of cheating: emotional, virtual, and physical; why they're so prevalent; and how to live in accordance with our values when we are drawn to stray. Examining what the latest science tells us about the brain's reward systems, love, and sex, Dr. Kenneth Paul Rosenberg reveals what drives men and women to cheat and what they can do about it. At a time when America's pornography obsession rises to the level of a competing sexual interest, when is porn a problem, and when does it count as infidelity? And since it is not the act of infidelity alone that destroys a couple, how does any couple prevent growing apart? Through concrete rules addressing these and other vital questions, Dr. Rosenberg guides couples on how to prevent cheating, stop it from progressing, and repair the damage caused by an affair. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333008 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333008]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Hope Circuit: A Psychologist's Journey from Helplessness to Optimism Author: Martin E.P. Seligman Narrator: Kevin Stillwell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 3, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: One of the most influential living psychologists looks at the history of his life and discipline, and paints a much brighter future for everyone. When Martin E. P. Seligman first encountered psychology in the 1960s, the field was devoted to eliminating misery: it was the science of how past trauma creates present symptoms. Today, thanks in large part to Seligman's Positive Psychology movement, it is ever more focused not on what cripples life, but on what makes life worth living -- with profound consequences for our mental health. In this wise and eloquent memoir, spanning the most transformative years in the history of modern psychology, Seligman recounts how he learned to study optimism -- including a life-changing conversation with his five-year-old daughter. He tells the human stories behind some of his major findings, like CAVE, an analytical tool that predicts election outcomes (with shocking accuracy) based on the language used in campaign speeches, the international spread of Positive Education, the launch of the US Army's huge resilience program, and the canonical studies that birthed the theory of learned helplessness -- which he now reveals was incorrect. And he writes at length for the first time about his own battles with depression at a young age. In The Hope Circuit, Seligman makes a compelling and deeply personal case for the importance of virtues like hope, gratitude, and wisdom for our mental health. You will walk away from this book not just educated but deeply enriched. Martin E.P. Seligman Tue, 03 Apr 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333008 thebookvoice.com 14:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333008]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Hope Circuit: A Psychologist's Journey from Helplessness to Optimism Author: Martin E.P. Seligman Narrator: Kevin Stillwell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 3, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: One of the most influential living psychologists looks at the history of his life and discipline, and paints a much brighter future for everyone. When Martin E. P. Seligman first encountered psychology in the 1960s, the field was devoted to eliminating misery: it was the science of how past trauma creates present symptoms. Today, thanks in large part to Seligman's Positive Psychology movement, it is ever more focused not on what cripples life, but on what makes life worth living -- with profound consequences for our mental health. In this wise and eloquent memoir, spanning the most transformative years in the history of modern psychology, Seligman recounts how he learned to study optimism -- including a life-changing conversation with his five-year-old daughter. He tells the human stories behind some of his major findings, like CAVE, an analytical tool that predicts election outcomes (with shocking accuracy) based on the language used in campaign speeches, the international spread of Positive Education, the launch of the US Army's huge resilience program, and the canonical studies that birthed the theory of learned helplessness -- which he now reveals was incorrect. And he writes at length for the first time about his own battles with depression at a young age. In The Hope Circuit, Seligman makes a compelling and deeply personal case for the importance of virtues like hope, gratitude, and wisdom for our mental health. You will walk away from this book not just educated but deeply enriched. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333008]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Hope Circuit: A Psychologist's Journey from Helplessness to Optimism Author: Martin E.P. Seligman Narrator: Kevin Stillwell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 3, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: One of the most influential living psychologists looks at the history of his life and discipline, and paints a much brighter future for everyone. When Martin E. P. Seligman first encountered psychology in the 1960s, the field was devoted to eliminating misery: it was the science of how past trauma creates present symptoms. Today, thanks in large part to Seligman's Positive Psychology movement, it is ever more focused not on what cripples life, but on what makes life worth living -- with profound consequences for our mental health. In this wise and eloquent memoir, spanning the most transformative years in the history of modern psychology, Seligman recounts how he learned to study optimism -- including a life-changing conversation with his five-year-old daughter. He tells the human stories behind some of his major findings, like CAVE, an analytical tool that predicts election outcomes (with shocking accuracy) based on the language used in campaign speeches, the international spread of Positive Education, the launch of the US Army's huge resilience program, and the canonical studies that birthed the theory of learned helplessness -- which he now reveals was incorrect. And he writes at length for the first time about his own battles with depression at a young age. In The Hope Circuit, Seligman makes a compelling and deeply personal case for the importance of virtues like hope, gratitude, and wisdom for our mental health. You will walk away from this book not just educated but deeply enriched. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332924 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332924]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In Praise of Wasting Time Series: Part of Ted Books Author: Alan Lightman Narrator: Alan Lightman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 39 minutes Release date: May 15, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In this timely and essential book that offers a fresh take on the qualms of modern day life, Professor Alan Lightman investigates the creativity born from allowing our minds to freely roam, without attempting to accomplish anything and without any assigned tasks. We are all worried about wasting time. Especially in the West, we have created a frenzied lifestyle in which the twenty-­four hours of each day are carved up, dissected, and reduced down to ten minute units of efficiency. We take our iPhones and laptops with us on vacation. We check email at restaurants or our brokerage accounts while walking in the park. When the school day ends, our children are overloaded with “extras.” Our university curricula are so crammed our young people don’t have time to reflect on the material they are supposed to be learning. Yet in the face of our time-driven existence, a great deal of evidence suggests there is great value in “wasting time,” of letting the mind lie fallow for some periods, of letting minutes and even hours go by without scheduled activities or intended tasks. Gustav Mahler routinely took three or four-­hour walks after lunch, stopping to jot down ideas in his notebook. Carl Jung did his most creative thinking and writing when he visited his country house. In his 1949 autobiography, Albert Einstein described how his thinking involved letting his mind roam over many possibilities and making connections between concepts that were previously unconnected. With In Praise of Wasting Time, Professor Alan Lightman documents the rush and heave of the modern world, suggests the technological and cultural origins of our time-­driven lives, and examines the many values of “wasting time”—for replenishing the mind, for creative thought, and for finding and solidifying the inner self. Break free from the idea that we must not waste a single second, and discover how sometimes the best thing to do is to do nothing at all. Alan Lightman Tue, 15 May 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332924 thebookvoice.com 2:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332924]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In Praise of Wasting Time Series: Part of Ted Books Author: Alan Lightman Narrator: Alan Lightman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 39 minutes Release date: May 15, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In this timely and essential book that offers a fresh take on the qualms of modern day life, Professor Alan Lightman investigates the creativity born from allowing our minds to freely roam, without attempting to accomplish anything and without any assigned tasks. We are all worried about wasting time. Especially in the West, we have created a frenzied lifestyle in which the twenty-­four hours of each day are carved up, dissected, and reduced down to ten minute units of efficiency. We take our iPhones and laptops with us on vacation. We check email at restaurants or our brokerage accounts while walking in the park. When the school day ends, our children are overloaded with “extras.” Our university curricula are so crammed our young people don’t have time to reflect on the material they are supposed to be learning. Yet in the face of our time-driven existence, a great deal of evidence suggests there is great value in “wasting time,” of letting the mind lie fallow for some periods, of letting minutes and even hours go by without scheduled activities or intended tasks. Gustav Mahler routinely took three or four-­hour walks after lunch, stopping to jot down ideas in his notebook. Carl Jung did his most creative thinking and writing when he visited his country house. In his 1949 autobiography, Albert Einstein described how his thinking involved letting his mind roam over many possibilities and making connections between concepts that were previously unconnected. With In Praise of Wasting Time, Professor Alan Lightman documents the rush and heave of the modern world, suggests the technological and cultural origins of our time-­driven lives, and examines the many values of “wasting time”—for replenishing the mind, for creative thought, and for finding and solidifying the inner self. Break free from the idea that we must not waste a single second, and discover how sometimes the best thing to do is to do nothing at all. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332924]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In Praise of Wasting Time Series: Part of Ted Books Author: Alan Lightman Narrator: Alan Lightman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 39 minutes Release date: May 15, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In this timely and essential book that offers a fresh take on the qualms of modern day life, Professor Alan Lightman investigates the creativity born from allowing our minds to freely roam, without attempting to accomplish anything and without any assigned tasks. We are all worried about wasting time. Especially in the West, we have created a frenzied lifestyle in which the twenty-­four hours of each day are carved up, dissected, and reduced down to ten minute units of efficiency. We take our iPhones and laptops with us on vacation. We check email at restaurants or our brokerage accounts while walking in the park. When the school day ends, our children are overloaded with “extras.” Our university curricula are so crammed our young people don’t have time to reflect on the material they are supposed to be learning. Yet in the face of our time-driven existence, a great deal of evidence suggests there is great value in “wasting time,” of letting the mind lie fallow for some periods, of letting minutes and even hours go by without scheduled activities or intended tasks. Gustav Mahler routinely took three or four-­hour walks after lunch, stopping to jot down ideas in his notebook. Carl Jung did his most creative thinking and writing when he visited his country house. In his 1949 autobiography, Albert Einstein described how his thinking involved letting his mind roam over many possibilities and making connections between concepts that were previously unconnected. With In Praise of Wasting Time, Professor Alan Lightman documents the rush and heave of the modern world, suggests the technological and cultural origins of our time-­driven lives, and examines the many values of “wasting time”—for replenishing the mind, for creative thought, and for finding and solidifying the inner self. Break free from the idea that we must not waste a single second, and discover how sometimes the best thing to do is to do nothing at all. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332912 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332912]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Addiction Solution: Treating Our Dependence on Opioids and Other Drugs Author: Lloyd Sederer Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 51 minutes Release date: May 8, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A groundbreaking, “timely and well-written” (Booklist, starred review) guide to addiction from a psychiatrist and public health doctor, offering practical, proven solutions for individuals, families, and communities dealing with substance use and abuse. Written with warmth, accessibility, and vast authority, The Addiction Solution is a practical guide through the world of drug use and abuse and addiction treatment. Here, Lloyd I. Sederer, MD, brings together scientific and clinical knowledge, policy suggestions, and case studies to describe our current drug crisis and establish a clear path forward to recovery and health. In a time when so many people are affected by the addiction epidemic, when 142 people die of overdoses every day in the United States, principally from opioids, Sederer’s decades of wisdom and clinical experience are needed more than ever before. With a timely focus on opioids, Sederer takes us through the proven essentials of addiction treatment and explains why so many of our current policies, like the lingering remnants of the War on Drugs, fail to help drug users, their families, and their wider communities. He identifies a key insight, often overlooked in popular and professional writing about addiction and its treatment: namely, that people who use drugs do so to meet specific needs, and that drugs may be the best solution those people currently have. Writing with generosity and empathy about the many Americans who use illicit and prescribed substances, Sederer lays out specific, evidence-based, researched solutions to the prevention and problems of drug use, including exercise, medications, therapy, recovery programs, and community services. “Comprehensive…well-informed and accessible” (Kirkus Reviews), The Addiction Solution provides invaluable help, comfort, and hope. Lloyd Sederer Tue, 08 May 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332912 thebookvoice.com 5:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332912]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Addiction Solution: Treating Our Dependence on Opioids and Other Drugs Author: Lloyd Sederer Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 51 minutes Release date: May 8, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A groundbreaking, “timely and well-written” (Booklist, starred review) guide to addiction from a psychiatrist and public health doctor, offering practical, proven solutions for individuals, families, and communities dealing with substance use and abuse. Written with warmth, accessibility, and vast authority, The Addiction Solution is a practical guide through the world of drug use and abuse and addiction treatment. Here, Lloyd I. Sederer, MD, brings together scientific and clinical knowledge, policy suggestions, and case studies to describe our current drug crisis and establish a clear path forward to recovery and health. In a time when so many people are affected by the addiction epidemic, when 142 people die of overdoses every day in the United States, principally from opioids, Sederer’s decades of wisdom and clinical experience are needed more than ever before. With a timely focus on opioids, Sederer takes us through the proven essentials of addiction treatment and explains why so many of our current policies, like the lingering remnants of the War on Drugs, fail to help drug users, their families, and their wider communities. He identifies a key insight, often overlooked in popular and professional writing about addiction and its treatment: namely, that people who use drugs do so to meet specific needs, and that drugs may be the best solution those people currently have. Writing with generosity and empathy about the many Americans who use illicit and prescribed substances, Sederer lays out specific, evidence-based, researched solutions to the prevention and problems of drug use, including exercise, medications, therapy, recovery programs, and community services. “Comprehensive…well-informed and accessible” (Kirkus Reviews), The Addiction Solution provides invaluable help, comfort, and hope. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332912]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Addiction Solution: Treating Our Dependence on Opioids and Other Drugs Author: Lloyd Sederer Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 51 minutes Release date: May 8, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A groundbreaking, “timely and well-written” (Booklist, starred review) guide to addiction from a psychiatrist and public health doctor, offering practical, proven solutions for individuals, families, and communities dealing with substance use and abuse. Written with warmth, accessibility, and vast authority, The Addiction Solution is a practical guide through the world of drug use and abuse and addiction treatment. Here, Lloyd I. Sederer, MD, brings together scientific and clinical knowledge, policy suggestions, and case studies to describe our current drug crisis and establish a clear path forward to recovery and health. In a time when so many people are affected by the addiction epidemic, when 142 people die of overdoses every day in the United States, principally from opioids, Sederer’s decades of wisdom and clinical experience are needed more than ever before. With a timely focus on opioids, Sederer takes us through the proven essentials of addiction treatment and explains why so many of our current policies, like the lingering remnants of the War on Drugs, fail to help drug users, their families, and their wider communities. He identifies a key insight, often overlooked in popular and professional writing about addiction and its treatment: namely, that people who use drugs do so to meet specific needs, and that drugs may be the best solution those people currently have. Writing with generosity and empathy about the many Americans who use illicit and prescribed substances, Sederer lays out specific, evidence-based, researched solutions to the prevention and problems of drug use, including exercise, medications, therapy, recovery programs, and community services. “Comprehensive…well-informed and accessible” (Kirkus Reviews), The Addiction Solution provides invaluable help, comfort, and hope. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332683 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332683]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In Search of Memory: The Emergence of a New Science of Mind Author: Eric R. Kandel Narrator: James Anderson Foster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 42 minutes Release date: May 8, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Memory binds our mental life together. We are who we are in large part because of what we learn and remember. But how does the brain create memories? Nobel Prize winner Eric R. Kandel intertwines the intellectual history of the powerful new science of the mind—a combination of cognitive psychology, neuroscience, and molecular biology—with his own personal quest to understand memory. A deft mixture of memoir and history, modern biology and behavior, In Search of Memory brings listeners from Kandel's childhood in Nazi-occupied Vienna to the forefront of one of the great scientific endeavors of the twentieth century: the search for the biological basis of memory. Eric R. Kandel Tue, 08 May 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332683 thebookvoice.com 14:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332683]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In Search of Memory: The Emergence of a New Science of Mind Author: Eric R. Kandel Narrator: James Anderson Foster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 42 minutes Release date: May 8, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Memory binds our mental life together. We are who we are in large part because of what we learn and remember. But how does the brain create memories? Nobel Prize winner Eric R. Kandel intertwines the intellectual history of the powerful new science of the mind—a combination of cognitive psychology, neuroscience, and molecular biology—with his own personal quest to understand memory. A deft mixture of memoir and history, modern biology and behavior, In Search of Memory brings listeners from Kandel's childhood in Nazi-occupied Vienna to the forefront of one of the great scientific endeavors of the twentieth century: the search for the biological basis of memory. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332683]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In Search of Memory: The Emergence of a New Science of Mind Author: Eric R. Kandel Narrator: James Anderson Foster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 42 minutes Release date: May 8, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Memory binds our mental life together. We are who we are in large part because of what we learn and remember. But how does the brain create memories? Nobel Prize winner Eric R. Kandel intertwines the intellectual history of the powerful new science of the mind—a combination of cognitive psychology, neuroscience, and molecular biology—with his own personal quest to understand memory. A deft mixture of memoir and history, modern biology and behavior, In Search of Memory brings listeners from Kandel's childhood in Nazi-occupied Vienna to the forefront of one of the great scientific endeavors of the twentieth century: the search for the biological basis of memory. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332669 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332669]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reset Your Child's Brain: A Four-Week Plan to End Meltdowns, Raise Grades, and Boost Social Skills by Reversing the Effects of Electronic Screen-Time Author: Victoria L. Dunckley MD Narrator: Coleen Marlo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 0 minutes Release date: May 8, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Increasing numbers of parents grapple with children who are acting out without obvious reason. Revved up and irritable, many of these children are diagnosed with ADHD, bipolar illness, autism, or other disorders but don't respond well to treatment. They are then medicated, often with poor results and unwanted side effects. Based on emerging scientific research and extensive clinical experience, integrative child psychiatrist Dr. Victoria Dunckley has pioneered a four-week program to treat the frequent underlying cause, Electronic Screen Syndrome (ESS). Dr. Dunckley has found that everyday use of interactive screen devices—such as computers, video games, smartphones, and tablets—can easily overstimulate a child's nervous system, triggering a variety of stubborn symptoms. In contrast, she's discovered that a strict electronic fast single-handedly improves mood, focus, sleep, and behavior, regardless of the child's diagnosis. Offered now in this book, this simple intervention can produce a life-changing shift in brain function—all without cost or medication. Dr. Dunckley provides hope for parents who feel that their child has been misdiagnosed or inappropriately medicated, by presenting an alternative explanation for their child's difficulties and a concrete plan for treating them. Victoria L. Dunckley MD Tue, 08 May 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332669 thebookvoice.com 12:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332669]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reset Your Child's Brain: A Four-Week Plan to End Meltdowns, Raise Grades, and Boost Social Skills by Reversing the Effects of Electronic Screen-Time Author: Victoria L. Dunckley MD Narrator: Coleen Marlo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 0 minutes Release date: May 8, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Increasing numbers of parents grapple with children who are acting out without obvious reason. Revved up and irritable, many of these children are diagnosed with ADHD, bipolar illness, autism, or other disorders but don't respond well to treatment. They are then medicated, often with poor results and unwanted side effects. Based on emerging scientific research and extensive clinical experience, integrative child psychiatrist Dr. Victoria Dunckley has pioneered a four-week program to treat the frequent underlying cause, Electronic Screen Syndrome (ESS). Dr. Dunckley has found that everyday use of interactive screen devices—such as computers, video games, smartphones, and tablets—can easily overstimulate a child's nervous system, triggering a variety of stubborn symptoms. In contrast, she's discovered that a strict electronic fast single-handedly improves mood, focus, sleep, and behavior, regardless of the child's diagnosis. Offered now in this book, this simple intervention can produce a life-changing shift in brain function—all without cost or medication. Dr. Dunckley provides hope for parents who feel that their child has been misdiagnosed or inappropriately medicated, by presenting an alternative explanation for their child's difficulties and a concrete plan for treating them. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332669]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reset Your Child's Brain: A Four-Week Plan to End Meltdowns, Raise Grades, and Boost Social Skills by Reversing the Effects of Electronic Screen-Time Author: Victoria L. Dunckley MD Narrator: Coleen Marlo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 0 minutes Release date: May 8, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Increasing numbers of parents grapple with children who are acting out without obvious reason. Revved up and irritable, many of these children are diagnosed with ADHD, bipolar illness, autism, or other disorders but don't respond well to treatment. They are then medicated, often with poor results and unwanted side effects. Based on emerging scientific research and extensive clinical experience, integrative child psychiatrist Dr. Victoria Dunckley has pioneered a four-week program to treat the frequent underlying cause, Electronic Screen Syndrome (ESS). Dr. Dunckley has found that everyday use of interactive screen devices—such as computers, video games, smartphones, and tablets—can easily overstimulate a child's nervous system, triggering a variety of stubborn symptoms. In contrast, she's discovered that a strict electronic fast single-handedly improves mood, focus, sleep, and behavior, regardless of the child's diagnosis. Offered now in this book, this simple intervention can produce a life-changing shift in brain function—all without cost or medication. Dr. Dunckley provides hope for parents who feel that their child has been misdiagnosed or inappropriately medicated, by presenting an alternative explanation for their child's difficulties and a concrete plan for treating them. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332658 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332658]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Synesthesia Author: Richard E. Cytowic MD Narrator: Keith Sellon-Wright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 18 minutes Release date: May 8, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: One in twenty-three people carry the genes for the synesthesia. Not a disorder but a neurological trait—like perfect pitch—synesthesia creates vividly felt cross-sensory couplings. A synesthete might hear a voice and at the same time see it as a color or shape, taste its distinctive flavor, or feel it as a physical touch. Cytowic explains that synesthesia's most frequent manifestation is seeing days of the week as colored, followed by sensing letters, numerals, and punctuation marks in different hues even when printed in black. Other manifestations include tasting food in shapes, seeing music in moving colors, and mapping numbers and other sequences spatially. One synesthete declares, 'Chocolate smells pink and sparkly'; another invents a dish (chicken, vanilla ice cream, and orange juice concentrate) that tastes intensely blue. Cytowic, who in the 1980s revived scientific interest in synesthesia, sees it now understood as a spectrum, an umbrella term that covers five clusters of outwardly felt couplings that can occur via several pathways. Yet synesthetic or not, each brain uniquely filters what it perceives. Cytowic reminds us that each individual's perspective on the world is thoroughly subjective. Richard E. Cytowic MD Tue, 08 May 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332658 thebookvoice.com 5:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332658]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Synesthesia Author: Richard E. Cytowic MD Narrator: Keith Sellon-Wright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 18 minutes Release date: May 8, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: One in twenty-three people carry the genes for the synesthesia. Not a disorder but a neurological trait—like perfect pitch—synesthesia creates vividly felt cross-sensory couplings. A synesthete might hear a voice and at the same time see it as a color or shape, taste its distinctive flavor, or feel it as a physical touch. Cytowic explains that synesthesia's most frequent manifestation is seeing days of the week as colored, followed by sensing letters, numerals, and punctuation marks in different hues even when printed in black. Other manifestations include tasting food in shapes, seeing music in moving colors, and mapping numbers and other sequences spatially. One synesthete declares, 'Chocolate smells pink and sparkly'; another invents a dish (chicken, vanilla ice cream, and orange juice concentrate) that tastes intensely blue. Cytowic, who in the 1980s revived scientific interest in synesthesia, sees it now understood as a spectrum, an umbrella term that covers five clusters of outwardly felt couplings that can occur via several pathways. Yet synesthetic or not, each brain uniquely filters what it perceives. Cytowic reminds us that each individual's perspective on the world is thoroughly subjective. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332658]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Synesthesia Author: Richard E. Cytowic MD Narrator: Keith Sellon-Wright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 18 minutes Release date: May 8, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: One in twenty-three people carry the genes for the synesthesia. Not a disorder but a neurological trait—like perfect pitch—synesthesia creates vividly felt cross-sensory couplings. A synesthete might hear a voice and at the same time see it as a color or shape, taste its distinctive flavor, or feel it as a physical touch. Cytowic explains that synesthesia's most frequent manifestation is seeing days of the week as colored, followed by sensing letters, numerals, and punctuation marks in different hues even when printed in black. Other manifestations include tasting food in shapes, seeing music in moving colors, and mapping numbers and other sequences spatially. One synesthete declares, 'Chocolate smells pink and sparkly'; another invents a dish (chicken, vanilla ice cream, and orange juice concentrate) that tastes intensely blue. Cytowic, who in the 1980s revived scientific interest in synesthesia, sees it now understood as a spectrum, an umbrella term that covers five clusters of outwardly felt couplings that can occur via several pathways. Yet synesthetic or not, each brain uniquely filters what it perceives. Cytowic reminds us that each individual's perspective on the world is thoroughly subjective. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332616 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332616]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Darker the Night, the Brighter the Stars: A Neuropsychologist's Odyssey Author: Paul Broks Narrator: Simon Bubb Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 20 minutes Release date: May 3, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of The Darker the Night, the Brighter the Stars by Paul Broks, read by Simon Bubb. A man's wife dies. What next? The next day is next, and the next, and so on. He smothers his sorrow and gets on with the days. He's a Stoic. Tranquillity is the goal, but his brain won't rest. As a neuropsychologist he has spent a career trying to fathom the human brain but now, he comes to realize, his brain is struggling to make sense of him - probing, doubting, reconstructing. Combining neurological case stories and memoir, and with excursions into speculative fiction and mythology, this is an audaciously original, deeply personal meditation on grief, time and selfhood Paul Broks Thu, 03 May 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332616 thebookvoice.com 11:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332616]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Darker the Night, the Brighter the Stars: A Neuropsychologist's Odyssey Author: Paul Broks Narrator: Simon Bubb Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 20 minutes Release date: May 3, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of The Darker the Night, the Brighter the Stars by Paul Broks, read by Simon Bubb. A man's wife dies. What next? The next day is next, and the next, and so on. He smothers his sorrow and gets on with the days. He's a Stoic. Tranquillity is the goal, but his brain won't rest. As a neuropsychologist he has spent a career trying to fathom the human brain but now, he comes to realize, his brain is struggling to make sense of him - probing, doubting, reconstructing. Combining neurological case stories and memoir, and with excursions into speculative fiction and mythology, this is an audaciously original, deeply personal meditation on grief, time and selfhood Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332616]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Darker the Night, the Brighter the Stars: A Neuropsychologist's Odyssey Author: Paul Broks Narrator: Simon Bubb Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 20 minutes Release date: May 3, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of The Darker the Night, the Brighter the Stars by Paul Broks, read by Simon Bubb. A man's wife dies. What next? The next day is next, and the next, and so on. He smothers his sorrow and gets on with the days. He's a Stoic. Tranquillity is the goal, but his brain won't rest. As a neuropsychologist he has spent a career trying to fathom the human brain but now, he comes to realize, his brain is struggling to make sense of him - probing, doubting, reconstructing. Combining neurological case stories and memoir, and with excursions into speculative fiction and mythology, this is an audaciously original, deeply personal meditation on grief, time and selfhood https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332504 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332504]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Good News About Bad Behavior: Why Kids Are Less Disciplined Than Ever -- And What to Do About It Author: Katherine Reynolds Lewis Narrator: Katherine Reynolds Lewis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 15 minutes Release date: April 17, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The current model of parental discipline is as outdated as a rotary phone. Why don't our kids do what we want them to do? Parents often take the blame for misbehavior, but this obscures a broader trend: in our modern, highly connected age, children have less self-control than ever. About half of the current generation of children will develop a mood or behavioral disorder or a substance addiction by age eighteen. Contemporary kids need to learn independence and responsibility, yet our old ideas of punishments and rewards are preventing this from happening. To stem this growing crisis of self-regulation, journalist and parenting expert Katherine Reynolds Lewis articulates what she calls The Apprenticeship Model, a new theory of discipline that centers on learning the art of self-control. Blending new scientific research and powerful individual stories of change, Lewis shows that, if we trust our children to face consequences, they will learn to adapt and moderate their own behavior. She watches as chaotic homes become peaceful, bewildered teachers see progress, and her own family grows and evolves in light of these new ideas. You'll recognize your own family in Lewis's sensitive, realistic stories, and you'll find a path to making everyone in your home more capable, kinder, and happier -- including yourself. Katherine Reynolds Lewis Tue, 17 Apr 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332504 thebookvoice.com 10:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332504]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Good News About Bad Behavior: Why Kids Are Less Disciplined Than Ever -- And What to Do About It Author: Katherine Reynolds Lewis Narrator: Katherine Reynolds Lewis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 15 minutes Release date: April 17, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The current model of parental discipline is as outdated as a rotary phone. Why don't our kids do what we want them to do? Parents often take the blame for misbehavior, but this obscures a broader trend: in our modern, highly connected age, children have less self-control than ever. About half of the current generation of children will develop a mood or behavioral disorder or a substance addiction by age eighteen. Contemporary kids need to learn independence and responsibility, yet our old ideas of punishments and rewards are preventing this from happening. To stem this growing crisis of self-regulation, journalist and parenting expert Katherine Reynolds Lewis articulates what she calls The Apprenticeship Model, a new theory of discipline that centers on learning the art of self-control. Blending new scientific research and powerful individual stories of change, Lewis shows that, if we trust our children to face consequences, they will learn to adapt and moderate their own behavior. She watches as chaotic homes become peaceful, bewildered teachers see progress, and her own family grows and evolves in light of these new ideas. You'll recognize your own family in Lewis's sensitive, realistic stories, and you'll find a path to making everyone in your home more capable, kinder, and happier -- including yourself. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332504]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Good News About Bad Behavior: Why Kids Are Less Disciplined Than Ever -- And What to Do About It Author: Katherine Reynolds Lewis Narrator: Katherine Reynolds Lewis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 15 minutes Release date: April 17, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The current model of parental discipline is as outdated as a rotary phone. Why don't our kids do what we want them to do? Parents often take the blame for misbehavior, but this obscures a broader trend: in our modern, highly connected age, children have less self-control than ever. About half of the current generation of children will develop a mood or behavioral disorder or a substance addiction by age eighteen. Contemporary kids need to learn independence and responsibility, yet our old ideas of punishments and rewards are preventing this from happening. To stem this growing crisis of self-regulation, journalist and parenting expert Katherine Reynolds Lewis articulates what she calls The Apprenticeship Model, a new theory of discipline that centers on learning the art of self-control. Blending new scientific research and powerful individual stories of change, Lewis shows that, if we trust our children to face consequences, they will learn to adapt and moderate their own behavior. She watches as chaotic homes become peaceful, bewildered teachers see progress, and her own family grows and evolves in light of these new ideas. You'll recognize your own family in Lewis's sensitive, realistic stories, and you'll find a path to making everyone in your home more capable, kinder, and happier -- including yourself. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332436 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332436]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bouncing Back: Rewiring Your Brain for Maximum Resilience and Well-Being Author: Linda Graham MFT Narrator: Celeste Oliva Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 4 minutes Release date: April 24, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Winner of the 2013 Books for a Better Life Acorda Wellness Award and the 2014 Silver Nautilus Book Award Resilience is the ability to face and handle life's challenges, whether everyday disappointments or extraordinary disasters. While resilience is innate in the brain, over time we learn unhelpful patterns, which then become fixed in our neural circuitry. But science is now revealing that what previously seemed hardwired can be rewired, and Bouncing Back shows us how. With powerful, time-tested exercises, Linda Graham guides us in rebuilding our core well-being and disaster-proofing our brains. Linda Graham MFT Tue, 24 Apr 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332436 thebookvoice.com 12:4:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332436]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bouncing Back: Rewiring Your Brain for Maximum Resilience and Well-Being Author: Linda Graham MFT Narrator: Celeste Oliva Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 4 minutes Release date: April 24, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Winner of the 2013 Books for a Better Life Acorda Wellness Award and the 2014 Silver Nautilus Book Award Resilience is the ability to face and handle life's challenges, whether everyday disappointments or extraordinary disasters. While resilience is innate in the brain, over time we learn unhelpful patterns, which then become fixed in our neural circuitry. But science is now revealing that what previously seemed hardwired can be rewired, and Bouncing Back shows us how. With powerful, time-tested exercises, Linda Graham guides us in rebuilding our core well-being and disaster-proofing our brains. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332436]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bouncing Back: Rewiring Your Brain for Maximum Resilience and Well-Being Author: Linda Graham MFT Narrator: Celeste Oliva Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 4 minutes Release date: April 24, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Winner of the 2013 Books for a Better Life Acorda Wellness Award and the 2014 Silver Nautilus Book Award Resilience is the ability to face and handle life's challenges, whether everyday disappointments or extraordinary disasters. While resilience is innate in the brain, over time we learn unhelpful patterns, which then become fixed in our neural circuitry. But science is now revealing that what previously seemed hardwired can be rewired, and Bouncing Back shows us how. With powerful, time-tested exercises, Linda Graham guides us in rebuilding our core well-being and disaster-proofing our brains. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332423 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332423]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Making of a Therapist: A Practical Guide for the Inner Journey Author: Louis Cozolino Narrator: Stephen Bel Davies Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 32 minutes Release date: April 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The difficulty and cost of training psychotherapists properly is well known. It is far easier to provide a series of classes while ignoring the more challenging personal components of training. Despite the fact that the therapist's self-insight, emotional maturity, and calm centeredness are critical for successful psychotherapy, rote knowledge and technical skills are the focus of most training programs. As a result, the therapist's personal growth is either marginalized or ignored. The Making of a Therapist counters this trend by offering graduate students and beginning therapists a personal account of this important inner journey. Cozolino provides a unique look inside the mind and heart of an experienced therapist. Listeners will find an exciting and privileged window into the experience of the therapist who, like themselves, is just starting out. In addition, The Making of a Therapist contains the practical advice, common-sense wisdom, and self-disclosure that practicing professionals have found to be the most helpful during their own training. The first part of the book, 'Getting Through Your First Sessions,' takes listeners through the often-perilous days and weeks of conducting initial sessions with real clients. Cozolino addresses such basic concerns as: Do I need to be completely healthy myself before I can help others? What do I do if someone comes to me with an issue or problem I can't handle? What should I do if I have trouble listening to my clients? What if a client scares me? The second section of the book, 'Getting to Know Your Clients,' delves into the routine of therapy and the subsequent stages in which you continue to work with clients and help them. In this context, Cozolino presents the notion of the 'good enough' therapist, one who can surrender to his or her own imperfections while still guiding the therapeutic relationship to a positive outcome. The final section, 'Getting to Know Yourself,' goes to the core of the therapist's relation to him- or herself, addressing such issues as: How to turn your weaknesses into strengths, and how to deal with the complicated issues of pathological caretaking, countertransference, and self-care. Both an excellent introduction to the field as well as a valuable refresher for the experienced clinician, The Making of a Therapist offers listeners the tools and insight that make the journey of becoming a therapist a rich and rewarding experience. Louis Cozolino Tue, 24 Apr 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332423 thebookvoice.com 6:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332423]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Making of a Therapist: A Practical Guide for the Inner Journey Author: Louis Cozolino Narrator: Stephen Bel Davies Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 32 minutes Release date: April 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The difficulty and cost of training psychotherapists properly is well known. It is far easier to provide a series of classes while ignoring the more challenging personal components of training. Despite the fact that the therapist's self-insight, emotional maturity, and calm centeredness are critical for successful psychotherapy, rote knowledge and technical skills are the focus of most training programs. As a result, the therapist's personal growth is either marginalized or ignored. The Making of a Therapist counters this trend by offering graduate students and beginning therapists a personal account of this important inner journey. Cozolino provides a unique look inside the mind and heart of an experienced therapist. Listeners will find an exciting and privileged window into the experience of the therapist who, like themselves, is just starting out. In addition, The Making of a Therapist contains the practical advice, common-sense wisdom, and self-disclosure that practicing professionals have found to be the most helpful during their own training. The first part of the book, 'Getting Through Your First Sessions,' takes listeners through the often-perilous days and weeks of conducting initial sessions with real clients. Cozolino addresses such basic concerns as: Do I need to be completely healthy myself before I can help others? What do I do if someone comes to me with an issue or problem I can't handle? What should I do if I have trouble listening to my clients? What if a client scares me? The second section of the book, 'Getting to Know Your Clients,' delves into the routine of therapy and the subsequent stages in which you continue to work with clients and help them. In this context, Cozolino presents the notion of the 'good enough' therapist, one who can surrender to his or her own imperfections while still guiding the therapeutic relationship to a positive outcome. The final section, 'Getting to Know Yourself,' goes to the core of the therapist's relation to him- or herself, addressing such issues as: How to turn your weaknesses into strengths, and how to deal with the complicated issues of pathological caretaking, countertransference, and self-care. Both an excellent introduction to the field as well as a valuable refresher for the experienced clinician, The Making of a Therapist offers listeners the tools and insight that make the journey of becoming a therapist a rich and rewarding experience. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332423]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Making of a Therapist: A Practical Guide for the Inner Journey Author: Louis Cozolino Narrator: Stephen Bel Davies Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 32 minutes Release date: April 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The difficulty and cost of training psychotherapists properly is well known. It is far easier to provide a series of classes while ignoring the more challenging personal components of training. Despite the fact that the therapist's self-insight, emotional maturity, and calm centeredness are critical for successful psychotherapy, rote knowledge and technical skills are the focus of most training programs. As a result, the therapist's personal growth is either marginalized or ignored. The Making of a Therapist counters this trend by offering graduate students and beginning therapists a personal account of this important inner journey. Cozolino provides a unique look inside the mind and heart of an experienced therapist. Listeners will find an exciting and privileged window into the experience of the therapist who, like themselves, is just starting out. In addition, The Making of a Therapist contains the practical advice, common-sense wisdom, and self-disclosure that practicing professionals have found to be the most helpful during their own training. The first part of the book, 'Getting Through Your First Sessions,' takes listeners through the often-perilous days and weeks of conducting initial sessions with real clients. Cozolino addresses such basic concerns as: Do I need to be completely healthy myself before I can help others? What do I do if someone comes to me with an issue or problem I can't handle? What should I do if I have trouble listening to my clients? What if a client scares me? The second section of the book, 'Getting to Know Your Clients,' delves into the routine of therapy and the subsequent stages in which you continue to work with clients and help them. In this context, Cozolino presents the notion of the 'good enough' therapist, one who can surrender to his or her own imperfections while still guiding the therapeutic relationship to a positive outcome. The final section, 'Getting to Know Yourself,' goes to the core of the therapist's relation to him- or herself, addressing such issues as: How to turn your weaknesses into strengths, and how to deal with the complicated issues of pathological caretaking, countertransference, and self-care. Both an excellent introduction to the field as well as a valuable refresher for the experienced clinician, The Making of a Therapist offers listeners the tools and insight that make the journey of becoming a therapist a rich and rewarding experience. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332386 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332386]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Timeless: Nature’s Formula for Health and Longevity Author: Louis Cozolino Narrator: Paul Brion Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 46 minutes Release date: May 1, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Few prejudices in Western society are more powerful than those concerning aging. Until recently, we have assumed that the story of aging is one of loss and decline. But there's an entirely different truth. Yes, you can teach an old dog—or even a sort-of-old dog—new tricks. Is there a secret to staying young? It turns out that there are many, and they all begin with nurturing our existing relationships to foster brain health, keeping us happier and healthier. As listeners will learn, wisdom, enhanced social relationships, greater adaptation and flexibility (mental, if not physical!)—all these things can be attained as we grow older. Filled with both practical and thought-provoking suggestions, this book is a must-listen for anyone who wants to age in style. Louis Cozolino Tue, 01 May 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332386 thebookvoice.com 6:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332386]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Timeless: Nature’s Formula for Health and Longevity Author: Louis Cozolino Narrator: Paul Brion Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 46 minutes Release date: May 1, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Few prejudices in Western society are more powerful than those concerning aging. Until recently, we have assumed that the story of aging is one of loss and decline. But there's an entirely different truth. Yes, you can teach an old dog—or even a sort-of-old dog—new tricks. Is there a secret to staying young? It turns out that there are many, and they all begin with nurturing our existing relationships to foster brain health, keeping us happier and healthier. As listeners will learn, wisdom, enhanced social relationships, greater adaptation and flexibility (mental, if not physical!)—all these things can be attained as we grow older. Filled with both practical and thought-provoking suggestions, this book is a must-listen for anyone who wants to age in style. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332386]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Timeless: Nature’s Formula for Health and Longevity Author: Louis Cozolino Narrator: Paul Brion Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 46 minutes Release date: May 1, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Few prejudices in Western society are more powerful than those concerning aging. Until recently, we have assumed that the story of aging is one of loss and decline. But there's an entirely different truth. Yes, you can teach an old dog—or even a sort-of-old dog—new tricks. Is there a secret to staying young? It turns out that there are many, and they all begin with nurturing our existing relationships to foster brain health, keeping us happier and healthier. As listeners will learn, wisdom, enhanced social relationships, greater adaptation and flexibility (mental, if not physical!)—all these things can be attained as we grow older. Filled with both practical and thought-provoking suggestions, this book is a must-listen for anyone who wants to age in style. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332211 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332211]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Changeable: How Collaborative Problem Solving Changes Lives at Home, at School, and at Work Author: J. Stuart Ablon Narrator: J. Stuart Ablon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 17 minutes Release date: June 5, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: As featured on The Mel Robbins Show—discover the surprising science of helping anyone change Whether as a parent, a boss, a romantic partner, or on your own journey toward personal growth, you know how hard it is to change problem behavior. Conventional methods like willpower, punishment, and strict discipline often backfire, creating a downward spiral of resentment and frustration, while the problem goes unsolved. But what if the thinking behind “tough love” is wrong? What if people don’t misbehave because they want to, but because they lack the skills to do better? Or as renowned psychologist J. Stuart Ablon asks, what if changing problem behavior is a matter of skill, not will? Based on more than twenty-five years of clinical work with at-risk teens as well as training parents, teachers, counselors and law enforcement, and supported by research in the neuroscience of conflict resolution, Changeable presents an empowering new way of thinking about changing unwanted behavior—Collaborative Problem Solving—that builds empathy and connection, helps others reach their full potential, and actually gets results. Presenting remarkable success stories and actionable insights, Changeable gives parents, educators, managers, and change-makers of all stripes a simple roadmap for helping people grow. J. Stuart Ablon Tue, 05 Jun 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332211 thebookvoice.com 7:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332211]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Changeable: How Collaborative Problem Solving Changes Lives at Home, at School, and at Work Author: J. Stuart Ablon Narrator: J. Stuart Ablon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 17 minutes Release date: June 5, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: As featured on The Mel Robbins Show—discover the surprising science of helping anyone change Whether as a parent, a boss, a romantic partner, or on your own journey toward personal growth, you know how hard it is to change problem behavior. Conventional methods like willpower, punishment, and strict discipline often backfire, creating a downward spiral of resentment and frustration, while the problem goes unsolved. But what if the thinking behind “tough love” is wrong? What if people don’t misbehave because they want to, but because they lack the skills to do better? Or as renowned psychologist J. Stuart Ablon asks, what if changing problem behavior is a matter of skill, not will? Based on more than twenty-five years of clinical work with at-risk teens as well as training parents, teachers, counselors and law enforcement, and supported by research in the neuroscience of conflict resolution, Changeable presents an empowering new way of thinking about changing unwanted behavior—Collaborative Problem Solving—that builds empathy and connection, helps others reach their full potential, and actually gets results. Presenting remarkable success stories and actionable insights, Changeable gives parents, educators, managers, and change-makers of all stripes a simple roadmap for helping people grow. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332211]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Changeable: How Collaborative Problem Solving Changes Lives at Home, at School, and at Work Author: J. Stuart Ablon Narrator: J. Stuart Ablon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 17 minutes Release date: June 5, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: As featured on The Mel Robbins Show—discover the surprising science of helping anyone change Whether as a parent, a boss, a romantic partner, or on your own journey toward personal growth, you know how hard it is to change problem behavior. Conventional methods like willpower, punishment, and strict discipline often backfire, creating a downward spiral of resentment and frustration, while the problem goes unsolved. But what if the thinking behind “tough love” is wrong? What if people don’t misbehave because they want to, but because they lack the skills to do better? Or as renowned psychologist J. Stuart Ablon asks, what if changing problem behavior is a matter of skill, not will? Based on more than twenty-five years of clinical work with at-risk teens as well as training parents, teachers, counselors and law enforcement, and supported by research in the neuroscience of conflict resolution, Changeable presents an empowering new way of thinking about changing unwanted behavior—Collaborative Problem Solving—that builds empathy and connection, helps others reach their full potential, and actually gets results. Presenting remarkable success stories and actionable insights, Changeable gives parents, educators, managers, and change-makers of all stripes a simple roadmap for helping people grow. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332166 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332166]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: From You to Two: Dr. Ruth's Rules for Real Relationships Author: Ruth K. Westheimer Narrator: Ruth K. Westheimer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 16 minutes Release date: June 12, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Technology has changed the way we date—a single swipe gives new meaning to being rejected. But no matter what the advances—good and bad—the ritual is pretty much the same: meet, connect, and fall in love. And while a positive chemical reaction can boost your confidence, a series of bad dates can lead to depression, giving up, or remaining stuck in a negative dating cycle. Beloved, world-renowned sex therapist Dr. Ruth will finally take the drama out of dating. She will help you figure out how and where to find someone (a Tinder hookup is not a date!), get you mentally and physically ready for that anxious first meeting, and prepare you for ghosting and other twenty-first-century rebuffs. With her trademark insight and compassion, Dr. Ruth’s commonsense guide will improve your prospects and help you weather the challenges and recognize when it’s time to transition from just you to you two. Ruth K. Westheimer Tue, 12 Jun 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332166 thebookvoice.com 7:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332166]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: From You to Two: Dr. Ruth's Rules for Real Relationships Author: Ruth K. Westheimer Narrator: Ruth K. Westheimer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 16 minutes Release date: June 12, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Technology has changed the way we date—a single swipe gives new meaning to being rejected. But no matter what the advances—good and bad—the ritual is pretty much the same: meet, connect, and fall in love. And while a positive chemical reaction can boost your confidence, a series of bad dates can lead to depression, giving up, or remaining stuck in a negative dating cycle. Beloved, world-renowned sex therapist Dr. Ruth will finally take the drama out of dating. She will help you figure out how and where to find someone (a Tinder hookup is not a date!), get you mentally and physically ready for that anxious first meeting, and prepare you for ghosting and other twenty-first-century rebuffs. With her trademark insight and compassion, Dr. Ruth’s commonsense guide will improve your prospects and help you weather the challenges and recognize when it’s time to transition from just you to you two. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332166]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: From You to Two: Dr. Ruth's Rules for Real Relationships Author: Ruth K. Westheimer Narrator: Ruth K. Westheimer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 16 minutes Release date: June 12, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Technology has changed the way we date—a single swipe gives new meaning to being rejected. But no matter what the advances—good and bad—the ritual is pretty much the same: meet, connect, and fall in love. And while a positive chemical reaction can boost your confidence, a series of bad dates can lead to depression, giving up, or remaining stuck in a negative dating cycle. Beloved, world-renowned sex therapist Dr. Ruth will finally take the drama out of dating. She will help you figure out how and where to find someone (a Tinder hookup is not a date!), get you mentally and physically ready for that anxious first meeting, and prepare you for ghosting and other twenty-first-century rebuffs. With her trademark insight and compassion, Dr. Ruth’s commonsense guide will improve your prospects and help you weather the challenges and recognize when it’s time to transition from just you to you two. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332119 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332119]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Performance Cortex: How Neuroscience Is Redefining Athletic Genius Author: Zach Schonbrun Narrator: Thomas Vincent Kelly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 19 minutes Release date: April 17, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Athletic genius explained. A groundbreaking new perspective on the science of elite sporting performance. Why couldn't Michael Jordan, master athlete that he was, hit a baseball? Why can't modern robotics come close to replicating the dexterity of a five-year-old? Why do good quarterbacks always seem to know where their receivers are? In this deeply researched book, Sports and Business reporter Zach Schonbrun explores what actually drives human movement and its spectacular potential. The groundbreaking work of two neuroscientists in Major League Baseball is only the beginning. Schonbrun traces the fascinating history of motor research and details how new investigations in the brain are helping explain the extraordinary skills of talented performers like Stephen Curry, Tom Brady, Serena Williams, and Lionel Messi; as well as musical virtuosos, dancers, rock climbers, race-car drivers, and more. Whether it is timing a 95-mph fastball or reaching for a coffee mug, movement requires extraordinary computation that many take for granted--until now. The Performance Cortex ushers in a new way of thinking about the athletic gifts we strain to see in our cavernous arenas. It's not about the million-dollar arm anymore. It's about the million-dollar brain. *Includes a Bonus a PDF with Charts and Graphs Zach Schonbrun Tue, 17 Apr 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332119 thebookvoice.com 10:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332119]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Performance Cortex: How Neuroscience Is Redefining Athletic Genius Author: Zach Schonbrun Narrator: Thomas Vincent Kelly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 19 minutes Release date: April 17, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Athletic genius explained. A groundbreaking new perspective on the science of elite sporting performance. Why couldn't Michael Jordan, master athlete that he was, hit a baseball? Why can't modern robotics come close to replicating the dexterity of a five-year-old? Why do good quarterbacks always seem to know where their receivers are? In this deeply researched book, Sports and Business reporter Zach Schonbrun explores what actually drives human movement and its spectacular potential. The groundbreaking work of two neuroscientists in Major League Baseball is only the beginning. Schonbrun traces the fascinating history of motor research and details how new investigations in the brain are helping explain the extraordinary skills of talented performers like Stephen Curry, Tom Brady, Serena Williams, and Lionel Messi; as well as musical virtuosos, dancers, rock climbers, race-car drivers, and more. Whether it is timing a 95-mph fastball or reaching for a coffee mug, movement requires extraordinary computation that many take for granted--until now. The Performance Cortex ushers in a new way of thinking about the athletic gifts we strain to see in our cavernous arenas. It's not about the million-dollar arm anymore. It's about the million-dollar brain. *Includes a Bonus a PDF with Charts and Graphs Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332119]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Performance Cortex: How Neuroscience Is Redefining Athletic Genius Author: Zach Schonbrun Narrator: Thomas Vincent Kelly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 19 minutes Release date: April 17, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Athletic genius explained. A groundbreaking new perspective on the science of elite sporting performance. Why couldn't Michael Jordan, master athlete that he was, hit a baseball? Why can't modern robotics come close to replicating the dexterity of a five-year-old? Why do good quarterbacks always seem to know where their receivers are? In this deeply researched book, Sports and Business reporter Zach Schonbrun explores what actually drives human movement and its spectacular potential. The groundbreaking work of two neuroscientists in Major League Baseball is only the beginning. Schonbrun traces the fascinating history of motor research and details how new investigations in the brain are helping explain the extraordinary skills of talented performers like Stephen Curry, Tom Brady, Serena Williams, and Lionel Messi; as well as musical virtuosos, dancers, rock climbers, race-car drivers, and more. Whether it is timing a 95-mph fastball or reaching for a coffee mug, movement requires extraordinary computation that many take for granted--until now. The Performance Cortex ushers in a new way of thinking about the athletic gifts we strain to see in our cavernous arenas. It's not about the million-dollar arm anymore. It's about the million-dollar brain. *Includes a Bonus a PDF with Charts and Graphs https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332098 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332098]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Overcoming Trauma through Yoga: Reclaiming Your Body Author: Elizabeth Hopper, David Emerson Narrator: Kate Marcin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 12 minutes Release date: May 22, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.67 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A trauma-informed approach to healing body and mind: an evidence-based yoga program for survivors, clinicians, and yoga teachers Research-backed and trauma-informed, this book introduces a yoga program that helps readers heal from the cognitive, emotional, and physiological symptoms of PTSD. From managing triggers to accessing safety, the approaches and exercises presented in Overcoming Trauma through Yoga are deeply practical and grounded in what survivors need to know to heal from the effects of trauma.   The book opens with an introduction written by Bessel van der Kolk, moving into a transformative approach to recovery that was developed by experts at the Trauma Center at Justice Resource Institute. The program facilitates somatic healing through gentle breath, mindfulness, and movement practices, and offers insights on the specific needs of trauma survivors practicing yoga at home or in class: adjusting pace, creating safety, accessing empowered choice, and more.   The final chapters offer specific guidance and practical, trauma-informed insights for: - Survivors to develop a trauma-sensitive practice at home and in the studio - Clinicians to integrate yoga into clinical care, pair yoga-based interventions with therapeutic goals, and address challenges to yoga-based strategies - Yoga teachers to build trauma-sensitive yoga classes and learn best practices for responding to triggered responses “In this landmark book, the authors offer survivors a gentle, step-by-step, mindful yoga that is tailored for their specific needs…it is a great companion and guide to those taking the journey of recovery from trauma to wholeness” (Peter A. Levine). Elizabeth Hopper, David Emerson Tue, 22 May 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332098 thebookvoice.com 5:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332098]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Overcoming Trauma through Yoga: Reclaiming Your Body Author: Elizabeth Hopper, David Emerson Narrator: Kate Marcin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 12 minutes Release date: May 22, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.67 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A trauma-informed approach to healing body and mind: an evidence-based yoga program for survivors, clinicians, and yoga teachers Research-backed and trauma-informed, this book introduces a yoga program that helps readers heal from the cognitive, emotional, and physiological symptoms of PTSD. From managing triggers to accessing safety, the approaches and exercises presented in Overcoming Trauma through Yoga are deeply practical and grounded in what survivors need to know to heal from the effects of trauma.   The book opens with an introduction written by Bessel van der Kolk, moving into a transformative approach to recovery that was developed by experts at the Trauma Center at Justice Resource Institute. The program facilitates somatic healing through gentle breath, mindfulness, and movement practices, and offers insights on the specific needs of trauma survivors practicing yoga at home or in class: adjusting pace, creating safety, accessing empowered choice, and more.   The final chapters offer specific guidance and practical, trauma-informed insights for: - Survivors to develop a trauma-sensitive practice at home and in the studio - Clinicians to integrate yoga into clinical care, pair yoga-based interventions with therapeutic goals, and address challenges to yoga-based strategies - Yoga teachers to build trauma-sensitive yoga classes and learn best practices for responding to triggered responses “In this landmark book, the authors offer survivors a gentle, step-by-step, mindful yoga that is tailored for their specific needs…it is a great companion and guide to those taking the journey of recovery from trauma to wholeness” (Peter A. Levine). Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332098]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Overcoming Trauma through Yoga: Reclaiming Your Body Author: Elizabeth Hopper, David Emerson Narrator: Kate Marcin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 12 minutes Release date: May 22, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.67 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A trauma-informed approach to healing body and mind: an evidence-based yoga program for survivors, clinicians, and yoga teachers Research-backed and trauma-informed, this book introduces a yoga program that helps readers heal from the cognitive, emotional, and physiological symptoms of PTSD. From managing triggers to accessing safety, the approaches and exercises presented in Overcoming Trauma through Yoga are deeply practical and grounded in what survivors need to know to heal from the effects of trauma.   The book opens with an introduction written by Bessel van der Kolk, moving into a transformative approach to recovery that was developed by experts at the Trauma Center at Justice Resource Institute. The program facilitates somatic healing through gentle breath, mindfulness, and movement practices, and offers insights on the specific needs of trauma survivors practicing yoga at home or in class: adjusting pace, creating safety, accessing empowered choice, and more.   The final chapters offer specific guidance and practical, trauma-informed insights for: - Survivors to develop a trauma-sensitive practice at home and in the studio - Clinicians to integrate yoga into clinical care, pair yoga-based interventions with therapeutic goals, and address challenges to yoga-based strategies - Yoga teachers to build trauma-sensitive yoga classes and learn best practices for responding to triggered responses “In this landmark book, the authors offer survivors a gentle, step-by-step, mindful yoga that is tailored for their specific needs…it is a great companion and guide to those taking the journey of recovery from trauma to wholeness” (Peter A. Levine). https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332092 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332092]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Quiet Rise of Introverts: 8 Practices for Living and Loving in a Noisy World Author: Brenda Knowles Narrator: Christine Williams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 54 minutes Release date: April 17, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Many introverts in our world: More and more, people are identifying as introverts. Studies show that at least one-third of the people we encounter in our lives are introverts. Introverts and relationships: The Quiet Rise of Introverts: 8 Practices for Living and Loving in a Noisy World is a guide to help tenderhearted and introverted individuals grow and nurture their peace, purpose, and relationships. Many types of introverts: There are many facets to being an introvert and many variations to each type. But as you peel back the layers to all these you quickly learn that introverts may make up 50 percent of the world’s population. Introverts and sensitivity: Author, speaker, and life coach Brenda Knowles presents eight unique practices to help readers learn that they are not alone or flawed in their sensitivity and introversion. Certified as a Myers-Briggs practitioner, she has been writing and guiding introverts for five years in space2live and has provided training as a family mediator. Incorporating the eight practices into your life yields a calmer sense of self,a deeper understanding of mental and physical self-care,an embracing of positive conflict,growth in responsiveness, andthe secret to healing every day. Brenda Knowles Tue, 17 Apr 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332092 thebookvoice.com 7:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332092]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Quiet Rise of Introverts: 8 Practices for Living and Loving in a Noisy World Author: Brenda Knowles Narrator: Christine Williams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 54 minutes Release date: April 17, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Many introverts in our world: More and more, people are identifying as introverts. Studies show that at least one-third of the people we encounter in our lives are introverts. Introverts and relationships: The Quiet Rise of Introverts: 8 Practices for Living and Loving in a Noisy World is a guide to help tenderhearted and introverted individuals grow and nurture their peace, purpose, and relationships. Many types of introverts: There are many facets to being an introvert and many variations to each type. But as you peel back the layers to all these you quickly learn that introverts may make up 50 percent of the world’s population. Introverts and sensitivity: Author, speaker, and life coach Brenda Knowles presents eight unique practices to help readers learn that they are not alone or flawed in their sensitivity and introversion. Certified as a Myers-Briggs practitioner, she has been writing and guiding introverts for five years in space2live and has provided training as a family mediator. Incorporating the eight practices into your life yields a calmer sense of self,a deeper understanding of mental and physical self-care,an embracing of positive conflict,growth in responsiveness, andthe secret to healing every day. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332092]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Quiet Rise of Introverts: 8 Practices for Living and Loving in a Noisy World Author: Brenda Knowles Narrator: Christine Williams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 54 minutes Release date: April 17, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Many introverts in our world: More and more, people are identifying as introverts. Studies show that at least one-third of the people we encounter in our lives are introverts. Introverts and relationships: The Quiet Rise of Introverts: 8 Practices for Living and Loving in a Noisy World is a guide to help tenderhearted and introverted individuals grow and nurture their peace, purpose, and relationships. Many types of introverts: There are many facets to being an introvert and many variations to each type. But as you peel back the layers to all these you quickly learn that introverts may make up 50 percent of the world’s population. Introverts and sensitivity: Author, speaker, and life coach Brenda Knowles presents eight unique practices to help readers learn that they are not alone or flawed in their sensitivity and introversion. Certified as a Myers-Briggs practitioner, she has been writing and guiding introverts for five years in space2live and has provided training as a family mediator. Incorporating the eight practices into your life yields a calmer sense of self,a deeper understanding of mental and physical self-care,an embracing of positive conflict,growth in responsiveness, andthe secret to healing every day. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332083 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332083]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tell Me the Planets: Stories of Brain Injury and What It Means to Survive Author: Ben Platts-Mills Narrator: Sam Woolf Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 26 minutes Release date: May 3, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of Tell Me the Planets by Ben Platts-Mills, read by Sam Woolf. Matthew has a meticulously logical mind. He is intelligent, compassionate and fiercely loyal. He also has a brain injury. When Matthew underwent surgery to remove a life-threatening cyst in the middle of his brain, he was left with extreme fatigue, a difficulty forming new memories and with a tendency to confabulate - to 'remember', with absolute conviction, events that have not occurred. In Tell Me the Planets, Ben Platts-Mills tells stories about his work with survivors of brain injury, offering a rare glimpse into the world as seen through their eyes: charismatic Danny, whose criminal past has left him paralysed down one side, but who now helps others worse off than himself; Sid, whose memory for the present lasts only moments; and Liah, who is caught in a battle with the care system threatening to make her homeless. But above all this is the story of the extraordinary friendship between Ben and Matthew, following their attempts to discover what has happened to Matthew's brain and how he might begin to rebuild his life. It is a journey that takes them to the frontiers of science and to the limits of human resilience: when they discover that the cyst is growing again, Matthew is left with an impossible decision to make. 'Platts-Mills writes with truth and eloquence about his relationships with brain injury survivors' Julia Samuel 'At turns heartbreaking and uplifting, this is not just a brilliant book about the survivors of brain injury, but also a vivid and unforgettable portrait of modern Britain by an extraordinarily-gifted story-teller. Ben Platts-Mills tells the stories of child-refugee Liah, ex-gangster Danny and computer geek Matthew - in hourly peril of having their sense of self annulled - with great vividness and imagination' Robert Newman, author of Neuropolis Ben Platts-Mills Thu, 03 May 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332083 thebookvoice.com 9:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332083]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tell Me the Planets: Stories of Brain Injury and What It Means to Survive Author: Ben Platts-Mills Narrator: Sam Woolf Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 26 minutes Release date: May 3, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of Tell Me the Planets by Ben Platts-Mills, read by Sam Woolf. Matthew has a meticulously logical mind. He is intelligent, compassionate and fiercely loyal. He also has a brain injury. When Matthew underwent surgery to remove a life-threatening cyst in the middle of his brain, he was left with extreme fatigue, a difficulty forming new memories and with a tendency to confabulate - to 'remember', with absolute conviction, events that have not occurred. In Tell Me the Planets, Ben Platts-Mills tells stories about his work with survivors of brain injury, offering a rare glimpse into the world as seen through their eyes: charismatic Danny, whose criminal past has left him paralysed down one side, but who now helps others worse off than himself; Sid, whose memory for the present lasts only moments; and Liah, who is caught in a battle with the care system threatening to make her homeless. But above all this is the story of the extraordinary friendship between Ben and Matthew, following their attempts to discover what has happened to Matthew's brain and how he might begin to rebuild his life. It is a journey that takes them to the frontiers of science and to the limits of human resilience: when they discover that the cyst is growing again, Matthew is left with an impossible decision to make. 'Platts-Mills writes with truth and eloquence about his relationships with brain injury survivors' Julia Samuel 'At turns heartbreaking and uplifting, this is not just a brilliant book about the survivors of brain injury, but also a vivid and unforgettable portrait of modern Britain by an extraordinarily-gifted story-teller. Ben Platts-Mills tells the stories of child-refugee Liah, ex-gangster Danny and computer geek Matthew - in hourly peril of having their sense of self annulled - with great vividness and imagination' Robert Newman, author of Neuropolis Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332083]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tell Me the Planets: Stories of Brain Injury and What It Means to Survive Author: Ben Platts-Mills Narrator: Sam Woolf Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 26 minutes Release date: May 3, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of Tell Me the Planets by Ben Platts-Mills, read by Sam Woolf. Matthew has a meticulously logical mind. He is intelligent, compassionate and fiercely loyal. He also has a brain injury. When Matthew underwent surgery to remove a life-threatening cyst in the middle of his brain, he was left with extreme fatigue, a difficulty forming new memories and with a tendency to confabulate - to 'remember', with absolute conviction, events that have not occurred. In Tell Me the Planets, Ben Platts-Mills tells stories about his work with survivors of brain injury, offering a rare glimpse into the world as seen through their eyes: charismatic Danny, whose criminal past has left him paralysed down one side, but who now helps others worse off than himself; Sid, whose memory for the present lasts only moments; and Liah, who is caught in a battle with the care system threatening to make her homeless. But above all this is the story of the extraordinary friendship between Ben and Matthew, following their attempts to discover what has happened to Matthew's brain and how he might begin to rebuild his life. It is a journey that takes them to the frontiers of science and to the limits of human resilience: when they discover that the cyst is growing again, Matthew is left with an impossible decision to make. 'Platts-Mills writes with truth and eloquence about his relationships with brain injury survivors' Julia Samuel 'At turns heartbreaking and uplifting, this is not just a brilliant book about the survivors of brain injury, but also a vivid and unforgettable portrait of modern Britain by an extraordinarily-gifted story-teller. Ben Platts-Mills tells the stories of child-refugee Liah, ex-gangster Danny and computer geek Matthew - in hourly peril of having their sense of self annulled - with great vividness and imagination' Robert Newman, author of Neuropolis https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331978 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331978]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Play On: How to Get Better With Age Author: Jeff Bercovici Narrator: Adam Sims Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 50 minutes Release date: May 3, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of Play On by Jeff Bercovici, read by Adam Sims. Sports are about challenging our physical limits. But the greatest limit of all remains undefeated: age. We're taught to believe that ageing thwarts effort and grace, talent and grit, outstanding teamwork and individual brilliance. But a new breed of top professionals - the likes of Roger Federer, Jo Pavey and Tom Brady - are overturning long-held assumptions about the duration of primetime in a sporting career. It's not that aging causes a decline in fitness; rather, a decline in fitness causes aging. Jeff Bercovici steps inside the lives of such ageless athletes, following them as they train, compete, and recover, to dispel conventional wisdom about longevity. Full of cutting-edge science, technology and practical tips, Play On empowers you to reverse the ageing process, and extend your peak years. Jeff Bercovici Thu, 03 May 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331978 thebookvoice.com 8:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331978]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Play On: How to Get Better With Age Author: Jeff Bercovici Narrator: Adam Sims Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 50 minutes Release date: May 3, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of Play On by Jeff Bercovici, read by Adam Sims. Sports are about challenging our physical limits. But the greatest limit of all remains undefeated: age. We're taught to believe that ageing thwarts effort and grace, talent and grit, outstanding teamwork and individual brilliance. But a new breed of top professionals - the likes of Roger Federer, Jo Pavey and Tom Brady - are overturning long-held assumptions about the duration of primetime in a sporting career. It's not that aging causes a decline in fitness; rather, a decline in fitness causes aging. Jeff Bercovici steps inside the lives of such ageless athletes, following them as they train, compete, and recover, to dispel conventional wisdom about longevity. Full of cutting-edge science, technology and practical tips, Play On empowers you to reverse the ageing process, and extend your peak years. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331978]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Play On: How to Get Better With Age Author: Jeff Bercovici Narrator: Adam Sims Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 50 minutes Release date: May 3, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of Play On by Jeff Bercovici, read by Adam Sims. Sports are about challenging our physical limits. But the greatest limit of all remains undefeated: age. We're taught to believe that ageing thwarts effort and grace, talent and grit, outstanding teamwork and individual brilliance. But a new breed of top professionals - the likes of Roger Federer, Jo Pavey and Tom Brady - are overturning long-held assumptions about the duration of primetime in a sporting career. It's not that aging causes a decline in fitness; rather, a decline in fitness causes aging. Jeff Bercovici steps inside the lives of such ageless athletes, following them as they train, compete, and recover, to dispel conventional wisdom about longevity. Full of cutting-edge science, technology and practical tips, Play On empowers you to reverse the ageing process, and extend your peak years. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331977 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331977]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cringeworthy: How to Make the Most of Uncomfortable Situations Author: Melissa Dahl Narrator: Melissa Dahl Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 58 minutes Release date: May 17, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of Cringeworthy, written and read by Melissa Dahl. Have you ever said goodbye to someone, only to discover that you're both walking in the same direction? Or had your next thought fly out of your brain in the middle of a presentation? Or accidentally liked an old photo on someone's Instagram or Facebook, thus revealing yourself to be a creepy social media stalker? Melissa Dahl, New York magazine's 'Science of Us' editor, has experienced all of those awkward situations, and many more. Now she offers a thoughtful, original take on what it really means to feel awkward. She invites you to follow her into all sorts of mortifying moments, drawing on personal experience and in-depth psychological research to answer questions you've probably pondered at some point, such as: * Why are situations without clear rules most likely to turn awkward? * Are people really judging us as harshly as we think they are? * Does anyone ever truly outgrow their awkward teenage self? If you can learn to tolerate life's most awkward situations -- networking, difficult conversations, hearing the sound of your own terrible voice -- your awkwardness can be a secret weapon to making better, more memorable impressions. When everyone else is pretending to have it under control, you can be a little braver and grow a little bigger. Melissa Dahl Thu, 17 May 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331977 thebookvoice.com 5:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331977]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cringeworthy: How to Make the Most of Uncomfortable Situations Author: Melissa Dahl Narrator: Melissa Dahl Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 58 minutes Release date: May 17, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of Cringeworthy, written and read by Melissa Dahl. Have you ever said goodbye to someone, only to discover that you're both walking in the same direction? Or had your next thought fly out of your brain in the middle of a presentation? Or accidentally liked an old photo on someone's Instagram or Facebook, thus revealing yourself to be a creepy social media stalker? Melissa Dahl, New York magazine's 'Science of Us' editor, has experienced all of those awkward situations, and many more. Now she offers a thoughtful, original take on what it really means to feel awkward. She invites you to follow her into all sorts of mortifying moments, drawing on personal experience and in-depth psychological research to answer questions you've probably pondered at some point, such as: * Why are situations without clear rules most likely to turn awkward? * Are people really judging us as harshly as we think they are? * Does anyone ever truly outgrow their awkward teenage self? If you can learn to tolerate life's most awkward situations -- networking, difficult conversations, hearing the sound of your own terrible voice -- your awkwardness can be a secret weapon to making better, more memorable impressions. When everyone else is pretending to have it under control, you can be a little braver and grow a little bigger. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331977]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cringeworthy: How to Make the Most of Uncomfortable Situations Author: Melissa Dahl Narrator: Melissa Dahl Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 58 minutes Release date: May 17, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of Cringeworthy, written and read by Melissa Dahl. Have you ever said goodbye to someone, only to discover that you're both walking in the same direction? Or had your next thought fly out of your brain in the middle of a presentation? Or accidentally liked an old photo on someone's Instagram or Facebook, thus revealing yourself to be a creepy social media stalker? Melissa Dahl, New York magazine's 'Science of Us' editor, has experienced all of those awkward situations, and many more. Now she offers a thoughtful, original take on what it really means to feel awkward. She invites you to follow her into all sorts of mortifying moments, drawing on personal experience and in-depth psychological research to answer questions you've probably pondered at some point, such as: * Why are situations without clear rules most likely to turn awkward? * Are people really judging us as harshly as we think they are? * Does anyone ever truly outgrow their awkward teenage self? If you can learn to tolerate life's most awkward situations -- networking, difficult conversations, hearing the sound of your own terrible voice -- your awkwardness can be a secret weapon to making better, more memorable impressions. When everyone else is pretending to have it under control, you can be a little braver and grow a little bigger. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331938 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331938]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Achilles in Vietnam: Combat Trauma and the Undoing of Character Author: Jonathan Shay Narrator: David Strathairn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 45 minutes Release date: December 18, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An original and groundbreaking examination of the psychological devastation of war through the lens of Homer’s Iliad in this “compassionate book [that] deserves a place in the lasting literature of the Vietnam War” (The New York Times). In this moving and dazzlingly creative book, Dr. Jonathan Shay examines the psychological devastation of war by comparing the soldiers of Homer’s Iliad with Vietnam veterans suffering from post-traumatic stress disorder. A classic of war literature that has as much relevance as ever in the wake of the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan, Achilles in Vietnam is a “transcendent literary adventure” (The New York Times) and “clearly one of the most original and most important scholarly works to have emerged from the Vietnam War” (Tim O’Brien, author of The Things They Carried). As a Veterans Affairs psychiatrist, Shay encountered devastating stories of unhealed PTSD and uncovered the painful paradox—that fighting for one’s country can render one unfit to be a citizen. With a sensitive and compassionate examination of the battles many Vietnam veterans continue to fight, Shay offers readers a greater understanding of PTSD and how to alleviate the potential suffering of soldiers. Although the Iliad was written twenty-seven centuries ago, Shay shows how it has much to teach about combat trauma, as do the more recent, compelling voices and experiences of Vietnam vets. A groundbreaking and provocative monograph, Achilles in Vietnam takes readers on a literary journey that demonstrates how we can learn how war damages the mind and spirit, and work to change those things in our culture that so that we don’t continue repeating the same mistakes. Jonathan Shay Tue, 18 Dec 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331938 thebookvoice.com 8:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331938]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Achilles in Vietnam: Combat Trauma and the Undoing of Character Author: Jonathan Shay Narrator: David Strathairn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 45 minutes Release date: December 18, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An original and groundbreaking examination of the psychological devastation of war through the lens of Homer’s Iliad in this “compassionate book [that] deserves a place in the lasting literature of the Vietnam War” (The New York Times). In this moving and dazzlingly creative book, Dr. Jonathan Shay examines the psychological devastation of war by comparing the soldiers of Homer’s Iliad with Vietnam veterans suffering from post-traumatic stress disorder. A classic of war literature that has as much relevance as ever in the wake of the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan, Achilles in Vietnam is a “transcendent literary adventure” (The New York Times) and “clearly one of the most original and most important scholarly works to have emerged from the Vietnam War” (Tim O’Brien, author of The Things They Carried). As a Veterans Affairs psychiatrist, Shay encountered devastating stories of unhealed PTSD and uncovered the painful paradox—that fighting for one’s country can render one unfit to be a citizen. With a sensitive and compassionate examination of the battles many Vietnam veterans continue to fight, Shay offers readers a greater understanding of PTSD and how to alleviate the potential suffering of soldiers. Although the Iliad was written twenty-seven centuries ago, Shay shows how it has much to teach about combat trauma, as do the more recent, compelling voices and experiences of Vietnam vets. A groundbreaking and provocative monograph, Achilles in Vietnam takes readers on a literary journey that demonstrates how we can learn how war damages the mind and spirit, and work to change those things in our culture that so that we don’t continue repeating the same mistakes. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331938]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Achilles in Vietnam: Combat Trauma and the Undoing of Character Author: Jonathan Shay Narrator: David Strathairn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 45 minutes Release date: December 18, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An original and groundbreaking examination of the psychological devastation of war through the lens of Homer’s Iliad in this “compassionate book [that] deserves a place in the lasting literature of the Vietnam War” (The New York Times). In this moving and dazzlingly creative book, Dr. Jonathan Shay examines the psychological devastation of war by comparing the soldiers of Homer’s Iliad with Vietnam veterans suffering from post-traumatic stress disorder. A classic of war literature that has as much relevance as ever in the wake of the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan, Achilles in Vietnam is a “transcendent literary adventure” (The New York Times) and “clearly one of the most original and most important scholarly works to have emerged from the Vietnam War” (Tim O’Brien, author of The Things They Carried). As a Veterans Affairs psychiatrist, Shay encountered devastating stories of unhealed PTSD and uncovered the painful paradox—that fighting for one’s country can render one unfit to be a citizen. With a sensitive and compassionate examination of the battles many Vietnam veterans continue to fight, Shay offers readers a greater understanding of PTSD and how to alleviate the potential suffering of soldiers. Although the Iliad was written twenty-seven centuries ago, Shay shows how it has much to teach about combat trauma, as do the more recent, compelling voices and experiences of Vietnam vets. A groundbreaking and provocative monograph, Achilles in Vietnam takes readers on a literary journey that demonstrates how we can learn how war damages the mind and spirit, and work to change those things in our culture that so that we don’t continue repeating the same mistakes. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331771 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331771]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mindful Eating: A Guide to Rediscovering a Healthy and Joyful Relationship with Food Author: Jan Chozen Bays Narrator: Jan Chozen Bays, Kaleo Griffith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 24 minutes Release date: May 8, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The art of mindfulness can transform our struggles with food--and renew our sense of pleasure, appreciation, and satisfaction with eating. Drawing on recent research and integrating her experiences as a physician and meditation teacher, Dr. Jan Bays offers a wonderfully clear presentation of what mindfulness is and how it can help with food issues. Mindful eating is an approach that involves bringing one's full attention to the process of eating--to all the tastes, smells, thoughts, and feelings that arise during a meal. Whether you are overweight, suffer from an eating disorder, or just want to get more out of life, this book offers a simple tool that can make a remarkable difference. In this audiobook, you'll learn how to: - Tune into your body's own wisdom about what, when, and how much to eat - Eat less while feeling fully satisfied - Identify your habits and patterns with food - Develop a more compassionate attitude toward your struggles with eating - Discover what you're really hungry for Jan Chozen Bays Tue, 08 May 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331771 thebookvoice.com 8:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331771]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mindful Eating: A Guide to Rediscovering a Healthy and Joyful Relationship with Food Author: Jan Chozen Bays Narrator: Jan Chozen Bays, Kaleo Griffith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 24 minutes Release date: May 8, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The art of mindfulness can transform our struggles with food--and renew our sense of pleasure, appreciation, and satisfaction with eating. Drawing on recent research and integrating her experiences as a physician and meditation teacher, Dr. Jan Bays offers a wonderfully clear presentation of what mindfulness is and how it can help with food issues. Mindful eating is an approach that involves bringing one's full attention to the process of eating--to all the tastes, smells, thoughts, and feelings that arise during a meal. Whether you are overweight, suffer from an eating disorder, or just want to get more out of life, this book offers a simple tool that can make a remarkable difference. In this audiobook, you'll learn how to: - Tune into your body's own wisdom about what, when, and how much to eat - Eat less while feeling fully satisfied - Identify your habits and patterns with food - Develop a more compassionate attitude toward your struggles with eating - Discover what you're really hungry for Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331771]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mindful Eating: A Guide to Rediscovering a Healthy and Joyful Relationship with Food Author: Jan Chozen Bays Narrator: Jan Chozen Bays, Kaleo Griffith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 24 minutes Release date: May 8, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The art of mindfulness can transform our struggles with food--and renew our sense of pleasure, appreciation, and satisfaction with eating. Drawing on recent research and integrating her experiences as a physician and meditation teacher, Dr. Jan Bays offers a wonderfully clear presentation of what mindfulness is and how it can help with food issues. Mindful eating is an approach that involves bringing one's full attention to the process of eating--to all the tastes, smells, thoughts, and feelings that arise during a meal. Whether you are overweight, suffer from an eating disorder, or just want to get more out of life, this book offers a simple tool that can make a remarkable difference. In this audiobook, you'll learn how to: - Tune into your body's own wisdom about what, when, and how much to eat - Eat less while feeling fully satisfied - Identify your habits and patterns with food - Develop a more compassionate attitude toward your struggles with eating - Discover what you're really hungry for https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331755 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331755]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Change Your Mind: What the New Science of Psychedelics Teaches Us About Consciousness, Dying, Addiction, Depression, and Transcendence Author: Michael Pollan Narrator: Michael Pollan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 36 minutes Release date: May 15, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.44 of Total 324 Ratings of Narrator: 4.72 of Total 54 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “Pollan keeps you turning the pages . . . cleareyed and assured.” —New York Times A #1 New York Times Bestseller, New York Times Book Review 10 Best Books of 2018, and New York Times Notable Book  A brilliant and brave investigation into the medical and scientific revolution taking place around psychedelic drugs--and the spellbinding story of his own life-changing psychedelic experiences When Michael Pollan set out to research how LSD and psilocybin (the active ingredient in magic mushrooms) are being used to provide relief to people suffering from difficult-to-treat conditions such as depression, addiction and anxiety, he did not intend to write what is undoubtedly his most personal book. But upon discovering how these remarkable substances are improving the lives not only of the mentally ill but also of healthy people coming to grips with the challenges of everyday life, he decided to explore the landscape of the mind in the first person as well as the third. Thus began a singular adventure into various altered states of consciousness, along with a dive deep into both the latest brain science and the thriving underground community of psychedelic therapists. Pollan sifts the historical record to separate the truth about these mysterious drugs from the myths that have surrounded them since the 1960s, when a handful of psychedelic evangelists inadvertently catalyzed a powerful backlash against what was then a promising field of research. A unique and elegant blend of science, memoir, travel writing, history, and medicine, How to Change Your Mind is a triumph of participatory journalism. By turns dazzling and edifying, it is the gripping account of a journey to an exciting and unexpected new frontier in our understanding of the mind, the self, and our place in the world. The true subject of Pollan's 'mental travelogue' is not just psychedelic drugs but also the eternal puzzle of human consciousness and how, in a world that offers us both suffering and joy, we can do our best to be fully present and find meaning in our lives. Michael Pollan Tue, 15 May 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331755 thebookvoice.com 13:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331755]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Change Your Mind: What the New Science of Psychedelics Teaches Us About Consciousness, Dying, Addiction, Depression, and Transcendence Author: Michael Pollan Narrator: Michael Pollan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 36 minutes Release date: May 15, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.44 of Total 324 Ratings of Narrator: 4.72 of Total 54 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “Pollan keeps you turning the pages . . . cleareyed and assured.” —New York Times A #1 New York Times Bestseller, New York Times Book Review 10 Best Books of 2018, and New York Times Notable Book  A brilliant and brave investigation into the medical and scientific revolution taking place around psychedelic drugs--and the spellbinding story of his own life-changing psychedelic experiences When Michael Pollan set out to research how LSD and psilocybin (the active ingredient in magic mushrooms) are being used to provide relief to people suffering from difficult-to-treat conditions such as depression, addiction and anxiety, he did not intend to write what is undoubtedly his most personal book. But upon discovering how these remarkable substances are improving the lives not only of the mentally ill but also of healthy people coming to grips with the challenges of everyday life, he decided to explore the landscape of the mind in the first person as well as the third. Thus began a singular adventure into various altered states of consciousness, along with a dive deep into both the latest brain science and the thriving underground community of psychedelic therapists. Pollan sifts the historical record to separate the truth about these mysterious drugs from the myths that have surrounded them since the 1960s, when a handful of psychedelic evangelists inadvertently catalyzed a powerful backlash against what was then a promising field of research. A unique and elegant blend of science, memoir, travel writing, history, and medicine, How to Change Your Mind is a triumph of participatory journalism. By turns dazzling and edifying, it is the gripping account of a journey to an exciting and unexpected new frontier in our understanding of the mind, the self, and our place in the world. The true subject of Pollan's 'mental travelogue' is not just psychedelic drugs but also the eternal puzzle of human consciousness and how, in a world that offers us both suffering and joy, we can do our best to be fully present and find meaning in our lives. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331755]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Change Your Mind: What the New Science of Psychedelics Teaches Us About Consciousness, Dying, Addiction, Depression, and Transcendence Author: Michael Pollan Narrator: Michael Pollan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 36 minutes Release date: May 15, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.44 of Total 324 Ratings of Narrator: 4.72 of Total 54 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “Pollan keeps you turning the pages . . . cleareyed and assured.” —New York Times A #1 New York Times Bestseller, New York Times Book Review 10 Best Books of 2018, and New York Times Notable Book  A brilliant and brave investigation into the medical and scientific revolution taking place around psychedelic drugs--and the spellbinding story of his own life-changing psychedelic experiences When Michael Pollan set out to research how LSD and psilocybin (the active ingredient in magic mushrooms) are being used to provide relief to people suffering from difficult-to-treat conditions such as depression, addiction and anxiety, he did not intend to write what is undoubtedly his most personal book. But upon discovering how these remarkable substances are improving the lives not only of the mentally ill but also of healthy people coming to grips with the challenges of everyday life, he decided to explore the landscape of the mind in the first person as well as the third. Thus began a singular adventure into various altered states of consciousness, along with a dive deep into both the latest brain science and the thriving underground community of psychedelic therapists. Pollan sifts the historical record to separate the truth about these mysterious drugs from the myths that have surrounded them since the 1960s, when a handful of psychedelic evangelists inadvertently catalyzed a powerful backlash against what was then a promising field of research. A unique and elegant blend of science, memoir, travel writing, history, and medicine, How to Change Your Mind is a triumph of participatory journalism. By turns dazzling and edifying, it is the gripping account of a journey to an exciting and unexpected new frontier in our understanding of the mind, the self, and our place in the world. The true subject of Pollan's 'mental travelogue' is not just psychedelic drugs but also the eternal puzzle of human consciousness and how, in a world that offers us both suffering and joy, we can do our best to be fully present and find meaning in our lives. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331754 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331754]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Art of Gathering: How We Meet and Why It Matters Author: Priya Parker Narrator: Bernadette Dunne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 22 minutes Release date: May 15, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.04 of Total 24 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 6 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'Hosts of all kinds, this is a must-read!' --Chris Anderson, owner and curator of TED   From the host of the New York Times podcast Together Apart, an exciting new approach to how we gather that will transform the ways we spend our time together—at home, at work, in our communities, and beyond. In The Art of Gathering, Priya Parker argues that the gatherings in our lives are lackluster and unproductive--which they don't have to be. We rely too much on routine and the conventions of gatherings when we should focus on distinctiveness and the people involved. At a time when coming together is more important than ever, Parker sets forth a human-centered approach to gathering that will help everyone create meaningful, memorable experiences, large and small, for work and for play. Drawing on her expertise as a facilitator of high-powered gatherings around the world, Parker takes us inside events of all kinds to show what works, what doesn't, and why. She investigates a wide array of gatherings--conferences, meetings, a courtroom, a flash-mob party, an Arab-Israeli summer camp--and explains how simple, specific changes can invigorate any group experience. The result is a book that's both journey and guide, full of exciting ideas with real-world applications. The Art of Gathering will forever alter the way you look at your next meeting, industry conference, dinner party, and backyard barbecue--and how you host and attend them. Priya Parker Tue, 15 May 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331754 thebookvoice.com 9:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331754]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Art of Gathering: How We Meet and Why It Matters Author: Priya Parker Narrator: Bernadette Dunne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 22 minutes Release date: May 15, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.04 of Total 24 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 6 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'Hosts of all kinds, this is a must-read!' --Chris Anderson, owner and curator of TED   From the host of the New York Times podcast Together Apart, an exciting new approach to how we gather that will transform the ways we spend our time together—at home, at work, in our communities, and beyond. In The Art of Gathering, Priya Parker argues that the gatherings in our lives are lackluster and unproductive--which they don't have to be. We rely too much on routine and the conventions of gatherings when we should focus on distinctiveness and the people involved. At a time when coming together is more important than ever, Parker sets forth a human-centered approach to gathering that will help everyone create meaningful, memorable experiences, large and small, for work and for play. Drawing on her expertise as a facilitator of high-powered gatherings around the world, Parker takes us inside events of all kinds to show what works, what doesn't, and why. She investigates a wide array of gatherings--conferences, meetings, a courtroom, a flash-mob party, an Arab-Israeli summer camp--and explains how simple, specific changes can invigorate any group experience. The result is a book that's both journey and guide, full of exciting ideas with real-world applications. The Art of Gathering will forever alter the way you look at your next meeting, industry conference, dinner party, and backyard barbecue--and how you host and attend them. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331754]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Art of Gathering: How We Meet and Why It Matters Author: Priya Parker Narrator: Bernadette Dunne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 22 minutes Release date: May 15, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.04 of Total 24 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 6 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'Hosts of all kinds, this is a must-read!' --Chris Anderson, owner and curator of TED   From the host of the New York Times podcast Together Apart, an exciting new approach to how we gather that will transform the ways we spend our time together—at home, at work, in our communities, and beyond. In The Art of Gathering, Priya Parker argues that the gatherings in our lives are lackluster and unproductive--which they don't have to be. We rely too much on routine and the conventions of gatherings when we should focus on distinctiveness and the people involved. At a time when coming together is more important than ever, Parker sets forth a human-centered approach to gathering that will help everyone create meaningful, memorable experiences, large and small, for work and for play. Drawing on her expertise as a facilitator of high-powered gatherings around the world, Parker takes us inside events of all kinds to show what works, what doesn't, and why. She investigates a wide array of gatherings--conferences, meetings, a courtroom, a flash-mob party, an Arab-Israeli summer camp--and explains how simple, specific changes can invigorate any group experience. The result is a book that's both journey and guide, full of exciting ideas with real-world applications. The Art of Gathering will forever alter the way you look at your next meeting, industry conference, dinner party, and backyard barbecue--and how you host and attend them. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331688 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331688]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Superminds: The Surprising Power of People and Computers Thinking Together Author: Thomas W. Malone Narrator: Mel Foster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 0 minutes Release date: May 15, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From the founding director of the MIT Center for Collective Intelligence comes a fascinating look at the remarkable capacity for intelligence exhibited by groups of people and computers working together. If you're like most people, you probably believe that humans are the most intelligent animals on our planet. But there's another kind of entity that can be far smarter: groups of people. In this groundbreaking book, Thomas Malone, the founding director of the MIT Center for Collective Intelligence, shows how groups of people working together in superminds -- like hierarchies, markets, democracies, and communities -- have been responsible for almost all human achievements in business, government, science, and beyond. And these collectively intelligent human groups are about to get much smarter. Using dozens of striking examples and case studies, Malone shows how computers can help create more intelligent superminds simply by connecting humans to one another in a variety of rich, new ways. And although it will probably happen more gradually than many people expect, artificially intelligent computers will amplify the power of these superminds by doing increasingly complex kinds of thinking. Together, these changes will have far-reaching implications for everything from the way we buy groceries and plan business strategies to how we respond to climate change, and even for democracy itself. By understanding how these collectively intelligent groups work, we can learn how to harness their genius to achieve our human goals. Drawing on cutting-edge science and insights from a remarkable range of disciplines, Superminds articulates a bold -- and utterly fascinating -- picture of the future that will change the ways you work and live, both with other people and with computers. Thomas W. Malone Tue, 15 May 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331688 thebookvoice.com 11:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331688]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Superminds: The Surprising Power of People and Computers Thinking Together Author: Thomas W. Malone Narrator: Mel Foster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 0 minutes Release date: May 15, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From the founding director of the MIT Center for Collective Intelligence comes a fascinating look at the remarkable capacity for intelligence exhibited by groups of people and computers working together. If you're like most people, you probably believe that humans are the most intelligent animals on our planet. But there's another kind of entity that can be far smarter: groups of people. In this groundbreaking book, Thomas Malone, the founding director of the MIT Center for Collective Intelligence, shows how groups of people working together in superminds -- like hierarchies, markets, democracies, and communities -- have been responsible for almost all human achievements in business, government, science, and beyond. And these collectively intelligent human groups are about to get much smarter. Using dozens of striking examples and case studies, Malone shows how computers can help create more intelligent superminds simply by connecting humans to one another in a variety of rich, new ways. And although it will probably happen more gradually than many people expect, artificially intelligent computers will amplify the power of these superminds by doing increasingly complex kinds of thinking. Together, these changes will have far-reaching implications for everything from the way we buy groceries and plan business strategies to how we respond to climate change, and even for democracy itself. By understanding how these collectively intelligent groups work, we can learn how to harness their genius to achieve our human goals. Drawing on cutting-edge science and insights from a remarkable range of disciplines, Superminds articulates a bold -- and utterly fascinating -- picture of the future that will change the ways you work and live, both with other people and with computers. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331688]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Superminds: The Surprising Power of People and Computers Thinking Together Author: Thomas W. Malone Narrator: Mel Foster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 0 minutes Release date: May 15, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From the founding director of the MIT Center for Collective Intelligence comes a fascinating look at the remarkable capacity for intelligence exhibited by groups of people and computers working together. If you're like most people, you probably believe that humans are the most intelligent animals on our planet. But there's another kind of entity that can be far smarter: groups of people. In this groundbreaking book, Thomas Malone, the founding director of the MIT Center for Collective Intelligence, shows how groups of people working together in superminds -- like hierarchies, markets, democracies, and communities -- have been responsible for almost all human achievements in business, government, science, and beyond. And these collectively intelligent human groups are about to get much smarter. Using dozens of striking examples and case studies, Malone shows how computers can help create more intelligent superminds simply by connecting humans to one another in a variety of rich, new ways. And although it will probably happen more gradually than many people expect, artificially intelligent computers will amplify the power of these superminds by doing increasingly complex kinds of thinking. Together, these changes will have far-reaching implications for everything from the way we buy groceries and plan business strategies to how we respond to climate change, and even for democracy itself. By understanding how these collectively intelligent groups work, we can learn how to harness their genius to achieve our human goals. Drawing on cutting-edge science and insights from a remarkable range of disciplines, Superminds articulates a bold -- and utterly fascinating -- picture of the future that will change the ways you work and live, both with other people and with computers. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331619 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331619]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Don't Panic Third Edition: Taking Control of Anxiety Attacks Author: Reid Wilson PhD Narrator: Barry Abrams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 8 minutes Release date: April 17, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The authority on panic and anxiety—newly revised and expanded. Are you one of the more than nineteen million Americans who suffer from anxiety? Don't panic. Newly revised and expanded, this edition offers a straightforward and remarkably effective self-help program for overcoming panic and coping with anxious fears. With insight and compassion, Reid Wilson, PhD, demystifies anxiety attacks and provides indispensable advice, including: ● How a panic attack happens, what causes it, and how it can affect your life ● How to recognize, manage, and control the moment of panic ● How to control the chronic muscle tensions that increase anxiety ● How to conquer fear and face problems with confidence ● How to decide which medication is right for you ● How to establish reachable goals and rediscover the joy of living Reid Wilson PhD Tue, 17 Apr 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331619 thebookvoice.com 13:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331619]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Don't Panic Third Edition: Taking Control of Anxiety Attacks Author: Reid Wilson PhD Narrator: Barry Abrams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 8 minutes Release date: April 17, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The authority on panic and anxiety—newly revised and expanded. Are you one of the more than nineteen million Americans who suffer from anxiety? Don't panic. Newly revised and expanded, this edition offers a straightforward and remarkably effective self-help program for overcoming panic and coping with anxious fears. With insight and compassion, Reid Wilson, PhD, demystifies anxiety attacks and provides indispensable advice, including: ● How a panic attack happens, what causes it, and how it can affect your life ● How to recognize, manage, and control the moment of panic ● How to control the chronic muscle tensions that increase anxiety ● How to conquer fear and face problems with confidence ● How to decide which medication is right for you ● How to establish reachable goals and rediscover the joy of living Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331619]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Don't Panic Third Edition: Taking Control of Anxiety Attacks Author: Reid Wilson PhD Narrator: Barry Abrams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 8 minutes Release date: April 17, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The authority on panic and anxiety—newly revised and expanded. Are you one of the more than nineteen million Americans who suffer from anxiety? Don't panic. Newly revised and expanded, this edition offers a straightforward and remarkably effective self-help program for overcoming panic and coping with anxious fears. With insight and compassion, Reid Wilson, PhD, demystifies anxiety attacks and provides indispensable advice, including: ● How a panic attack happens, what causes it, and how it can affect your life ● How to recognize, manage, and control the moment of panic ● How to control the chronic muscle tensions that increase anxiety ● How to conquer fear and face problems with confidence ● How to decide which medication is right for you ● How to establish reachable goals and rediscover the joy of living https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331614 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331614]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Running is My Therapy: Relieve Stress and Anxiety, Fight Depression, Ditch Bad Habits, and Live Happier Author: Scott Douglas Narrator: Stephen R. Thorne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 53 minutes Release date: April 17, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.3 of Total 20 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: There's no other book like this. Longtime running writer Scott Douglas marshals expert advice (including his own, cultivated from more than 100,000 miles of personal experience), and a growing body of scientific research to show how running can make us happier. How? Everyone knows that running builds stronger muscles and a healthier heart; science now shows it also helps develop a healthier brain. For those struggling with depression and anxiety, a consistent running routine can enhance the mental-health benefits of talk therapy, antidepressants, and cognitive behavioral therapy. The key to running's therapeutic power lies in its lasting physiological effects, inducing changes in brain structure and chemistry that other forms of exercise don't. Thanks to the body's release of natural pain-relievers that includes the best mood boost in all of sports. Running is my therapy is no longer just a mantra for seasoned runners; with science behind him, Douglas presents proven methods so that we can all use running to improve our mental health and live happier—in and out of running shoes. Scott Douglas Tue, 17 Apr 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331614 thebookvoice.com 6:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331614]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Running is My Therapy: Relieve Stress and Anxiety, Fight Depression, Ditch Bad Habits, and Live Happier Author: Scott Douglas Narrator: Stephen R. Thorne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 53 minutes Release date: April 17, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.3 of Total 20 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: There's no other book like this. Longtime running writer Scott Douglas marshals expert advice (including his own, cultivated from more than 100,000 miles of personal experience), and a growing body of scientific research to show how running can make us happier. How? Everyone knows that running builds stronger muscles and a healthier heart; science now shows it also helps develop a healthier brain. For those struggling with depression and anxiety, a consistent running routine can enhance the mental-health benefits of talk therapy, antidepressants, and cognitive behavioral therapy. The key to running's therapeutic power lies in its lasting physiological effects, inducing changes in brain structure and chemistry that other forms of exercise don't. Thanks to the body's release of natural pain-relievers that includes the best mood boost in all of sports. Running is my therapy is no longer just a mantra for seasoned runners; with science behind him, Douglas presents proven methods so that we can all use running to improve our mental health and live happier—in and out of running shoes. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331614]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Running is My Therapy: Relieve Stress and Anxiety, Fight Depression, Ditch Bad Habits, and Live Happier Author: Scott Douglas Narrator: Stephen R. Thorne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 53 minutes Release date: April 17, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.3 of Total 20 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: There's no other book like this. Longtime running writer Scott Douglas marshals expert advice (including his own, cultivated from more than 100,000 miles of personal experience), and a growing body of scientific research to show how running can make us happier. How? Everyone knows that running builds stronger muscles and a healthier heart; science now shows it also helps develop a healthier brain. For those struggling with depression and anxiety, a consistent running routine can enhance the mental-health benefits of talk therapy, antidepressants, and cognitive behavioral therapy. The key to running's therapeutic power lies in its lasting physiological effects, inducing changes in brain structure and chemistry that other forms of exercise don't. Thanks to the body's release of natural pain-relievers that includes the best mood boost in all of sports. Running is my therapy is no longer just a mantra for seasoned runners; with science behind him, Douglas presents proven methods so that we can all use running to improve our mental health and live happier—in and out of running shoes. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331553 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331553]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: First, We Make the Beast Beautiful: A New Journey Through Anxiety Author: Sarah Wilson Narrator: Sarah Wilson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 30 minutes Release date: April 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.83 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: New York Times Bestseller ''Probably the best book on living with anxiety that I’ve ever read.” – Mark Manson, #1 New York Times bestselling author of The Subtle Art of Not Giving a F*ck The Chinese believe that before you can conquer a beast, you must first make it beautiful. Sarah Wilson first came across this Chinese proverb in psychiatrist Kay Redfield Jamison's memoir An Unquiet Mind, and it became the key to understanding her own lifelong struggle with anxiety. Wilson, bestselling author, journalist, and entrepreneur has helped over 1.5 million people worldwide to live better, healthier lives through her I Quit Sugar books and program. And all along, she has been managing chronic anxiety. In First, We Make the Beast Beautiful, Wilson directs her intense focus and fierce investigating skills onto her lifetime companion, looking at the triggers and treatments, the fashions and fads. She reads widely and interviews fellow sufferers, mental health experts, philosophers, and even the Dalai Lama, processing all she learns through the prism of her own experiences. Wilson offers readers comfort, humor, companionship, and practical tips for living with the Beast: - Cultivate a ''gratitude ritual.'' You can't be grateful and anxious at the same time. - Eat to curb anxiety. Real food is your best friend. - Just breathe. Embrace the healing power of meditation. - Make your bed. Every day. Simple outer order creates inner calm. - Study fellow fretters to know thyself. Emily Dickinson, Charles Darwin, and Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr. all struggled with anxiety. - Actively practice missing out. Forget FOMO, curl up on the couch, and order takeout. Practical and poetic, wise and funny, First, We Make the Beast Beautiful is a small book with a big heart. It will encourage the myriad souls who dance with this condition to embrace it as a part of who they are, and to explore the possibilities it offers for a richer, fuller life. Sarah Wilson Tue, 24 Apr 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331553 thebookvoice.com 10:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331553]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: First, We Make the Beast Beautiful: A New Journey Through Anxiety Author: Sarah Wilson Narrator: Sarah Wilson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 30 minutes Release date: April 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.83 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: New York Times Bestseller ''Probably the best book on living with anxiety that I’ve ever read.” – Mark Manson, #1 New York Times bestselling author of The Subtle Art of Not Giving a F*ck The Chinese believe that before you can conquer a beast, you must first make it beautiful. Sarah Wilson first came across this Chinese proverb in psychiatrist Kay Redfield Jamison's memoir An Unquiet Mind, and it became the key to understanding her own lifelong struggle with anxiety. Wilson, bestselling author, journalist, and entrepreneur has helped over 1.5 million people worldwide to live better, healthier lives through her I Quit Sugar books and program. And all along, she has been managing chronic anxiety. In First, We Make the Beast Beautiful, Wilson directs her intense focus and fierce investigating skills onto her lifetime companion, looking at the triggers and treatments, the fashions and fads. She reads widely and interviews fellow sufferers, mental health experts, philosophers, and even the Dalai Lama, processing all she learns through the prism of her own experiences. Wilson offers readers comfort, humor, companionship, and practical tips for living with the Beast: - Cultivate a ''gratitude ritual.'' You can't be grateful and anxious at the same time. - Eat to curb anxiety. Real food is your best friend. - Just breathe. Embrace the healing power of meditation. - Make your bed. Every day. Simple outer order creates inner calm. - Study fellow fretters to know thyself. Emily Dickinson, Charles Darwin, and Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr. all struggled with anxiety. - Actively practice missing out. Forget FOMO, curl up on the couch, and order takeout. Practical and poetic, wise and funny, First, We Make the Beast Beautiful is a small book with a big heart. It will encourage the myriad souls who dance with this condition to embrace it as a part of who they are, and to explore the possibilities it offers for a richer, fuller life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331553]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: First, We Make the Beast Beautiful: A New Journey Through Anxiety Author: Sarah Wilson Narrator: Sarah Wilson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 30 minutes Release date: April 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.83 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: New York Times Bestseller ''Probably the best book on living with anxiety that I’ve ever read.” – Mark Manson, #1 New York Times bestselling author of The Subtle Art of Not Giving a F*ck The Chinese believe that before you can conquer a beast, you must first make it beautiful. Sarah Wilson first came across this Chinese proverb in psychiatrist Kay Redfield Jamison's memoir An Unquiet Mind, and it became the key to understanding her own lifelong struggle with anxiety. Wilson, bestselling author, journalist, and entrepreneur has helped over 1.5 million people worldwide to live better, healthier lives through her I Quit Sugar books and program. And all along, she has been managing chronic anxiety. In First, We Make the Beast Beautiful, Wilson directs her intense focus and fierce investigating skills onto her lifetime companion, looking at the triggers and treatments, the fashions and fads. She reads widely and interviews fellow sufferers, mental health experts, philosophers, and even the Dalai Lama, processing all she learns through the prism of her own experiences. Wilson offers readers comfort, humor, companionship, and practical tips for living with the Beast: - Cultivate a ''gratitude ritual.'' You can't be grateful and anxious at the same time. - Eat to curb anxiety. Real food is your best friend. - Just breathe. Embrace the healing power of meditation. - Make your bed. Every day. Simple outer order creates inner calm. - Study fellow fretters to know thyself. Emily Dickinson, Charles Darwin, and Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr. all struggled with anxiety. - Actively practice missing out. Forget FOMO, curl up on the couch, and order takeout. Practical and poetic, wise and funny, First, We Make the Beast Beautiful is a small book with a big heart. It will encourage the myriad souls who dance with this condition to embrace it as a part of who they are, and to explore the possibilities it offers for a richer, fuller life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331550 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331550]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Creative Quest Author: Questlove Narrator: Robin Thede, Dion Flynn, Tariq Trotter, Questlove, Norm Macdonald, Fred Armisen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 45 minutes Release date: April 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 15 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: GRAMMY NOMINEE This unique, boundary pushing audiobook features original music by Questlove and members of The Roots with vocal guest appearances from Fred Armisen, Tariq Trotter, Dion Flynn, Robin Thede, ''Suga'' Steve Mandel, Norm MacDonald, Ludo Lefebvre, and Molly Kelly. Questlove - musician, bandleader, designer, producer, culinary entrepreneur, professor, and all-around cultural omnivore - shares his wisdom on the topics of inspiration and originality in a one-of-a-kind guide to living your best creative life. In Creative Quest, Questlove synthesizes all the creative philosophies, lessons, and stories he's heard from the many creators and collaborators in his life, and reflects on his own experience, to advise listeners and fans on how to consider creativity and where to find it. He addresses many topics - what it means to be creative, how to find a mentor and serve as an apprentice, the wisdom of maintaining a creative network, coping with critics and the foibles of success, and the specific pitfalls of contemporary culture - all in the service of guiding admirers who have followed his career and newcomers not yet acquainted with his story. Whether discussing his own life or channeling the lessons he's learned from forefathers such as George Clinton, collaborators like D'Angelo, or like-minded artists including Ava DuVernay, David Byrne, Björk, and others, Questlove speaks with the candor and enthusiasm that fans have come to expect. Creative Questis many things - above all, a wise and wide-ranging conversation around the eternal mystery of creativity. Questlove Tue, 24 Apr 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331550 thebookvoice.com 8:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331550]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Creative Quest Author: Questlove Narrator: Robin Thede, Dion Flynn, Tariq Trotter, Questlove, Norm Macdonald, Fred Armisen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 45 minutes Release date: April 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 15 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: GRAMMY NOMINEE This unique, boundary pushing audiobook features original music by Questlove and members of The Roots with vocal guest appearances from Fred Armisen, Tariq Trotter, Dion Flynn, Robin Thede, ''Suga'' Steve Mandel, Norm MacDonald, Ludo Lefebvre, and Molly Kelly. Questlove - musician, bandleader, designer, producer, culinary entrepreneur, professor, and all-around cultural omnivore - shares his wisdom on the topics of inspiration and originality in a one-of-a-kind guide to living your best creative life. In Creative Quest, Questlove synthesizes all the creative philosophies, lessons, and stories he's heard from the many creators and collaborators in his life, and reflects on his own experience, to advise listeners and fans on how to consider creativity and where to find it. He addresses many topics - what it means to be creative, how to find a mentor and serve as an apprentice, the wisdom of maintaining a creative network, coping with critics and the foibles of success, and the specific pitfalls of contemporary culture - all in the service of guiding admirers who have followed his career and newcomers not yet acquainted with his story. Whether discussing his own life or channeling the lessons he's learned from forefathers such as George Clinton, collaborators like D'Angelo, or like-minded artists including Ava DuVernay, David Byrne, Björk, and others, Questlove speaks with the candor and enthusiasm that fans have come to expect. Creative Questis many things - above all, a wise and wide-ranging conversation around the eternal mystery of creativity. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331550]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Creative Quest Author: Questlove Narrator: Robin Thede, Dion Flynn, Tariq Trotter, Questlove, Norm Macdonald, Fred Armisen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 45 minutes Release date: April 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 15 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: GRAMMY NOMINEE This unique, boundary pushing audiobook features original music by Questlove and members of The Roots with vocal guest appearances from Fred Armisen, Tariq Trotter, Dion Flynn, Robin Thede, ''Suga'' Steve Mandel, Norm MacDonald, Ludo Lefebvre, and Molly Kelly. Questlove - musician, bandleader, designer, producer, culinary entrepreneur, professor, and all-around cultural omnivore - shares his wisdom on the topics of inspiration and originality in a one-of-a-kind guide to living your best creative life. In Creative Quest, Questlove synthesizes all the creative philosophies, lessons, and stories he's heard from the many creators and collaborators in his life, and reflects on his own experience, to advise listeners and fans on how to consider creativity and where to find it. He addresses many topics - what it means to be creative, how to find a mentor and serve as an apprentice, the wisdom of maintaining a creative network, coping with critics and the foibles of success, and the specific pitfalls of contemporary culture - all in the service of guiding admirers who have followed his career and newcomers not yet acquainted with his story. Whether discussing his own life or channeling the lessons he's learned from forefathers such as George Clinton, collaborators like D'Angelo, or like-minded artists including Ava DuVernay, David Byrne, Björk, and others, Questlove speaks with the candor and enthusiasm that fans have come to expect. Creative Questis many things - above all, a wise and wide-ranging conversation around the eternal mystery of creativity. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331363 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331363]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Path Between Us: An Enneagram Journey to Healthy Relationships Author: Suzanne Stabile Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 38 minutes Release date: April 10, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.58 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Most of us have no idea how others see or process their experiences. And that can make relationships hard, whether with intimate partners, with friends, or in our professional lives. Understanding the motivations and dynamics of these different personality types can be the key that unlocks sometimes mystifying behavior in others?and in ourselves. This book from Suzanne Stabile on the nine Enneagram types and how they behave and experience relationships will guide readers into deeper insights about themselves, their types, and others’ personalities so that they can have healthier, more life-giving relationships. No one is better equipped than the coauthor of The Road Back to You to share the Enneagram’s wisdom on how relationships work?or don’t. ·Why do Sixes seem so intimidated and put off by Eights, who only wish the Sixes would stop mulling things over and take action? ·Why do Fives seem so unavailable, even to their closest family and friends, while Twos seem to feel everybody else’s feelings but their own and end up irritating people who don’t want their help? ·How in the world can Fours be so open and loving to you one day and restrained and distant other times?The Enneagram not only answers these questions but gives us a way out of our usual finger pointing and judging of other people?and finding them wanting, perplexing, or impossible. Suzanne’s generous, sometimes humorous, and always insightful approach reveals why all the types behave as they do. This book offers help in fostering more loving, mature, and compassionate relationships with everyone in our lives. Suzanne Stabile Tue, 10 Apr 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331363 thebookvoice.com 4:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331363]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Path Between Us: An Enneagram Journey to Healthy Relationships Author: Suzanne Stabile Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 38 minutes Release date: April 10, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.58 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Most of us have no idea how others see or process their experiences. And that can make relationships hard, whether with intimate partners, with friends, or in our professional lives. Understanding the motivations and dynamics of these different personality types can be the key that unlocks sometimes mystifying behavior in others?and in ourselves. This book from Suzanne Stabile on the nine Enneagram types and how they behave and experience relationships will guide readers into deeper insights about themselves, their types, and others’ personalities so that they can have healthier, more life-giving relationships. No one is better equipped than the coauthor of The Road Back to You to share the Enneagram’s wisdom on how relationships work?or don’t. ·Why do Sixes seem so intimidated and put off by Eights, who only wish the Sixes would stop mulling things over and take action? ·Why do Fives seem so unavailable, even to their closest family and friends, while Twos seem to feel everybody else’s feelings but their own and end up irritating people who don’t want their help? ·How in the world can Fours be so open and loving to you one day and restrained and distant other times?The Enneagram not only answers these questions but gives us a way out of our usual finger pointing and judging of other people?and finding them wanting, perplexing, or impossible. Suzanne’s generous, sometimes humorous, and always insightful approach reveals why all the types behave as they do. This book offers help in fostering more loving, mature, and compassionate relationships with everyone in our lives. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331363]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Path Between Us: An Enneagram Journey to Healthy Relationships Author: Suzanne Stabile Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 38 minutes Release date: April 10, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.58 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Most of us have no idea how others see or process their experiences. And that can make relationships hard, whether with intimate partners, with friends, or in our professional lives. Understanding the motivations and dynamics of these different personality types can be the key that unlocks sometimes mystifying behavior in others?and in ourselves. This book from Suzanne Stabile on the nine Enneagram types and how they behave and experience relationships will guide readers into deeper insights about themselves, their types, and others’ personalities so that they can have healthier, more life-giving relationships. No one is better equipped than the coauthor of The Road Back to You to share the Enneagram’s wisdom on how relationships work?or don’t. ·Why do Sixes seem so intimidated and put off by Eights, who only wish the Sixes would stop mulling things over and take action? ·Why do Fives seem so unavailable, even to their closest family and friends, while Twos seem to feel everybody else’s feelings but their own and end up irritating people who don’t want their help? ·How in the world can Fours be so open and loving to you one day and restrained and distant other times?The Enneagram not only answers these questions but gives us a way out of our usual finger pointing and judging of other people?and finding them wanting, perplexing, or impossible. Suzanne’s generous, sometimes humorous, and always insightful approach reveals why all the types behave as they do. This book offers help in fostering more loving, mature, and compassionate relationships with everyone in our lives. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331352 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331352]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Happiness Hacks: 100% Scientific! Curiously Effective! Author: Alex Palmer Narrator: Stephanie Spicer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 31 minutes Release date: May 15, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Could you be happier at work... in love... in life? You may not need a total overhaul-just a few good Happiness Hacks! Here are hundreds of shortcuts to brighten your day and boost your mood—and the science behind how they work. Discover why... • Alex Palmer Tue, 15 May 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331352 thebookvoice.com 4:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331352]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Happiness Hacks: 100% Scientific! Curiously Effective! Author: Alex Palmer Narrator: Stephanie Spicer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 31 minutes Release date: May 15, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Could you be happier at work... in love... in life? You may not need a total overhaul-just a few good Happiness Hacks! Here are hundreds of shortcuts to brighten your day and boost your mood—and the science behind how they work. Discover why... • Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331352]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Happiness Hacks: 100% Scientific! Curiously Effective! Author: Alex Palmer Narrator: Stephanie Spicer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 31 minutes Release date: May 15, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Could you be happier at work... in love... in life? You may not need a total overhaul-just a few good Happiness Hacks! Here are hundreds of shortcuts to brighten your day and boost your mood—and the science behind how they work. Discover why... • https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331349 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331349]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I'm Just Happy to Be Here: A Memoir of Renegade Mothering Author: Janelle Hanchett Narrator: Janelle Hanchett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: May 1, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'A refreshingly raw, contrasting perspective on the foolproof idea of motherhood.' -- POPSUGAR 'By turns painful and funny... A searingly candid memoir.' -- Kirkus 'Far from your cookie-cutter story of addiction . . . [I'm Just Happy to Be Here] describes Hanchett's journey to recovery and sobriety in imperfect and unconventional ways.' -- Bustle In this unflinching and wickedly funny memoir, Janelle Hanchett tells the story of finding her way home. And then, actually staying there. Drawing us into the wild, heartbreaking mind of the addict, Hanchett carries us from motherhood at 21 with a man she'd known three months to cubicles and whiskey-laden domesticity, from judging meth addicts in rehab to therapists who 'seem to pull diagnoses out of large, expensive hats.' With warmth, wit, and searing B.S. detectors turned mostly toward herself, Hanchett invites us to laugh when we probably shouldn't and to rejoice at the unconventional redemption she finds in desperation and in a misfit mentor who forces her to see the truth of herself. A story of ego and forced humility, of fierce honesty and jagged love, of the kind of failure that forces us to re-create our lives, Hanchett writes with rare candor, scorching the 'sanctity of motherhood,' and leaving beauty in the ashes. Janelle Hanchett Tue, 01 May 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331349 thebookvoice.com 9:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331349]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I'm Just Happy to Be Here: A Memoir of Renegade Mothering Author: Janelle Hanchett Narrator: Janelle Hanchett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: May 1, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'A refreshingly raw, contrasting perspective on the foolproof idea of motherhood.' -- POPSUGAR 'By turns painful and funny... A searingly candid memoir.' -- Kirkus 'Far from your cookie-cutter story of addiction . . . [I'm Just Happy to Be Here] describes Hanchett's journey to recovery and sobriety in imperfect and unconventional ways.' -- Bustle In this unflinching and wickedly funny memoir, Janelle Hanchett tells the story of finding her way home. And then, actually staying there. Drawing us into the wild, heartbreaking mind of the addict, Hanchett carries us from motherhood at 21 with a man she'd known three months to cubicles and whiskey-laden domesticity, from judging meth addicts in rehab to therapists who 'seem to pull diagnoses out of large, expensive hats.' With warmth, wit, and searing B.S. detectors turned mostly toward herself, Hanchett invites us to laugh when we probably shouldn't and to rejoice at the unconventional redemption she finds in desperation and in a misfit mentor who forces her to see the truth of herself. A story of ego and forced humility, of fierce honesty and jagged love, of the kind of failure that forces us to re-create our lives, Hanchett writes with rare candor, scorching the 'sanctity of motherhood,' and leaving beauty in the ashes. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331349]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I'm Just Happy to Be Here: A Memoir of Renegade Mothering Author: Janelle Hanchett Narrator: Janelle Hanchett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: May 1, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'A refreshingly raw, contrasting perspective on the foolproof idea of motherhood.' -- POPSUGAR 'By turns painful and funny... A searingly candid memoir.' -- Kirkus 'Far from your cookie-cutter story of addiction . . . [I'm Just Happy to Be Here] describes Hanchett's journey to recovery and sobriety in imperfect and unconventional ways.' -- Bustle In this unflinching and wickedly funny memoir, Janelle Hanchett tells the story of finding her way home. And then, actually staying there. Drawing us into the wild, heartbreaking mind of the addict, Hanchett carries us from motherhood at 21 with a man she'd known three months to cubicles and whiskey-laden domesticity, from judging meth addicts in rehab to therapists who 'seem to pull diagnoses out of large, expensive hats.' With warmth, wit, and searing B.S. detectors turned mostly toward herself, Hanchett invites us to laugh when we probably shouldn't and to rejoice at the unconventional redemption she finds in desperation and in a misfit mentor who forces her to see the truth of herself. A story of ego and forced humility, of fierce honesty and jagged love, of the kind of failure that forces us to re-create our lives, Hanchett writes with rare candor, scorching the 'sanctity of motherhood,' and leaving beauty in the ashes. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331339 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331339]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Retrain Your Brain: Cognitive Behavioral Therapy in 7 Weeks; A Workbook for Managing Depression and Anxiety Author: Seth J. Gillihan Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 18 minutes Release date: April 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 58 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: For many, cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) has proved to be a tipping point, a treatment through which they are finally able to make significant changes and break free of anxiety and depression. Cognitive Behavioral Therapy in 7 Weeks is an interactive audio workbook that outlines a simple, practical plan that occurs over the course of seven weeks, and offers real, tangible relief from anxiety and depression. This is a cumulative workbook—the work you do each week builds upon that of the last and, ultimately, creates a lasting CBT tool kit that will prepare you to handle future challenges as they come. In his private practice, licensed psychologist Dr. Seth Gillihan specializes in the use of cognitive-behavioral treatment for anxiety and depression. He concentrates on the specific needs of each patient by using the evidence-based, solution-focused treatment principles of CBT—the fundamentals of which are at the core of Cognitive Behavioral Therapy in 7 Weeks. With Cognitive Behavioral Therapy in 7 Weeks you will become familiar with the basic principles of CBT and understand how it works,define specific goals that you’ll work toward over the course of seven weeks, andlearn fundamental CBT skills through guided writing exercises that apply to your current, real-life challenges.Cognitive Behavioral Therapy in 7 Weeks is the most comprehensive yet efficient workbook available for using CBT to address anxiety and depression. Seth J. Gillihan Tue, 24 Apr 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331339 thebookvoice.com 4:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331339]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Retrain Your Brain: Cognitive Behavioral Therapy in 7 Weeks; A Workbook for Managing Depression and Anxiety Author: Seth J. Gillihan Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 18 minutes Release date: April 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 58 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: For many, cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) has proved to be a tipping point, a treatment through which they are finally able to make significant changes and break free of anxiety and depression. Cognitive Behavioral Therapy in 7 Weeks is an interactive audio workbook that outlines a simple, practical plan that occurs over the course of seven weeks, and offers real, tangible relief from anxiety and depression. This is a cumulative workbook—the work you do each week builds upon that of the last and, ultimately, creates a lasting CBT tool kit that will prepare you to handle future challenges as they come. In his private practice, licensed psychologist Dr. Seth Gillihan specializes in the use of cognitive-behavioral treatment for anxiety and depression. He concentrates on the specific needs of each patient by using the evidence-based, solution-focused treatment principles of CBT—the fundamentals of which are at the core of Cognitive Behavioral Therapy in 7 Weeks. With Cognitive Behavioral Therapy in 7 Weeks you will become familiar with the basic principles of CBT and understand how it works,define specific goals that you’ll work toward over the course of seven weeks, andlearn fundamental CBT skills through guided writing exercises that apply to your current, real-life challenges.Cognitive Behavioral Therapy in 7 Weeks is the most comprehensive yet efficient workbook available for using CBT to address anxiety and depression. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331339]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Retrain Your Brain: Cognitive Behavioral Therapy in 7 Weeks; A Workbook for Managing Depression and Anxiety Author: Seth J. Gillihan Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 18 minutes Release date: April 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 58 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: For many, cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) has proved to be a tipping point, a treatment through which they are finally able to make significant changes and break free of anxiety and depression. Cognitive Behavioral Therapy in 7 Weeks is an interactive audio workbook that outlines a simple, practical plan that occurs over the course of seven weeks, and offers real, tangible relief from anxiety and depression. This is a cumulative workbook—the work you do each week builds upon that of the last and, ultimately, creates a lasting CBT tool kit that will prepare you to handle future challenges as they come. In his private practice, licensed psychologist Dr. Seth Gillihan specializes in the use of cognitive-behavioral treatment for anxiety and depression. He concentrates on the specific needs of each patient by using the evidence-based, solution-focused treatment principles of CBT—the fundamentals of which are at the core of Cognitive Behavioral Therapy in 7 Weeks. With Cognitive Behavioral Therapy in 7 Weeks you will become familiar with the basic principles of CBT and understand how it works,define specific goals that you’ll work toward over the course of seven weeks, andlearn fundamental CBT skills through guided writing exercises that apply to your current, real-life challenges.Cognitive Behavioral Therapy in 7 Weeks is the most comprehensive yet efficient workbook available for using CBT to address anxiety and depression. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331286 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331286]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In the Psychiatrist's Chair: The renowned BBC Radio 4 interview series Author: Anthony Clare Narrator: Vladimir Ashkenazy, Peter Hall, Lord Hailsham, Ken Russell, Guests, Anthony Clare, Barbara Cartland, Edwina Currie, Spike Milligan, Maya Angelou Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 5 minutes Release date: May 5, 2016 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Twelve editions of the groundbreaking BBC Radio 4 interview series presented by Dr Anthony Clare. A master of incisive interrogation, Dr Anthony Clare became renowned for In the Psychiatrist's Chair. From 1982 until 2001 he conducted in-depth interviews with prominent people from different walks of life, inviting them to answer penetrating questions about their lives and careers. These twelve shows include his encounters with writer and performer Spike Milligan, playwright Peter Nichols, author Maya Angelou, political activist Bruce Kent,gynaecologist Wendy Savage, pianist and conductor Vladimir Ashkenazy, film director Ken Russell, politician Edwina Currie, former Lord Chanceller Lord Hailsham, theatre director Peter Hall, author Barbara Cartland and journalist Jean Rook. Often moving and always insightful, Clare's questions go to the very heart of his subjects as he encourages them to talk frankly about their deepest fears and innermost feelings – making for fascinating and compelling listening. Duration: 9 hours approx. Anthony Clare Thu, 05 May 2016 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331286 thebookvoice.com 7:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331286]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In the Psychiatrist's Chair: The renowned BBC Radio 4 interview series Author: Anthony Clare Narrator: Vladimir Ashkenazy, Peter Hall, Lord Hailsham, Ken Russell, Guests, Anthony Clare, Barbara Cartland, Edwina Currie, Spike Milligan, Maya Angelou Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 5 minutes Release date: May 5, 2016 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Twelve editions of the groundbreaking BBC Radio 4 interview series presented by Dr Anthony Clare. A master of incisive interrogation, Dr Anthony Clare became renowned for In the Psychiatrist's Chair. From 1982 until 2001 he conducted in-depth interviews with prominent people from different walks of life, inviting them to answer penetrating questions about their lives and careers. These twelve shows include his encounters with writer and performer Spike Milligan, playwright Peter Nichols, author Maya Angelou, political activist Bruce Kent,gynaecologist Wendy Savage, pianist and conductor Vladimir Ashkenazy, film director Ken Russell, politician Edwina Currie, former Lord Chanceller Lord Hailsham, theatre director Peter Hall, author Barbara Cartland and journalist Jean Rook. Often moving and always insightful, Clare's questions go to the very heart of his subjects as he encourages them to talk frankly about their deepest fears and innermost feelings – making for fascinating and compelling listening. Duration: 9 hours approx. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331286]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In the Psychiatrist's Chair: The renowned BBC Radio 4 interview series Author: Anthony Clare Narrator: Vladimir Ashkenazy, Peter Hall, Lord Hailsham, Ken Russell, Guests, Anthony Clare, Barbara Cartland, Edwina Currie, Spike Milligan, Maya Angelou Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 5 minutes Release date: May 5, 2016 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Twelve editions of the groundbreaking BBC Radio 4 interview series presented by Dr Anthony Clare. A master of incisive interrogation, Dr Anthony Clare became renowned for In the Psychiatrist's Chair. From 1982 until 2001 he conducted in-depth interviews with prominent people from different walks of life, inviting them to answer penetrating questions about their lives and careers. These twelve shows include his encounters with writer and performer Spike Milligan, playwright Peter Nichols, author Maya Angelou, political activist Bruce Kent,gynaecologist Wendy Savage, pianist and conductor Vladimir Ashkenazy, film director Ken Russell, politician Edwina Currie, former Lord Chanceller Lord Hailsham, theatre director Peter Hall, author Barbara Cartland and journalist Jean Rook. Often moving and always insightful, Clare's questions go to the very heart of his subjects as he encourages them to talk frankly about their deepest fears and innermost feelings – making for fascinating and compelling listening. Duration: 9 hours approx. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331146 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331146]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Alive at Work: The Neuroscience of Helping Your People Love What They Do Author: Daniel M. Cable Narrator: L.J. Ganser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 42 minutes Release date: March 27, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Poll after poll has confirmed that an astonishing number of workers are disengaged from their work. Why is this happening? And how can we fix the problem? In this bold, enlightening book, social psychologist and professor Daniel M. Cable takes leaders into the minds of workers and reveals the surprising secret to restoring their zest for work. Disengagement isn't a motivational problem, it's a biological one. Humans aren't built for routine and repetition. We're designed to crave exploration, experimentation, and learning—in fact, there's a part of our brains, which scientists have coined 'the seeking system,' that rewards us for taking part in these activities. But the way organizations are run prevents many of us from following our innate impulses. As a result, we shut down. Things need to change. More than ever before, employee creativity and engagement are needed to win. Fortunately, it won't take an extensive overhaul of your organizational culture to get started. With small nudges, you can personally help people reach their fullest potential. Alive at Work reveals: How to encourage people to bring their best selves to work and use their greatest strengths to help your organization flourish; How to build creative environments that motivate people to share ideas, work smarter, and embrace change; How to enhance people's connection to their work and your customers; How to create personalized experiences that help people feel a deeper sense of purpose. Filled with fascinating stories from the author's extensive research, Alive at Workis the inspirational guide that you need to tap into the passion, creativity, and purpose fizzing beneath the surface of every person who falls under your leadership. Daniel M. Cable Tue, 27 Mar 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331146 thebookvoice.com 4:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331146]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Alive at Work: The Neuroscience of Helping Your People Love What They Do Author: Daniel M. Cable Narrator: L.J. Ganser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 42 minutes Release date: March 27, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Poll after poll has confirmed that an astonishing number of workers are disengaged from their work. Why is this happening? And how can we fix the problem? In this bold, enlightening book, social psychologist and professor Daniel M. Cable takes leaders into the minds of workers and reveals the surprising secret to restoring their zest for work. Disengagement isn't a motivational problem, it's a biological one. Humans aren't built for routine and repetition. We're designed to crave exploration, experimentation, and learning—in fact, there's a part of our brains, which scientists have coined 'the seeking system,' that rewards us for taking part in these activities. But the way organizations are run prevents many of us from following our innate impulses. As a result, we shut down. Things need to change. More than ever before, employee creativity and engagement are needed to win. Fortunately, it won't take an extensive overhaul of your organizational culture to get started. With small nudges, you can personally help people reach their fullest potential. Alive at Work reveals: How to encourage people to bring their best selves to work and use their greatest strengths to help your organization flourish; How to build creative environments that motivate people to share ideas, work smarter, and embrace change; How to enhance people's connection to their work and your customers; How to create personalized experiences that help people feel a deeper sense of purpose. Filled with fascinating stories from the author's extensive research, Alive at Workis the inspirational guide that you need to tap into the passion, creativity, and purpose fizzing beneath the surface of every person who falls under your leadership. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331146]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Alive at Work: The Neuroscience of Helping Your People Love What They Do Author: Daniel M. Cable Narrator: L.J. Ganser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 42 minutes Release date: March 27, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Poll after poll has confirmed that an astonishing number of workers are disengaged from their work. Why is this happening? And how can we fix the problem? In this bold, enlightening book, social psychologist and professor Daniel M. Cable takes leaders into the minds of workers and reveals the surprising secret to restoring their zest for work. Disengagement isn't a motivational problem, it's a biological one. Humans aren't built for routine and repetition. We're designed to crave exploration, experimentation, and learning—in fact, there's a part of our brains, which scientists have coined 'the seeking system,' that rewards us for taking part in these activities. But the way organizations are run prevents many of us from following our innate impulses. As a result, we shut down. Things need to change. More than ever before, employee creativity and engagement are needed to win. Fortunately, it won't take an extensive overhaul of your organizational culture to get started. With small nudges, you can personally help people reach their fullest potential. Alive at Work reveals: How to encourage people to bring their best selves to work and use their greatest strengths to help your organization flourish; How to build creative environments that motivate people to share ideas, work smarter, and embrace change; How to enhance people's connection to their work and your customers; How to create personalized experiences that help people feel a deeper sense of purpose. Filled with fascinating stories from the author's extensive research, Alive at Workis the inspirational guide that you need to tap into the passion, creativity, and purpose fizzing beneath the surface of every person who falls under your leadership. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330958 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330958]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Whole Brain: The Microbiome Solution to Heal Depression, Anxiety, and Mental Fog without Prescription Drugs Author: Raphael Kellman Narrator: Hayward Morse Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: March 27, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A groundbreaking, medication-free, scientifically based approach to healing depression, anxiety, and brain fog by focusing on your 'whole brain' -- the brain, the gut, the microbiome, and the thyroid There is a fundamental connection between the brain, the gut, the microbiome, and the thyroid: if any one part of this system is malfunctioning, it will impact the others--and this is where The Whole Brain comes in. Integrative health pioneer Dr. Raphael Kellman presents his revolutionary concept of 'the whole brain' (a biological system made up of the microbiome, the gut, and the thyroid). Kellman then shares a completely new approach to curing depression and other mood problems by focusing on this interconnectedness, explaining how this system works in tandem to heal mood and mental disorders without drugs. Based on Dr. Kellman's decades of experience as a physician and his ongoing study of the latest science, the book offers a lively, accessible explanation of how the brain works and why, for optimal brain health, you need to heal the microbiome, the gut, and the thyroid. With a proprietary three-week plan (21 days of meal plans, featuring 50 original and simple recipes; a complete exercise program; and a program of daily meditations and affirmations). The Whole Brain program will benefit people diagnosed with depression and/or anxiety as well as those who just want to feel better. Raphael Kellman Tue, 27 Mar 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330958 thebookvoice.com 9:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330958]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Whole Brain: The Microbiome Solution to Heal Depression, Anxiety, and Mental Fog without Prescription Drugs Author: Raphael Kellman Narrator: Hayward Morse Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: March 27, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A groundbreaking, medication-free, scientifically based approach to healing depression, anxiety, and brain fog by focusing on your 'whole brain' -- the brain, the gut, the microbiome, and the thyroid There is a fundamental connection between the brain, the gut, the microbiome, and the thyroid: if any one part of this system is malfunctioning, it will impact the others--and this is where The Whole Brain comes in. Integrative health pioneer Dr. Raphael Kellman presents his revolutionary concept of 'the whole brain' (a biological system made up of the microbiome, the gut, and the thyroid). Kellman then shares a completely new approach to curing depression and other mood problems by focusing on this interconnectedness, explaining how this system works in tandem to heal mood and mental disorders without drugs. Based on Dr. Kellman's decades of experience as a physician and his ongoing study of the latest science, the book offers a lively, accessible explanation of how the brain works and why, for optimal brain health, you need to heal the microbiome, the gut, and the thyroid. With a proprietary three-week plan (21 days of meal plans, featuring 50 original and simple recipes; a complete exercise program; and a program of daily meditations and affirmations). The Whole Brain program will benefit people diagnosed with depression and/or anxiety as well as those who just want to feel better. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330958]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Whole Brain: The Microbiome Solution to Heal Depression, Anxiety, and Mental Fog without Prescription Drugs Author: Raphael Kellman Narrator: Hayward Morse Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: March 27, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A groundbreaking, medication-free, scientifically based approach to healing depression, anxiety, and brain fog by focusing on your 'whole brain' -- the brain, the gut, the microbiome, and the thyroid There is a fundamental connection between the brain, the gut, the microbiome, and the thyroid: if any one part of this system is malfunctioning, it will impact the others--and this is where The Whole Brain comes in. Integrative health pioneer Dr. Raphael Kellman presents his revolutionary concept of 'the whole brain' (a biological system made up of the microbiome, the gut, and the thyroid). Kellman then shares a completely new approach to curing depression and other mood problems by focusing on this interconnectedness, explaining how this system works in tandem to heal mood and mental disorders without drugs. Based on Dr. Kellman's decades of experience as a physician and his ongoing study of the latest science, the book offers a lively, accessible explanation of how the brain works and why, for optimal brain health, you need to heal the microbiome, the gut, and the thyroid. With a proprietary three-week plan (21 days of meal plans, featuring 50 original and simple recipes; a complete exercise program; and a program of daily meditations and affirmations). The Whole Brain program will benefit people diagnosed with depression and/or anxiety as well as those who just want to feel better. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330914 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330914]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Recovering: Intoxication and Its Aftermath Author: Leslie Jamison Narrator: Leslie Jamison Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 3, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 25 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From the New York Times bestselling author of The Empathy Exams comes this transformative work showing that sometimes the recovery is more gripping than the addiction. With its deeply personal and seamless blend of memoir, cultural history, literary criticism, and reportage, The Recovering turns our understanding of the traditional addiction narrative on its head, demonstrating that the story of recovery can be every bit as electrifying as the train wreck itself. Leslie Jamison deftly excavates the stories we tell about addiction -- both her own and others' -- and examines what we want these stories to do and what happens when they fail us. All the while, she offers a fascinating look at the larger history of the recovery movement, and at the complicated bearing that race and class have on our understanding of who is criminal and who is ill. At the heart of the book is Jamison's ongoing conversation with literary and artistic geniuses whose lives and works were shaped by alcoholism and substance dependence, including John Berryman, Jean Rhys, Billie Holiday, Raymond Carver, Denis Johnson, and David Foster Wallace, as well as brilliant lesser-known figures such as George Cain, lost to obscurity but newly illuminated here. Through its unvarnished relation of Jamison's own ordeals, The Recovering also becomes a book about a different kind of dependency: the way our desires can make us all, as she puts it, 'broken spigots of need.' It's about the particular loneliness of the human experience-the craving for love that both devours us and shapes who we are. For her striking language and piercing observations, Jamison has been compared to such iconic writers as Joan Didion and Susan Sontag, yet her utterly singular voice also offers something new. With enormous empathy and wisdom, Jamison has given us nothing less than the story of addiction and recovery in America writ large, a definitive and revelatory account that will resonate for years to come. Leslie Jamison Tue, 03 Apr 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330914 thebookvoice.com 16:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330914]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Recovering: Intoxication and Its Aftermath Author: Leslie Jamison Narrator: Leslie Jamison Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 3, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 25 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From the New York Times bestselling author of The Empathy Exams comes this transformative work showing that sometimes the recovery is more gripping than the addiction. With its deeply personal and seamless blend of memoir, cultural history, literary criticism, and reportage, The Recovering turns our understanding of the traditional addiction narrative on its head, demonstrating that the story of recovery can be every bit as electrifying as the train wreck itself. Leslie Jamison deftly excavates the stories we tell about addiction -- both her own and others' -- and examines what we want these stories to do and what happens when they fail us. All the while, she offers a fascinating look at the larger history of the recovery movement, and at the complicated bearing that race and class have on our understanding of who is criminal and who is ill. At the heart of the book is Jamison's ongoing conversation with literary and artistic geniuses whose lives and works were shaped by alcoholism and substance dependence, including John Berryman, Jean Rhys, Billie Holiday, Raymond Carver, Denis Johnson, and David Foster Wallace, as well as brilliant lesser-known figures such as George Cain, lost to obscurity but newly illuminated here. Through its unvarnished relation of Jamison's own ordeals, The Recovering also becomes a book about a different kind of dependency: the way our desires can make us all, as she puts it, 'broken spigots of need.' It's about the particular loneliness of the human experience-the craving for love that both devours us and shapes who we are. For her striking language and piercing observations, Jamison has been compared to such iconic writers as Joan Didion and Susan Sontag, yet her utterly singular voice also offers something new. With enormous empathy and wisdom, Jamison has given us nothing less than the story of addiction and recovery in America writ large, a definitive and revelatory account that will resonate for years to come. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330914]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Recovering: Intoxication and Its Aftermath Author: Leslie Jamison Narrator: Leslie Jamison Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 3, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 25 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From the New York Times bestselling author of The Empathy Exams comes this transformative work showing that sometimes the recovery is more gripping than the addiction. With its deeply personal and seamless blend of memoir, cultural history, literary criticism, and reportage, The Recovering turns our understanding of the traditional addiction narrative on its head, demonstrating that the story of recovery can be every bit as electrifying as the train wreck itself. Leslie Jamison deftly excavates the stories we tell about addiction -- both her own and others' -- and examines what we want these stories to do and what happens when they fail us. All the while, she offers a fascinating look at the larger history of the recovery movement, and at the complicated bearing that race and class have on our understanding of who is criminal and who is ill. At the heart of the book is Jamison's ongoing conversation with literary and artistic geniuses whose lives and works were shaped by alcoholism and substance dependence, including John Berryman, Jean Rhys, Billie Holiday, Raymond Carver, Denis Johnson, and David Foster Wallace, as well as brilliant lesser-known figures such as George Cain, lost to obscurity but newly illuminated here. Through its unvarnished relation of Jamison's own ordeals, The Recovering also becomes a book about a different kind of dependency: the way our desires can make us all, as she puts it, 'broken spigots of need.' It's about the particular loneliness of the human experience-the craving for love that both devours us and shapes who we are. For her striking language and piercing observations, Jamison has been compared to such iconic writers as Joan Didion and Susan Sontag, yet her utterly singular voice also offers something new. With enormous empathy and wisdom, Jamison has given us nothing less than the story of addiction and recovery in America writ large, a definitive and revelatory account that will resonate for years to come. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330713 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330713]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Free to Learn: Why Unleashing the Instinct to Play Will Make Our Children Happier, More Self-Reliant, and Better Students for Life Author: Peter Gray Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 58 minutes Release date: March 20, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.44 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A leading expert in childhood development makes the case for why self-directed learning — "unschooling" — is the best way to get kids to learn. "All kids love learning. Most don't love school. That's a disconnect we've avoided discussing—until this lightning bolt of a book. If you've ever wondered why your curious kid is turning into a sullen slug at school, Peter Gray's Free to Learn has the answer. He also has the antidote." —Lenore Skenazy, author of Free-Range Kids In Free to Learn, developmental psychologist Peter Gray argues that in order to foster children who will thrive in today's constantly changing world, we must entrust them to steer their own learning and development. Drawing on evidence from anthropology, psychology, and history, he demonstrates that free play is the primary means by which children learn to control their lives, solve problems, get along with peers, and become emotionally resilient. A brave, counterintuitive proposal for freeing our children from the shackles of the curiosity-killing institution we call school, Free to Learn suggests that it's time to stop asking what's wrong with our children, and start asking what's wrong with the system. It shows how we can act—both as parents and as members of society—to improve children's lives and to promote their happiness and learning. Peter Gray Tue, 20 Mar 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330713 thebookvoice.com 9:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330713]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Free to Learn: Why Unleashing the Instinct to Play Will Make Our Children Happier, More Self-Reliant, and Better Students for Life Author: Peter Gray Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 58 minutes Release date: March 20, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.44 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A leading expert in childhood development makes the case for why self-directed learning — "unschooling" — is the best way to get kids to learn. "All kids love learning. Most don't love school. That's a disconnect we've avoided discussing—until this lightning bolt of a book. If you've ever wondered why your curious kid is turning into a sullen slug at school, Peter Gray's Free to Learn has the answer. He also has the antidote." —Lenore Skenazy, author of Free-Range Kids In Free to Learn, developmental psychologist Peter Gray argues that in order to foster children who will thrive in today's constantly changing world, we must entrust them to steer their own learning and development. Drawing on evidence from anthropology, psychology, and history, he demonstrates that free play is the primary means by which children learn to control their lives, solve problems, get along with peers, and become emotionally resilient. A brave, counterintuitive proposal for freeing our children from the shackles of the curiosity-killing institution we call school, Free to Learn suggests that it's time to stop asking what's wrong with our children, and start asking what's wrong with the system. It shows how we can act—both as parents and as members of society—to improve children's lives and to promote their happiness and learning. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330713]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Free to Learn: Why Unleashing the Instinct to Play Will Make Our Children Happier, More Self-Reliant, and Better Students for Life Author: Peter Gray Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 58 minutes Release date: March 20, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.44 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A leading expert in childhood development makes the case for why self-directed learning — "unschooling" — is the best way to get kids to learn. "All kids love learning. Most don't love school. That's a disconnect we've avoided discussing—until this lightning bolt of a book. If you've ever wondered why your curious kid is turning into a sullen slug at school, Peter Gray's Free to Learn has the answer. He also has the antidote." —Lenore Skenazy, author of Free-Range Kids In Free to Learn, developmental psychologist Peter Gray argues that in order to foster children who will thrive in today's constantly changing world, we must entrust them to steer their own learning and development. Drawing on evidence from anthropology, psychology, and history, he demonstrates that free play is the primary means by which children learn to control their lives, solve problems, get along with peers, and become emotionally resilient. A brave, counterintuitive proposal for freeing our children from the shackles of the curiosity-killing institution we call school, Free to Learn suggests that it's time to stop asking what's wrong with our children, and start asking what's wrong with the system. It shows how we can act—both as parents and as members of society—to improve children's lives and to promote their happiness and learning. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330535 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330535]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Preschool Clues: Raising Smart, Inspired, and Engaged Kids in a Screen-Filled World Author: Angela C. Santomero, Deborah Reber Narrator: Angela C. Santomero Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 3, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The award-winning creator of Blue’s Clues, Super Why!, and Daniel Tiger’s Neighborhood shares the secret sauce behind her shows’ powerful, transformative results in the form of eleven research-based, foundational “clues” to ensure that preschoolers flourish academically, socially, and emotionally during this critical time. The preschool years—when children are between the ages of two and five—are the most influential, important years in a child’s life. Studies show that pausing to interact, playing to solve problems, diffusing with humor, and using repetition are the hidden clues conscious parents use to raise successful kids and help them learn critical thinking skills, foster empathy, and nurture their sense of self-worth. Angela C. Santomero, MA, the award-winning creator of children’s television phenomena knows this better than anyone and has spent decades working to instill confidence in her young viewers. In Preschool Clues, she breaks down the philosophy behind her shows—educating, inspiring, and empowering kids—into concrete strategies that parents and educators can incorporate into their family and classroom to set their preschoolers up for success, such as: -Intentionally pausing to foster bonding, independence, and resilience -Developing empathy and confidence through soliciting preschoolers’ help -Becoming “fluent” in the language of preschoolers: Play -Igniting your preschooler’s curiosity -Being an involved co-player everyday -Designing a healthy media diet In Preschool Clues, Angela shares the latest research from top thinkers in child development and education. Through her practical, straightforward advice and inspiring, conversational approach, you will not only understand exactly what your children are learning from the shows they watch and why these shows are so effective, you’ll know exactly how to apply these same proven approaches in your daily life and with the same powerful results. Angela C. Santomero, Deborah Reber Tue, 03 Apr 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330535 thebookvoice.com 9:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330535]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Preschool Clues: Raising Smart, Inspired, and Engaged Kids in a Screen-Filled World Author: Angela C. Santomero, Deborah Reber Narrator: Angela C. Santomero Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 3, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The award-winning creator of Blue’s Clues, Super Why!, and Daniel Tiger’s Neighborhood shares the secret sauce behind her shows’ powerful, transformative results in the form of eleven research-based, foundational “clues” to ensure that preschoolers flourish academically, socially, and emotionally during this critical time. The preschool years—when children are between the ages of two and five—are the most influential, important years in a child’s life. Studies show that pausing to interact, playing to solve problems, diffusing with humor, and using repetition are the hidden clues conscious parents use to raise successful kids and help them learn critical thinking skills, foster empathy, and nurture their sense of self-worth. Angela C. Santomero, MA, the award-winning creator of children’s television phenomena knows this better than anyone and has spent decades working to instill confidence in her young viewers. In Preschool Clues, she breaks down the philosophy behind her shows—educating, inspiring, and empowering kids—into concrete strategies that parents and educators can incorporate into their family and classroom to set their preschoolers up for success, such as: -Intentionally pausing to foster bonding, independence, and resilience -Developing empathy and confidence through soliciting preschoolers’ help -Becoming “fluent” in the language of preschoolers: Play -Igniting your preschooler’s curiosity -Being an involved co-player everyday -Designing a healthy media diet In Preschool Clues, Angela shares the latest research from top thinkers in child development and education. Through her practical, straightforward advice and inspiring, conversational approach, you will not only understand exactly what your children are learning from the shows they watch and why these shows are so effective, you’ll know exactly how to apply these same proven approaches in your daily life and with the same powerful results. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330535]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Preschool Clues: Raising Smart, Inspired, and Engaged Kids in a Screen-Filled World Author: Angela C. Santomero, Deborah Reber Narrator: Angela C. Santomero Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 3, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The award-winning creator of Blue’s Clues, Super Why!, and Daniel Tiger’s Neighborhood shares the secret sauce behind her shows’ powerful, transformative results in the form of eleven research-based, foundational “clues” to ensure that preschoolers flourish academically, socially, and emotionally during this critical time. The preschool years—when children are between the ages of two and five—are the most influential, important years in a child’s life. Studies show that pausing to interact, playing to solve problems, diffusing with humor, and using repetition are the hidden clues conscious parents use to raise successful kids and help them learn critical thinking skills, foster empathy, and nurture their sense of self-worth. Angela C. Santomero, MA, the award-winning creator of children’s television phenomena knows this better than anyone and has spent decades working to instill confidence in her young viewers. In Preschool Clues, she breaks down the philosophy behind her shows—educating, inspiring, and empowering kids—into concrete strategies that parents and educators can incorporate into their family and classroom to set their preschoolers up for success, such as: -Intentionally pausing to foster bonding, independence, and resilience -Developing empathy and confidence through soliciting preschoolers’ help -Becoming “fluent” in the language of preschoolers: Play -Igniting your preschooler’s curiosity -Being an involved co-player everyday -Designing a healthy media diet In Preschool Clues, Angela shares the latest research from top thinkers in child development and education. Through her practical, straightforward advice and inspiring, conversational approach, you will not only understand exactly what your children are learning from the shows they watch and why these shows are so effective, you’ll know exactly how to apply these same proven approaches in your daily life and with the same powerful results. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330524 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330524]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Divine Eros: The Illuminating Force of Love in Everyday Life Author: A. H. Almaas, Karen Johnson Narrator: Karen Johnson, A. H. Almaas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: May 8, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: What do desire and passion have to do with our spiritual journey? According to A. H. Almaas and Karen Johnson, they are an essential part of it. Conventional wisdom cautions that desire and passion are opposed to the spiritual path--that engaging in desire will take you more into the world, into egoic life. And for most people, that is exactly what happens. We naturally tend to experience wanting in a self-centered way. THE POWER OF DIVINE EROS challenges the view that the divine and the erotic are separate. When we open to the energy, aliveness, spontaneity, and zest of erotic love, we will find it inseparable from the realm of the holy and sacred. When this is understood, desire and passion become a gateway to wholeness and to realizing our full potential. The authors reveal how our relationships become opportunities on the spiritual journey to express ourselves authentically, to relate with openness, and to discover dynamic inner realms with another person. Through embodying the energy of eros, each of us can learn to be fully real and alive in all of our interactions. A. H. Almaas, Karen Johnson Tue, 08 May 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330524 thebookvoice.com 9:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330524]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Divine Eros: The Illuminating Force of Love in Everyday Life Author: A. H. Almaas, Karen Johnson Narrator: Karen Johnson, A. H. Almaas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: May 8, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: What do desire and passion have to do with our spiritual journey? According to A. H. Almaas and Karen Johnson, they are an essential part of it. Conventional wisdom cautions that desire and passion are opposed to the spiritual path--that engaging in desire will take you more into the world, into egoic life. And for most people, that is exactly what happens. We naturally tend to experience wanting in a self-centered way. THE POWER OF DIVINE EROS challenges the view that the divine and the erotic are separate. When we open to the energy, aliveness, spontaneity, and zest of erotic love, we will find it inseparable from the realm of the holy and sacred. When this is understood, desire and passion become a gateway to wholeness and to realizing our full potential. The authors reveal how our relationships become opportunities on the spiritual journey to express ourselves authentically, to relate with openness, and to discover dynamic inner realms with another person. Through embodying the energy of eros, each of us can learn to be fully real and alive in all of our interactions. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330524]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Divine Eros: The Illuminating Force of Love in Everyday Life Author: A. H. Almaas, Karen Johnson Narrator: Karen Johnson, A. H. Almaas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: May 8, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: What do desire and passion have to do with our spiritual journey? According to A. H. Almaas and Karen Johnson, they are an essential part of it. Conventional wisdom cautions that desire and passion are opposed to the spiritual path--that engaging in desire will take you more into the world, into egoic life. And for most people, that is exactly what happens. We naturally tend to experience wanting in a self-centered way. THE POWER OF DIVINE EROS challenges the view that the divine and the erotic are separate. When we open to the energy, aliveness, spontaneity, and zest of erotic love, we will find it inseparable from the realm of the holy and sacred. When this is understood, desire and passion become a gateway to wholeness and to realizing our full potential. The authors reveal how our relationships become opportunities on the spiritual journey to express ourselves authentically, to relate with openness, and to discover dynamic inner realms with another person. Through embodying the energy of eros, each of us can learn to be fully real and alive in all of our interactions. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330515 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330515]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Everything Is Workable: A Zen Approach to Conflict Resolution Author: Diane Musho Hamilton Narrator: Diane Musho Hamilton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 55 minutes Release date: May 8, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Conflict is going to be part of your life--as long as you have relationships, hold down a job, or have dry cleaning to be picked up. Bracing yourself against it won't make it go away, but if you approach it consciously, you can navigate it in a way that not only honors everyone involved but makes it a source of deep insight as well. Seasoned mediator Diane Hamilton provides the skill set you need to engage conflict with wisdom and compassion, and even--sometimes--to be grateful for it. She teaches how to: - Cultivate the mirror-like quality of attention as your base - Identify the three personal conflict styles and determine which one you fall into - Recognize the three fundamental perspectives in any conflict situation and learn to inhabit each of them - Turn conflicts in families, at work, and in every kind of interpersonal relationship into win-win situations Diane Musho Hamilton Tue, 08 May 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330515 thebookvoice.com 6:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330515]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Everything Is Workable: A Zen Approach to Conflict Resolution Author: Diane Musho Hamilton Narrator: Diane Musho Hamilton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 55 minutes Release date: May 8, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Conflict is going to be part of your life--as long as you have relationships, hold down a job, or have dry cleaning to be picked up. Bracing yourself against it won't make it go away, but if you approach it consciously, you can navigate it in a way that not only honors everyone involved but makes it a source of deep insight as well. Seasoned mediator Diane Hamilton provides the skill set you need to engage conflict with wisdom and compassion, and even--sometimes--to be grateful for it. She teaches how to: - Cultivate the mirror-like quality of attention as your base - Identify the three personal conflict styles and determine which one you fall into - Recognize the three fundamental perspectives in any conflict situation and learn to inhabit each of them - Turn conflicts in families, at work, and in every kind of interpersonal relationship into win-win situations Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330515]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Everything Is Workable: A Zen Approach to Conflict Resolution Author: Diane Musho Hamilton Narrator: Diane Musho Hamilton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 55 minutes Release date: May 8, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Conflict is going to be part of your life--as long as you have relationships, hold down a job, or have dry cleaning to be picked up. Bracing yourself against it won't make it go away, but if you approach it consciously, you can navigate it in a way that not only honors everyone involved but makes it a source of deep insight as well. Seasoned mediator Diane Hamilton provides the skill set you need to engage conflict with wisdom and compassion, and even--sometimes--to be grateful for it. She teaches how to: - Cultivate the mirror-like quality of attention as your base - Identify the three personal conflict styles and determine which one you fall into - Recognize the three fundamental perspectives in any conflict situation and learn to inhabit each of them - Turn conflicts in families, at work, and in every kind of interpersonal relationship into win-win situations https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330300 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330300]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Mind is Flat: The Illusion of Mental Depth and The Improvised Mind Author: Nick Chater Narrator: Nick Chater Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 27 minutes Release date: March 29, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of The Mind is Flat written and read by Nick Chater. Most of us assume that our thoughts, desires and behaviour arise from the murky depths of our minds, and, if only we could access this inner world, we could truly understand ourselves. For more than a century, psychologists, psychiatrists and neuroscientists have struggled, using methods from psychotherapy to brain scans, to discover what lies below the surface of our minds. In a profound reappraisal of how the mind works, pre-eminent behavioural scientist Nick Chater reveals that this entire enterprise is misguided: that we have no mental depths to plumb. Drawing on startling new research in neuroscience, behavioural psychology and perception, The Mind is Flat shows that we have no inner library of beliefs, values and desires lying with us, but instead generate them in the moment, and base them entirely on our past experiences. As the reader discovers - through eye-opening experiments and mind-bending visual examples - we are all characters of our own creation, constantly improvising our behaviour, rather than the playthings of unconscious currents within us. Boldly original and utterly convincing, The Mind is Flat forces us to reconsider just about everything we thought we knew about ourselves, and shows that the result can be liberating. Nick Chater Thu, 29 Mar 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330300 thebookvoice.com 7:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330300]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Mind is Flat: The Illusion of Mental Depth and The Improvised Mind Author: Nick Chater Narrator: Nick Chater Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 27 minutes Release date: March 29, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of The Mind is Flat written and read by Nick Chater. Most of us assume that our thoughts, desires and behaviour arise from the murky depths of our minds, and, if only we could access this inner world, we could truly understand ourselves. For more than a century, psychologists, psychiatrists and neuroscientists have struggled, using methods from psychotherapy to brain scans, to discover what lies below the surface of our minds. In a profound reappraisal of how the mind works, pre-eminent behavioural scientist Nick Chater reveals that this entire enterprise is misguided: that we have no mental depths to plumb. Drawing on startling new research in neuroscience, behavioural psychology and perception, The Mind is Flat shows that we have no inner library of beliefs, values and desires lying with us, but instead generate them in the moment, and base them entirely on our past experiences. As the reader discovers - through eye-opening experiments and mind-bending visual examples - we are all characters of our own creation, constantly improvising our behaviour, rather than the playthings of unconscious currents within us. Boldly original and utterly convincing, The Mind is Flat forces us to reconsider just about everything we thought we knew about ourselves, and shows that the result can be liberating. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330300]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Mind is Flat: The Illusion of Mental Depth and The Improvised Mind Author: Nick Chater Narrator: Nick Chater Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 27 minutes Release date: March 29, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of The Mind is Flat written and read by Nick Chater. Most of us assume that our thoughts, desires and behaviour arise from the murky depths of our minds, and, if only we could access this inner world, we could truly understand ourselves. For more than a century, psychologists, psychiatrists and neuroscientists have struggled, using methods from psychotherapy to brain scans, to discover what lies below the surface of our minds. In a profound reappraisal of how the mind works, pre-eminent behavioural scientist Nick Chater reveals that this entire enterprise is misguided: that we have no mental depths to plumb. Drawing on startling new research in neuroscience, behavioural psychology and perception, The Mind is Flat shows that we have no inner library of beliefs, values and desires lying with us, but instead generate them in the moment, and base them entirely on our past experiences. As the reader discovers - through eye-opening experiments and mind-bending visual examples - we are all characters of our own creation, constantly improvising our behaviour, rather than the playthings of unconscious currents within us. Boldly original and utterly convincing, The Mind is Flat forces us to reconsider just about everything we thought we knew about ourselves, and shows that the result can be liberating. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330277 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330277]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - LAS 7 LEYES ESPIRITUALES, GUÍA PARA PADRES Author: Deepak Chopra Narrator: Alejandro Correa Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 17 minutes Release date: September 1, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Chopra escribió 'Las siete leyes espirituales del éxito' en 1994 y a la fecha sigue siendo un éxito editorial. Millones de personas empezaron a practicar las Leyes diariamente con resultados positivos en sus vidas. Entre ellos, muchas parejas, padres de familia y padres solteros que le decían: 'Al principio, nos costó mucho trabajo captar el valor de las Leyes y ponerlas en práctica. Tuvimos que luchar para romper los hábitos destructivos con los cuales crecimos. No queremos que nuestros hijos aprendan esos mismos hábitos nocivos y que luego tengan que enfrentar el sufrimiento de tener que cambiar como lo tuvimos que hacer nosotros.' Siete Leyes Espirituales del Éxito / GUÍA para PADRES, es una herramienta para que los padres transmitan este conocimiento a sus hijos y practiquen las Leyes en familia. Este conocimiento se basa en las leyes naturales que gobiernan toda la creación y rompe con el mito de que el éxito se logra sólo a través de la planeación exacta, el trabajo arduo y el estimulo de la ambición. Con 'Las siete leyes espirituales del éxito' el Dr. Deepak Chopra nos entrega la esencia de sus enseñanzas en siete sencillos principios para tener éxito en todas las áreas de nuestra vida. Estos siete principios son fáciles de aplicar y muy poderosos. Este audiolibro está narrado en español latino - Deepak Chopra es médico, endocrinólogo, pionero en la Medicina Mente/Cuerpo. La revista Time lo llamó el 'poeta-profeta de la medicina alternativa' y lo consideran una de las personalidades más representativas del siglo XX y XX. Millones de personas se han beneficiado con sus conocimientos. Deepak Chopra Wed, 01 Sep 2021 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330277 thebookvoice.com 2:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330277]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - LAS 7 LEYES ESPIRITUALES, GUÍA PARA PADRES Author: Deepak Chopra Narrator: Alejandro Correa Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 17 minutes Release date: September 1, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Chopra escribió 'Las siete leyes espirituales del éxito' en 1994 y a la fecha sigue siendo un éxito editorial. Millones de personas empezaron a practicar las Leyes diariamente con resultados positivos en sus vidas. Entre ellos, muchas parejas, padres de familia y padres solteros que le decían: 'Al principio, nos costó mucho trabajo captar el valor de las Leyes y ponerlas en práctica. Tuvimos que luchar para romper los hábitos destructivos con los cuales crecimos. No queremos que nuestros hijos aprendan esos mismos hábitos nocivos y que luego tengan que enfrentar el sufrimiento de tener que cambiar como lo tuvimos que hacer nosotros.' Siete Leyes Espirituales del Éxito / GUÍA para PADRES, es una herramienta para que los padres transmitan este conocimiento a sus hijos y practiquen las Leyes en familia. Este conocimiento se basa en las leyes naturales que gobiernan toda la creación y rompe con el mito de que el éxito se logra sólo a través de la planeación exacta, el trabajo arduo y el estimulo de la ambición. Con 'Las siete leyes espirituales del éxito' el Dr. Deepak Chopra nos entrega la esencia de sus enseñanzas en siete sencillos principios para tener éxito en todas las áreas de nuestra vida. Estos siete principios son fáciles de aplicar y muy poderosos. Este audiolibro está narrado en español latino - Deepak Chopra es médico, endocrinólogo, pionero en la Medicina Mente/Cuerpo. La revista Time lo llamó el 'poeta-profeta de la medicina alternativa' y lo consideran una de las personalidades más representativas del siglo XX y XX. Millones de personas se han beneficiado con sus conocimientos. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330277]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - LAS 7 LEYES ESPIRITUALES, GUÍA PARA PADRES Author: Deepak Chopra Narrator: Alejandro Correa Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 17 minutes Release date: September 1, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Chopra escribió 'Las siete leyes espirituales del éxito' en 1994 y a la fecha sigue siendo un éxito editorial. Millones de personas empezaron a practicar las Leyes diariamente con resultados positivos en sus vidas. Entre ellos, muchas parejas, padres de familia y padres solteros que le decían: 'Al principio, nos costó mucho trabajo captar el valor de las Leyes y ponerlas en práctica. Tuvimos que luchar para romper los hábitos destructivos con los cuales crecimos. No queremos que nuestros hijos aprendan esos mismos hábitos nocivos y que luego tengan que enfrentar el sufrimiento de tener que cambiar como lo tuvimos que hacer nosotros.' Siete Leyes Espirituales del Éxito / GUÍA para PADRES, es una herramienta para que los padres transmitan este conocimiento a sus hijos y practiquen las Leyes en familia. Este conocimiento se basa en las leyes naturales que gobiernan toda la creación y rompe con el mito de que el éxito se logra sólo a través de la planeación exacta, el trabajo arduo y el estimulo de la ambición. Con 'Las siete leyes espirituales del éxito' el Dr. Deepak Chopra nos entrega la esencia de sus enseñanzas en siete sencillos principios para tener éxito en todas las áreas de nuestra vida. Estos siete principios son fáciles de aplicar y muy poderosos. Este audiolibro está narrado en español latino - Deepak Chopra es médico, endocrinólogo, pionero en la Medicina Mente/Cuerpo. La revista Time lo llamó el 'poeta-profeta de la medicina alternativa' y lo consideran una de las personalidades más representativas del siglo XX y XX. Millones de personas se han beneficiado con sus conocimientos. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330276 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330276]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - EXPANDE TU MENTE Author: Deepak Chopra Narrator: Emilio Evergenyi Matos Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 37 minutes Release date: March 14, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'EXPANDE TU MENTE' es una joya donde Chopra cuestiona tus conceptos acerca de la naturaleza de la realidad y responde a las eternas preguntas del significado de la existencia. ¡TE GUÍA e INSPIRA a TRANSFORMAR la CALIDAD de TU VIDA! En forma sencilla y clara explica cómo, cuando la mente confunde las imágenes de la realidad con la verdadera realidad, ésta te aprisiona y atrapa en una red sofocante de razonamientos que te provocan la pérdida de contacto con tu verdadera naturaleza. La experiencia de escuchar este audiolibro produce una expansión de tu mente y su fin es que experimentes la libertad. Este audiolibro está narrado en español latino - Deepak Chopra es médico, endocrinólogo, pionero en la Medicina Mente/Cuerpo. La revista Time lo llamó el 'poeta-profeta de la medicina alternativa' y lo consideran una de las personalidades más representativas del siglo XX y XX. Millones de personas se han beneficiado con sus conocimientos. Deepak Chopra Mon, 14 Mar 2022 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330276 thebookvoice.com 0:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330276]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - EXPANDE TU MENTE Author: Deepak Chopra Narrator: Emilio Evergenyi Matos Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 37 minutes Release date: March 14, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'EXPANDE TU MENTE' es una joya donde Chopra cuestiona tus conceptos acerca de la naturaleza de la realidad y responde a las eternas preguntas del significado de la existencia. ¡TE GUÍA e INSPIRA a TRANSFORMAR la CALIDAD de TU VIDA! En forma sencilla y clara explica cómo, cuando la mente confunde las imágenes de la realidad con la verdadera realidad, ésta te aprisiona y atrapa en una red sofocante de razonamientos que te provocan la pérdida de contacto con tu verdadera naturaleza. La experiencia de escuchar este audiolibro produce una expansión de tu mente y su fin es que experimentes la libertad. Este audiolibro está narrado en español latino - Deepak Chopra es médico, endocrinólogo, pionero en la Medicina Mente/Cuerpo. La revista Time lo llamó el 'poeta-profeta de la medicina alternativa' y lo consideran una de las personalidades más representativas del siglo XX y XX. Millones de personas se han beneficiado con sus conocimientos. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330276]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - EXPANDE TU MENTE Author: Deepak Chopra Narrator: Emilio Evergenyi Matos Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 37 minutes Release date: March 14, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'EXPANDE TU MENTE' es una joya donde Chopra cuestiona tus conceptos acerca de la naturaleza de la realidad y responde a las eternas preguntas del significado de la existencia. ¡TE GUÍA e INSPIRA a TRANSFORMAR la CALIDAD de TU VIDA! En forma sencilla y clara explica cómo, cuando la mente confunde las imágenes de la realidad con la verdadera realidad, ésta te aprisiona y atrapa en una red sofocante de razonamientos que te provocan la pérdida de contacto con tu verdadera naturaleza. La experiencia de escuchar este audiolibro produce una expansión de tu mente y su fin es que experimentes la libertad. Este audiolibro está narrado en español latino - Deepak Chopra es médico, endocrinólogo, pionero en la Medicina Mente/Cuerpo. La revista Time lo llamó el 'poeta-profeta de la medicina alternativa' y lo consideran una de las personalidades más representativas del siglo XX y XX. Millones de personas se han beneficiado con sus conocimientos. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330274 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330274]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - DE LA MEDICINA ANCESTRAL A LA MEDICINA CUÁNTICA Author: Manuel Arrieta Narrator: Dr. Manuel Arrieta Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 2 minutes Release date: March 14, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Cuántica Activa Audiolibros se enorgullece en presentar el audiolibro en español 'De la medicina ancestral a la medicina Cuántica': El Dr. Manuel Arrieta cursó la carrera de Medicina por la Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México, UNAM. Es asesor en Biofísica del Colegio Nacional de Médicos y Profesionales en Medicinas Alternativas, Miembro del Instituto Mexicano de Medicina Tradicional, Profesor de Bioelectrónica y Medicina Cuántica del Centro Internacional de Capacitación en Salud Holística. En 1993 fue premiado por la Academia Mexicana de la Medicina Tradicional por la ponencia 'Estudios bioelectrónicos en chamanismo y antropología médica'. En 1996 recibió de la Universidad de Sao Paulo la Medalla de Oro al mérito por el descubrimiento del efecto biolectrónico del cuarzo. Actualmente desarrolla un amplio programa de formación sobre terapias de sanación a diversos colectivos de profesionales de la salud, tanto en América, como en Europa, fruto de su larga trayectoria de investigación en Medicina Cuántica. Además de impartir numeroso seminarios en Barcelona, Mallorca y Valencia. Este audiolibro está narrado en español latino - - Manuel Arrieta Mon, 14 Mar 2022 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330274 thebookvoice.com 2:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330274]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - DE LA MEDICINA ANCESTRAL A LA MEDICINA CUÁNTICA Author: Manuel Arrieta Narrator: Dr. Manuel Arrieta Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 2 minutes Release date: March 14, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Cuántica Activa Audiolibros se enorgullece en presentar el audiolibro en español 'De la medicina ancestral a la medicina Cuántica': El Dr. Manuel Arrieta cursó la carrera de Medicina por la Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México, UNAM. Es asesor en Biofísica del Colegio Nacional de Médicos y Profesionales en Medicinas Alternativas, Miembro del Instituto Mexicano de Medicina Tradicional, Profesor de Bioelectrónica y Medicina Cuántica del Centro Internacional de Capacitación en Salud Holística. En 1993 fue premiado por la Academia Mexicana de la Medicina Tradicional por la ponencia 'Estudios bioelectrónicos en chamanismo y antropología médica'. En 1996 recibió de la Universidad de Sao Paulo la Medalla de Oro al mérito por el descubrimiento del efecto biolectrónico del cuarzo. Actualmente desarrolla un amplio programa de formación sobre terapias de sanación a diversos colectivos de profesionales de la salud, tanto en América, como en Europa, fruto de su larga trayectoria de investigación en Medicina Cuántica. Además de impartir numeroso seminarios en Barcelona, Mallorca y Valencia. Este audiolibro está narrado en español latino - - Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330274]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - DE LA MEDICINA ANCESTRAL A LA MEDICINA CUÁNTICA Author: Manuel Arrieta Narrator: Dr. Manuel Arrieta Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 2 minutes Release date: March 14, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Cuántica Activa Audiolibros se enorgullece en presentar el audiolibro en español 'De la medicina ancestral a la medicina Cuántica': El Dr. Manuel Arrieta cursó la carrera de Medicina por la Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México, UNAM. Es asesor en Biofísica del Colegio Nacional de Médicos y Profesionales en Medicinas Alternativas, Miembro del Instituto Mexicano de Medicina Tradicional, Profesor de Bioelectrónica y Medicina Cuántica del Centro Internacional de Capacitación en Salud Holística. En 1993 fue premiado por la Academia Mexicana de la Medicina Tradicional por la ponencia 'Estudios bioelectrónicos en chamanismo y antropología médica'. En 1996 recibió de la Universidad de Sao Paulo la Medalla de Oro al mérito por el descubrimiento del efecto biolectrónico del cuarzo. Actualmente desarrolla un amplio programa de formación sobre terapias de sanación a diversos colectivos de profesionales de la salud, tanto en América, como en Europa, fruto de su larga trayectoria de investigación en Medicina Cuántica. Además de impartir numeroso seminarios en Barcelona, Mallorca y Valencia. Este audiolibro está narrado en español latino - - https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330266 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330266]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - LAS ENSEÑANZAS DE ECKHART TOLLE Author: Marina Borruso Narrator: Patricia Vázquez Avilés Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 16 minutes Release date: September 1, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Este Audiolibro tiene el propósito de ayudar a poner en práctica, día a día, las enseñanzas de Eckhart Tolle. Resulta de gran utilidad para llevar el estado de 'Presencia' a la vida cotidiana, pues trasmite el potencial de estas enseñanzas esenciales para aplicarlas, en forma práctica, al trabajo, a las relaciones y durante las pequeñas actividades de todos los días, así como para afrontar los momentos de dificultad interior y exterior. Este audiolibro está narrado en español latino - Marina Borruso es una maestra espiritual que se ha puesto al servicio de la libertad de todos los seres vivos. Ha sido reconocida por sus contribuciones al campo teórico de la evolución de la consciencia humana. Marina Borruso Wed, 01 Sep 2021 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330266 thebookvoice.com 2:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330266]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - LAS ENSEÑANZAS DE ECKHART TOLLE Author: Marina Borruso Narrator: Patricia Vázquez Avilés Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 16 minutes Release date: September 1, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Este Audiolibro tiene el propósito de ayudar a poner en práctica, día a día, las enseñanzas de Eckhart Tolle. Resulta de gran utilidad para llevar el estado de 'Presencia' a la vida cotidiana, pues trasmite el potencial de estas enseñanzas esenciales para aplicarlas, en forma práctica, al trabajo, a las relaciones y durante las pequeñas actividades de todos los días, así como para afrontar los momentos de dificultad interior y exterior. Este audiolibro está narrado en español latino - Marina Borruso es una maestra espiritual que se ha puesto al servicio de la libertad de todos los seres vivos. Ha sido reconocida por sus contribuciones al campo teórico de la evolución de la consciencia humana. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330266]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - LAS ENSEÑANZAS DE ECKHART TOLLE Author: Marina Borruso Narrator: Patricia Vázquez Avilés Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 16 minutes Release date: September 1, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Este Audiolibro tiene el propósito de ayudar a poner en práctica, día a día, las enseñanzas de Eckhart Tolle. Resulta de gran utilidad para llevar el estado de 'Presencia' a la vida cotidiana, pues trasmite el potencial de estas enseñanzas esenciales para aplicarlas, en forma práctica, al trabajo, a las relaciones y durante las pequeñas actividades de todos los días, así como para afrontar los momentos de dificultad interior y exterior. Este audiolibro está narrado en español latino - Marina Borruso es una maestra espiritual que se ha puesto al servicio de la libertad de todos los seres vivos. Ha sido reconocida por sus contribuciones al campo teórico de la evolución de la consciencia humana. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330263 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330263]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - CITA EN LA CIMA Author: Raimon Samsó Narrator: José Luis Palomera De La Reé Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 22 minutes Release date: October 29, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: ¿Quieres disponer de más tiempo para ti?, ¿Alcanzar tu independencia financiera?, ¿Hacer que todo sea más sencillo?, ¿Conseguir un estado de paz interior?, ¿Crear tu propio proyecto profesional? , ¿Incrementar tus ingresos? ,¿Atraer una relación de pareja satisfactoria?, ¿O tal vez quieres vivir un estilo de vida tal como siempre soñaste? Si respondiste afirmativamente a alguna de estas preguntas, este Audiolibro 'Cita en la Cima', El método de los deseos cumplidos, te va a ser de gran utilidad. Te enseñará a soñar y a visualizar tu objetivo, con lo que, sin duda, lo logras. Pocas obras como ésta despiertan el ilimitado potencial de las personas. Estudia este audiolibro, llévalo contigo a todas partes hasta que domines su contenido. Después de escucharlo te vas a sentir dueño de tu destino. Contiene todo lo necesario para crear un gran sueño, ¿quieres que el tuyo se haga realidad? Este audiolibro está narrado en español latino - Después de trabajar 15 años en 3 multinacionales y 3 bancos, Raimon Samsó lo dejó todo para dar un giro de 180 grados en su vida. Eligió el sueño de ser escritor, y lo cumplió. En el camino, descubrió que la solución a todos los problemas está en el corazón. Su sueño se transformó, y hoy aún se sorprende lo muhco que ha conseguido; porque hace 15 años estaba en una oficina bancaria llevando una vida que no le llenaba. Raimon Samsó Fri, 29 Oct 2021 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330263 thebookvoice.com 2:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330263]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - CITA EN LA CIMA Author: Raimon Samsó Narrator: José Luis Palomera De La Reé Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 22 minutes Release date: October 29, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: ¿Quieres disponer de más tiempo para ti?, ¿Alcanzar tu independencia financiera?, ¿Hacer que todo sea más sencillo?, ¿Conseguir un estado de paz interior?, ¿Crear tu propio proyecto profesional? , ¿Incrementar tus ingresos? ,¿Atraer una relación de pareja satisfactoria?, ¿O tal vez quieres vivir un estilo de vida tal como siempre soñaste? Si respondiste afirmativamente a alguna de estas preguntas, este Audiolibro 'Cita en la Cima', El método de los deseos cumplidos, te va a ser de gran utilidad. Te enseñará a soñar y a visualizar tu objetivo, con lo que, sin duda, lo logras. Pocas obras como ésta despiertan el ilimitado potencial de las personas. Estudia este audiolibro, llévalo contigo a todas partes hasta que domines su contenido. Después de escucharlo te vas a sentir dueño de tu destino. Contiene todo lo necesario para crear un gran sueño, ¿quieres que el tuyo se haga realidad? Este audiolibro está narrado en español latino - Después de trabajar 15 años en 3 multinacionales y 3 bancos, Raimon Samsó lo dejó todo para dar un giro de 180 grados en su vida. Eligió el sueño de ser escritor, y lo cumplió. En el camino, descubrió que la solución a todos los problemas está en el corazón. Su sueño se transformó, y hoy aún se sorprende lo muhco que ha conseguido; porque hace 15 años estaba en una oficina bancaria llevando una vida que no le llenaba. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330263]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - CITA EN LA CIMA Author: Raimon Samsó Narrator: José Luis Palomera De La Reé Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 22 minutes Release date: October 29, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: ¿Quieres disponer de más tiempo para ti?, ¿Alcanzar tu independencia financiera?, ¿Hacer que todo sea más sencillo?, ¿Conseguir un estado de paz interior?, ¿Crear tu propio proyecto profesional? , ¿Incrementar tus ingresos? ,¿Atraer una relación de pareja satisfactoria?, ¿O tal vez quieres vivir un estilo de vida tal como siempre soñaste? Si respondiste afirmativamente a alguna de estas preguntas, este Audiolibro 'Cita en la Cima', El método de los deseos cumplidos, te va a ser de gran utilidad. Te enseñará a soñar y a visualizar tu objetivo, con lo que, sin duda, lo logras. Pocas obras como ésta despiertan el ilimitado potencial de las personas. Estudia este audiolibro, llévalo contigo a todas partes hasta que domines su contenido. Después de escucharlo te vas a sentir dueño de tu destino. Contiene todo lo necesario para crear un gran sueño, ¿quieres que el tuyo se haga realidad? Este audiolibro está narrado en español latino - Después de trabajar 15 años en 3 multinacionales y 3 bancos, Raimon Samsó lo dejó todo para dar un giro de 180 grados en su vida. Eligió el sueño de ser escritor, y lo cumplió. En el camino, descubrió que la solución a todos los problemas está en el corazón. Su sueño se transformó, y hoy aún se sorprende lo muhco que ha conseguido; porque hace 15 años estaba en una oficina bancaria llevando una vida que no le llenaba. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330261 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330261]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Los secretos de la mente millonaria Author: T. Harv Eker Narrator: Edwin Roldan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 10 minutes Release date: September 1, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.41 of Total 66 Ratings of Narrator: 4.59 of Total 22 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: El autor estaba en bancarrota, en solo dos años y medio se convirtió en millonario y construyó una de las más grandes firmas de consultoría para el éxito. Con sus enseñanzas ha tocado la vida de millones de personas. Este audiolibro te enseña a observar las maneras en que piensas. Es un reto a tus ideas que te limitan, a los pensamientos que no te apoyan y a tus acciones con lo que respecta al dinero. Este audiolibro está narrado en español latino. El autor estaba en bancarrota, pero en solo dos años y medio se convirtió en millonario y construyó una de las más grandes compañías de consultoría para el éxito. Con sus enseñanzas ha tocado y mejorado la vida de millones de personas. T. Harv Eker Wed, 01 Sep 2021 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330261 thebookvoice.com 2:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330261]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Los secretos de la mente millonaria Author: T. Harv Eker Narrator: Edwin Roldan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 10 minutes Release date: September 1, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.41 of Total 66 Ratings of Narrator: 4.59 of Total 22 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: El autor estaba en bancarrota, en solo dos años y medio se convirtió en millonario y construyó una de las más grandes firmas de consultoría para el éxito. Con sus enseñanzas ha tocado la vida de millones de personas. Este audiolibro te enseña a observar las maneras en que piensas. Es un reto a tus ideas que te limitan, a los pensamientos que no te apoyan y a tus acciones con lo que respecta al dinero. Este audiolibro está narrado en español latino. El autor estaba en bancarrota, pero en solo dos años y medio se convirtió en millonario y construyó una de las más grandes compañías de consultoría para el éxito. Con sus enseñanzas ha tocado y mejorado la vida de millones de personas. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330261]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Los secretos de la mente millonaria Author: T. Harv Eker Narrator: Edwin Roldan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 10 minutes Release date: September 1, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.41 of Total 66 Ratings of Narrator: 4.59 of Total 22 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: El autor estaba en bancarrota, en solo dos años y medio se convirtió en millonario y construyó una de las más grandes firmas de consultoría para el éxito. Con sus enseñanzas ha tocado la vida de millones de personas. Este audiolibro te enseña a observar las maneras en que piensas. Es un reto a tus ideas que te limitan, a los pensamientos que no te apoyan y a tus acciones con lo que respecta al dinero. Este audiolibro está narrado en español latino. El autor estaba en bancarrota, pero en solo dos años y medio se convirtió en millonario y construyó una de las más grandes compañías de consultoría para el éxito. Con sus enseñanzas ha tocado y mejorado la vida de millones de personas. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330155 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330155]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Also Human: The Inner Lives of Doctors Author: Caroline Elton Narrator: Rachel Bavidge Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 25 minutes Release date: March 22, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of Also Human by Caroline Elton, read by Rachel Bavidge. Doctors are the people we turn to when we fall ill. They are the people we trust with our lives, and with the lives of those we love. Yet who can doctors turn to at moments of stress, or when their own working lives break down? What does it take to confront death, disease, distress and suffering every day? To work in a healthcare system that is stretched to breaking point? To carry the responsibility of making decisions that can irrevocably change someone’s life – or possibly end it? And how do doctors cope with their own questions and fears, when they are expected to have all the answers? Caroline Elton is a psychologist who specialises in helping doctors. For over twenty years she has listened as doctors have unburdened themselves of the pressures of their jobs: the obstetrician whose own fertility treatment failed; the trainee oncologist who found herself unable to treat patients suffering from the disease that killed her father; the brilliant neurosurgeon struggling to progress her career in an environment that was hostile to women. Drawing on extraordinary case studies and decades of work supporting clinicians, Also Human presents a provocative, perceptive and deeply humane examination of the modern medical profession. 'Crucial and timely.' Atul Gawande 'Haunting, beautiful and urgent.' Johann Hari Caroline Elton Thu, 22 Mar 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330155 thebookvoice.com 9:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330155]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Also Human: The Inner Lives of Doctors Author: Caroline Elton Narrator: Rachel Bavidge Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 25 minutes Release date: March 22, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of Also Human by Caroline Elton, read by Rachel Bavidge. Doctors are the people we turn to when we fall ill. They are the people we trust with our lives, and with the lives of those we love. Yet who can doctors turn to at moments of stress, or when their own working lives break down? What does it take to confront death, disease, distress and suffering every day? To work in a healthcare system that is stretched to breaking point? To carry the responsibility of making decisions that can irrevocably change someone’s life – or possibly end it? And how do doctors cope with their own questions and fears, when they are expected to have all the answers? Caroline Elton is a psychologist who specialises in helping doctors. For over twenty years she has listened as doctors have unburdened themselves of the pressures of their jobs: the obstetrician whose own fertility treatment failed; the trainee oncologist who found herself unable to treat patients suffering from the disease that killed her father; the brilliant neurosurgeon struggling to progress her career in an environment that was hostile to women. Drawing on extraordinary case studies and decades of work supporting clinicians, Also Human presents a provocative, perceptive and deeply humane examination of the modern medical profession. 'Crucial and timely.' Atul Gawande 'Haunting, beautiful and urgent.' Johann Hari Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330155]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Also Human: The Inner Lives of Doctors Author: Caroline Elton Narrator: Rachel Bavidge Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 25 minutes Release date: March 22, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of Also Human by Caroline Elton, read by Rachel Bavidge. Doctors are the people we turn to when we fall ill. They are the people we trust with our lives, and with the lives of those we love. Yet who can doctors turn to at moments of stress, or when their own working lives break down? What does it take to confront death, disease, distress and suffering every day? To work in a healthcare system that is stretched to breaking point? To carry the responsibility of making decisions that can irrevocably change someone’s life – or possibly end it? And how do doctors cope with their own questions and fears, when they are expected to have all the answers? Caroline Elton is a psychologist who specialises in helping doctors. For over twenty years she has listened as doctors have unburdened themselves of the pressures of their jobs: the obstetrician whose own fertility treatment failed; the trainee oncologist who found herself unable to treat patients suffering from the disease that killed her father; the brilliant neurosurgeon struggling to progress her career in an environment that was hostile to women. Drawing on extraordinary case studies and decades of work supporting clinicians, Also Human presents a provocative, perceptive and deeply humane examination of the modern medical profession. 'Crucial and timely.' Atul Gawande 'Haunting, beautiful and urgent.' Johann Hari https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330143 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330143]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Odd Girl Out: My Extraordinary Autistic Life Author: Laura James Narrator: Lucinda Clare Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 45 minutes Release date: March 27, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A sensory portrait of an autistic mind From childhood, Laura James knew she was different. She struggled to cope in a world that often made no sense to her, as though her brain had its own operating system. It wasn't until she reached her forties that she found out why: Suddenly and surprisingly, she was diagnosed with autism. With a touching and searing honesty, Laura challenges everything we think we know about what it means to be autistic. Married with four children and a successful journalist, Laura examines the ways in which autism has shaped her career, her approach to motherhood, and her closest relationships. Laura's upbeat, witty writing offers new insight into the day-to-day struggles of living with autism, as her extreme attention to sensory detail -- a common aspect of her autism -- is fascinating to observe through her eyes. As Laura grapples with defining her own identity, she also looks at the unique benefits neurodiversity can bring. Lyrical and lush, Odd Girl Out shows how being different doesn't mean being less, and proves that it is never too late for any of us to find our rightful place in the world. Laura James Tue, 27 Mar 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330143 thebookvoice.com 8:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330143]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Odd Girl Out: My Extraordinary Autistic Life Author: Laura James Narrator: Lucinda Clare Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 45 minutes Release date: March 27, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A sensory portrait of an autistic mind From childhood, Laura James knew she was different. She struggled to cope in a world that often made no sense to her, as though her brain had its own operating system. It wasn't until she reached her forties that she found out why: Suddenly and surprisingly, she was diagnosed with autism. With a touching and searing honesty, Laura challenges everything we think we know about what it means to be autistic. Married with four children and a successful journalist, Laura examines the ways in which autism has shaped her career, her approach to motherhood, and her closest relationships. Laura's upbeat, witty writing offers new insight into the day-to-day struggles of living with autism, as her extreme attention to sensory detail -- a common aspect of her autism -- is fascinating to observe through her eyes. As Laura grapples with defining her own identity, she also looks at the unique benefits neurodiversity can bring. Lyrical and lush, Odd Girl Out shows how being different doesn't mean being less, and proves that it is never too late for any of us to find our rightful place in the world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330143]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Odd Girl Out: My Extraordinary Autistic Life Author: Laura James Narrator: Lucinda Clare Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 45 minutes Release date: March 27, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A sensory portrait of an autistic mind From childhood, Laura James knew she was different. She struggled to cope in a world that often made no sense to her, as though her brain had its own operating system. It wasn't until she reached her forties that she found out why: Suddenly and surprisingly, she was diagnosed with autism. With a touching and searing honesty, Laura challenges everything we think we know about what it means to be autistic. Married with four children and a successful journalist, Laura examines the ways in which autism has shaped her career, her approach to motherhood, and her closest relationships. Laura's upbeat, witty writing offers new insight into the day-to-day struggles of living with autism, as her extreme attention to sensory detail -- a common aspect of her autism -- is fascinating to observe through her eyes. As Laura grapples with defining her own identity, she also looks at the unique benefits neurodiversity can bring. Lyrical and lush, Odd Girl Out shows how being different doesn't mean being less, and proves that it is never too late for any of us to find our rightful place in the world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329749 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329749]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Kickflip Boys: A Memoir of Freedom, Rebellion, and the Chaos of Fatherhood Author: Neal Thompson Narrator: Joe Knezevich Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 27 minutes Release date: May 15, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “With a dispassionate but tender eye, Thompson captures the ache, fizz, yearning and frustration of being the father of adolescent boys—and of adolescence itself, observed and remembered.” —Michael Chabon What makes a good father, and what makes one a failure? Does less-is-more parenting inspire independence and strength, or does it encourage defiance and  trouble? Kickflip Boys is the story of a father’s struggle to understand his willful skateboarder sons, challengers of authority and convention, to accept his role as a vulnerable “skate dad,” and to confront his fears that the boys are destined for an unconventional and potentially fraught future. With searing honesty, Neal Thompson traces his sons’ progression through all the stages of skateboarding: splurging on skate shoes and boards, having run-ins with security guards, skipping classes and defying teachers, painting graffiti, drinking and smoking, and more. As the story veers from funny to treacherous and back, from skateparks to the streets, Thompson must confront his complicity and fallibility. He also reflects on his upbringing in rural New Jersey, and his own adventures with skateboards, drugs, danger, and defiance.  A story of thrill-seeking teens, of hope and love, freedom and failure, Kickflip Boys reveals a sport and a community that have become a refuge for adolescent boys who don’t fit in. Ultimately, it’s the survival story of a loving modern American family, of acceptance, forgiveness, and letting go. Neal Thompson Tue, 15 May 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329749 thebookvoice.com 7:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329749]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Kickflip Boys: A Memoir of Freedom, Rebellion, and the Chaos of Fatherhood Author: Neal Thompson Narrator: Joe Knezevich Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 27 minutes Release date: May 15, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “With a dispassionate but tender eye, Thompson captures the ache, fizz, yearning and frustration of being the father of adolescent boys—and of adolescence itself, observed and remembered.” —Michael Chabon What makes a good father, and what makes one a failure? Does less-is-more parenting inspire independence and strength, or does it encourage defiance and  trouble? Kickflip Boys is the story of a father’s struggle to understand his willful skateboarder sons, challengers of authority and convention, to accept his role as a vulnerable “skate dad,” and to confront his fears that the boys are destined for an unconventional and potentially fraught future. With searing honesty, Neal Thompson traces his sons’ progression through all the stages of skateboarding: splurging on skate shoes and boards, having run-ins with security guards, skipping classes and defying teachers, painting graffiti, drinking and smoking, and more. As the story veers from funny to treacherous and back, from skateparks to the streets, Thompson must confront his complicity and fallibility. He also reflects on his upbringing in rural New Jersey, and his own adventures with skateboards, drugs, danger, and defiance.  A story of thrill-seeking teens, of hope and love, freedom and failure, Kickflip Boys reveals a sport and a community that have become a refuge for adolescent boys who don’t fit in. Ultimately, it’s the survival story of a loving modern American family, of acceptance, forgiveness, and letting go. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329749]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Kickflip Boys: A Memoir of Freedom, Rebellion, and the Chaos of Fatherhood Author: Neal Thompson Narrator: Joe Knezevich Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 27 minutes Release date: May 15, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “With a dispassionate but tender eye, Thompson captures the ache, fizz, yearning and frustration of being the father of adolescent boys—and of adolescence itself, observed and remembered.” —Michael Chabon What makes a good father, and what makes one a failure? Does less-is-more parenting inspire independence and strength, or does it encourage defiance and  trouble? Kickflip Boys is the story of a father’s struggle to understand his willful skateboarder sons, challengers of authority and convention, to accept his role as a vulnerable “skate dad,” and to confront his fears that the boys are destined for an unconventional and potentially fraught future. With searing honesty, Neal Thompson traces his sons’ progression through all the stages of skateboarding: splurging on skate shoes and boards, having run-ins with security guards, skipping classes and defying teachers, painting graffiti, drinking and smoking, and more. As the story veers from funny to treacherous and back, from skateparks to the streets, Thompson must confront his complicity and fallibility. He also reflects on his upbringing in rural New Jersey, and his own adventures with skateboards, drugs, danger, and defiance.  A story of thrill-seeking teens, of hope and love, freedom and failure, Kickflip Boys reveals a sport and a community that have become a refuge for adolescent boys who don’t fit in. Ultimately, it’s the survival story of a loving modern American family, of acceptance, forgiveness, and letting go. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329675 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329675]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Secret of Our Success: How Culture Is Driving Human Evolution, Domesticating Our Species, and Making Us Smarter Author: Joseph Henrich Narrator: Jonathan Yen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 17 minutes Release date: March 13, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Humans are a puzzling species. On the one hand, we struggle to survive on our own in the wild, often failing to overcome even basic challenges, like obtaining food, building shelters, or avoiding predators. On the other hand, human groups have produced ingenious technologies, sophisticated languages, and complex institutions that have permitted us to successfully expand into a vast range of diverse environments. What has enabled us to dominate the globe, more than any other species, while remaining virtually helpless as lone individuals? This book shows that the secret of our success lies not in our innate intelligence, but in our collective brains—on the ability of human groups to socially interconnect and learn from one another over generations. Drawing insights from lost European explorers, clever chimpanzees, mobile hunter-gatherers, neuroscientific findings, ancient bones, and the human genome, Joseph Henrich demonstrates how our collective brains have propelled our species' genetic evolution and shaped our biology. Joseph Henrich Tue, 13 Mar 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329675 thebookvoice.com 17:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329675]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Secret of Our Success: How Culture Is Driving Human Evolution, Domesticating Our Species, and Making Us Smarter Author: Joseph Henrich Narrator: Jonathan Yen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 17 minutes Release date: March 13, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Humans are a puzzling species. On the one hand, we struggle to survive on our own in the wild, often failing to overcome even basic challenges, like obtaining food, building shelters, or avoiding predators. On the other hand, human groups have produced ingenious technologies, sophisticated languages, and complex institutions that have permitted us to successfully expand into a vast range of diverse environments. What has enabled us to dominate the globe, more than any other species, while remaining virtually helpless as lone individuals? This book shows that the secret of our success lies not in our innate intelligence, but in our collective brains—on the ability of human groups to socially interconnect and learn from one another over generations. Drawing insights from lost European explorers, clever chimpanzees, mobile hunter-gatherers, neuroscientific findings, ancient bones, and the human genome, Joseph Henrich demonstrates how our collective brains have propelled our species' genetic evolution and shaped our biology. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329675]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Secret of Our Success: How Culture Is Driving Human Evolution, Domesticating Our Species, and Making Us Smarter Author: Joseph Henrich Narrator: Jonathan Yen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 17 minutes Release date: March 13, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Humans are a puzzling species. On the one hand, we struggle to survive on our own in the wild, often failing to overcome even basic challenges, like obtaining food, building shelters, or avoiding predators. On the other hand, human groups have produced ingenious technologies, sophisticated languages, and complex institutions that have permitted us to successfully expand into a vast range of diverse environments. What has enabled us to dominate the globe, more than any other species, while remaining virtually helpless as lone individuals? This book shows that the secret of our success lies not in our innate intelligence, but in our collective brains—on the ability of human groups to socially interconnect and learn from one another over generations. Drawing insights from lost European explorers, clever chimpanzees, mobile hunter-gatherers, neuroscientific findings, ancient bones, and the human genome, Joseph Henrich demonstrates how our collective brains have propelled our species' genetic evolution and shaped our biology. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329467 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329467]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Battle Depression and Suicidal Thoughts Author: Ray Comfort Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 14 minutes Release date: March 15, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Depression and suicide aren’t just a worldwide epidemic, they also hit home. With over 350 million people suffering from depression and an estimated 1 million Americans attempting suicide each year, most of us have been affected by this terrible plague--or perhaps struggle with it ourselves. How can we help those who feel they have no hope? In this moving fictional account, a caring bystander tries to convince a suicidal young man that his life has value and he has much to live for. Through their conversation, you will discover why we all have great worth, everyone has a reason and purpose for living, no situation is ever hopeless, and suicide is never a good option. Whether you want to be able to share these truths with others, or you need to hear them yourself, this impactful book will offer a lasting cure for this growing epidemic. Includes helpful, hope-filled sidebars from the world’s best Counselor. Ray Comfort Thu, 15 Mar 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329467 thebookvoice.com 2:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329467]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Battle Depression and Suicidal Thoughts Author: Ray Comfort Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 14 minutes Release date: March 15, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Depression and suicide aren’t just a worldwide epidemic, they also hit home. With over 350 million people suffering from depression and an estimated 1 million Americans attempting suicide each year, most of us have been affected by this terrible plague--or perhaps struggle with it ourselves. How can we help those who feel they have no hope? In this moving fictional account, a caring bystander tries to convince a suicidal young man that his life has value and he has much to live for. Through their conversation, you will discover why we all have great worth, everyone has a reason and purpose for living, no situation is ever hopeless, and suicide is never a good option. Whether you want to be able to share these truths with others, or you need to hear them yourself, this impactful book will offer a lasting cure for this growing epidemic. Includes helpful, hope-filled sidebars from the world’s best Counselor. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329467]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Battle Depression and Suicidal Thoughts Author: Ray Comfort Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 14 minutes Release date: March 15, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Depression and suicide aren’t just a worldwide epidemic, they also hit home. With over 350 million people suffering from depression and an estimated 1 million Americans attempting suicide each year, most of us have been affected by this terrible plague--or perhaps struggle with it ourselves. How can we help those who feel they have no hope? In this moving fictional account, a caring bystander tries to convince a suicidal young man that his life has value and he has much to live for. Through their conversation, you will discover why we all have great worth, everyone has a reason and purpose for living, no situation is ever hopeless, and suicide is never a good option. Whether you want to be able to share these truths with others, or you need to hear them yourself, this impactful book will offer a lasting cure for this growing epidemic. Includes helpful, hope-filled sidebars from the world’s best Counselor. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329297 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329297]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Psychology of Fear in Organizations: How to Transform Anxiety into Well-being, Productivity and Innovation Author: Sheila M. Keegan Narrator: Tanya Eby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 13 minutes Release date: March 27, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In the context of global economic recession, fear has become institutionalized in many organizations, both in the private and public sectors. Board directors are under pressure from shareholders, senior executives are attempting to maintain sales in a nervous market and many people are concerned about job security and maintaining their living standards. The Psychology of Fear in Organizations shows how fear manifests itself in large organizations, how it impacts on the workforce and how by reducing our willingness to take risks and to innovate, it can inhibit economic growth and innovation, at both an individual and corporate level.The Psychology of Fear in Organizations examines the psychological barriers to innovation and presents initiatives to loosen the paralysis caused by the economic downturn. It presents psychological theory in an accessible way to provide a better understanding of the needs and fears of people and how they can be supported to improve productivity and innovation. Online supporting resources include lecture slides on how to harness fear to fuel innovation. Sheila M. Keegan Tue, 27 Mar 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329297 thebookvoice.com 10:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329297]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Psychology of Fear in Organizations: How to Transform Anxiety into Well-being, Productivity and Innovation Author: Sheila M. Keegan Narrator: Tanya Eby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 13 minutes Release date: March 27, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In the context of global economic recession, fear has become institutionalized in many organizations, both in the private and public sectors. Board directors are under pressure from shareholders, senior executives are attempting to maintain sales in a nervous market and many people are concerned about job security and maintaining their living standards. The Psychology of Fear in Organizations shows how fear manifests itself in large organizations, how it impacts on the workforce and how by reducing our willingness to take risks and to innovate, it can inhibit economic growth and innovation, at both an individual and corporate level.The Psychology of Fear in Organizations examines the psychological barriers to innovation and presents initiatives to loosen the paralysis caused by the economic downturn. It presents psychological theory in an accessible way to provide a better understanding of the needs and fears of people and how they can be supported to improve productivity and innovation. Online supporting resources include lecture slides on how to harness fear to fuel innovation. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329297]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Psychology of Fear in Organizations: How to Transform Anxiety into Well-being, Productivity and Innovation Author: Sheila M. Keegan Narrator: Tanya Eby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 13 minutes Release date: March 27, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In the context of global economic recession, fear has become institutionalized in many organizations, both in the private and public sectors. Board directors are under pressure from shareholders, senior executives are attempting to maintain sales in a nervous market and many people are concerned about job security and maintaining their living standards. The Psychology of Fear in Organizations shows how fear manifests itself in large organizations, how it impacts on the workforce and how by reducing our willingness to take risks and to innovate, it can inhibit economic growth and innovation, at both an individual and corporate level.The Psychology of Fear in Organizations examines the psychological barriers to innovation and presents initiatives to loosen the paralysis caused by the economic downturn. It presents psychological theory in an accessible way to provide a better understanding of the needs and fears of people and how they can be supported to improve productivity and innovation. Online supporting resources include lecture slides on how to harness fear to fuel innovation. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329233 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329233]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unf*ck Your Brain: Using Science to Get over Anxiety, Depression, Anger, Freak-Outs, and Triggers Author: Faith G. Harper Narrator: Faith G. Harper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 39 minutes Release date: March 20, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.23 of Total 359 Ratings of Narrator: 3.51 of Total 45 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A no-nonsense and helpful guide on how to cope with a slew of mental-health issues that are hell-bent on ruining the lives of millions of people worldwide Our brains do their best to help us out, but every so often they can be real assholes―having meltdowns, getting addicted to things, or shutting down completely at the worst possible moments. Your brain knows it’s not good to do these things, but it can’t help it sometimes―especially if it’s obsessing about trauma it can’t overcome. That’s where this life-changing book comes in. With humor, patience, science, and lots of good-ole swearing, Dr. Faith explains what’s going on in your skull, and talks you through the process of retraining your brain to respond appropriately to the nonemergencies of everyday life, and to deal effectively with old, or newly acquired, traumas (particularly post-traumatic stress disorder). Faith G. Harper Tue, 20 Mar 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329233 thebookvoice.com 3:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329233]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unf*ck Your Brain: Using Science to Get over Anxiety, Depression, Anger, Freak-Outs, and Triggers Author: Faith G. Harper Narrator: Faith G. Harper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 39 minutes Release date: March 20, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.23 of Total 359 Ratings of Narrator: 3.51 of Total 45 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A no-nonsense and helpful guide on how to cope with a slew of mental-health issues that are hell-bent on ruining the lives of millions of people worldwide Our brains do their best to help us out, but every so often they can be real assholes―having meltdowns, getting addicted to things, or shutting down completely at the worst possible moments. Your brain knows it’s not good to do these things, but it can’t help it sometimes―especially if it’s obsessing about trauma it can’t overcome. That’s where this life-changing book comes in. With humor, patience, science, and lots of good-ole swearing, Dr. Faith explains what’s going on in your skull, and talks you through the process of retraining your brain to respond appropriately to the nonemergencies of everyday life, and to deal effectively with old, or newly acquired, traumas (particularly post-traumatic stress disorder). Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329233]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unf*ck Your Brain: Using Science to Get over Anxiety, Depression, Anger, Freak-Outs, and Triggers Author: Faith G. Harper Narrator: Faith G. Harper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 39 minutes Release date: March 20, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.23 of Total 359 Ratings of Narrator: 3.51 of Total 45 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A no-nonsense and helpful guide on how to cope with a slew of mental-health issues that are hell-bent on ruining the lives of millions of people worldwide Our brains do their best to help us out, but every so often they can be real assholes―having meltdowns, getting addicted to things, or shutting down completely at the worst possible moments. Your brain knows it’s not good to do these things, but it can’t help it sometimes―especially if it’s obsessing about trauma it can’t overcome. That’s where this life-changing book comes in. With humor, patience, science, and lots of good-ole swearing, Dr. Faith explains what’s going on in your skull, and talks you through the process of retraining your brain to respond appropriately to the nonemergencies of everyday life, and to deal effectively with old, or newly acquired, traumas (particularly post-traumatic stress disorder). https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329126 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329126]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unafraid: Living with Courage and Hope in Uncertain Times Author: Adam Hamilton Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 13 minutes Release date: March 13, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Learn how to face and overcome the fears we feel about loneliness, illness, financial insecurity, disappointing others, failure, insignificance, and aging “A thoughtful, literate, faith-filled guide to reclaiming our minds and our lives.”—John Ortberg, senior pastor of Menlo Church and author of I’d Like You More If You Were More Like Me You’d be hard-pressed to overstate the extent to which fear, anxiety, and worry permeate our lives today. Fear wreaks havoc on our relationships and communities. It leads us into making bad decisions. It holds us back from the very pursuits that promise fulfillment and joy. As the senior pastor of a large, diverse church in America’s heartland, Adam Hamilton has seen the cost of fear up close. When he surveyed his congregation on how fear affects them, 2,400 people responded—and what they said was eye-opening. Eighty percent admitted to living with moderate or significant levels of fear.   Unafraid is Hamilton's insightful and impassioned response. Drawing on recent research, inspiring real-life examples, and fresh biblical insight, Hamilton uses  a mixture of facts and faith to help readers understand and counter fears related to such outsize perils as death and illness, as well as the everyday anxieties all of us encounter. He invites us to:    Face our fears with a bias of hope Examine our fears in light of the facts  Attack our anxieties with action  Release our cares to God Writing with generosity and intelligence, Hamilton shows how believer and unbeliever alike can develop sustaining spiritual practices and embrace Jesus’s recurring counsel: “Do not be afraid.” For anyone struggling with fear or wondering how families and communities can thrive in troubled times, Unafraid offers an informed and inspiring message full of practical solutions. Adam Hamilton Tue, 13 Mar 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329126 thebookvoice.com 7:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329126]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unafraid: Living with Courage and Hope in Uncertain Times Author: Adam Hamilton Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 13 minutes Release date: March 13, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Learn how to face and overcome the fears we feel about loneliness, illness, financial insecurity, disappointing others, failure, insignificance, and aging “A thoughtful, literate, faith-filled guide to reclaiming our minds and our lives.”—John Ortberg, senior pastor of Menlo Church and author of I’d Like You More If You Were More Like Me You’d be hard-pressed to overstate the extent to which fear, anxiety, and worry permeate our lives today. Fear wreaks havoc on our relationships and communities. It leads us into making bad decisions. It holds us back from the very pursuits that promise fulfillment and joy. As the senior pastor of a large, diverse church in America’s heartland, Adam Hamilton has seen the cost of fear up close. When he surveyed his congregation on how fear affects them, 2,400 people responded—and what they said was eye-opening. Eighty percent admitted to living with moderate or significant levels of fear.   Unafraid is Hamilton's insightful and impassioned response. Drawing on recent research, inspiring real-life examples, and fresh biblical insight, Hamilton uses  a mixture of facts and faith to help readers understand and counter fears related to such outsize perils as death and illness, as well as the everyday anxieties all of us encounter. He invites us to:    Face our fears with a bias of hope Examine our fears in light of the facts  Attack our anxieties with action  Release our cares to God Writing with generosity and intelligence, Hamilton shows how believer and unbeliever alike can develop sustaining spiritual practices and embrace Jesus’s recurring counsel: “Do not be afraid.” For anyone struggling with fear or wondering how families and communities can thrive in troubled times, Unafraid offers an informed and inspiring message full of practical solutions. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329126]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unafraid: Living with Courage and Hope in Uncertain Times Author: Adam Hamilton Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 13 minutes Release date: March 13, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Learn how to face and overcome the fears we feel about loneliness, illness, financial insecurity, disappointing others, failure, insignificance, and aging “A thoughtful, literate, faith-filled guide to reclaiming our minds and our lives.”—John Ortberg, senior pastor of Menlo Church and author of I’d Like You More If You Were More Like Me You’d be hard-pressed to overstate the extent to which fear, anxiety, and worry permeate our lives today. Fear wreaks havoc on our relationships and communities. It leads us into making bad decisions. It holds us back from the very pursuits that promise fulfillment and joy. As the senior pastor of a large, diverse church in America’s heartland, Adam Hamilton has seen the cost of fear up close. When he surveyed his congregation on how fear affects them, 2,400 people responded—and what they said was eye-opening. Eighty percent admitted to living with moderate or significant levels of fear.   Unafraid is Hamilton's insightful and impassioned response. Drawing on recent research, inspiring real-life examples, and fresh biblical insight, Hamilton uses  a mixture of facts and faith to help readers understand and counter fears related to such outsize perils as death and illness, as well as the everyday anxieties all of us encounter. He invites us to:    Face our fears with a bias of hope Examine our fears in light of the facts  Attack our anxieties with action  Release our cares to God Writing with generosity and intelligence, Hamilton shows how believer and unbeliever alike can develop sustaining spiritual practices and embrace Jesus’s recurring counsel: “Do not be afraid.” For anyone struggling with fear or wondering how families and communities can thrive in troubled times, Unafraid offers an informed and inspiring message full of practical solutions. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329122 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329122]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Micromastery: Learn Small, Learn Fast, and Unlock Your Potential to Achieve Anything Author: Robert Twigger Narrator: Roy McMillan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 39 minutes Release date: March 6, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Want to be a lifelong learner? Think small. Forget spending 10,000 hours in the pursuit of perfecting just one thing. The true path to success and achievement lies in the pursuit of perfecting lots and lots of small things--for a big payoff. Combining positive psychology, neuroscience, self-help and more, this delightfully illuminating book encourages us to circumvent all the reasons we 'can't' learn and grow (we're too busy, it's too complicated, we're not experts, we didn't start when we were young) -- by tackling small, satisfying skills. Wish you were a seasoned chef? Learn to make a perfect omelette. Dream of being a racecar driver? Perfect a handbrake turn. Wish you could draw? Make Zen circles your first challenge. These small, doable tasks offer a big payoff -- and motivate us to keep learning and growing, with payoffs that include a boost in optimism, confidence, memory, cognitive skills, and more. Filled with surprising insights and even a compendium of micromastery skills to try yourself, this engaging and inspiring guide reminds us of the simple joy of learning -- and opens the door to limitless, lifelong achievement, one small step at a time. Micromasteries presented in the book (with illustrations) include: Learn How to Climb a Rope, Surf Standing Up, Talk for Fifteen Minutes about Any Subject, Bake Artisan Bread, Juggle Four Balls, Learn to Read Japanese in Three Hours, and more. Robert Twigger Tue, 06 Mar 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329122 thebookvoice.com 5:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329122]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Micromastery: Learn Small, Learn Fast, and Unlock Your Potential to Achieve Anything Author: Robert Twigger Narrator: Roy McMillan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 39 minutes Release date: March 6, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Want to be a lifelong learner? Think small. Forget spending 10,000 hours in the pursuit of perfecting just one thing. The true path to success and achievement lies in the pursuit of perfecting lots and lots of small things--for a big payoff. Combining positive psychology, neuroscience, self-help and more, this delightfully illuminating book encourages us to circumvent all the reasons we 'can't' learn and grow (we're too busy, it's too complicated, we're not experts, we didn't start when we were young) -- by tackling small, satisfying skills. Wish you were a seasoned chef? Learn to make a perfect omelette. Dream of being a racecar driver? Perfect a handbrake turn. Wish you could draw? Make Zen circles your first challenge. These small, doable tasks offer a big payoff -- and motivate us to keep learning and growing, with payoffs that include a boost in optimism, confidence, memory, cognitive skills, and more. Filled with surprising insights and even a compendium of micromastery skills to try yourself, this engaging and inspiring guide reminds us of the simple joy of learning -- and opens the door to limitless, lifelong achievement, one small step at a time. Micromasteries presented in the book (with illustrations) include: Learn How to Climb a Rope, Surf Standing Up, Talk for Fifteen Minutes about Any Subject, Bake Artisan Bread, Juggle Four Balls, Learn to Read Japanese in Three Hours, and more. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329122]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Micromastery: Learn Small, Learn Fast, and Unlock Your Potential to Achieve Anything Author: Robert Twigger Narrator: Roy McMillan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 39 minutes Release date: March 6, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Want to be a lifelong learner? Think small. Forget spending 10,000 hours in the pursuit of perfecting just one thing. The true path to success and achievement lies in the pursuit of perfecting lots and lots of small things--for a big payoff. Combining positive psychology, neuroscience, self-help and more, this delightfully illuminating book encourages us to circumvent all the reasons we 'can't' learn and grow (we're too busy, it's too complicated, we're not experts, we didn't start when we were young) -- by tackling small, satisfying skills. Wish you were a seasoned chef? Learn to make a perfect omelette. Dream of being a racecar driver? Perfect a handbrake turn. Wish you could draw? Make Zen circles your first challenge. These small, doable tasks offer a big payoff -- and motivate us to keep learning and growing, with payoffs that include a boost in optimism, confidence, memory, cognitive skills, and more. Filled with surprising insights and even a compendium of micromastery skills to try yourself, this engaging and inspiring guide reminds us of the simple joy of learning -- and opens the door to limitless, lifelong achievement, one small step at a time. Micromasteries presented in the book (with illustrations) include: Learn How to Climb a Rope, Surf Standing Up, Talk for Fifteen Minutes about Any Subject, Bake Artisan Bread, Juggle Four Balls, Learn to Read Japanese in Three Hours, and more. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329048 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329048]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Because We Are Bad: OCD and a Girl Lost in Thought Author: Lily Bailey Narrator: Lily Bailey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 54 minutes Release date: April 3, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Written with the indelible power of Girl, Interrupted, Brain on Fire, and Reasons to Stay Alive, a lyrical, poignant memoir by a young woman about her childhood battle with debilitating obsessive compulsive disorder, and her hard-won journey to recovery. By the age of thirteen, Lily Bailey was convinced she was bad. She had killed someone with a thought, spread untold disease, and ogled the bodies of other children. Only by performing an exhausting series of secret routines could she make up for what she’d done. But no matter how intricate or repetitive, no act of penance was ever enough. Beautifully written and astonishingly intimate, Because We Are Bad recounts a childhood consumed by obsessive compulsive disorder. As a child, Bailey created a second personality inside herself—''I'' became ''we''—to help manifest compulsions that drove every minute of every day of her young life. Now she writes about the forces beneath her skin, and how they ordered, organized, and urged her forward. Lily charts her journey, from checking on her younger sister dozens of times a night, to ''normalizing'' herself at school among new friends as she grew older, and finally to her young adult years, learning—indeed, breaking through—to make a way for herself in a big, wide world that refuses to stay in check. Charming and raw, harrowing and redemptive, Because We Are Bad is an illuminating and uplifting look into the mind and soul of an extraordinary young woman, and a startling portrait of OCD that allows us to see and understand this condition as never before. Lily Bailey Tue, 03 Apr 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329048 thebookvoice.com 5:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329048]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Because We Are Bad: OCD and a Girl Lost in Thought Author: Lily Bailey Narrator: Lily Bailey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 54 minutes Release date: April 3, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Written with the indelible power of Girl, Interrupted, Brain on Fire, and Reasons to Stay Alive, a lyrical, poignant memoir by a young woman about her childhood battle with debilitating obsessive compulsive disorder, and her hard-won journey to recovery. By the age of thirteen, Lily Bailey was convinced she was bad. She had killed someone with a thought, spread untold disease, and ogled the bodies of other children. Only by performing an exhausting series of secret routines could she make up for what she’d done. But no matter how intricate or repetitive, no act of penance was ever enough. Beautifully written and astonishingly intimate, Because We Are Bad recounts a childhood consumed by obsessive compulsive disorder. As a child, Bailey created a second personality inside herself—''I'' became ''we''—to help manifest compulsions that drove every minute of every day of her young life. Now she writes about the forces beneath her skin, and how they ordered, organized, and urged her forward. Lily charts her journey, from checking on her younger sister dozens of times a night, to ''normalizing'' herself at school among new friends as she grew older, and finally to her young adult years, learning—indeed, breaking through—to make a way for herself in a big, wide world that refuses to stay in check. Charming and raw, harrowing and redemptive, Because We Are Bad is an illuminating and uplifting look into the mind and soul of an extraordinary young woman, and a startling portrait of OCD that allows us to see and understand this condition as never before. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329048]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Because We Are Bad: OCD and a Girl Lost in Thought Author: Lily Bailey Narrator: Lily Bailey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 54 minutes Release date: April 3, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Written with the indelible power of Girl, Interrupted, Brain on Fire, and Reasons to Stay Alive, a lyrical, poignant memoir by a young woman about her childhood battle with debilitating obsessive compulsive disorder, and her hard-won journey to recovery. By the age of thirteen, Lily Bailey was convinced she was bad. She had killed someone with a thought, spread untold disease, and ogled the bodies of other children. Only by performing an exhausting series of secret routines could she make up for what she’d done. But no matter how intricate or repetitive, no act of penance was ever enough. Beautifully written and astonishingly intimate, Because We Are Bad recounts a childhood consumed by obsessive compulsive disorder. As a child, Bailey created a second personality inside herself—''I'' became ''we''—to help manifest compulsions that drove every minute of every day of her young life. Now she writes about the forces beneath her skin, and how they ordered, organized, and urged her forward. Lily charts her journey, from checking on her younger sister dozens of times a night, to ''normalizing'' herself at school among new friends as she grew older, and finally to her young adult years, learning—indeed, breaking through—to make a way for herself in a big, wide world that refuses to stay in check. Charming and raw, harrowing and redemptive, Because We Are Bad is an illuminating and uplifting look into the mind and soul of an extraordinary young woman, and a startling portrait of OCD that allows us to see and understand this condition as never before. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329043 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329043]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Jealousy Cure: Learn to Trust, Overcome Possessiveness, and Save Your Relationship Author: Robert L. Leahy, Ph.D. Narrator: Fred Stella Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: March 1, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.56 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'The Jealousy Cure unlocks the positive power of jealousy for happy relationships.' —Foreword Reviews 'Solid counsel for those whose relationships are plagued by jealousy and the individuals it targets.' —Library Journal starred review Could jealousy be a positive thing? In this groundbreaking book, Robert L. Leahy—author of the hugely popular self-help guide, The Worry Cure—invites you to gain a greater understanding of your jealous feelings, keep jealousy from hijacking your life, and create healthier relationships. We’ve all heard tales of the overly jealous spouse or significant other. Maybe we’ve even been that jealous person, though we may not want to admit it. It’s hard to imagine anyone sailing through life without either having feelings of jealousy or being the target of someone’s jealousy. But what if jealousy isn’t just a neurotic weakness? What if it signals that your relationship matters to you? In short—what if jealousy serves a purpose? In The Jealousy Cure, renowned psychologist Robert L. Leahy takes a more nuanced approach to tackling feelings of jealousy. In this compelling book, you’ll uncover the evolutionary origins of jealousy, and how and why it’s served to help us as a species. You’ll also learn practices based in emotional schema theory, cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT), acceptance and commitment therapy (ACT), and mindfulness to help you overcome the shame jealousy can bring, improve communication with your partner, and ultimately make room for jealousy while also making your relationship more meaningful. You will learn that confronting jealousy in your relationship does not have to be a catastrophe, but can redirect you and your partner to build more trust, acceptance, and connection. We often feel jealous because we fear losing the things or people that matter to us the most. With this insightful guide, you’ll discover how jealousy can both help and hurt your relationship, and learn proven-effective skills to keep jealousy in its place. Robert L. Leahy, Ph.D. Thu, 01 Mar 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329043 thebookvoice.com 7:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329043]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Jealousy Cure: Learn to Trust, Overcome Possessiveness, and Save Your Relationship Author: Robert L. Leahy, Ph.D. Narrator: Fred Stella Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: March 1, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.56 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'The Jealousy Cure unlocks the positive power of jealousy for happy relationships.' —Foreword Reviews 'Solid counsel for those whose relationships are plagued by jealousy and the individuals it targets.' —Library Journal starred review Could jealousy be a positive thing? In this groundbreaking book, Robert L. Leahy—author of the hugely popular self-help guide, The Worry Cure—invites you to gain a greater understanding of your jealous feelings, keep jealousy from hijacking your life, and create healthier relationships. We’ve all heard tales of the overly jealous spouse or significant other. Maybe we’ve even been that jealous person, though we may not want to admit it. It’s hard to imagine anyone sailing through life without either having feelings of jealousy or being the target of someone’s jealousy. But what if jealousy isn’t just a neurotic weakness? What if it signals that your relationship matters to you? In short—what if jealousy serves a purpose? In The Jealousy Cure, renowned psychologist Robert L. Leahy takes a more nuanced approach to tackling feelings of jealousy. In this compelling book, you’ll uncover the evolutionary origins of jealousy, and how and why it’s served to help us as a species. You’ll also learn practices based in emotional schema theory, cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT), acceptance and commitment therapy (ACT), and mindfulness to help you overcome the shame jealousy can bring, improve communication with your partner, and ultimately make room for jealousy while also making your relationship more meaningful. You will learn that confronting jealousy in your relationship does not have to be a catastrophe, but can redirect you and your partner to build more trust, acceptance, and connection. We often feel jealous because we fear losing the things or people that matter to us the most. With this insightful guide, you’ll discover how jealousy can both help and hurt your relationship, and learn proven-effective skills to keep jealousy in its place. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329043]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Jealousy Cure: Learn to Trust, Overcome Possessiveness, and Save Your Relationship Author: Robert L. Leahy, Ph.D. Narrator: Fred Stella Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: March 1, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.56 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'The Jealousy Cure unlocks the positive power of jealousy for happy relationships.' —Foreword Reviews 'Solid counsel for those whose relationships are plagued by jealousy and the individuals it targets.' —Library Journal starred review Could jealousy be a positive thing? In this groundbreaking book, Robert L. Leahy—author of the hugely popular self-help guide, The Worry Cure—invites you to gain a greater understanding of your jealous feelings, keep jealousy from hijacking your life, and create healthier relationships. We’ve all heard tales of the overly jealous spouse or significant other. Maybe we’ve even been that jealous person, though we may not want to admit it. It’s hard to imagine anyone sailing through life without either having feelings of jealousy or being the target of someone’s jealousy. But what if jealousy isn’t just a neurotic weakness? What if it signals that your relationship matters to you? In short—what if jealousy serves a purpose? In The Jealousy Cure, renowned psychologist Robert L. Leahy takes a more nuanced approach to tackling feelings of jealousy. In this compelling book, you’ll uncover the evolutionary origins of jealousy, and how and why it’s served to help us as a species. You’ll also learn practices based in emotional schema theory, cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT), acceptance and commitment therapy (ACT), and mindfulness to help you overcome the shame jealousy can bring, improve communication with your partner, and ultimately make room for jealousy while also making your relationship more meaningful. You will learn that confronting jealousy in your relationship does not have to be a catastrophe, but can redirect you and your partner to build more trust, acceptance, and connection. We often feel jealous because we fear losing the things or people that matter to us the most. With this insightful guide, you’ll discover how jealousy can both help and hurt your relationship, and learn proven-effective skills to keep jealousy in its place. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329032 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329032]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Science of Positivity: Stop Negative Thought Patterns by Changing Your Brain Chemistry Author: Loretta Graziano Breuning Narrator: Amanda Carlin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 25 minutes Release date: March 27, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Learn the scientific benefits of positivism! Sometimes it's easiest to look for the worst in every situation--our brains have evolved to scan for problems in order to help avoid them. But you can transcend this natural negativity--if you know how. The Science of Positivity teaches you how cynical thought habits are formed, and how you can rewire yourself to go beyond them. Neurochemical expert Loretta Graziano Breuning, PhD, empowers you to transcend negativity by creating new thought habits. You'll learn simple, practical actions you can take to shift your thinking to a way that causes your brain to reward optimism with the release of happy chemicals. You can even permanently replace cynical thought patterns with realistic and optimistic thoughts. In just minutes a day for six weeks, you will build new pathways to see the world in new ways. Frustration is an inevitable part of life, but rather than using cynicism to manage frustration, you can rewire your brain to get beyond it. Loretta Graziano Breuning Tue, 27 Mar 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329032 thebookvoice.com 6:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329032]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Science of Positivity: Stop Negative Thought Patterns by Changing Your Brain Chemistry Author: Loretta Graziano Breuning Narrator: Amanda Carlin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 25 minutes Release date: March 27, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Learn the scientific benefits of positivism! Sometimes it's easiest to look for the worst in every situation--our brains have evolved to scan for problems in order to help avoid them. But you can transcend this natural negativity--if you know how. The Science of Positivity teaches you how cynical thought habits are formed, and how you can rewire yourself to go beyond them. Neurochemical expert Loretta Graziano Breuning, PhD, empowers you to transcend negativity by creating new thought habits. You'll learn simple, practical actions you can take to shift your thinking to a way that causes your brain to reward optimism with the release of happy chemicals. You can even permanently replace cynical thought patterns with realistic and optimistic thoughts. In just minutes a day for six weeks, you will build new pathways to see the world in new ways. Frustration is an inevitable part of life, but rather than using cynicism to manage frustration, you can rewire your brain to get beyond it. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329032]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Science of Positivity: Stop Negative Thought Patterns by Changing Your Brain Chemistry Author: Loretta Graziano Breuning Narrator: Amanda Carlin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 25 minutes Release date: March 27, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Learn the scientific benefits of positivism! Sometimes it's easiest to look for the worst in every situation--our brains have evolved to scan for problems in order to help avoid them. But you can transcend this natural negativity--if you know how. The Science of Positivity teaches you how cynical thought habits are formed, and how you can rewire yourself to go beyond them. Neurochemical expert Loretta Graziano Breuning, PhD, empowers you to transcend negativity by creating new thought habits. You'll learn simple, practical actions you can take to shift your thinking to a way that causes your brain to reward optimism with the release of happy chemicals. You can even permanently replace cynical thought patterns with realistic and optimistic thoughts. In just minutes a day for six weeks, you will build new pathways to see the world in new ways. Frustration is an inevitable part of life, but rather than using cynicism to manage frustration, you can rewire your brain to get beyond it. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329007 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329007]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Meltdown: Why Our Systems Fail and What We Can Do About It Author: Chris Clearfield, András Tilcsik Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 21 minutes Release date: March 20, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Winner of the 2019 National Business Book Award A groundbreaking take on how complexity causes failure in all kinds of modern systems—from social media to air travel—this practical and entertaining book reveals how we can prevent meltdowns in business and life. A crash on the Washington, D.C. metro system. An accidental overdose in a state-of-the-art hospital. An overcooked holiday meal. At first glance, these disasters seem to have little in common. But surprising new research shows that all these events—and the myriad failures that dominate headlines every day—share similar causes. By understanding what lies behind these failures, we can design better systems, make our teams more productive, and transform how we make decisions at work and at home.      Weaving together cutting-edge social science with riveting stories that take us from the frontlines of the Volkswagen scandal to backstage at the Oscars, and from deep beneath the Gulf of Mexico to the top of Mount Everest, Chris Clearfield and András Tilcsik explain how the increasing complexity of our systems creates conditions ripe for failure and why our brains and teams can't keep up. They highlight the paradox of progress: Though modern systems have given us new capabilities, they've become vulnerable to surprising meltdowns—and even to corruption and misconduct.      But Meltdown isn't just about failure; it's about solutions—whether you're managing a team or the chaos of your family's morning routine. It reveals why ugly designs make us safer, how a five-minute exercise can prevent billion-dollar catastrophes, why teams with fewer experts are better at managing risk, and why diversity is one of our best safeguards against failure. The result is an eye-opening, empowering, and entirely original book—one that will change the way you see our complex world and your own place in it. Chris Clearfield, András Tilcsik Tue, 20 Mar 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329007 thebookvoice.com 7:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329007]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Meltdown: Why Our Systems Fail and What We Can Do About It Author: Chris Clearfield, András Tilcsik Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 21 minutes Release date: March 20, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Winner of the 2019 National Business Book Award A groundbreaking take on how complexity causes failure in all kinds of modern systems—from social media to air travel—this practical and entertaining book reveals how we can prevent meltdowns in business and life. A crash on the Washington, D.C. metro system. An accidental overdose in a state-of-the-art hospital. An overcooked holiday meal. At first glance, these disasters seem to have little in common. But surprising new research shows that all these events—and the myriad failures that dominate headlines every day—share similar causes. By understanding what lies behind these failures, we can design better systems, make our teams more productive, and transform how we make decisions at work and at home.      Weaving together cutting-edge social science with riveting stories that take us from the frontlines of the Volkswagen scandal to backstage at the Oscars, and from deep beneath the Gulf of Mexico to the top of Mount Everest, Chris Clearfield and András Tilcsik explain how the increasing complexity of our systems creates conditions ripe for failure and why our brains and teams can't keep up. They highlight the paradox of progress: Though modern systems have given us new capabilities, they've become vulnerable to surprising meltdowns—and even to corruption and misconduct.      But Meltdown isn't just about failure; it's about solutions—whether you're managing a team or the chaos of your family's morning routine. It reveals why ugly designs make us safer, how a five-minute exercise can prevent billion-dollar catastrophes, why teams with fewer experts are better at managing risk, and why diversity is one of our best safeguards against failure. The result is an eye-opening, empowering, and entirely original book—one that will change the way you see our complex world and your own place in it. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329007]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Meltdown: Why Our Systems Fail and What We Can Do About It Author: Chris Clearfield, András Tilcsik Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 21 minutes Release date: March 20, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Winner of the 2019 National Business Book Award A groundbreaking take on how complexity causes failure in all kinds of modern systems—from social media to air travel—this practical and entertaining book reveals how we can prevent meltdowns in business and life. A crash on the Washington, D.C. metro system. An accidental overdose in a state-of-the-art hospital. An overcooked holiday meal. At first glance, these disasters seem to have little in common. But surprising new research shows that all these events—and the myriad failures that dominate headlines every day—share similar causes. By understanding what lies behind these failures, we can design better systems, make our teams more productive, and transform how we make decisions at work and at home.      Weaving together cutting-edge social science with riveting stories that take us from the frontlines of the Volkswagen scandal to backstage at the Oscars, and from deep beneath the Gulf of Mexico to the top of Mount Everest, Chris Clearfield and András Tilcsik explain how the increasing complexity of our systems creates conditions ripe for failure and why our brains and teams can't keep up. They highlight the paradox of progress: Though modern systems have given us new capabilities, they've become vulnerable to surprising meltdowns—and even to corruption and misconduct.      But Meltdown isn't just about failure; it's about solutions—whether you're managing a team or the chaos of your family's morning routine. It reveals why ugly designs make us safer, how a five-minute exercise can prevent billion-dollar catastrophes, why teams with fewer experts are better at managing risk, and why diversity is one of our best safeguards against failure. The result is an eye-opening, empowering, and entirely original book—one that will change the way you see our complex world and your own place in it. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328917 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328917]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Truth: How the Many Sides to Every Story Shape Our Reality Author: Hector Macdonald Narrator: Simon Ludders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: March 8, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of Truth by Hector Macdonald, read by Simon Ludders. For fans of Nudge, Black Box Thinking and The Art of Thinking Clearly, a fascinating dive into the many ways in which ‘competing truths’ shape our opinions, behaviours and beliefs. True or false? It’s rarely that simple. There is more than one truth about most things. Eating meat is nutritious but it’s also damaging to the environment. The Internet disseminates knowledge but it also spreads hatred. As communicators, we select the truths that are most useful to our agenda. We can select truths constructively to inspire organisations, encourage children, and drive progressive change. Or we can select truths that give a false impression of reality, misleading people without actually lying. Others can do the same, motivating or deceiving us with the truth. Truths are neutral but can also be highly versatile tools that we can use for good or ill. Hector Macdonald here explores how truth is used and abused in politics, business, the media and everyday life. Combining great storytelling with practical takeaways and a litany of fascinating, funny and insightful case studies, Truth is a sobering and engaging read about how profoundly our mindsets and actions are influenced by the truths that those around us choose to tell. Hector Macdonald Thu, 08 Mar 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328917 thebookvoice.com 10:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328917]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Truth: How the Many Sides to Every Story Shape Our Reality Author: Hector Macdonald Narrator: Simon Ludders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: March 8, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of Truth by Hector Macdonald, read by Simon Ludders. For fans of Nudge, Black Box Thinking and The Art of Thinking Clearly, a fascinating dive into the many ways in which ‘competing truths’ shape our opinions, behaviours and beliefs. True or false? It’s rarely that simple. There is more than one truth about most things. Eating meat is nutritious but it’s also damaging to the environment. The Internet disseminates knowledge but it also spreads hatred. As communicators, we select the truths that are most useful to our agenda. We can select truths constructively to inspire organisations, encourage children, and drive progressive change. Or we can select truths that give a false impression of reality, misleading people without actually lying. Others can do the same, motivating or deceiving us with the truth. Truths are neutral but can also be highly versatile tools that we can use for good or ill. Hector Macdonald here explores how truth is used and abused in politics, business, the media and everyday life. Combining great storytelling with practical takeaways and a litany of fascinating, funny and insightful case studies, Truth is a sobering and engaging read about how profoundly our mindsets and actions are influenced by the truths that those around us choose to tell. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328917]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Truth: How the Many Sides to Every Story Shape Our Reality Author: Hector Macdonald Narrator: Simon Ludders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: March 8, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of Truth by Hector Macdonald, read by Simon Ludders. For fans of Nudge, Black Box Thinking and The Art of Thinking Clearly, a fascinating dive into the many ways in which ‘competing truths’ shape our opinions, behaviours and beliefs. True or false? It’s rarely that simple. There is more than one truth about most things. Eating meat is nutritious but it’s also damaging to the environment. The Internet disseminates knowledge but it also spreads hatred. As communicators, we select the truths that are most useful to our agenda. We can select truths constructively to inspire organisations, encourage children, and drive progressive change. Or we can select truths that give a false impression of reality, misleading people without actually lying. Others can do the same, motivating or deceiving us with the truth. Truths are neutral but can also be highly versatile tools that we can use for good or ill. Hector Macdonald here explores how truth is used and abused in politics, business, the media and everyday life. Combining great storytelling with practical takeaways and a litany of fascinating, funny and insightful case studies, Truth is a sobering and engaging read about how profoundly our mindsets and actions are influenced by the truths that those around us choose to tell. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328860 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328860]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Microtrends Squared: The New Small Forces Driving the Big Disruptions Today Author: Mark J. Penn Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 10 minutes Release date: March 20, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Ten years after his New York Times bestselling book Microtrends, Mark Penn identifies the next wave of trends reshaping the future of business, politics, and culture. Mark Penn has boldly argued that the future is not shaped by society’s broad forces, but by quiet changes within narrow slices of the population. Ten years ago, he showed how the behavior of one small group can exert an outsized influence over the whole of America with his bestselling Microtrends, which highlighted dozens of tiny, counterintuitive trends that have since come to fruition, from the explosion of internet dating to the recent split within the Republican Party. Today, the world is in perplexing upheaval, and microtrends are more influential than ever. In this environment, Penn offers a necessary perspective. Microtrends Squared makes sense of what is happening in the world today. Through fifty new microtrends, Penn illuminates the shifts that are coming in the next decade. He pinpoints the unseen hand behind new power relationships that have emerged—as fringe voters and reactionary politics have found their revival, as online influencers overshadow traditional media, and as the gig economy continues to invade new swathes of industry. He speaks to the next wave of developments coming in technology, social movements, and even dating. Offering a clear vision of the future of business, politics, and culture, Microtrends Squared is a must-read for innovators and entrepreneurs, political and business leaders, and for every curious reader looking to understand the wave of the future when it is just a ripple. Mark J. Penn Tue, 20 Mar 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328860 thebookvoice.com 11:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328860]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Microtrends Squared: The New Small Forces Driving the Big Disruptions Today Author: Mark J. Penn Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 10 minutes Release date: March 20, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Ten years after his New York Times bestselling book Microtrends, Mark Penn identifies the next wave of trends reshaping the future of business, politics, and culture. Mark Penn has boldly argued that the future is not shaped by society’s broad forces, but by quiet changes within narrow slices of the population. Ten years ago, he showed how the behavior of one small group can exert an outsized influence over the whole of America with his bestselling Microtrends, which highlighted dozens of tiny, counterintuitive trends that have since come to fruition, from the explosion of internet dating to the recent split within the Republican Party. Today, the world is in perplexing upheaval, and microtrends are more influential than ever. In this environment, Penn offers a necessary perspective. Microtrends Squared makes sense of what is happening in the world today. Through fifty new microtrends, Penn illuminates the shifts that are coming in the next decade. He pinpoints the unseen hand behind new power relationships that have emerged—as fringe voters and reactionary politics have found their revival, as online influencers overshadow traditional media, and as the gig economy continues to invade new swathes of industry. He speaks to the next wave of developments coming in technology, social movements, and even dating. Offering a clear vision of the future of business, politics, and culture, Microtrends Squared is a must-read for innovators and entrepreneurs, political and business leaders, and for every curious reader looking to understand the wave of the future when it is just a ripple. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328860]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Microtrends Squared: The New Small Forces Driving the Big Disruptions Today Author: Mark J. Penn Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 10 minutes Release date: March 20, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Ten years after his New York Times bestselling book Microtrends, Mark Penn identifies the next wave of trends reshaping the future of business, politics, and culture. Mark Penn has boldly argued that the future is not shaped by society’s broad forces, but by quiet changes within narrow slices of the population. Ten years ago, he showed how the behavior of one small group can exert an outsized influence over the whole of America with his bestselling Microtrends, which highlighted dozens of tiny, counterintuitive trends that have since come to fruition, from the explosion of internet dating to the recent split within the Republican Party. Today, the world is in perplexing upheaval, and microtrends are more influential than ever. In this environment, Penn offers a necessary perspective. Microtrends Squared makes sense of what is happening in the world today. Through fifty new microtrends, Penn illuminates the shifts that are coming in the next decade. He pinpoints the unseen hand behind new power relationships that have emerged—as fringe voters and reactionary politics have found their revival, as online influencers overshadow traditional media, and as the gig economy continues to invade new swathes of industry. He speaks to the next wave of developments coming in technology, social movements, and even dating. Offering a clear vision of the future of business, politics, and culture, Microtrends Squared is a must-read for innovators and entrepreneurs, political and business leaders, and for every curious reader looking to understand the wave of the future when it is just a ripple. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328854 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328854]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blue Dreams: The Science and the Story of the Drugs that Changed Our Minds Author: Lauren Slater Narrator: Betsy Foldes Meiman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 30 minutes Release date: February 20, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The explosive story of the discovery and development of psychiatric medications, as well as the science and the people behind their invention, told by a riveting writer and psychologist who shares her own experience with the highs and lows of psychiatric drugs. Although one in five Americans now takes at least one psychotropic drug, the fact remains that nearly seventy years after doctors first began prescribing them, not even their creators understand exactly how or why these drugs work -- or don't work -- on what ails our brains. Lauren Slater's revelatory account charts psychiatry's journey from its earliest drugs, Thorazine and lithium, up through Prozac and other major antidepressants of the present. Blue Dreams also chronicles experimental treatments involving Ecstasy, magic mushrooms, the most cutting-edge memory drugs, placebos, and even neural implants. In her thorough analysis of each treatment, Slater asks three fundamental questions: how was the drug born, how does it work (or fail to work), and what does it reveal about the ailments it is meant to treat? Fearlessly weaving her own intimate experiences into comprehensive and wide-ranging research, Slater narrates a personal history of psychiatry itself. In the process, her powerful and groundbreaking exploration casts modern psychiatry's ubiquitous wonder drugs in a new light, revealing their ability to heal us or hurt us, and proving an indispensable resource not only for those with a psychotropic prescription but for anyone who hopes to understand the limits of what we know about the human brain and the possibilities for future treatments. Lauren Slater Tue, 20 Feb 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328854 thebookvoice.com 13:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328854]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blue Dreams: The Science and the Story of the Drugs that Changed Our Minds Author: Lauren Slater Narrator: Betsy Foldes Meiman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 30 minutes Release date: February 20, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The explosive story of the discovery and development of psychiatric medications, as well as the science and the people behind their invention, told by a riveting writer and psychologist who shares her own experience with the highs and lows of psychiatric drugs. Although one in five Americans now takes at least one psychotropic drug, the fact remains that nearly seventy years after doctors first began prescribing them, not even their creators understand exactly how or why these drugs work -- or don't work -- on what ails our brains. Lauren Slater's revelatory account charts psychiatry's journey from its earliest drugs, Thorazine and lithium, up through Prozac and other major antidepressants of the present. Blue Dreams also chronicles experimental treatments involving Ecstasy, magic mushrooms, the most cutting-edge memory drugs, placebos, and even neural implants. In her thorough analysis of each treatment, Slater asks three fundamental questions: how was the drug born, how does it work (or fail to work), and what does it reveal about the ailments it is meant to treat? Fearlessly weaving her own intimate experiences into comprehensive and wide-ranging research, Slater narrates a personal history of psychiatry itself. In the process, her powerful and groundbreaking exploration casts modern psychiatry's ubiquitous wonder drugs in a new light, revealing their ability to heal us or hurt us, and proving an indispensable resource not only for those with a psychotropic prescription but for anyone who hopes to understand the limits of what we know about the human brain and the possibilities for future treatments. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328854]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blue Dreams: The Science and the Story of the Drugs that Changed Our Minds Author: Lauren Slater Narrator: Betsy Foldes Meiman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 30 minutes Release date: February 20, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The explosive story of the discovery and development of psychiatric medications, as well as the science and the people behind their invention, told by a riveting writer and psychologist who shares her own experience with the highs and lows of psychiatric drugs. Although one in five Americans now takes at least one psychotropic drug, the fact remains that nearly seventy years after doctors first began prescribing them, not even their creators understand exactly how or why these drugs work -- or don't work -- on what ails our brains. Lauren Slater's revelatory account charts psychiatry's journey from its earliest drugs, Thorazine and lithium, up through Prozac and other major antidepressants of the present. Blue Dreams also chronicles experimental treatments involving Ecstasy, magic mushrooms, the most cutting-edge memory drugs, placebos, and even neural implants. In her thorough analysis of each treatment, Slater asks three fundamental questions: how was the drug born, how does it work (or fail to work), and what does it reveal about the ailments it is meant to treat? Fearlessly weaving her own intimate experiences into comprehensive and wide-ranging research, Slater narrates a personal history of psychiatry itself. In the process, her powerful and groundbreaking exploration casts modern psychiatry's ubiquitous wonder drugs in a new light, revealing their ability to heal us or hurt us, and proving an indispensable resource not only for those with a psychotropic prescription but for anyone who hopes to understand the limits of what we know about the human brain and the possibilities for future treatments. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328806 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328806]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Straight Jacket Author: Matthew Todd Narrator: Matthew Todd Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 41 minutes Release date: March 8, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audio edition of Straight Jacket, written and read by Matthew Todd. WINNER BOYZ BEST LGBT BOOK 2017 SHORTLISTED FOR THE POLARI BOOK PRIZE 2017 Straight Jacket is a revolutionary clarion call for gay men, the wider LGBT community, their friends and family. Part memoir, part ground-breaking polemic, it looks beneath the shiny facade of contemporary gay culture and asks if gay people are as happy as they could be – and if not, why not? Meticulously researched, courageous and life-affirming, Straight Jacket offers invaluable practical advice on how to overcome a range of difficult issues. It also recognizes that this is a watershed moment, a piercing wake-up-call-to-arms for the gay and wider community to acknowledge the importance of supporting all young people – and helping older people to transform their experience and finally get the lives they really want. 'This is an essential read for every gay person on the planet' - Elton John 'Matthew Todd thought he had long since dealt with the demons surrounding his sexuality. In [his] new book, he reveals the crisis of shame facing the gay community – and how to solve it.' – The Observer Matthew Todd Thu, 08 Mar 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328806 thebookvoice.com 11:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328806]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Straight Jacket Author: Matthew Todd Narrator: Matthew Todd Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 41 minutes Release date: March 8, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audio edition of Straight Jacket, written and read by Matthew Todd. WINNER BOYZ BEST LGBT BOOK 2017 SHORTLISTED FOR THE POLARI BOOK PRIZE 2017 Straight Jacket is a revolutionary clarion call for gay men, the wider LGBT community, their friends and family. Part memoir, part ground-breaking polemic, it looks beneath the shiny facade of contemporary gay culture and asks if gay people are as happy as they could be – and if not, why not? Meticulously researched, courageous and life-affirming, Straight Jacket offers invaluable practical advice on how to overcome a range of difficult issues. It also recognizes that this is a watershed moment, a piercing wake-up-call-to-arms for the gay and wider community to acknowledge the importance of supporting all young people – and helping older people to transform their experience and finally get the lives they really want. 'This is an essential read for every gay person on the planet' - Elton John 'Matthew Todd thought he had long since dealt with the demons surrounding his sexuality. In [his] new book, he reveals the crisis of shame facing the gay community – and how to solve it.' – The Observer Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328806]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Straight Jacket Author: Matthew Todd Narrator: Matthew Todd Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 41 minutes Release date: March 8, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audio edition of Straight Jacket, written and read by Matthew Todd. WINNER BOYZ BEST LGBT BOOK 2017 SHORTLISTED FOR THE POLARI BOOK PRIZE 2017 Straight Jacket is a revolutionary clarion call for gay men, the wider LGBT community, their friends and family. Part memoir, part ground-breaking polemic, it looks beneath the shiny facade of contemporary gay culture and asks if gay people are as happy as they could be – and if not, why not? Meticulously researched, courageous and life-affirming, Straight Jacket offers invaluable practical advice on how to overcome a range of difficult issues. It also recognizes that this is a watershed moment, a piercing wake-up-call-to-arms for the gay and wider community to acknowledge the importance of supporting all young people – and helping older people to transform their experience and finally get the lives they really want. 'This is an essential read for every gay person on the planet' - Elton John 'Matthew Todd thought he had long since dealt with the demons surrounding his sexuality. In [his] new book, he reveals the crisis of shame facing the gay community – and how to solve it.' – The Observer https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328659 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328659]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: When Likes Aren't Enough: A Crash Course in the Science of Happiness Author: Tim Bono Narrator: Tim Bono Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: March 13, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Are you as authentically happy as your social media profiles make it seem? When a group of researchers asked young adults around the globe what their number one priority was in life, the top answer was 'happiness.' Not success, fame, money, looks, or love...but happiness. For a rising generation of young adults raised as digital natives in a fast-paced, ultra-connected world, authentic happiness still seems just out of reach. While social media often shows well-lit selfies and flawless digital personas, today's 16- to 25-year-olds are struggling to find real meaning, connection, and satisfaction right alongside their overburdened parents. An Introduction to Happiness tackles the ever-popular subject of happiness and well-being, but reframes it for a younger reader struggling with Instagram envy and high-stakes testing, college rejections and helicopter parents. Professor of positive psychology Dr. Tim Bono distills his most popular college course on the science of happiness into creative, often counterintuitive, strategies for young adults to lead happier, more fulfilling lives. Filled with exciting research, practical exercises, honest advice, and quotes and stories from young adults themselves, An Introduction to Happiness is a master class for a generation looking for science-based, real world ways to feel just a little bit happier every day. Tim Bono Tue, 13 Mar 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328659 thebookvoice.com 8:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328659]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: When Likes Aren't Enough: A Crash Course in the Science of Happiness Author: Tim Bono Narrator: Tim Bono Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: March 13, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Are you as authentically happy as your social media profiles make it seem? When a group of researchers asked young adults around the globe what their number one priority was in life, the top answer was 'happiness.' Not success, fame, money, looks, or love...but happiness. For a rising generation of young adults raised as digital natives in a fast-paced, ultra-connected world, authentic happiness still seems just out of reach. While social media often shows well-lit selfies and flawless digital personas, today's 16- to 25-year-olds are struggling to find real meaning, connection, and satisfaction right alongside their overburdened parents. An Introduction to Happiness tackles the ever-popular subject of happiness and well-being, but reframes it for a younger reader struggling with Instagram envy and high-stakes testing, college rejections and helicopter parents. Professor of positive psychology Dr. Tim Bono distills his most popular college course on the science of happiness into creative, often counterintuitive, strategies for young adults to lead happier, more fulfilling lives. Filled with exciting research, practical exercises, honest advice, and quotes and stories from young adults themselves, An Introduction to Happiness is a master class for a generation looking for science-based, real world ways to feel just a little bit happier every day. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328659]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: When Likes Aren't Enough: A Crash Course in the Science of Happiness Author: Tim Bono Narrator: Tim Bono Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: March 13, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Are you as authentically happy as your social media profiles make it seem? When a group of researchers asked young adults around the globe what their number one priority was in life, the top answer was 'happiness.' Not success, fame, money, looks, or love...but happiness. For a rising generation of young adults raised as digital natives in a fast-paced, ultra-connected world, authentic happiness still seems just out of reach. While social media often shows well-lit selfies and flawless digital personas, today's 16- to 25-year-olds are struggling to find real meaning, connection, and satisfaction right alongside their overburdened parents. An Introduction to Happiness tackles the ever-popular subject of happiness and well-being, but reframes it for a younger reader struggling with Instagram envy and high-stakes testing, college rejections and helicopter parents. Professor of positive psychology Dr. Tim Bono distills his most popular college course on the science of happiness into creative, often counterintuitive, strategies for young adults to lead happier, more fulfilling lives. Filled with exciting research, practical exercises, honest advice, and quotes and stories from young adults themselves, An Introduction to Happiness is a master class for a generation looking for science-based, real world ways to feel just a little bit happier every day. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328650 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328650]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Healing from Trauma: A Survivor's Guide to Understanding Your Symptoms and Reclaiming Your Life Author: Jasmin Lee Cori Narrator: Suehyla El-Attar, Kevin Stillwell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 10 minutes Release date: January 9, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.22 of Total 9 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Psychotherapist and trauma survivor Jasmin Lee Cori offers new insight into trauma-related difficulties (including PTSD, depression, substance abuse), provides self-care tools, candor about therapy and medications, and addresses spiritual issues. While there are many different approaches to healing trauma, few offer a wide range of perspectives and options. With innovative insight into trauma-related difficulties, Jasmin Lee Cori helps you: Understand trauma and its devastating impacts; Identify symptoms of trauma (dissociation, numbing, etc.) and common mental health problems that stem from trauma; Manage traumatic reactions and memories; Create a more balanced life that supports your recovery; Choose appropriate interventions (therapies, self-help groups, medications and alternatives); Recognize how far you've come in your healing and what you need to keep growing. Complete with exercises, healing stories, points to remember, and resources, this is a perfect companion for anyone seeking to reclaim their life from the devastating impacts of trauma. Jasmin Lee Cori Tue, 09 Jan 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328650 thebookvoice.com 9:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328650]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Healing from Trauma: A Survivor's Guide to Understanding Your Symptoms and Reclaiming Your Life Author: Jasmin Lee Cori Narrator: Suehyla El-Attar, Kevin Stillwell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 10 minutes Release date: January 9, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.22 of Total 9 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Psychotherapist and trauma survivor Jasmin Lee Cori offers new insight into trauma-related difficulties (including PTSD, depression, substance abuse), provides self-care tools, candor about therapy and medications, and addresses spiritual issues. While there are many different approaches to healing trauma, few offer a wide range of perspectives and options. With innovative insight into trauma-related difficulties, Jasmin Lee Cori helps you: Understand trauma and its devastating impacts; Identify symptoms of trauma (dissociation, numbing, etc.) and common mental health problems that stem from trauma; Manage traumatic reactions and memories; Create a more balanced life that supports your recovery; Choose appropriate interventions (therapies, self-help groups, medications and alternatives); Recognize how far you've come in your healing and what you need to keep growing. Complete with exercises, healing stories, points to remember, and resources, this is a perfect companion for anyone seeking to reclaim their life from the devastating impacts of trauma. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328650]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Healing from Trauma: A Survivor's Guide to Understanding Your Symptoms and Reclaiming Your Life Author: Jasmin Lee Cori Narrator: Suehyla El-Attar, Kevin Stillwell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 10 minutes Release date: January 9, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.22 of Total 9 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Psychotherapist and trauma survivor Jasmin Lee Cori offers new insight into trauma-related difficulties (including PTSD, depression, substance abuse), provides self-care tools, candor about therapy and medications, and addresses spiritual issues. While there are many different approaches to healing trauma, few offer a wide range of perspectives and options. With innovative insight into trauma-related difficulties, Jasmin Lee Cori helps you: Understand trauma and its devastating impacts; Identify symptoms of trauma (dissociation, numbing, etc.) and common mental health problems that stem from trauma; Manage traumatic reactions and memories; Create a more balanced life that supports your recovery; Choose appropriate interventions (therapies, self-help groups, medications and alternatives); Recognize how far you've come in your healing and what you need to keep growing. Complete with exercises, healing stories, points to remember, and resources, this is a perfect companion for anyone seeking to reclaim their life from the devastating impacts of trauma. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328638 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328638]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Concentration Author: Theron Q. Dumont Narrator: Richard Powers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 29 minutes Release date: March 13, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: We all know that in order to accomplish a certain thing we must concentrate. It is of the utmost value to learn how to concentrate. To make a success of anything you must be able to concentrate your entire thought upon the idea you are working out. In The Power of Concentration, author Theron Q. Dumont sets out to help readers learn how to concentrate and use their powers of concentration to become more successful, overcome bad habits, and achieve their personal goals. This is an excellent book for individuals who are fans of the works of Theron Q. Dumont and also those who are interested in reading an important and popular self-help book. Theron Q. Dumont Tue, 13 Mar 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328638 thebookvoice.com 4:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328638]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Concentration Author: Theron Q. Dumont Narrator: Richard Powers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 29 minutes Release date: March 13, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: We all know that in order to accomplish a certain thing we must concentrate. It is of the utmost value to learn how to concentrate. To make a success of anything you must be able to concentrate your entire thought upon the idea you are working out. In The Power of Concentration, author Theron Q. Dumont sets out to help readers learn how to concentrate and use their powers of concentration to become more successful, overcome bad habits, and achieve their personal goals. This is an excellent book for individuals who are fans of the works of Theron Q. Dumont and also those who are interested in reading an important and popular self-help book. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328638]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Concentration Author: Theron Q. Dumont Narrator: Richard Powers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 29 minutes Release date: March 13, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: We all know that in order to accomplish a certain thing we must concentrate. It is of the utmost value to learn how to concentrate. To make a success of anything you must be able to concentrate your entire thought upon the idea you are working out. In The Power of Concentration, author Theron Q. Dumont sets out to help readers learn how to concentrate and use their powers of concentration to become more successful, overcome bad habits, and achieve their personal goals. This is an excellent book for individuals who are fans of the works of Theron Q. Dumont and also those who are interested in reading an important and popular self-help book. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328525 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328525]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Elastic: Flexible Thinking in a Constantly Changing World Author: Leonard Mlodinow Narrator: Leonard Mlodinow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 34 minutes Release date: March 20, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of Elastic written and read by Leonard Mlodinow. Includes a bonus PDF of graphs and diagrams. What do Pokémon Go and Mary Shelley's Frankenstein have in common? Why do some businesses survive, and others fail at the first sign of change? What gives the human brain the edge over computers? The answer: Elastic Thinking. It's an ability we all possess, and one that we can all learn to hone in order to succeed, at work and in our everyday lives. Here Mlodinow, whose own flexible thinking has taken him from physics professor to TV scriptwriter and bestselling author, takes us on a revelatory exploration of how elasticity works. He draws on cutting-edge neuroscience to show how, millennia ago, our brains developed an affinity for novelty, idea generation and exploration. He discovers how flexible thinking enabled some of the greatest artists, writers, musicians and innovators to create paradigm shifts. He investigates the organisations that have demonstrated an elastic ability to adapt to new technologies. And he shows you how you can test your brain power. By uncovering the secrets to flexing your own thinking, Elastic shows you how to adapt and thrive in an endlessly dynamic world. Leonard Mlodinow Tue, 20 Mar 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328525 thebookvoice.com 7:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328525]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Elastic: Flexible Thinking in a Constantly Changing World Author: Leonard Mlodinow Narrator: Leonard Mlodinow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 34 minutes Release date: March 20, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of Elastic written and read by Leonard Mlodinow. Includes a bonus PDF of graphs and diagrams. What do Pokémon Go and Mary Shelley's Frankenstein have in common? Why do some businesses survive, and others fail at the first sign of change? What gives the human brain the edge over computers? The answer: Elastic Thinking. It's an ability we all possess, and one that we can all learn to hone in order to succeed, at work and in our everyday lives. Here Mlodinow, whose own flexible thinking has taken him from physics professor to TV scriptwriter and bestselling author, takes us on a revelatory exploration of how elasticity works. He draws on cutting-edge neuroscience to show how, millennia ago, our brains developed an affinity for novelty, idea generation and exploration. He discovers how flexible thinking enabled some of the greatest artists, writers, musicians and innovators to create paradigm shifts. He investigates the organisations that have demonstrated an elastic ability to adapt to new technologies. And he shows you how you can test your brain power. By uncovering the secrets to flexing your own thinking, Elastic shows you how to adapt and thrive in an endlessly dynamic world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328525]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Elastic: Flexible Thinking in a Constantly Changing World Author: Leonard Mlodinow Narrator: Leonard Mlodinow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 34 minutes Release date: March 20, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of Elastic written and read by Leonard Mlodinow. Includes a bonus PDF of graphs and diagrams. What do Pokémon Go and Mary Shelley's Frankenstein have in common? Why do some businesses survive, and others fail at the first sign of change? What gives the human brain the edge over computers? The answer: Elastic Thinking. It's an ability we all possess, and one that we can all learn to hone in order to succeed, at work and in our everyday lives. Here Mlodinow, whose own flexible thinking has taken him from physics professor to TV scriptwriter and bestselling author, takes us on a revelatory exploration of how elasticity works. He draws on cutting-edge neuroscience to show how, millennia ago, our brains developed an affinity for novelty, idea generation and exploration. He discovers how flexible thinking enabled some of the greatest artists, writers, musicians and innovators to create paradigm shifts. He investigates the organisations that have demonstrated an elastic ability to adapt to new technologies. And he shows you how you can test your brain power. By uncovering the secrets to flexing your own thinking, Elastic shows you how to adapt and thrive in an endlessly dynamic world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328440 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328440]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mind Time: How ten mindful minutes can enhance your work, health and happiness Author: Michael Chaskalson, Dr Megan Reitz Narrator: TBD Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 25 minutes Release date: March 22, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: READ BY THE AUTHOR IT TAKES JUST TEN MINUTES a day train your mind – you will feel more awake, more alive and more creative. Using these carefully researched exercises you can increase your attention span, realise your potential and use your mind to its full capacity. Yes, just ten…short … minutes. Nearly half of our waking hours are spent thinking about something other than what we are doing. We are only aware of a tiny fraction of what we are thinking, feeling and sensing – so we’re barely conscious of how and why we behave the way we do. This book sets out to help you get your mind out of automatic more often. The human mind is an extraordinary thing. It determines the way we experience and respond to whatever life throws at us. Yet most of us live as though we have no control over our minds. This is simply not true. If we want to change our lives in any way, the most effective way to do that is to change the way our mind is shaped – the way in which we interpret and respond to everyday events as well as to our own thoughts and feelings. Mind Time contains simple, clear exercises that take only ten minutes per day and our research tells us that if you do these exercises, your life will change. The exercises build three core capacities – curiosity, self-awareness and acceptance. If you do them, and build these capacities, you will become less reactive and more responsive. This will lead to positive benefits in several key areas: your relationships, your ability to deal with unexpected events and your capacity to stay purposeful and to see your life as a matter of choices rather than seemingly impossible challenges. Just set aside ten minutes each day to engage in a few simple practices, then after a short while you will start to see a transformation for the better. That’s our promise to you. Isn’t it time we learned to shape our minds – not be shaped by them? Michael Chaskalson, Dr Megan Reitz Thu, 22 Mar 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328440 thebookvoice.com 7:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328440]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mind Time: How ten mindful minutes can enhance your work, health and happiness Author: Michael Chaskalson, Dr Megan Reitz Narrator: TBD Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 25 minutes Release date: March 22, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: READ BY THE AUTHOR IT TAKES JUST TEN MINUTES a day train your mind – you will feel more awake, more alive and more creative. Using these carefully researched exercises you can increase your attention span, realise your potential and use your mind to its full capacity. Yes, just ten…short … minutes. Nearly half of our waking hours are spent thinking about something other than what we are doing. We are only aware of a tiny fraction of what we are thinking, feeling and sensing – so we’re barely conscious of how and why we behave the way we do. This book sets out to help you get your mind out of automatic more often. The human mind is an extraordinary thing. It determines the way we experience and respond to whatever life throws at us. Yet most of us live as though we have no control over our minds. This is simply not true. If we want to change our lives in any way, the most effective way to do that is to change the way our mind is shaped – the way in which we interpret and respond to everyday events as well as to our own thoughts and feelings. Mind Time contains simple, clear exercises that take only ten minutes per day and our research tells us that if you do these exercises, your life will change. The exercises build three core capacities – curiosity, self-awareness and acceptance. If you do them, and build these capacities, you will become less reactive and more responsive. This will lead to positive benefits in several key areas: your relationships, your ability to deal with unexpected events and your capacity to stay purposeful and to see your life as a matter of choices rather than seemingly impossible challenges. Just set aside ten minutes each day to engage in a few simple practices, then after a short while you will start to see a transformation for the better. That’s our promise to you. Isn’t it time we learned to shape our minds – not be shaped by them? Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328440]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mind Time: How ten mindful minutes can enhance your work, health and happiness Author: Michael Chaskalson, Dr Megan Reitz Narrator: TBD Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 25 minutes Release date: March 22, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: READ BY THE AUTHOR IT TAKES JUST TEN MINUTES a day train your mind – you will feel more awake, more alive and more creative. Using these carefully researched exercises you can increase your attention span, realise your potential and use your mind to its full capacity. Yes, just ten…short … minutes. Nearly half of our waking hours are spent thinking about something other than what we are doing. We are only aware of a tiny fraction of what we are thinking, feeling and sensing – so we’re barely conscious of how and why we behave the way we do. This book sets out to help you get your mind out of automatic more often. The human mind is an extraordinary thing. It determines the way we experience and respond to whatever life throws at us. Yet most of us live as though we have no control over our minds. This is simply not true. If we want to change our lives in any way, the most effective way to do that is to change the way our mind is shaped – the way in which we interpret and respond to everyday events as well as to our own thoughts and feelings. Mind Time contains simple, clear exercises that take only ten minutes per day and our research tells us that if you do these exercises, your life will change. The exercises build three core capacities – curiosity, self-awareness and acceptance. If you do them, and build these capacities, you will become less reactive and more responsive. This will lead to positive benefits in several key areas: your relationships, your ability to deal with unexpected events and your capacity to stay purposeful and to see your life as a matter of choices rather than seemingly impossible challenges. Just set aside ten minutes each day to engage in a few simple practices, then after a short while you will start to see a transformation for the better. That’s our promise to you. Isn’t it time we learned to shape our minds – not be shaped by them? https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328350 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328350]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Resilient: How to Grow an Unshakable Core of Calm, Strength, and Happiness Author: Forrest Hanson, Rick Hanson Narrator: Rick Hanson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 13 minutes Release date: March 27, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: These days it’s hard to count on the world outside. So it’s vital to grow strengths inside like grit, gratitude, and compassion—the key to resilience, and to lasting well-being in a changing world.   True resilience is much more than enduring terrible conditions. We need resilience every day to raise a family, work at a job, cope with stress, deal with health problems, navigate issues with others, heal from old pain, and simply keep on going.   With his trademark blend of neuroscience, mindfulness, and positive psychology, New York Times bestselling author Dr. Rick Hanson shows you how to develop twelve vital inner strengths hardwired into your own nervous system. Then no matter what life throws at you, you’ll be able to feel less stressed, pursue opportunities with confidence, and stay calm and centered in the face of adversity.   This practical guide is full of concrete suggestions, experiential practices, personal examples, and insights into the brain. It includes effective ways to interact with others and to repair and deepen important relationships.   Warm, encouraging, and down-to-earth, Dr. Hanson’s step-by-step approach is grounded in the science of positive neuroplasticity. He explains how to overcome the brain’s negativity bias, release painful thoughts and feelings, and replace them with self-compassion, self-worth, joy, and inner peace. Forrest Hanson, Rick Hanson Tue, 27 Mar 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328350 thebookvoice.com 8:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328350]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Resilient: How to Grow an Unshakable Core of Calm, Strength, and Happiness Author: Forrest Hanson, Rick Hanson Narrator: Rick Hanson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 13 minutes Release date: March 27, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: These days it’s hard to count on the world outside. So it’s vital to grow strengths inside like grit, gratitude, and compassion—the key to resilience, and to lasting well-being in a changing world.   True resilience is much more than enduring terrible conditions. We need resilience every day to raise a family, work at a job, cope with stress, deal with health problems, navigate issues with others, heal from old pain, and simply keep on going.   With his trademark blend of neuroscience, mindfulness, and positive psychology, New York Times bestselling author Dr. Rick Hanson shows you how to develop twelve vital inner strengths hardwired into your own nervous system. Then no matter what life throws at you, you’ll be able to feel less stressed, pursue opportunities with confidence, and stay calm and centered in the face of adversity.   This practical guide is full of concrete suggestions, experiential practices, personal examples, and insights into the brain. It includes effective ways to interact with others and to repair and deepen important relationships.   Warm, encouraging, and down-to-earth, Dr. Hanson’s step-by-step approach is grounded in the science of positive neuroplasticity. He explains how to overcome the brain’s negativity bias, release painful thoughts and feelings, and replace them with self-compassion, self-worth, joy, and inner peace. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328350]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Resilient: How to Grow an Unshakable Core of Calm, Strength, and Happiness Author: Forrest Hanson, Rick Hanson Narrator: Rick Hanson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 13 minutes Release date: March 27, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: These days it’s hard to count on the world outside. So it’s vital to grow strengths inside like grit, gratitude, and compassion—the key to resilience, and to lasting well-being in a changing world.   True resilience is much more than enduring terrible conditions. We need resilience every day to raise a family, work at a job, cope with stress, deal with health problems, navigate issues with others, heal from old pain, and simply keep on going.   With his trademark blend of neuroscience, mindfulness, and positive psychology, New York Times bestselling author Dr. Rick Hanson shows you how to develop twelve vital inner strengths hardwired into your own nervous system. Then no matter what life throws at you, you’ll be able to feel less stressed, pursue opportunities with confidence, and stay calm and centered in the face of adversity.   This practical guide is full of concrete suggestions, experiential practices, personal examples, and insights into the brain. It includes effective ways to interact with others and to repair and deepen important relationships.   Warm, encouraging, and down-to-earth, Dr. Hanson’s step-by-step approach is grounded in the science of positive neuroplasticity. He explains how to overcome the brain’s negativity bias, release painful thoughts and feelings, and replace them with self-compassion, self-worth, joy, and inner peace. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325646 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325646]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Soon: An Overdue History of Procrastination, From Leonardo and Darwin to You and Me Author: Andrew Santella Narrator: Roger Wayne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 16 minutes Release date: March 13, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “Well-researched…[Soon] argues that in many cases eminent figures have done great work while putting off work they were supposed to be doing. Procrastination might, for some people, be part of innovation and the creative process.” — Wall Street Journal A fun and erudite celebration of procrastination An entertaining, fact-filled defense of the nearly universal tendency to procrastinate, drawing on the stories of history’s greatest delayers, and on the work of psychologists, philosophers, and behavioral economists to explain why we put off what we’re supposed to be doing and why we shouldn’t feel so bad about it. Like so many of us, including most of America’s workforce, and nearly two-thirds of all university students, Andrew Santella procrastinates. Concerned about his habit, but not quite ready to give it up, he set out to learn all he could about the human tendency to delay. He studied history’s greatest procrastinators to gain insights into human behavior, and also, he writes, to kill time, “research being the best way to avoid real work.” He talked with psychologists, philosophers, and priests. He visited New Orleans’ French Quarter, home to a shrine to the patron saint of procrastinators.  And at the home of Charles Darwin outside London, he learned why the great naturalist delayed writing his masterwork for more than two decades. Drawing on an eclectic mix of historical case studies in procrastination—from Leonardo da Vinci to Frank Lloyd Wright, and from Old Testament prophets to Civil War generals—Santella offers a sympathetic take on habitual postponement. He questions our devotion to “the cult of efficiency” and suggests that delay and deferral can help us understand what truly matters to us. Being attentive to our procrastination, Santella writes, means asking, “whether the things the world wants us to do are really worth doing.” Andrew Santella Tue, 13 Mar 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325646 thebookvoice.com 4:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325646]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Soon: An Overdue History of Procrastination, From Leonardo and Darwin to You and Me Author: Andrew Santella Narrator: Roger Wayne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 16 minutes Release date: March 13, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “Well-researched…[Soon] argues that in many cases eminent figures have done great work while putting off work they were supposed to be doing. Procrastination might, for some people, be part of innovation and the creative process.” — Wall Street Journal A fun and erudite celebration of procrastination An entertaining, fact-filled defense of the nearly universal tendency to procrastinate, drawing on the stories of history’s greatest delayers, and on the work of psychologists, philosophers, and behavioral economists to explain why we put off what we’re supposed to be doing and why we shouldn’t feel so bad about it. Like so many of us, including most of America’s workforce, and nearly two-thirds of all university students, Andrew Santella procrastinates. Concerned about his habit, but not quite ready to give it up, he set out to learn all he could about the human tendency to delay. He studied history’s greatest procrastinators to gain insights into human behavior, and also, he writes, to kill time, “research being the best way to avoid real work.” He talked with psychologists, philosophers, and priests. He visited New Orleans’ French Quarter, home to a shrine to the patron saint of procrastinators.  And at the home of Charles Darwin outside London, he learned why the great naturalist delayed writing his masterwork for more than two decades. Drawing on an eclectic mix of historical case studies in procrastination—from Leonardo da Vinci to Frank Lloyd Wright, and from Old Testament prophets to Civil War generals—Santella offers a sympathetic take on habitual postponement. He questions our devotion to “the cult of efficiency” and suggests that delay and deferral can help us understand what truly matters to us. Being attentive to our procrastination, Santella writes, means asking, “whether the things the world wants us to do are really worth doing.” Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325646]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Soon: An Overdue History of Procrastination, From Leonardo and Darwin to You and Me Author: Andrew Santella Narrator: Roger Wayne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 16 minutes Release date: March 13, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “Well-researched…[Soon] argues that in many cases eminent figures have done great work while putting off work they were supposed to be doing. Procrastination might, for some people, be part of innovation and the creative process.” — Wall Street Journal A fun and erudite celebration of procrastination An entertaining, fact-filled defense of the nearly universal tendency to procrastinate, drawing on the stories of history’s greatest delayers, and on the work of psychologists, philosophers, and behavioral economists to explain why we put off what we’re supposed to be doing and why we shouldn’t feel so bad about it. Like so many of us, including most of America’s workforce, and nearly two-thirds of all university students, Andrew Santella procrastinates. Concerned about his habit, but not quite ready to give it up, he set out to learn all he could about the human tendency to delay. He studied history’s greatest procrastinators to gain insights into human behavior, and also, he writes, to kill time, “research being the best way to avoid real work.” He talked with psychologists, philosophers, and priests. He visited New Orleans’ French Quarter, home to a shrine to the patron saint of procrastinators.  And at the home of Charles Darwin outside London, he learned why the great naturalist delayed writing his masterwork for more than two decades. Drawing on an eclectic mix of historical case studies in procrastination—from Leonardo da Vinci to Frank Lloyd Wright, and from Old Testament prophets to Civil War generals—Santella offers a sympathetic take on habitual postponement. He questions our devotion to “the cult of efficiency” and suggests that delay and deferral can help us understand what truly matters to us. Being attentive to our procrastination, Santella writes, means asking, “whether the things the world wants us to do are really worth doing.” https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325376 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325376]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Ciberacoso Author: Juan Moisés De La Serna Narrator: erika marcheggiani Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 22 minutes Release date: February 8, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: El Ciberacoso es una modalidad moderna del acoso que puede sufrir cualquier persona, pero especialmente preocupante es la situación cuando se trata de menores. En esta breve guía se presentan las respuestas a las preguntas más importantes sobre esta temática que tiene que tener presente cualquier padre con hijos en edad escolar como son, ¿Qué es el Ciberacoso?, ¿Cómo afecta el Ciberacoso?, ¿Se puede prevenir el Ciberacoso? y, sobre todo, ¿Qué hacer si nuestro hijo está sufriendo Ciberacoso? Descubra todas las claves sobre el Ciberacoso, con la presentación de los resultados de las últimas investigaciones desde el ámbito de la psicología al respecto. PUBLISHER: TEKTIME Juan Moisés De La Serna Thu, 08 Feb 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325376 thebookvoice.com 1:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325376]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Ciberacoso Author: Juan Moisés De La Serna Narrator: erika marcheggiani Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 22 minutes Release date: February 8, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: El Ciberacoso es una modalidad moderna del acoso que puede sufrir cualquier persona, pero especialmente preocupante es la situación cuando se trata de menores. En esta breve guía se presentan las respuestas a las preguntas más importantes sobre esta temática que tiene que tener presente cualquier padre con hijos en edad escolar como son, ¿Qué es el Ciberacoso?, ¿Cómo afecta el Ciberacoso?, ¿Se puede prevenir el Ciberacoso? y, sobre todo, ¿Qué hacer si nuestro hijo está sufriendo Ciberacoso? Descubra todas las claves sobre el Ciberacoso, con la presentación de los resultados de las últimas investigaciones desde el ámbito de la psicología al respecto. PUBLISHER: TEKTIME Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325376]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Ciberacoso Author: Juan Moisés De La Serna Narrator: erika marcheggiani Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 22 minutes Release date: February 8, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: El Ciberacoso es una modalidad moderna del acoso que puede sufrir cualquier persona, pero especialmente preocupante es la situación cuando se trata de menores. En esta breve guía se presentan las respuestas a las preguntas más importantes sobre esta temática que tiene que tener presente cualquier padre con hijos en edad escolar como son, ¿Qué es el Ciberacoso?, ¿Cómo afecta el Ciberacoso?, ¿Se puede prevenir el Ciberacoso? y, sobre todo, ¿Qué hacer si nuestro hijo está sufriendo Ciberacoso? Descubra todas las claves sobre el Ciberacoso, con la presentación de los resultados de las últimas investigaciones desde el ámbito de la psicología al respecto. PUBLISHER: TEKTIME https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325335 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325335]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cringeworthy: A Theory of Awkwardness Author: Melissa Dahl Narrator: Melissa Dahl Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 58 minutes Release date: February 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: New York magazine's 'Science of Us' editor explains the compelling psychology of awkwardness, and asks: what if the moments that make us feel most awkward are actually valuable? Have you ever said goodbye to someone, only to discover that you're both walking in the same direction? Or had your next thought fly out of your brain in the middle of a presentation? Or accidentally liked an old photo on someone's Instagram or Facebook, thus revealing yourself to be a creepy social media stalker? Melissa Dahl, editor of New York magazine's 'Science of Us' website, has. After a lifetime of cringing, she became intrigued by awkwardness: a universal but underappreciated emotion. In this witty and compassionate book, Dahl explores the oddest, cringiest corners of our world. She chats with strangers on the busy New York City subway, goes on awkward friend dates using a 'Tinder-for-friendship' app, takes improv comedy lessons, and even reads aloud from her (highly embarrassing!) middle school diary to a crowd of strangers. After all of that, she realizes: Awkward moments are opportunities to test yourself. When everyone else is pretending to have it under control, you can be a little braver and grow a little bigger--while remaining true to your awkward self. And along the way, you might find that awkward moments unite us in our mutual human ridiculousness. Melissa Dahl Tue, 13 Feb 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325335 thebookvoice.com 5:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325335]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cringeworthy: A Theory of Awkwardness Author: Melissa Dahl Narrator: Melissa Dahl Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 58 minutes Release date: February 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: New York magazine's 'Science of Us' editor explains the compelling psychology of awkwardness, and asks: what if the moments that make us feel most awkward are actually valuable? Have you ever said goodbye to someone, only to discover that you're both walking in the same direction? Or had your next thought fly out of your brain in the middle of a presentation? Or accidentally liked an old photo on someone's Instagram or Facebook, thus revealing yourself to be a creepy social media stalker? Melissa Dahl, editor of New York magazine's 'Science of Us' website, has. After a lifetime of cringing, she became intrigued by awkwardness: a universal but underappreciated emotion. In this witty and compassionate book, Dahl explores the oddest, cringiest corners of our world. She chats with strangers on the busy New York City subway, goes on awkward friend dates using a 'Tinder-for-friendship' app, takes improv comedy lessons, and even reads aloud from her (highly embarrassing!) middle school diary to a crowd of strangers. After all of that, she realizes: Awkward moments are opportunities to test yourself. When everyone else is pretending to have it under control, you can be a little braver and grow a little bigger--while remaining true to your awkward self. And along the way, you might find that awkward moments unite us in our mutual human ridiculousness. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325335]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cringeworthy: A Theory of Awkwardness Author: Melissa Dahl Narrator: Melissa Dahl Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 58 minutes Release date: February 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: New York magazine's 'Science of Us' editor explains the compelling psychology of awkwardness, and asks: what if the moments that make us feel most awkward are actually valuable? Have you ever said goodbye to someone, only to discover that you're both walking in the same direction? Or had your next thought fly out of your brain in the middle of a presentation? Or accidentally liked an old photo on someone's Instagram or Facebook, thus revealing yourself to be a creepy social media stalker? Melissa Dahl, editor of New York magazine's 'Science of Us' website, has. After a lifetime of cringing, she became intrigued by awkwardness: a universal but underappreciated emotion. In this witty and compassionate book, Dahl explores the oddest, cringiest corners of our world. She chats with strangers on the busy New York City subway, goes on awkward friend dates using a 'Tinder-for-friendship' app, takes improv comedy lessons, and even reads aloud from her (highly embarrassing!) middle school diary to a crowd of strangers. After all of that, she realizes: Awkward moments are opportunities to test yourself. When everyone else is pretending to have it under control, you can be a little braver and grow a little bigger--while remaining true to your awkward self. And along the way, you might find that awkward moments unite us in our mutual human ridiculousness. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325332 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325332]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Self-Driven Child: The Science and Sense of Giving Your Kids More Control Over Their Lives Author: William Stixrud, Ned Johnson Narrator: Kaleo Griffith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 35 minutes Release date: February 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 24 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “Instead of trusting kids with choices . . . many parents insist on micromanaging everything from homework to friendships. For these parents, Stixrud and Johnson have a simple message: Stop.” —NPR “This humane, thoughtful book turns the latest brain science into valuable practical advice for parents.” —Paul Tough, New York Times bestselling author of How Children Succeed A few years ago, Bill Stixrud and Ned Johnson started noticing the same problem from different angles: Even high-performing kids were coming to them acutely stressed and lacking motivation. Many complained they had no control over their lives. Some stumbled in high school or hit college and unraveled. Bill is a clinical neuropsychologist who helps kids gripped by anxiety or struggling to learn. Ned is a motivational coach who runs an elite tutoring service. Together they discovered that the best antidote to stress is to give kids more of a sense of control over their lives. But this doesn't mean giving up your authority as a parent. In this groundbreaking book they reveal how you can actively help your child to sculpt a brain that is resilient, and ready to take on new challenges. The Self-Driven Child offers a combination of cutting-edge brain science, the latest discoveries in behavioral therapy, and case studies drawn from the thousands of kids and teens Bill and Ned have helped over the years to teach you how to set your child on the real road to success. As parents, we can only drive our kids so far. At some point, they will have to take the wheel and map out their own path. But there is a lot you can do before then to help them tackle the road ahead with resilience and imagination. William Stixrud, Ned Johnson Tue, 13 Feb 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325332 thebookvoice.com 11:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325332]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Self-Driven Child: The Science and Sense of Giving Your Kids More Control Over Their Lives Author: William Stixrud, Ned Johnson Narrator: Kaleo Griffith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 35 minutes Release date: February 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 24 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “Instead of trusting kids with choices . . . many parents insist on micromanaging everything from homework to friendships. For these parents, Stixrud and Johnson have a simple message: Stop.” —NPR “This humane, thoughtful book turns the latest brain science into valuable practical advice for parents.” —Paul Tough, New York Times bestselling author of How Children Succeed A few years ago, Bill Stixrud and Ned Johnson started noticing the same problem from different angles: Even high-performing kids were coming to them acutely stressed and lacking motivation. Many complained they had no control over their lives. Some stumbled in high school or hit college and unraveled. Bill is a clinical neuropsychologist who helps kids gripped by anxiety or struggling to learn. Ned is a motivational coach who runs an elite tutoring service. Together they discovered that the best antidote to stress is to give kids more of a sense of control over their lives. But this doesn't mean giving up your authority as a parent. In this groundbreaking book they reveal how you can actively help your child to sculpt a brain that is resilient, and ready to take on new challenges. The Self-Driven Child offers a combination of cutting-edge brain science, the latest discoveries in behavioral therapy, and case studies drawn from the thousands of kids and teens Bill and Ned have helped over the years to teach you how to set your child on the real road to success. As parents, we can only drive our kids so far. At some point, they will have to take the wheel and map out their own path. But there is a lot you can do before then to help them tackle the road ahead with resilience and imagination. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325332]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Self-Driven Child: The Science and Sense of Giving Your Kids More Control Over Their Lives Author: William Stixrud, Ned Johnson Narrator: Kaleo Griffith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 35 minutes Release date: February 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 24 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “Instead of trusting kids with choices . . . many parents insist on micromanaging everything from homework to friendships. For these parents, Stixrud and Johnson have a simple message: Stop.” —NPR “This humane, thoughtful book turns the latest brain science into valuable practical advice for parents.” —Paul Tough, New York Times bestselling author of How Children Succeed A few years ago, Bill Stixrud and Ned Johnson started noticing the same problem from different angles: Even high-performing kids were coming to them acutely stressed and lacking motivation. Many complained they had no control over their lives. Some stumbled in high school or hit college and unraveled. Bill is a clinical neuropsychologist who helps kids gripped by anxiety or struggling to learn. Ned is a motivational coach who runs an elite tutoring service. Together they discovered that the best antidote to stress is to give kids more of a sense of control over their lives. But this doesn't mean giving up your authority as a parent. In this groundbreaking book they reveal how you can actively help your child to sculpt a brain that is resilient, and ready to take on new challenges. The Self-Driven Child offers a combination of cutting-edge brain science, the latest discoveries in behavioral therapy, and case studies drawn from the thousands of kids and teens Bill and Ned have helped over the years to teach you how to set your child on the real road to success. As parents, we can only drive our kids so far. At some point, they will have to take the wheel and map out their own path. But there is a lot you can do before then to help them tackle the road ahead with resilience and imagination. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325052 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325052]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Journey Through Trauma: A Trail Guide to the 5-Phase Cycle of Healing Repeated Trauma Author: Gretchen L. Schmelzer Narrator: Adenrele Ojo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 21 minutes Release date: February 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: For survivors of PTSD and repeated, relational trauma -- and the people who love them. Gretchen Schmelzer watched too many people quit during treatment for trauma recovery. They found it too difficult or too frightening or just decided that for them it was too late. But as a therapist and trauma survivor herself, Dr. Schmelzer wants us to know that it is never too late to heal from trauma, whether it is the suffering caused within an abusive relationship or PTSD resulting from combat. Sometimes what feels like a big setback is actually an unexpected difficult step forward. So she wrote Journey Through Trauma specifically for survivors--to help them understand the terrain of the healing process and stay on the path. There are three basic principles that every trauma survivor should know: Healing is possible. It requires courage. And it cannot be done alone. Traumas that happen more than once--child abuse, sexual abuse, domestic violence, gang violence, even war--are all relational traumas. They happened inside a relationship and therefore must be healed inside a relationship, whether that relationship is with a therapist or within a group. Journey Through Trauma gives us a map to help guide us through that healing process, see where the hard parts show up, and persevere in the process of getting well. We learn the five phases that every survivor must negotiate along the way and come to understand that since the cycle of healing is not linear, circling back around to a previous stage does not mean defeat - it actually means progress as well as facing new challenges. Authoritative and accessible, Journey Through Trauma provides support for survivors and their loved ones through one of the most challenging but necessary processes of healing that anyone can face. Gretchen L. Schmelzer Tue, 06 Feb 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325052 thebookvoice.com 10:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325052]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Journey Through Trauma: A Trail Guide to the 5-Phase Cycle of Healing Repeated Trauma Author: Gretchen L. Schmelzer Narrator: Adenrele Ojo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 21 minutes Release date: February 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: For survivors of PTSD and repeated, relational trauma -- and the people who love them. Gretchen Schmelzer watched too many people quit during treatment for trauma recovery. They found it too difficult or too frightening or just decided that for them it was too late. But as a therapist and trauma survivor herself, Dr. Schmelzer wants us to know that it is never too late to heal from trauma, whether it is the suffering caused within an abusive relationship or PTSD resulting from combat. Sometimes what feels like a big setback is actually an unexpected difficult step forward. So she wrote Journey Through Trauma specifically for survivors--to help them understand the terrain of the healing process and stay on the path. There are three basic principles that every trauma survivor should know: Healing is possible. It requires courage. And it cannot be done alone. Traumas that happen more than once--child abuse, sexual abuse, domestic violence, gang violence, even war--are all relational traumas. They happened inside a relationship and therefore must be healed inside a relationship, whether that relationship is with a therapist or within a group. Journey Through Trauma gives us a map to help guide us through that healing process, see where the hard parts show up, and persevere in the process of getting well. We learn the five phases that every survivor must negotiate along the way and come to understand that since the cycle of healing is not linear, circling back around to a previous stage does not mean defeat - it actually means progress as well as facing new challenges. Authoritative and accessible, Journey Through Trauma provides support for survivors and their loved ones through one of the most challenging but necessary processes of healing that anyone can face. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325052]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Journey Through Trauma: A Trail Guide to the 5-Phase Cycle of Healing Repeated Trauma Author: Gretchen L. Schmelzer Narrator: Adenrele Ojo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 21 minutes Release date: February 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: For survivors of PTSD and repeated, relational trauma -- and the people who love them. Gretchen Schmelzer watched too many people quit during treatment for trauma recovery. They found it too difficult or too frightening or just decided that for them it was too late. But as a therapist and trauma survivor herself, Dr. Schmelzer wants us to know that it is never too late to heal from trauma, whether it is the suffering caused within an abusive relationship or PTSD resulting from combat. Sometimes what feels like a big setback is actually an unexpected difficult step forward. So she wrote Journey Through Trauma specifically for survivors--to help them understand the terrain of the healing process and stay on the path. There are three basic principles that every trauma survivor should know: Healing is possible. It requires courage. And it cannot be done alone. Traumas that happen more than once--child abuse, sexual abuse, domestic violence, gang violence, even war--are all relational traumas. They happened inside a relationship and therefore must be healed inside a relationship, whether that relationship is with a therapist or within a group. Journey Through Trauma gives us a map to help guide us through that healing process, see where the hard parts show up, and persevere in the process of getting well. We learn the five phases that every survivor must negotiate along the way and come to understand that since the cycle of healing is not linear, circling back around to a previous stage does not mean defeat - it actually means progress as well as facing new challenges. Authoritative and accessible, Journey Through Trauma provides support for survivors and their loved ones through one of the most challenging but necessary processes of healing that anyone can face. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325046 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325046]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Meaningful Coincidence: A Workshop on Synchronicity in Relationships and the Events That Shape Our Lives Author: David Richo Narrator: David Richo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 58 minutes Release date: March 6, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Synchronicity--coincidence and surprising connection--occurs all the time in our daily lives, yet we often fail to appreciate how it can guide us, warn us, and confirm us on our life's path. This workshop, led by David Richo and based on his book, The Power of Coincidence, explores how synchronicity operates in our daily lives, in our intimate relationships, and in our spiritual paths. In both the book and the workshop, Richo describes how we can learn to interpret synchronous experiences, open ourselves to assisting forces around us, and understand how dreams and intuition can guide us through important decisions and life changes. In this two-part program, Richo offers stories and examples that enrich and expand on the information and observations he shares in The Power of Coincidence--and also responds to questions from participants, which bring, humor, warmth, and new dimensions to our understanding. David Richo Tue, 06 Mar 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325046 thebookvoice.com 4:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325046]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Meaningful Coincidence: A Workshop on Synchronicity in Relationships and the Events That Shape Our Lives Author: David Richo Narrator: David Richo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 58 minutes Release date: March 6, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Synchronicity--coincidence and surprising connection--occurs all the time in our daily lives, yet we often fail to appreciate how it can guide us, warn us, and confirm us on our life's path. This workshop, led by David Richo and based on his book, The Power of Coincidence, explores how synchronicity operates in our daily lives, in our intimate relationships, and in our spiritual paths. In both the book and the workshop, Richo describes how we can learn to interpret synchronous experiences, open ourselves to assisting forces around us, and understand how dreams and intuition can guide us through important decisions and life changes. In this two-part program, Richo offers stories and examples that enrich and expand on the information and observations he shares in The Power of Coincidence--and also responds to questions from participants, which bring, humor, warmth, and new dimensions to our understanding. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325046]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Meaningful Coincidence: A Workshop on Synchronicity in Relationships and the Events That Shape Our Lives Author: David Richo Narrator: David Richo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 58 minutes Release date: March 6, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Synchronicity--coincidence and surprising connection--occurs all the time in our daily lives, yet we often fail to appreciate how it can guide us, warn us, and confirm us on our life's path. This workshop, led by David Richo and based on his book, The Power of Coincidence, explores how synchronicity operates in our daily lives, in our intimate relationships, and in our spiritual paths. In both the book and the workshop, Richo describes how we can learn to interpret synchronous experiences, open ourselves to assisting forces around us, and understand how dreams and intuition can guide us through important decisions and life changes. In this two-part program, Richo offers stories and examples that enrich and expand on the information and observations he shares in The Power of Coincidence--and also responds to questions from participants, which bring, humor, warmth, and new dimensions to our understanding. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325044 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325044]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Embracing the Shadow: Discovering the Hidden Riches in Our Relationships Author: David Richo Narrator: David Richo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 43 minutes Release date: March 6, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Our 'shadow' side comes to the surface in relationships more than anywhere else. The good news is that when we recognize and understand that we can work with our tendency to project our shadow onto those with whom we're in relationship, we can release ourselves from the habit to hurt or control one another, and we can tame our retaliatory impulses. Using Buddhist-inspired mindfulness techniques and practices for cultivating loving-kindness, David Richo shows us how we can become skilled at noticing our projections onto others and we can learn to withdraw them. We can grow from that process, discovering the wisdom of our shadow side that is hidden even to ourselves. By befriending and embracing the shadow, we can discover the gifts we might not otherwise have dared to recognize or share. David Richo Tue, 06 Mar 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325044 thebookvoice.com 3:43:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325044]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Embracing the Shadow: Discovering the Hidden Riches in Our Relationships Author: David Richo Narrator: David Richo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 43 minutes Release date: March 6, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Our 'shadow' side comes to the surface in relationships more than anywhere else. The good news is that when we recognize and understand that we can work with our tendency to project our shadow onto those with whom we're in relationship, we can release ourselves from the habit to hurt or control one another, and we can tame our retaliatory impulses. Using Buddhist-inspired mindfulness techniques and practices for cultivating loving-kindness, David Richo shows us how we can become skilled at noticing our projections onto others and we can learn to withdraw them. We can grow from that process, discovering the wisdom of our shadow side that is hidden even to ourselves. By befriending and embracing the shadow, we can discover the gifts we might not otherwise have dared to recognize or share. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325044]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Embracing the Shadow: Discovering the Hidden Riches in Our Relationships Author: David Richo Narrator: David Richo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 43 minutes Release date: March 6, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Our 'shadow' side comes to the surface in relationships more than anywhere else. The good news is that when we recognize and understand that we can work with our tendency to project our shadow onto those with whom we're in relationship, we can release ourselves from the habit to hurt or control one another, and we can tame our retaliatory impulses. Using Buddhist-inspired mindfulness techniques and practices for cultivating loving-kindness, David Richo shows us how we can become skilled at noticing our projections onto others and we can learn to withdraw them. We can grow from that process, discovering the wisdom of our shadow side that is hidden even to ourselves. By befriending and embracing the shadow, we can discover the gifts we might not otherwise have dared to recognize or share. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325481 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325481]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Enlightenment Now: The Case for Reason, Science, Humanism, and Progress Author: Steven Pinker Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 49 minutes Release date: February 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.53 of Total 64 Ratings of Narrator: 4.8 of Total 10 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: INSTANT NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER A NEW YORK TIMES NOTABLE BOOK OF 2018 ONE OF THE ECONOMIST'S BOOKS OF THE YEAR 'My new favorite book of all time.' --Bill Gates If you think the world is coming to an end, think again: people are living longer, healthier, freer, and happier lives, and while our problems are formidable, the solutions lie in the Enlightenment ideal of using reason and science. By the author of the new book, Rationality. Is the world really falling apart? Is the ideal of progress obsolete? In this elegant assessment of the human condition in the third millennium, cognitive scientist and public intellectual Steven Pinker urges us to step back from the gory headlines and prophecies of doom, which play to our psychological biases. Instead, follow the data: In seventy-five jaw-dropping graphs, Pinker shows that life, health, prosperity, safety, peace, knowledge, and happiness are on the rise, not just in the West, but worldwide. This progress is not the result of some cosmic force. It is a gift of the Enlightenment: the conviction that reason and science can enhance human flourishing. Far from being a naïve hope, the Enlightenment, we now know, has worked. But more than ever, it needs a vigorous defense. The Enlightenment project swims against currents of human nature--tribalism, authoritarianism, demonization, magical thinking--which demagogues are all too willing to exploit. Many commentators, committed to political, religious, or romantic ideologies, fight a rearguard action against it. The result is a corrosive fatalism and a willingness to wreck the precious institutions of liberal democracy and global cooperation. With intellectual depth and literary flair, Enlightenment Now makes the case for reason, science, and humanism: the ideals we need to confront our problems and continue our progress. Steven Pinker Tue, 13 Feb 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325481 thebookvoice.com 19:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325481]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Enlightenment Now: The Case for Reason, Science, Humanism, and Progress Author: Steven Pinker Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 49 minutes Release date: February 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.53 of Total 64 Ratings of Narrator: 4.8 of Total 10 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: INSTANT NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER A NEW YORK TIMES NOTABLE BOOK OF 2018 ONE OF THE ECONOMIST'S BOOKS OF THE YEAR 'My new favorite book of all time.' --Bill Gates If you think the world is coming to an end, think again: people are living longer, healthier, freer, and happier lives, and while our problems are formidable, the solutions lie in the Enlightenment ideal of using reason and science. By the author of the new book, Rationality. Is the world really falling apart? Is the ideal of progress obsolete? In this elegant assessment of the human condition in the third millennium, cognitive scientist and public intellectual Steven Pinker urges us to step back from the gory headlines and prophecies of doom, which play to our psychological biases. Instead, follow the data: In seventy-five jaw-dropping graphs, Pinker shows that life, health, prosperity, safety, peace, knowledge, and happiness are on the rise, not just in the West, but worldwide. This progress is not the result of some cosmic force. It is a gift of the Enlightenment: the conviction that reason and science can enhance human flourishing. Far from being a naïve hope, the Enlightenment, we now know, has worked. But more than ever, it needs a vigorous defense. The Enlightenment project swims against currents of human nature--tribalism, authoritarianism, demonization, magical thinking--which demagogues are all too willing to exploit. Many commentators, committed to political, religious, or romantic ideologies, fight a rearguard action against it. The result is a corrosive fatalism and a willingness to wreck the precious institutions of liberal democracy and global cooperation. With intellectual depth and literary flair, Enlightenment Now makes the case for reason, science, and humanism: the ideals we need to confront our problems and continue our progress. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325481]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Enlightenment Now: The Case for Reason, Science, Humanism, and Progress Author: Steven Pinker Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 49 minutes Release date: February 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.53 of Total 64 Ratings of Narrator: 4.8 of Total 10 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: INSTANT NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER A NEW YORK TIMES NOTABLE BOOK OF 2018 ONE OF THE ECONOMIST'S BOOKS OF THE YEAR 'My new favorite book of all time.' --Bill Gates If you think the world is coming to an end, think again: people are living longer, healthier, freer, and happier lives, and while our problems are formidable, the solutions lie in the Enlightenment ideal of using reason and science. By the author of the new book, Rationality. Is the world really falling apart? Is the ideal of progress obsolete? In this elegant assessment of the human condition in the third millennium, cognitive scientist and public intellectual Steven Pinker urges us to step back from the gory headlines and prophecies of doom, which play to our psychological biases. Instead, follow the data: In seventy-five jaw-dropping graphs, Pinker shows that life, health, prosperity, safety, peace, knowledge, and happiness are on the rise, not just in the West, but worldwide. This progress is not the result of some cosmic force. It is a gift of the Enlightenment: the conviction that reason and science can enhance human flourishing. Far from being a naïve hope, the Enlightenment, we now know, has worked. But more than ever, it needs a vigorous defense. The Enlightenment project swims against currents of human nature--tribalism, authoritarianism, demonization, magical thinking--which demagogues are all too willing to exploit. Many commentators, committed to political, religious, or romantic ideologies, fight a rearguard action against it. The result is a corrosive fatalism and a willingness to wreck the precious institutions of liberal democracy and global cooperation. With intellectual depth and literary flair, Enlightenment Now makes the case for reason, science, and humanism: the ideals we need to confront our problems and continue our progress. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324879 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324879]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Quirky: The Remarkable Story of the Traits, Foibles, and Genius of Breakthrough Innovators Who Changed the World Author: Melissa A Schilling Narrator: Erin Bennett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 3 minutes Release date: February 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 46 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The science behind the traits and quirks that drive creative geniuses to make spectacular breakthroughs What really distinguishes the people who literally change the world -- those creative geniuses who give us one breakthrough after another? What differentiates Marie Curie or Elon Musk from the merely creative, the many one-hit wonders among us? Melissa Schilling, one of the world's leading experts on innovation, invites us into the lives of eight people -- Albert Einstein, Benjamin Franklin, Elon Musk, Dean Kamen, Nikola Tesla, Marie Curie, Thomas Edison, and Steve Jobs -- to identify the traits and experiences that drove them to make spectacular breakthroughs, over and over again. While all innovators possess incredible intellect, intellect alone, she shows, does not create a breakthrough innovator. It was their personal, social, and emotional quirkiness that enabled true genius to break through--not just once but again and again. Nearly all of the innovators, for example, exhibited high levels of social detachment that enabled them to break with norms, an almost maniacal faith in their ability to overcome obstacles, and a passionate idealism that pushed them to work with intensity even in the face of criticism or failure. While these individual traits would be unlikely to work in isolation -- being unconventional without having high levels of confidence, effort, and goal directedness might, for example, result in rebellious behavior that does not lead to meaningful outcomes -- together they can fuel both the ability and drive to pursue what others deem impossible. Schilling shares the science behind the convergence of traits that increases the likelihood of success. And, as Schilling also reveals, there is much to learn about nurturing breakthrough innovation in our own lives -- in, for example, the way we run organizations, manage people, and even how we raise our children. Melissa A Schilling Tue, 13 Feb 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324879 thebookvoice.com 10:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324879]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Quirky: The Remarkable Story of the Traits, Foibles, and Genius of Breakthrough Innovators Who Changed the World Author: Melissa A Schilling Narrator: Erin Bennett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 3 minutes Release date: February 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 46 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The science behind the traits and quirks that drive creative geniuses to make spectacular breakthroughs What really distinguishes the people who literally change the world -- those creative geniuses who give us one breakthrough after another? What differentiates Marie Curie or Elon Musk from the merely creative, the many one-hit wonders among us? Melissa Schilling, one of the world's leading experts on innovation, invites us into the lives of eight people -- Albert Einstein, Benjamin Franklin, Elon Musk, Dean Kamen, Nikola Tesla, Marie Curie, Thomas Edison, and Steve Jobs -- to identify the traits and experiences that drove them to make spectacular breakthroughs, over and over again. While all innovators possess incredible intellect, intellect alone, she shows, does not create a breakthrough innovator. It was their personal, social, and emotional quirkiness that enabled true genius to break through--not just once but again and again. Nearly all of the innovators, for example, exhibited high levels of social detachment that enabled them to break with norms, an almost maniacal faith in their ability to overcome obstacles, and a passionate idealism that pushed them to work with intensity even in the face of criticism or failure. While these individual traits would be unlikely to work in isolation -- being unconventional without having high levels of confidence, effort, and goal directedness might, for example, result in rebellious behavior that does not lead to meaningful outcomes -- together they can fuel both the ability and drive to pursue what others deem impossible. Schilling shares the science behind the convergence of traits that increases the likelihood of success. And, as Schilling also reveals, there is much to learn about nurturing breakthrough innovation in our own lives -- in, for example, the way we run organizations, manage people, and even how we raise our children. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324879]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Quirky: The Remarkable Story of the Traits, Foibles, and Genius of Breakthrough Innovators Who Changed the World Author: Melissa A Schilling Narrator: Erin Bennett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 3 minutes Release date: February 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 46 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The science behind the traits and quirks that drive creative geniuses to make spectacular breakthroughs What really distinguishes the people who literally change the world -- those creative geniuses who give us one breakthrough after another? What differentiates Marie Curie or Elon Musk from the merely creative, the many one-hit wonders among us? Melissa Schilling, one of the world's leading experts on innovation, invites us into the lives of eight people -- Albert Einstein, Benjamin Franklin, Elon Musk, Dean Kamen, Nikola Tesla, Marie Curie, Thomas Edison, and Steve Jobs -- to identify the traits and experiences that drove them to make spectacular breakthroughs, over and over again. While all innovators possess incredible intellect, intellect alone, she shows, does not create a breakthrough innovator. It was their personal, social, and emotional quirkiness that enabled true genius to break through--not just once but again and again. Nearly all of the innovators, for example, exhibited high levels of social detachment that enabled them to break with norms, an almost maniacal faith in their ability to overcome obstacles, and a passionate idealism that pushed them to work with intensity even in the face of criticism or failure. While these individual traits would be unlikely to work in isolation -- being unconventional without having high levels of confidence, effort, and goal directedness might, for example, result in rebellious behavior that does not lead to meaningful outcomes -- together they can fuel both the ability and drive to pursue what others deem impossible. Schilling shares the science behind the convergence of traits that increases the likelihood of success. And, as Schilling also reveals, there is much to learn about nurturing breakthrough innovation in our own lives -- in, for example, the way we run organizations, manage people, and even how we raise our children. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324810 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324810]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Elastic: Flexible Thinking in a Time of Change Author: Leonard Mlodinow Narrator: Leonard Mlodinow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 34 minutes Release date: March 20, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From the best-selling author of Subliminal and The Drunkard's Walk, a groundbreaking new look at the neuroscience of change, and at how tapping into elastic thinking will help us thrive in the modern world. Drawing on cutting-edge research, Leonard Mlodinow takes us on an illuminating journey through the mechanics of our minds as we navigate the rapidly changing landscapes around us. Out of the exploratory instincts that allowed our ancestors to prosper hundreds of thousands of years ago, humans developed a cognitive style that Mlodinow terms elastic thinking, a unique set of talents that include neophilia (an affinity for novelty), schizotypy (a tendency toward unusual perception), imagination and idea generation, and divergent and integrative thinking. These are the qualities that enabled innovators from Mary Shelley to Miles Davis, from the inventor of jumbo-sized popcorn to the creators of Pokémon Go, to effect paradigm shifts in our culture and society. In our age of unprecedented technological innovation and social change, it is more important than ever to encourage these abilities and traits.   How can we train our brains to be more comfortable when confronting change and more adept at innovation? How do our brains generate new ideas, and how can we nurture that process? Why can diversity and even discord be beneficial to our thought process? With his keen acumen and quick wit, Leonard Mlodinow gives us the essential tools to harness the power of elastic thinking in an endlessly dynamic world. Includes a Bonus PDF of Exercises Leonard Mlodinow Tue, 20 Mar 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324810 thebookvoice.com 7:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324810]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Elastic: Flexible Thinking in a Time of Change Author: Leonard Mlodinow Narrator: Leonard Mlodinow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 34 minutes Release date: March 20, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From the best-selling author of Subliminal and The Drunkard's Walk, a groundbreaking new look at the neuroscience of change, and at how tapping into elastic thinking will help us thrive in the modern world. Drawing on cutting-edge research, Leonard Mlodinow takes us on an illuminating journey through the mechanics of our minds as we navigate the rapidly changing landscapes around us. Out of the exploratory instincts that allowed our ancestors to prosper hundreds of thousands of years ago, humans developed a cognitive style that Mlodinow terms elastic thinking, a unique set of talents that include neophilia (an affinity for novelty), schizotypy (a tendency toward unusual perception), imagination and idea generation, and divergent and integrative thinking. These are the qualities that enabled innovators from Mary Shelley to Miles Davis, from the inventor of jumbo-sized popcorn to the creators of Pokémon Go, to effect paradigm shifts in our culture and society. In our age of unprecedented technological innovation and social change, it is more important than ever to encourage these abilities and traits.   How can we train our brains to be more comfortable when confronting change and more adept at innovation? How do our brains generate new ideas, and how can we nurture that process? Why can diversity and even discord be beneficial to our thought process? With his keen acumen and quick wit, Leonard Mlodinow gives us the essential tools to harness the power of elastic thinking in an endlessly dynamic world. Includes a Bonus PDF of Exercises Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324810]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Elastic: Flexible Thinking in a Time of Change Author: Leonard Mlodinow Narrator: Leonard Mlodinow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 34 minutes Release date: March 20, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From the best-selling author of Subliminal and The Drunkard's Walk, a groundbreaking new look at the neuroscience of change, and at how tapping into elastic thinking will help us thrive in the modern world. Drawing on cutting-edge research, Leonard Mlodinow takes us on an illuminating journey through the mechanics of our minds as we navigate the rapidly changing landscapes around us. Out of the exploratory instincts that allowed our ancestors to prosper hundreds of thousands of years ago, humans developed a cognitive style that Mlodinow terms elastic thinking, a unique set of talents that include neophilia (an affinity for novelty), schizotypy (a tendency toward unusual perception), imagination and idea generation, and divergent and integrative thinking. These are the qualities that enabled innovators from Mary Shelley to Miles Davis, from the inventor of jumbo-sized popcorn to the creators of Pokémon Go, to effect paradigm shifts in our culture and society. In our age of unprecedented technological innovation and social change, it is more important than ever to encourage these abilities and traits.   How can we train our brains to be more comfortable when confronting change and more adept at innovation? How do our brains generate new ideas, and how can we nurture that process? Why can diversity and even discord be beneficial to our thought process? With his keen acumen and quick wit, Leonard Mlodinow gives us the essential tools to harness the power of elastic thinking in an endlessly dynamic world. Includes a Bonus PDF of Exercises https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324665 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324665]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Truth: How the Many Sides to Every Story Shape Our Reality Author: Hector Macdonald Narrator: Robert Fass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: March 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'In a time when truth is under assault, Hector Macdonald is here to defend it. He offers clear-eyed, compelling guidelines for becoming a more accurate consumer and producer of information.'-Adam Grant, author of Give and Take, Originals, and Option B with Sheryl Sandberg For fans of Nudge, Sway, and The Art of Thinking Clearly, a fascinating dive into the many ways in which 'competing truths' shape our opinions, behaviors, and beliefs. True or false? It's rarely that simple. There is more than one truth about most things. The Internet disseminates knowledge but it also spreads hatred. Eating meat is nutritious but it's also damaging to the environment. When we communicate we naturally select the truths that are most helpful to our agenda. We can select truths constructively to inspire organizations, encourage children, and drive progressive change. Or we can select truths that give a false impression of reality, misleading people without actually lying. Others can do the same, motivating or deceiving us with the truth. Truths are neutral but highly versatile tools that we can use for good or ill. In Truth: How the Many Sides to Every Story Shape Our Reality, Hector Macdonald explores how truth is used and abused in politics, business, the media and everyday life. He shows how a clearer understanding of truth's many faces renders us better able to navigate our world and more influential within it. Combining great storytelling with practical takeaways and a litany of fascinating, funny, and insightful case studies, Truth is a sobering and engaging read about how profoundly our mindsets and actions are influenced by the truths that those around us choose to tell. Hector Macdonald Tue, 06 Mar 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324665 thebookvoice.com 9:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324665]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Truth: How the Many Sides to Every Story Shape Our Reality Author: Hector Macdonald Narrator: Robert Fass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: March 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'In a time when truth is under assault, Hector Macdonald is here to defend it. He offers clear-eyed, compelling guidelines for becoming a more accurate consumer and producer of information.'-Adam Grant, author of Give and Take, Originals, and Option B with Sheryl Sandberg For fans of Nudge, Sway, and The Art of Thinking Clearly, a fascinating dive into the many ways in which 'competing truths' shape our opinions, behaviors, and beliefs. True or false? It's rarely that simple. There is more than one truth about most things. The Internet disseminates knowledge but it also spreads hatred. Eating meat is nutritious but it's also damaging to the environment. When we communicate we naturally select the truths that are most helpful to our agenda. We can select truths constructively to inspire organizations, encourage children, and drive progressive change. Or we can select truths that give a false impression of reality, misleading people without actually lying. Others can do the same, motivating or deceiving us with the truth. Truths are neutral but highly versatile tools that we can use for good or ill. In Truth: How the Many Sides to Every Story Shape Our Reality, Hector Macdonald explores how truth is used and abused in politics, business, the media and everyday life. He shows how a clearer understanding of truth's many faces renders us better able to navigate our world and more influential within it. Combining great storytelling with practical takeaways and a litany of fascinating, funny, and insightful case studies, Truth is a sobering and engaging read about how profoundly our mindsets and actions are influenced by the truths that those around us choose to tell. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324665]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Truth: How the Many Sides to Every Story Shape Our Reality Author: Hector Macdonald Narrator: Robert Fass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: March 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'In a time when truth is under assault, Hector Macdonald is here to defend it. He offers clear-eyed, compelling guidelines for becoming a more accurate consumer and producer of information.'-Adam Grant, author of Give and Take, Originals, and Option B with Sheryl Sandberg For fans of Nudge, Sway, and The Art of Thinking Clearly, a fascinating dive into the many ways in which 'competing truths' shape our opinions, behaviors, and beliefs. True or false? It's rarely that simple. There is more than one truth about most things. The Internet disseminates knowledge but it also spreads hatred. Eating meat is nutritious but it's also damaging to the environment. When we communicate we naturally select the truths that are most helpful to our agenda. We can select truths constructively to inspire organizations, encourage children, and drive progressive change. Or we can select truths that give a false impression of reality, misleading people without actually lying. Others can do the same, motivating or deceiving us with the truth. Truths are neutral but highly versatile tools that we can use for good or ill. In Truth: How the Many Sides to Every Story Shape Our Reality, Hector Macdonald explores how truth is used and abused in politics, business, the media and everyday life. He shows how a clearer understanding of truth's many faces renders us better able to navigate our world and more influential within it. Combining great storytelling with practical takeaways and a litany of fascinating, funny, and insightful case studies, Truth is a sobering and engaging read about how profoundly our mindsets and actions are influenced by the truths that those around us choose to tell. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324476 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324476]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Understanding Sexual Abuse: A Guide for Ministry Leaders and Survivors Author: Tim Hein, Derek Perkins Narrator: Derek Perkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes Release date: February 27, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: It is said that the true test of a society is how it treats its most vulnerable members. As many as one in four girls and one in six boys experience sexual abuse during childhood, and it s estimated that as many as half of the incidents are never reported. This means that countless millions in our societies, both children and adults, carry this complex, often hidden pain. What does the path to healing look like for survivors? And how can ministry leaders, pastors, and counselors best help them as they walk this difficult road? Drawing on both his own experience and his wife's experience as survivors of childhood sexual abuse, minister and lecturer Tim Hein offers his expertise, practical guidance, and empathy both for ministry leaders and for survivors themselves. How can we best respond when a survivor shares their secret with us? Where can survivors turn for encouragement when the road to recovery seems so long and lonely? Hein presents clinical data and resources alongside pastoral wisdom and care, addressing both psychological and spiritual aspects of sexual abuse. Both for those who have suffered sexual abuse and those in a position to help them, this book is a rich resource. Filled with both sober truths and the hope of Christ, it calls survivors to take courage and walk unafraid down the road of healing. Tim Hein, Derek Perkins Tue, 27 Feb 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324476 thebookvoice.com 5:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324476]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Understanding Sexual Abuse: A Guide for Ministry Leaders and Survivors Author: Tim Hein, Derek Perkins Narrator: Derek Perkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes Release date: February 27, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: It is said that the true test of a society is how it treats its most vulnerable members. As many as one in four girls and one in six boys experience sexual abuse during childhood, and it s estimated that as many as half of the incidents are never reported. This means that countless millions in our societies, both children and adults, carry this complex, often hidden pain. What does the path to healing look like for survivors? And how can ministry leaders, pastors, and counselors best help them as they walk this difficult road? Drawing on both his own experience and his wife's experience as survivors of childhood sexual abuse, minister and lecturer Tim Hein offers his expertise, practical guidance, and empathy both for ministry leaders and for survivors themselves. How can we best respond when a survivor shares their secret with us? Where can survivors turn for encouragement when the road to recovery seems so long and lonely? Hein presents clinical data and resources alongside pastoral wisdom and care, addressing both psychological and spiritual aspects of sexual abuse. Both for those who have suffered sexual abuse and those in a position to help them, this book is a rich resource. Filled with both sober truths and the hope of Christ, it calls survivors to take courage and walk unafraid down the road of healing. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324476]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Understanding Sexual Abuse: A Guide for Ministry Leaders and Survivors Author: Tim Hein, Derek Perkins Narrator: Derek Perkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes Release date: February 27, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: It is said that the true test of a society is how it treats its most vulnerable members. As many as one in four girls and one in six boys experience sexual abuse during childhood, and it s estimated that as many as half of the incidents are never reported. This means that countless millions in our societies, both children and adults, carry this complex, often hidden pain. What does the path to healing look like for survivors? And how can ministry leaders, pastors, and counselors best help them as they walk this difficult road? Drawing on both his own experience and his wife's experience as survivors of childhood sexual abuse, minister and lecturer Tim Hein offers his expertise, practical guidance, and empathy both for ministry leaders and for survivors themselves. How can we best respond when a survivor shares their secret with us? Where can survivors turn for encouragement when the road to recovery seems so long and lonely? Hein presents clinical data and resources alongside pastoral wisdom and care, addressing both psychological and spiritual aspects of sexual abuse. Both for those who have suffered sexual abuse and those in a position to help them, this book is a rich resource. Filled with both sober truths and the hope of Christ, it calls survivors to take courage and walk unafraid down the road of healing. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324465 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324465]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Superfans: Into the Heart of Obsessive Sports Fandom Author: George Dohrmann Narrator: Chris Andrew Ciulla Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 36 minutes Release date: February 20, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A Pulitzer Prize–winning journalist pulls back the curtain on the extraordinary inner lives of America’s most obsessive sports fans. There are fans, and then there are fanatics. In this wondrously immersive look at American sports fandom, George Dohrmann travels the country to find out what distinguishes an ordinary, everyday enthusiast from that special breed of supporter known as the superfan. In Minnesota, Dohrmann meets newly minted generals of the Viking World Order, a Minnesota Vikings affinity group organized along military lines. In Oregon, he shares a few beers with a determined soccer fan who amassed—almost singlehandedly—a four-thousand-strong cheering section for the fledgling Portland Timbers. In Illinois, he talks with the parents of a five-year-old boy whose intense hatred of Tom Brady went viral on YouTube. Through these and other intimate profiles, Dohrmann shows us the human faces behind the colored face paint, the real people inside the elaborate costumes who prowl the stands and parking lots at stadiums from coast to coast.                     In addition to the fans themselves, Dohrmann also talks with the experts who study them. He uses the latest thinking in sports psychology—some of it learned during a spirited round of miniature golf with a group of professors at the annual Sports Psychology Forum—to unravel the answers to such burning questions as: How does fandom begin? What are its effects on everyday life? When does it go too far? For everyone who’s ever body-painted their torso with the team colors of their alma mater before heading off to a sports bar—or even just screamed at their television during the NBA Finals—Superfans offers an entertaining and insightful exploration of the many ways human beings find meaning in something bigger than themselves. Featuring photos of the Rally Banana, Timber Jim, the officers of the Viking World Order, a pair of Kentucky Wildcats tattoos, a Kevin Durant jersey torched by a jilted fan, and more. Plus analysis of the . . . Arizona State Sun Devils • Chicago Bears • Dallas Cowboys • Green Bay Packers • Indianapolis Colts • Milwaukee Brewers • Nebraska Cornhuskers • New England Patriots • Oklahoma City Thunder • Philadelphia Eagles • San Diego State Aztecs • Seattle Seahawks “Well reported and meticulously researched . . . Dohrmann is a respected, diligent sportswriter and has been so for years—you don’t get Pulitzers for message-board posts.”—The Wall Street Journal George Dohrmann Tue, 20 Feb 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324465 thebookvoice.com 6:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324465]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Superfans: Into the Heart of Obsessive Sports Fandom Author: George Dohrmann Narrator: Chris Andrew Ciulla Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 36 minutes Release date: February 20, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A Pulitzer Prize–winning journalist pulls back the curtain on the extraordinary inner lives of America’s most obsessive sports fans. There are fans, and then there are fanatics. In this wondrously immersive look at American sports fandom, George Dohrmann travels the country to find out what distinguishes an ordinary, everyday enthusiast from that special breed of supporter known as the superfan. In Minnesota, Dohrmann meets newly minted generals of the Viking World Order, a Minnesota Vikings affinity group organized along military lines. In Oregon, he shares a few beers with a determined soccer fan who amassed—almost singlehandedly—a four-thousand-strong cheering section for the fledgling Portland Timbers. In Illinois, he talks with the parents of a five-year-old boy whose intense hatred of Tom Brady went viral on YouTube. Through these and other intimate profiles, Dohrmann shows us the human faces behind the colored face paint, the real people inside the elaborate costumes who prowl the stands and parking lots at stadiums from coast to coast.                     In addition to the fans themselves, Dohrmann also talks with the experts who study them. He uses the latest thinking in sports psychology—some of it learned during a spirited round of miniature golf with a group of professors at the annual Sports Psychology Forum—to unravel the answers to such burning questions as: How does fandom begin? What are its effects on everyday life? When does it go too far? For everyone who’s ever body-painted their torso with the team colors of their alma mater before heading off to a sports bar—or even just screamed at their television during the NBA Finals—Superfans offers an entertaining and insightful exploration of the many ways human beings find meaning in something bigger than themselves. Featuring photos of the Rally Banana, Timber Jim, the officers of the Viking World Order, a pair of Kentucky Wildcats tattoos, a Kevin Durant jersey torched by a jilted fan, and more. Plus analysis of the . . . Arizona State Sun Devils • Chicago Bears • Dallas Cowboys • Green Bay Packers • Indianapolis Colts • Milwaukee Brewers • Nebraska Cornhuskers • New England Patriots • Oklahoma City Thunder • Philadelphia Eagles • San Diego State Aztecs • Seattle Seahawks “Well reported and meticulously researched . . . Dohrmann is a respected, diligent sportswriter and has been so for years—you don’t get Pulitzers for message-board posts.”—The Wall Street Journal Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324465]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Superfans: Into the Heart of Obsessive Sports Fandom Author: George Dohrmann Narrator: Chris Andrew Ciulla Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 36 minutes Release date: February 20, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A Pulitzer Prize–winning journalist pulls back the curtain on the extraordinary inner lives of America’s most obsessive sports fans. There are fans, and then there are fanatics. In this wondrously immersive look at American sports fandom, George Dohrmann travels the country to find out what distinguishes an ordinary, everyday enthusiast from that special breed of supporter known as the superfan. In Minnesota, Dohrmann meets newly minted generals of the Viking World Order, a Minnesota Vikings affinity group organized along military lines. In Oregon, he shares a few beers with a determined soccer fan who amassed—almost singlehandedly—a four-thousand-strong cheering section for the fledgling Portland Timbers. In Illinois, he talks with the parents of a five-year-old boy whose intense hatred of Tom Brady went viral on YouTube. Through these and other intimate profiles, Dohrmann shows us the human faces behind the colored face paint, the real people inside the elaborate costumes who prowl the stands and parking lots at stadiums from coast to coast.                     In addition to the fans themselves, Dohrmann also talks with the experts who study them. He uses the latest thinking in sports psychology—some of it learned during a spirited round of miniature golf with a group of professors at the annual Sports Psychology Forum—to unravel the answers to such burning questions as: How does fandom begin? What are its effects on everyday life? When does it go too far? For everyone who’s ever body-painted their torso with the team colors of their alma mater before heading off to a sports bar—or even just screamed at their television during the NBA Finals—Superfans offers an entertaining and insightful exploration of the many ways human beings find meaning in something bigger than themselves. Featuring photos of the Rally Banana, Timber Jim, the officers of the Viking World Order, a pair of Kentucky Wildcats tattoos, a Kevin Durant jersey torched by a jilted fan, and more. Plus analysis of the . . . Arizona State Sun Devils • Chicago Bears • Dallas Cowboys • Green Bay Packers • Indianapolis Colts • Milwaukee Brewers • Nebraska Cornhuskers • New England Patriots • Oklahoma City Thunder • Philadelphia Eagles • San Diego State Aztecs • Seattle Seahawks “Well reported and meticulously researched . . . Dohrmann is a respected, diligent sportswriter and has been so for years—you don’t get Pulitzers for message-board posts.”—The Wall Street Journal https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324408 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324408]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Fix a Broken Heart Series: Part of Ted Books Author: Guy Winch Narrator: Guy Winch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 47 minutes Release date: February 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.14 of Total 29 Ratings of Narrator: 4.86 of Total 7 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Imagine if we treated broken hearts with the same respect and concern we have for broken arms? Psychologist Guy Winch urges us to rethink the way we deal with emotional pain, offering warm, wise, and witty advice for the broken-hearted. Real heartbreak is unmistakable. We think of nothing else. We feel nothing else. We care about nothing else. Yet while we wouldn’t expect someone to return to daily activities immediately after suffering a broken limb, heartbroken people are expected to function normally in their lives, despite the emotional pain they feel. Now psychologist Guy Winch imagines how different things would be if we paid more attention to this unique emotion—if only we can understand how heartbreak works, we can begin to fix it. Through compelling research and new scientific studies, Winch reveals how and why heartbreak impacts our brain and our behavior in dramatic and unexpected ways, regardless of our age. Emotional pain lowers our ability to reason, to think creatively, to problem solve, and to function at our best. In How to Fix a Broken Heart he focuses on two types of emotional pain—romantic heartbreak and the heartbreak that results from the loss of a cherished pet. These experiences are both accompanied by severe grief responses, yet they are not deemed as important as, for example, a formal divorce or the loss of a close relative. As a result, we are often deprived of the recognition, support, and compassion afforded to those whose heartbreak is considered more significant. Our heart might be broken, but we do not have to break with it. Winch reveals that recovering from heartbreak always starts with a decision, a determination to move on when our mind is fighting to keep us stuck. We can take control of our lives and our minds and put ourselves on the path to healing. Winch offers a toolkit on how to handle and cope with a broken heart and how to, eventually, move on. Guy Winch Tue, 13 Feb 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324408 thebookvoice.com 2:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324408]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Fix a Broken Heart Series: Part of Ted Books Author: Guy Winch Narrator: Guy Winch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 47 minutes Release date: February 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.14 of Total 29 Ratings of Narrator: 4.86 of Total 7 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Imagine if we treated broken hearts with the same respect and concern we have for broken arms? Psychologist Guy Winch urges us to rethink the way we deal with emotional pain, offering warm, wise, and witty advice for the broken-hearted. Real heartbreak is unmistakable. We think of nothing else. We feel nothing else. We care about nothing else. Yet while we wouldn’t expect someone to return to daily activities immediately after suffering a broken limb, heartbroken people are expected to function normally in their lives, despite the emotional pain they feel. Now psychologist Guy Winch imagines how different things would be if we paid more attention to this unique emotion—if only we can understand how heartbreak works, we can begin to fix it. Through compelling research and new scientific studies, Winch reveals how and why heartbreak impacts our brain and our behavior in dramatic and unexpected ways, regardless of our age. Emotional pain lowers our ability to reason, to think creatively, to problem solve, and to function at our best. In How to Fix a Broken Heart he focuses on two types of emotional pain—romantic heartbreak and the heartbreak that results from the loss of a cherished pet. These experiences are both accompanied by severe grief responses, yet they are not deemed as important as, for example, a formal divorce or the loss of a close relative. As a result, we are often deprived of the recognition, support, and compassion afforded to those whose heartbreak is considered more significant. Our heart might be broken, but we do not have to break with it. Winch reveals that recovering from heartbreak always starts with a decision, a determination to move on when our mind is fighting to keep us stuck. We can take control of our lives and our minds and put ourselves on the path to healing. Winch offers a toolkit on how to handle and cope with a broken heart and how to, eventually, move on. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324408]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Fix a Broken Heart Series: Part of Ted Books Author: Guy Winch Narrator: Guy Winch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 47 minutes Release date: February 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.14 of Total 29 Ratings of Narrator: 4.86 of Total 7 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Imagine if we treated broken hearts with the same respect and concern we have for broken arms? Psychologist Guy Winch urges us to rethink the way we deal with emotional pain, offering warm, wise, and witty advice for the broken-hearted. Real heartbreak is unmistakable. We think of nothing else. We feel nothing else. We care about nothing else. Yet while we wouldn’t expect someone to return to daily activities immediately after suffering a broken limb, heartbroken people are expected to function normally in their lives, despite the emotional pain they feel. Now psychologist Guy Winch imagines how different things would be if we paid more attention to this unique emotion—if only we can understand how heartbreak works, we can begin to fix it. Through compelling research and new scientific studies, Winch reveals how and why heartbreak impacts our brain and our behavior in dramatic and unexpected ways, regardless of our age. Emotional pain lowers our ability to reason, to think creatively, to problem solve, and to function at our best. In How to Fix a Broken Heart he focuses on two types of emotional pain—romantic heartbreak and the heartbreak that results from the loss of a cherished pet. These experiences are both accompanied by severe grief responses, yet they are not deemed as important as, for example, a formal divorce or the loss of a close relative. As a result, we are often deprived of the recognition, support, and compassion afforded to those whose heartbreak is considered more significant. Our heart might be broken, but we do not have to break with it. Winch reveals that recovering from heartbreak always starts with a decision, a determination to move on when our mind is fighting to keep us stuck. We can take control of our lives and our minds and put ourselves on the path to healing. Winch offers a toolkit on how to handle and cope with a broken heart and how to, eventually, move on. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324357 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324357]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Endure: Mind, Body and the Curiously Elastic Limits of Human Performance Author: Alex Hutchinson Narrator: Robert G. Slade Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 9 minutes Release date: February 8, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: ‘This book is AMAZING!’ – MALCOLM GLADWELL ‘If you want to gain insight into the mind of great athletes, adventurers, and peak performers then prepare to be enthralled by Alex Hutchinson’s Endure.’ – BEAR GRYLLS How high or far or fast can humans go? And what about individual potential: what defines a person’s limits? From running a two-hour marathon to summiting Mount Everest, we’re fascinated by the extremes of human endurance, constantly testing both our physical and psychological limits. In Endure Alex Hutchinson, Ph.D., reveals why our individual limits may be determined as much by our head and heart, as by our muscles. He presents an overview of science’s search for understanding human fatigue, from crude experiments with electricity and frogs’ legs to sophisticated brain imaging technology. Going beyond the traditional mechanical view of human limits, he instead argues that a key element in endurance is how the brain responds to distress signals—whether heat, or cold, or muscles screaming with lactic acid—and reveals that we can train to improve brain response. An elite distance runner himself, Hutchinson takes us to the forefront of the new sports psychology – brain electrode jolts, computer-based training, subliminal messaging – and presents startling new discoveries enhancing the performance of athletes today, showing us how anyone can utilize these tactics to bolster their own performance – and get the most out of their bodies. Alex Hutchinson Thu, 08 Feb 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324357 thebookvoice.com 11:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324357]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Endure: Mind, Body and the Curiously Elastic Limits of Human Performance Author: Alex Hutchinson Narrator: Robert G. Slade Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 9 minutes Release date: February 8, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: ‘This book is AMAZING!’ – MALCOLM GLADWELL ‘If you want to gain insight into the mind of great athletes, adventurers, and peak performers then prepare to be enthralled by Alex Hutchinson’s Endure.’ – BEAR GRYLLS How high or far or fast can humans go? And what about individual potential: what defines a person’s limits? From running a two-hour marathon to summiting Mount Everest, we’re fascinated by the extremes of human endurance, constantly testing both our physical and psychological limits. In Endure Alex Hutchinson, Ph.D., reveals why our individual limits may be determined as much by our head and heart, as by our muscles. He presents an overview of science’s search for understanding human fatigue, from crude experiments with electricity and frogs’ legs to sophisticated brain imaging technology. Going beyond the traditional mechanical view of human limits, he instead argues that a key element in endurance is how the brain responds to distress signals—whether heat, or cold, or muscles screaming with lactic acid—and reveals that we can train to improve brain response. An elite distance runner himself, Hutchinson takes us to the forefront of the new sports psychology – brain electrode jolts, computer-based training, subliminal messaging – and presents startling new discoveries enhancing the performance of athletes today, showing us how anyone can utilize these tactics to bolster their own performance – and get the most out of their bodies. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324357]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Endure: Mind, Body and the Curiously Elastic Limits of Human Performance Author: Alex Hutchinson Narrator: Robert G. Slade Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 9 minutes Release date: February 8, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: ‘This book is AMAZING!’ – MALCOLM GLADWELL ‘If you want to gain insight into the mind of great athletes, adventurers, and peak performers then prepare to be enthralled by Alex Hutchinson’s Endure.’ – BEAR GRYLLS How high or far or fast can humans go? And what about individual potential: what defines a person’s limits? From running a two-hour marathon to summiting Mount Everest, we’re fascinated by the extremes of human endurance, constantly testing both our physical and psychological limits. In Endure Alex Hutchinson, Ph.D., reveals why our individual limits may be determined as much by our head and heart, as by our muscles. He presents an overview of science’s search for understanding human fatigue, from crude experiments with electricity and frogs’ legs to sophisticated brain imaging technology. Going beyond the traditional mechanical view of human limits, he instead argues that a key element in endurance is how the brain responds to distress signals—whether heat, or cold, or muscles screaming with lactic acid—and reveals that we can train to improve brain response. An elite distance runner himself, Hutchinson takes us to the forefront of the new sports psychology – brain electrode jolts, computer-based training, subliminal messaging – and presents startling new discoveries enhancing the performance of athletes today, showing us how anyone can utilize these tactics to bolster their own performance – and get the most out of their bodies. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324329 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324329]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Evolution of Desire: Strategies of Human Mating Author: David M. Buss Narrator: Greg Tremblay Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 22 minutes Release date: February 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 16 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The groundbreaking, provocative book that uses evolutionary psychology to explain human mating and the mysteries of love. If we all want love, why is there so much conflict in our most cherished relationships? To answer this question we must look into our evolutionary past, argues prominent psychologist David M. Buss. Based one of the largest studies of human mating ever undertaken, encompassing more than 10,000 people of all ages from thirty-seven cultures worldwide, The Evolution of Desire is the first work to present a unified theory of human mating behavior. Drawing on a wide range of examples of mating behavior -- from lovebugs to elephant seals, from the Yanomamö tribe of Venezuela to online dating apps -- Buss reveals what women want, what men want, and why their desires radically differ. Love has a central place in human sexual psychology, but conflict, competition, and manipulation also pervade human mating -- something we must confront in order to control our own mating destiny. Updated to reflect the very latest scientific research on human mating, this definitive edition of this classic work of evolutionary psychology explains the powerful forces that shape our most intimate desires. David M. Buss Tue, 06 Feb 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324329 thebookvoice.com 12:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324329]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Evolution of Desire: Strategies of Human Mating Author: David M. Buss Narrator: Greg Tremblay Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 22 minutes Release date: February 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 16 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The groundbreaking, provocative book that uses evolutionary psychology to explain human mating and the mysteries of love. If we all want love, why is there so much conflict in our most cherished relationships? To answer this question we must look into our evolutionary past, argues prominent psychologist David M. Buss. Based one of the largest studies of human mating ever undertaken, encompassing more than 10,000 people of all ages from thirty-seven cultures worldwide, The Evolution of Desire is the first work to present a unified theory of human mating behavior. Drawing on a wide range of examples of mating behavior -- from lovebugs to elephant seals, from the Yanomamö tribe of Venezuela to online dating apps -- Buss reveals what women want, what men want, and why their desires radically differ. Love has a central place in human sexual psychology, but conflict, competition, and manipulation also pervade human mating -- something we must confront in order to control our own mating destiny. Updated to reflect the very latest scientific research on human mating, this definitive edition of this classic work of evolutionary psychology explains the powerful forces that shape our most intimate desires. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324329]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Evolution of Desire: Strategies of Human Mating Author: David M. Buss Narrator: Greg Tremblay Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 22 minutes Release date: February 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 16 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The groundbreaking, provocative book that uses evolutionary psychology to explain human mating and the mysteries of love. If we all want love, why is there so much conflict in our most cherished relationships? To answer this question we must look into our evolutionary past, argues prominent psychologist David M. Buss. Based one of the largest studies of human mating ever undertaken, encompassing more than 10,000 people of all ages from thirty-seven cultures worldwide, The Evolution of Desire is the first work to present a unified theory of human mating behavior. Drawing on a wide range of examples of mating behavior -- from lovebugs to elephant seals, from the Yanomamö tribe of Venezuela to online dating apps -- Buss reveals what women want, what men want, and why their desires radically differ. Love has a central place in human sexual psychology, but conflict, competition, and manipulation also pervade human mating -- something we must confront in order to control our own mating destiny. Updated to reflect the very latest scientific research on human mating, this definitive edition of this classic work of evolutionary psychology explains the powerful forces that shape our most intimate desires. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324322 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324322]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Food Therapist: Break Bad Habits, Eat with Intention, and Indulge Without Worry Author: Shira Lenchewski Narrator: Therese Plummer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 30 minutes Release date: February 13, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: If you asked people to post a status update on their relationship with food, most would say 'It's Complicated.' We aspire to eat healthfully but find ourselves making hasty food choices driven by stress and convenience. Or we treat ourselves to a decadent dessert but feel so guilty we don't even enjoy it. The truth is we can't make good food decisions if we don't deeply examine our relationship with food. In The Food Therapist, Shira Lenchewski offers readers an ongoing one-on-one food therapy session, revealing the root causes of our emotional hang-ups around food and providing the necessary tools to overcome them. This practical and judgment-free guide helps readers hone the skills needed to put their get-healthy intentions into daily action, such as planning ahead wisely, tuning into their fullness cues, and harnessing willpower (even when life gets messy). Lenchewski also offers easy-to-follow, tasty recipes aimed at rebalancing our hormones and conquering our cravings without deprivation. The Food Therapist is a refreshingly modern resource that helps us finally un-complicate our relationship with food and our bodies. We can then focus our efforts on making thoughtful, healthy choices, day in and day out, which serve our ultimate goals, whatever they may be. Shira Lenchewski Tue, 13 Feb 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324322 thebookvoice.com 4:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324322]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Food Therapist: Break Bad Habits, Eat with Intention, and Indulge Without Worry Author: Shira Lenchewski Narrator: Therese Plummer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 30 minutes Release date: February 13, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: If you asked people to post a status update on their relationship with food, most would say 'It's Complicated.' We aspire to eat healthfully but find ourselves making hasty food choices driven by stress and convenience. Or we treat ourselves to a decadent dessert but feel so guilty we don't even enjoy it. The truth is we can't make good food decisions if we don't deeply examine our relationship with food. In The Food Therapist, Shira Lenchewski offers readers an ongoing one-on-one food therapy session, revealing the root causes of our emotional hang-ups around food and providing the necessary tools to overcome them. This practical and judgment-free guide helps readers hone the skills needed to put their get-healthy intentions into daily action, such as planning ahead wisely, tuning into their fullness cues, and harnessing willpower (even when life gets messy). Lenchewski also offers easy-to-follow, tasty recipes aimed at rebalancing our hormones and conquering our cravings without deprivation. The Food Therapist is a refreshingly modern resource that helps us finally un-complicate our relationship with food and our bodies. We can then focus our efforts on making thoughtful, healthy choices, day in and day out, which serve our ultimate goals, whatever they may be. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324322]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Food Therapist: Break Bad Habits, Eat with Intention, and Indulge Without Worry Author: Shira Lenchewski Narrator: Therese Plummer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 30 minutes Release date: February 13, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: If you asked people to post a status update on their relationship with food, most would say 'It's Complicated.' We aspire to eat healthfully but find ourselves making hasty food choices driven by stress and convenience. Or we treat ourselves to a decadent dessert but feel so guilty we don't even enjoy it. The truth is we can't make good food decisions if we don't deeply examine our relationship with food. In The Food Therapist, Shira Lenchewski offers readers an ongoing one-on-one food therapy session, revealing the root causes of our emotional hang-ups around food and providing the necessary tools to overcome them. This practical and judgment-free guide helps readers hone the skills needed to put their get-healthy intentions into daily action, such as planning ahead wisely, tuning into their fullness cues, and harnessing willpower (even when life gets messy). Lenchewski also offers easy-to-follow, tasty recipes aimed at rebalancing our hormones and conquering our cravings without deprivation. The Food Therapist is a refreshingly modern resource that helps us finally un-complicate our relationship with food and our bodies. We can then focus our efforts on making thoughtful, healthy choices, day in and day out, which serve our ultimate goals, whatever they may be. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324276 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324276]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reductionism in Art and Brain Science: Bridging the Two Cultures Author: Eric R. Kandel Narrator: James Anderson Foster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 2 minutes Release date: January 30, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Are art and science separated by an unbridgeable divide? Can they find common ground? In this book, neuroscientist Eric R. Kandel, whose remarkable scientific career and deep interest in art give him a unique perspective, demonstrates how science can inform the way we experience a work of art and seek to understand its meaning. Kandel illustrates how reductionism—the distillation of larger scientific or aesthetic concepts into smaller, more tractable components—has been used by scientists and artists alike to pursue their respective truths. He draws on his Nobel Prize–winning work revealing the neurobiological underpinnings of learning and memory in sea slugs to shed light on the complex workings of the mental processes of higher animals. In Reductionism in Art and Brain Science, Kandel shows how this radically reductionist approach, applied to the most complex puzzle of our time—the brain—has been employed by modern artists who distill their subjective world into color, form, and light. Kandel demonstrates through bottom-up sensory and top-down cognitive functions how science can explore the complexities of human perception and help us to perceive, appreciate, and understand great works of art. Eric R. Kandel Tue, 30 Jan 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324276 thebookvoice.com 4:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324276]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reductionism in Art and Brain Science: Bridging the Two Cultures Author: Eric R. Kandel Narrator: James Anderson Foster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 2 minutes Release date: January 30, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Are art and science separated by an unbridgeable divide? Can they find common ground? In this book, neuroscientist Eric R. Kandel, whose remarkable scientific career and deep interest in art give him a unique perspective, demonstrates how science can inform the way we experience a work of art and seek to understand its meaning. Kandel illustrates how reductionism—the distillation of larger scientific or aesthetic concepts into smaller, more tractable components—has been used by scientists and artists alike to pursue their respective truths. He draws on his Nobel Prize–winning work revealing the neurobiological underpinnings of learning and memory in sea slugs to shed light on the complex workings of the mental processes of higher animals. In Reductionism in Art and Brain Science, Kandel shows how this radically reductionist approach, applied to the most complex puzzle of our time—the brain—has been employed by modern artists who distill their subjective world into color, form, and light. Kandel demonstrates through bottom-up sensory and top-down cognitive functions how science can explore the complexities of human perception and help us to perceive, appreciate, and understand great works of art. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324276]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reductionism in Art and Brain Science: Bridging the Two Cultures Author: Eric R. Kandel Narrator: James Anderson Foster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 2 minutes Release date: January 30, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Are art and science separated by an unbridgeable divide? Can they find common ground? In this book, neuroscientist Eric R. Kandel, whose remarkable scientific career and deep interest in art give him a unique perspective, demonstrates how science can inform the way we experience a work of art and seek to understand its meaning. Kandel illustrates how reductionism—the distillation of larger scientific or aesthetic concepts into smaller, more tractable components—has been used by scientists and artists alike to pursue their respective truths. He draws on his Nobel Prize–winning work revealing the neurobiological underpinnings of learning and memory in sea slugs to shed light on the complex workings of the mental processes of higher animals. In Reductionism in Art and Brain Science, Kandel shows how this radically reductionist approach, applied to the most complex puzzle of our time—the brain—has been employed by modern artists who distill their subjective world into color, form, and light. Kandel demonstrates through bottom-up sensory and top-down cognitive functions how science can explore the complexities of human perception and help us to perceive, appreciate, and understand great works of art. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324211 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324211]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: It's Not Always Depression: Working the Change Triangle to Listen to the Body, Discover Core Emotions, and Connect to Your Authentic Self Author: Hilary Jacobs Hendel Narrator: Hilary Jacobs Hendel, Cassandra Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 15 minutes Release date: February 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Fascinating patient stories and dynamic exercises help you connect to healing emotions, ease anxiety and depression, and discover your authentic self.   Sara suffered a debilitating fear of asserting herself. Spencer experienced crippling social anxiety. Bonnie was shut down, disconnected from her feelings. These patients all came to psychotherapist Hilary Jacobs Hendel seeking treatment for depression, but in fact none of them were chemically depressed. Rather, Jacobs Hendel found that they’d all experienced traumas in their youth that caused them to put up emotional defenses that masqueraded as symptoms of depression. Jacobs Hendel led these patients and others toward lives newly capable of joy and fulfillment through an empathic and effective therapeutic approach that draws on the latest science about the healing power of our emotions.   Whereas conventional therapy encourages patients to talk through past events that may trigger anxiety and depression, accelerated experiential dynamic psychotherapy (AEDP), the method practiced by Jacobs Hendel and pioneered by Diana Fosha, PhD, teaches us to identify the defenses and inhibitory emotions (shame, guilt, and anxiety) that block core emotions (anger, sadness, fear, disgust, joy, excitement, and sexual excitement). Fully experiencing core emotions allows us to enter an openhearted state where we are calm, curious, connected, compassionate, confident, courageous, and clear.   In It’s Not Always Depression, Jacobs Hendel shares a unique and pragmatic tool called the Change Triangle—a guide to carry you from a place of disconnection back to your true self. In these pages, she teaches lay readers and helping professionals alike   • why all emotions—even the most painful—have value. • how to identify emotions and the defenses we put up against them. • how to get to the root of anxiety—the most common mental illness of our time. • how to have compassion for the child you were and the adult you are.   Jacobs Hendel provides navigational tools, body and thought exercises, candid personal anecdotes, and profound insights gleaned from her patients’ remarkable breakthroughs. She shows us how to work the Change Triangle in our everyday lives and chart a deeply personal, powerful, and hopeful course to psychological well-being and emotional engagement. Includes a bonus PDF of figures and exercises. Hilary Jacobs Hendel Tue, 06 Feb 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324211 thebookvoice.com 8:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324211]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: It's Not Always Depression: Working the Change Triangle to Listen to the Body, Discover Core Emotions, and Connect to Your Authentic Self Author: Hilary Jacobs Hendel Narrator: Hilary Jacobs Hendel, Cassandra Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 15 minutes Release date: February 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Fascinating patient stories and dynamic exercises help you connect to healing emotions, ease anxiety and depression, and discover your authentic self.   Sara suffered a debilitating fear of asserting herself. Spencer experienced crippling social anxiety. Bonnie was shut down, disconnected from her feelings. These patients all came to psychotherapist Hilary Jacobs Hendel seeking treatment for depression, but in fact none of them were chemically depressed. Rather, Jacobs Hendel found that they’d all experienced traumas in their youth that caused them to put up emotional defenses that masqueraded as symptoms of depression. Jacobs Hendel led these patients and others toward lives newly capable of joy and fulfillment through an empathic and effective therapeutic approach that draws on the latest science about the healing power of our emotions.   Whereas conventional therapy encourages patients to talk through past events that may trigger anxiety and depression, accelerated experiential dynamic psychotherapy (AEDP), the method practiced by Jacobs Hendel and pioneered by Diana Fosha, PhD, teaches us to identify the defenses and inhibitory emotions (shame, guilt, and anxiety) that block core emotions (anger, sadness, fear, disgust, joy, excitement, and sexual excitement). Fully experiencing core emotions allows us to enter an openhearted state where we are calm, curious, connected, compassionate, confident, courageous, and clear.   In It’s Not Always Depression, Jacobs Hendel shares a unique and pragmatic tool called the Change Triangle—a guide to carry you from a place of disconnection back to your true self. In these pages, she teaches lay readers and helping professionals alike   • why all emotions—even the most painful—have value. • how to identify emotions and the defenses we put up against them. • how to get to the root of anxiety—the most common mental illness of our time. • how to have compassion for the child you were and the adult you are.   Jacobs Hendel provides navigational tools, body and thought exercises, candid personal anecdotes, and profound insights gleaned from her patients’ remarkable breakthroughs. She shows us how to work the Change Triangle in our everyday lives and chart a deeply personal, powerful, and hopeful course to psychological well-being and emotional engagement. Includes a bonus PDF of figures and exercises. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324211]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: It's Not Always Depression: Working the Change Triangle to Listen to the Body, Discover Core Emotions, and Connect to Your Authentic Self Author: Hilary Jacobs Hendel Narrator: Hilary Jacobs Hendel, Cassandra Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 15 minutes Release date: February 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Fascinating patient stories and dynamic exercises help you connect to healing emotions, ease anxiety and depression, and discover your authentic self.   Sara suffered a debilitating fear of asserting herself. Spencer experienced crippling social anxiety. Bonnie was shut down, disconnected from her feelings. These patients all came to psychotherapist Hilary Jacobs Hendel seeking treatment for depression, but in fact none of them were chemically depressed. Rather, Jacobs Hendel found that they’d all experienced traumas in their youth that caused them to put up emotional defenses that masqueraded as symptoms of depression. Jacobs Hendel led these patients and others toward lives newly capable of joy and fulfillment through an empathic and effective therapeutic approach that draws on the latest science about the healing power of our emotions.   Whereas conventional therapy encourages patients to talk through past events that may trigger anxiety and depression, accelerated experiential dynamic psychotherapy (AEDP), the method practiced by Jacobs Hendel and pioneered by Diana Fosha, PhD, teaches us to identify the defenses and inhibitory emotions (shame, guilt, and anxiety) that block core emotions (anger, sadness, fear, disgust, joy, excitement, and sexual excitement). Fully experiencing core emotions allows us to enter an openhearted state where we are calm, curious, connected, compassionate, confident, courageous, and clear.   In It’s Not Always Depression, Jacobs Hendel shares a unique and pragmatic tool called the Change Triangle—a guide to carry you from a place of disconnection back to your true self. In these pages, she teaches lay readers and helping professionals alike   • why all emotions—even the most painful—have value. • how to identify emotions and the defenses we put up against them. • how to get to the root of anxiety—the most common mental illness of our time. • how to have compassion for the child you were and the adult you are.   Jacobs Hendel provides navigational tools, body and thought exercises, candid personal anecdotes, and profound insights gleaned from her patients’ remarkable breakthroughs. She shows us how to work the Change Triangle in our everyday lives and chart a deeply personal, powerful, and hopeful course to psychological well-being and emotional engagement. Includes a bonus PDF of figures and exercises. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324208 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324208]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Thinking in Bets: Making Smarter Decisions When You Don't Have All the Facts Author: Annie Duke Narrator: Annie Duke Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 51 minutes Release date: February 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.54 of Total 26 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 8 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: NATIONAL BESTSELLER • Poker champion turned business consultant Annie Duke teaches you how to get comfortable with uncertainty and make better decisions as a result in “the ultimate guide to thinking about risk” (Charles Duhigg, author of The Power of Habit).   “A big favorite among investors these days.”—The New York Times “Outstanding.”—Jason Zweig, The Wall Street Journal In Super Bowl XLIX, Seahawks coach Pete Carroll made one of the most controversial calls in football history: With 26 seconds remaining, and trailing by four at the Patriots' one-yard line, he called for a pass instead of a hand off to his star running back. The pass was intercepted and the Seahawks lost. Critics called it the dumbest play in history. But was the call really that bad? Or did Carroll actually make a great move that was ruined by bad luck? Even the best decision doesn't yield the best outcome every time. There's always an element of luck that you can't control, and there is always information that is hidden from view. So the key to long-term success (and avoiding worrying yourself to death) is to think in bets: How sure am I? What are the possible ways things could turn out? What decision has the highest odds of success? Did I land in the unlucky 10% on the strategy that works 90% of the time? Or is my success attributable to dumb luck rather than great decision making? Annie Duke, a former World Series of Poker champion turned business consultant, draws on examples from business, sports, politics, and (of course) poker to share tools anyone can use to embrace uncertainty and make better decisions. For most people, it's difficult to say 'I'm not sure' in a world that values and, even, rewards the appearance of certainty. But professional poker players are comfortable with the fact that great decisions don't always lead to great outcomes and bad decisions don't always lead to bad outcomes. By shifting your thinking from a need for certainty to a goal of accurately assessing what you know and what you don't, you'll be less vulnerable to reactive emotions, knee-jerk biases, and destructive habits in your decision making. You'll become more confident, calm, compassionate and successful in the long run. Annie Duke Tue, 06 Feb 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324208 thebookvoice.com 6:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324208]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Thinking in Bets: Making Smarter Decisions When You Don't Have All the Facts Author: Annie Duke Narrator: Annie Duke Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 51 minutes Release date: February 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.54 of Total 26 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 8 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: NATIONAL BESTSELLER • Poker champion turned business consultant Annie Duke teaches you how to get comfortable with uncertainty and make better decisions as a result in “the ultimate guide to thinking about risk” (Charles Duhigg, author of The Power of Habit).   “A big favorite among investors these days.”—The New York Times “Outstanding.”—Jason Zweig, The Wall Street Journal In Super Bowl XLIX, Seahawks coach Pete Carroll made one of the most controversial calls in football history: With 26 seconds remaining, and trailing by four at the Patriots' one-yard line, he called for a pass instead of a hand off to his star running back. The pass was intercepted and the Seahawks lost. Critics called it the dumbest play in history. But was the call really that bad? Or did Carroll actually make a great move that was ruined by bad luck? Even the best decision doesn't yield the best outcome every time. There's always an element of luck that you can't control, and there is always information that is hidden from view. So the key to long-term success (and avoiding worrying yourself to death) is to think in bets: How sure am I? What are the possible ways things could turn out? What decision has the highest odds of success? Did I land in the unlucky 10% on the strategy that works 90% of the time? Or is my success attributable to dumb luck rather than great decision making? Annie Duke, a former World Series of Poker champion turned business consultant, draws on examples from business, sports, politics, and (of course) poker to share tools anyone can use to embrace uncertainty and make better decisions. For most people, it's difficult to say 'I'm not sure' in a world that values and, even, rewards the appearance of certainty. But professional poker players are comfortable with the fact that great decisions don't always lead to great outcomes and bad decisions don't always lead to bad outcomes. By shifting your thinking from a need for certainty to a goal of accurately assessing what you know and what you don't, you'll be less vulnerable to reactive emotions, knee-jerk biases, and destructive habits in your decision making. You'll become more confident, calm, compassionate and successful in the long run. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324208]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Thinking in Bets: Making Smarter Decisions When You Don't Have All the Facts Author: Annie Duke Narrator: Annie Duke Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 51 minutes Release date: February 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.54 of Total 26 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 8 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: NATIONAL BESTSELLER • Poker champion turned business consultant Annie Duke teaches you how to get comfortable with uncertainty and make better decisions as a result in “the ultimate guide to thinking about risk” (Charles Duhigg, author of The Power of Habit).   “A big favorite among investors these days.”—The New York Times “Outstanding.”—Jason Zweig, The Wall Street Journal In Super Bowl XLIX, Seahawks coach Pete Carroll made one of the most controversial calls in football history: With 26 seconds remaining, and trailing by four at the Patriots' one-yard line, he called for a pass instead of a hand off to his star running back. The pass was intercepted and the Seahawks lost. Critics called it the dumbest play in history. But was the call really that bad? Or did Carroll actually make a great move that was ruined by bad luck? Even the best decision doesn't yield the best outcome every time. There's always an element of luck that you can't control, and there is always information that is hidden from view. So the key to long-term success (and avoiding worrying yourself to death) is to think in bets: How sure am I? What are the possible ways things could turn out? What decision has the highest odds of success? Did I land in the unlucky 10% on the strategy that works 90% of the time? Or is my success attributable to dumb luck rather than great decision making? Annie Duke, a former World Series of Poker champion turned business consultant, draws on examples from business, sports, politics, and (of course) poker to share tools anyone can use to embrace uncertainty and make better decisions. For most people, it's difficult to say 'I'm not sure' in a world that values and, even, rewards the appearance of certainty. But professional poker players are comfortable with the fact that great decisions don't always lead to great outcomes and bad decisions don't always lead to bad outcomes. By shifting your thinking from a need for certainty to a goal of accurately assessing what you know and what you don't, you'll be less vulnerable to reactive emotions, knee-jerk biases, and destructive habits in your decision making. You'll become more confident, calm, compassionate and successful in the long run. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324117 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324117]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Endure: Mind, Body, and the Curiously Elastic Limits of Human Performance Author: Alexander Hutchinson Narrator: Robert G. Slade Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 10 minutes Release date: February 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.35 of Total 40 Ratings of Narrator: 4.83 of Total 6 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • ''Reveals how we can all surpass our perceived physical limits.'' —Adam Grant Limits are an illusion: a revolutionary book that reveals the secrets of accessing your hidden extra potential Foreword by Malcolm Gladwell The capacity to endure is the key trait that underlies great performance in virtually every field—from a 100-meter sprint to a 100-mile ultramarathon, from summiting Everest to acing final exams or completing any difficult project. But what if we all can go farther, push harder, and achieve more than we think we’re capable of? Blending cutting-edge science and gripping storytelling in the spirit of Malcolm Gladwell—who contributes the book’s foreword—award-winning journalist Alex Hutchinson reveals that a wave of paradigm-altering research over the past decade suggests the seemingly physical barriers you encounter as set as much by your brain as by your body. This means the mind is the new frontier of endurance—and that the horizons of performance are much more elastic than we once thought. But, of course, it’s not “all in your head.” For each of the physical limits that Hutchinson explores—pain, muscle, oxygen, heat, thirst, fuel—he carefully disentangles the delicate interplay of mind and body by telling the riveting stories of men and women who’ve pushed their own limits in extraordinary ways. The longtime “Sweat Science” columnist for Outside and Runner’s World, Hutchinson, a former national-team long-distance runner and Cambridge-trained physicist, was one of only two reporters granted access to Nike’s top-secret training project to break the two-hour marathon barrier, an extreme quest he traces throughout the book. But the lessons he draws from shadowing elite athletes and from traveling to high-tech labs around the world are surprisingly universal. Endurance, Hutchinson writes, is “the struggle to continue against a mounting desire to stop”—and we’re always capable of pushing a little farther. Alexander Hutchinson Tue, 06 Feb 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324117 thebookvoice.com 11:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324117]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Endure: Mind, Body, and the Curiously Elastic Limits of Human Performance Author: Alexander Hutchinson Narrator: Robert G. Slade Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 10 minutes Release date: February 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.35 of Total 40 Ratings of Narrator: 4.83 of Total 6 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • ''Reveals how we can all surpass our perceived physical limits.'' —Adam Grant Limits are an illusion: a revolutionary book that reveals the secrets of accessing your hidden extra potential Foreword by Malcolm Gladwell The capacity to endure is the key trait that underlies great performance in virtually every field—from a 100-meter sprint to a 100-mile ultramarathon, from summiting Everest to acing final exams or completing any difficult project. But what if we all can go farther, push harder, and achieve more than we think we’re capable of? Blending cutting-edge science and gripping storytelling in the spirit of Malcolm Gladwell—who contributes the book’s foreword—award-winning journalist Alex Hutchinson reveals that a wave of paradigm-altering research over the past decade suggests the seemingly physical barriers you encounter as set as much by your brain as by your body. This means the mind is the new frontier of endurance—and that the horizons of performance are much more elastic than we once thought. But, of course, it’s not “all in your head.” For each of the physical limits that Hutchinson explores—pain, muscle, oxygen, heat, thirst, fuel—he carefully disentangles the delicate interplay of mind and body by telling the riveting stories of men and women who’ve pushed their own limits in extraordinary ways. The longtime “Sweat Science” columnist for Outside and Runner’s World, Hutchinson, a former national-team long-distance runner and Cambridge-trained physicist, was one of only two reporters granted access to Nike’s top-secret training project to break the two-hour marathon barrier, an extreme quest he traces throughout the book. But the lessons he draws from shadowing elite athletes and from traveling to high-tech labs around the world are surprisingly universal. Endurance, Hutchinson writes, is “the struggle to continue against a mounting desire to stop”—and we’re always capable of pushing a little farther. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324117]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Endure: Mind, Body, and the Curiously Elastic Limits of Human Performance Author: Alexander Hutchinson Narrator: Robert G. Slade Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 10 minutes Release date: February 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.35 of Total 40 Ratings of Narrator: 4.83 of Total 6 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • ''Reveals how we can all surpass our perceived physical limits.'' —Adam Grant Limits are an illusion: a revolutionary book that reveals the secrets of accessing your hidden extra potential Foreword by Malcolm Gladwell The capacity to endure is the key trait that underlies great performance in virtually every field—from a 100-meter sprint to a 100-mile ultramarathon, from summiting Everest to acing final exams or completing any difficult project. But what if we all can go farther, push harder, and achieve more than we think we’re capable of? Blending cutting-edge science and gripping storytelling in the spirit of Malcolm Gladwell—who contributes the book’s foreword—award-winning journalist Alex Hutchinson reveals that a wave of paradigm-altering research over the past decade suggests the seemingly physical barriers you encounter as set as much by your brain as by your body. This means the mind is the new frontier of endurance—and that the horizons of performance are much more elastic than we once thought. But, of course, it’s not “all in your head.” For each of the physical limits that Hutchinson explores—pain, muscle, oxygen, heat, thirst, fuel—he carefully disentangles the delicate interplay of mind and body by telling the riveting stories of men and women who’ve pushed their own limits in extraordinary ways. The longtime “Sweat Science” columnist for Outside and Runner’s World, Hutchinson, a former national-team long-distance runner and Cambridge-trained physicist, was one of only two reporters granted access to Nike’s top-secret training project to break the two-hour marathon barrier, an extreme quest he traces throughout the book. But the lessons he draws from shadowing elite athletes and from traveling to high-tech labs around the world are surprisingly universal. Endurance, Hutchinson writes, is “the struggle to continue against a mounting desire to stop”—and we’re always capable of pushing a little farther. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324081 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324081]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blessed Are the Weird: A Manifesto for Creatives Author: Jacob Nordby Narrator: Jacob Nordby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 4 minutes Release date: January 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 4.8 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The world wants its soul back . . . This book is for highly sensitive people who have felt out of place in the modern world. It provides a narrative that describes how they fit into a lineage of creatives throughout history, and how their gifts are needed during this precise era of 'new renaissance' on Earth. In this book, author Jacob Nordby offers a bold new definition of success in the modern era. 'The only success now is living and creating a work-of-art life: unique, rich with meaning, naked of anything we don't care about, and ruthless about carving out something absolutely real from a world that has gorged itself on fakeness and become critically ill from it. The only failure now is pulling back from that quest because of fear.' Expanding upon his short original 'Blessed Are the Weird' piece that became a viral phenomenon, he traces the roots of soulful artistry and creation to ancient times and back again to reveal the insistent, eternal quest of our true natures that demands something real—as if our very existence depends upon it. This book is a call to creatives (and those who want to be) with the clear message that it has never been more critical to heed the call of soul than it is during this exciting, dangerous new renaissance epoch on Planet Earth. Heartfelt and sometimes humorous, it lights a signal fire for all who feel out of place in the modern world and invites them to claim their heritage as members in an ancient lineage—those tenders of soul and beauty who have always kept the flame alive for humanity. This is a book for everyone who wants to lead a deep, true, and passionate life and leave the world better for having passed this way. Blessed Are the Weird. Your time has come to define the new normal. Jacob Nordby Wed, 24 Jan 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324081 thebookvoice.com 5:4:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324081]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blessed Are the Weird: A Manifesto for Creatives Author: Jacob Nordby Narrator: Jacob Nordby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 4 minutes Release date: January 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 4.8 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The world wants its soul back . . . This book is for highly sensitive people who have felt out of place in the modern world. It provides a narrative that describes how they fit into a lineage of creatives throughout history, and how their gifts are needed during this precise era of 'new renaissance' on Earth. In this book, author Jacob Nordby offers a bold new definition of success in the modern era. 'The only success now is living and creating a work-of-art life: unique, rich with meaning, naked of anything we don't care about, and ruthless about carving out something absolutely real from a world that has gorged itself on fakeness and become critically ill from it. The only failure now is pulling back from that quest because of fear.' Expanding upon his short original 'Blessed Are the Weird' piece that became a viral phenomenon, he traces the roots of soulful artistry and creation to ancient times and back again to reveal the insistent, eternal quest of our true natures that demands something real—as if our very existence depends upon it. This book is a call to creatives (and those who want to be) with the clear message that it has never been more critical to heed the call of soul than it is during this exciting, dangerous new renaissance epoch on Planet Earth. Heartfelt and sometimes humorous, it lights a signal fire for all who feel out of place in the modern world and invites them to claim their heritage as members in an ancient lineage—those tenders of soul and beauty who have always kept the flame alive for humanity. This is a book for everyone who wants to lead a deep, true, and passionate life and leave the world better for having passed this way. Blessed Are the Weird. Your time has come to define the new normal. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324081]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blessed Are the Weird: A Manifesto for Creatives Author: Jacob Nordby Narrator: Jacob Nordby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 4 minutes Release date: January 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 4.8 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The world wants its soul back . . . This book is for highly sensitive people who have felt out of place in the modern world. It provides a narrative that describes how they fit into a lineage of creatives throughout history, and how their gifts are needed during this precise era of 'new renaissance' on Earth. In this book, author Jacob Nordby offers a bold new definition of success in the modern era. 'The only success now is living and creating a work-of-art life: unique, rich with meaning, naked of anything we don't care about, and ruthless about carving out something absolutely real from a world that has gorged itself on fakeness and become critically ill from it. The only failure now is pulling back from that quest because of fear.' Expanding upon his short original 'Blessed Are the Weird' piece that became a viral phenomenon, he traces the roots of soulful artistry and creation to ancient times and back again to reveal the insistent, eternal quest of our true natures that demands something real—as if our very existence depends upon it. This book is a call to creatives (and those who want to be) with the clear message that it has never been more critical to heed the call of soul than it is during this exciting, dangerous new renaissance epoch on Planet Earth. Heartfelt and sometimes humorous, it lights a signal fire for all who feel out of place in the modern world and invites them to claim their heritage as members in an ancient lineage—those tenders of soul and beauty who have always kept the flame alive for humanity. This is a book for everyone who wants to lead a deep, true, and passionate life and leave the world better for having passed this way. Blessed Are the Weird. Your time has come to define the new normal. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323884 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323884]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Parents, Teachers, and Mental Health: The Art of Accurate Speech and Other Ways to Help Students (Children) Not Become Psychiatric Patients Series: #3 of The Rapid Relief Series Author: James E. Campbell Narrator: Claton Butcher Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 3 minutes Release date: February 6, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Anyone who teaches others, including parents, can benefit from reading this book. Teachers play a pivotal role in the education of children and adults. There are basic principles of living that could be taught in the classroom that would not take much time from teachers; in fact, I expect that because these concepts will reduce conflict, doing so may well give teachers more time to teach. This book is not about what teachers should teach but about how the way they teach can make major differences in their students’ lives. In my practice of psychiatry—child, adolescent, and adult—I find daily that I must teach children and parents things they should have been learning from about age five. Because they are not getting this information, they make mistakes that they likely would not otherwise have made in addressing the problems of life. It has always been my point of view that a lot people’s problems are related to not knowing how to get outcomes different from, or better than, the ones they are experiencing. I look first at what is missing in their approach to the problems they are having rather than seeing the problem as a psychiatric diagnosis. Unfortunately, to have insurance pay for visits, a doctor must frame the patient’s issue in a way the insurer will accept. In my experience, when given a few ideas or concepts related to the problems they are having, people will go forth and solve them. This book is about the things teachers can do in the process of teaching to help individuals not create psychiatric problems for themselves. After all, if we do not create a problem, we do not have to solve the problem, which translates into a conservation of energy on all fronts. James E. Campbell Tue, 06 Feb 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323884 thebookvoice.com 4:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323884]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Parents, Teachers, and Mental Health: The Art of Accurate Speech and Other Ways to Help Students (Children) Not Become Psychiatric Patients Series: #3 of The Rapid Relief Series Author: James E. Campbell Narrator: Claton Butcher Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 3 minutes Release date: February 6, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Anyone who teaches others, including parents, can benefit from reading this book. Teachers play a pivotal role in the education of children and adults. There are basic principles of living that could be taught in the classroom that would not take much time from teachers; in fact, I expect that because these concepts will reduce conflict, doing so may well give teachers more time to teach. This book is not about what teachers should teach but about how the way they teach can make major differences in their students’ lives. In my practice of psychiatry—child, adolescent, and adult—I find daily that I must teach children and parents things they should have been learning from about age five. Because they are not getting this information, they make mistakes that they likely would not otherwise have made in addressing the problems of life. It has always been my point of view that a lot people’s problems are related to not knowing how to get outcomes different from, or better than, the ones they are experiencing. I look first at what is missing in their approach to the problems they are having rather than seeing the problem as a psychiatric diagnosis. Unfortunately, to have insurance pay for visits, a doctor must frame the patient’s issue in a way the insurer will accept. In my experience, when given a few ideas or concepts related to the problems they are having, people will go forth and solve them. This book is about the things teachers can do in the process of teaching to help individuals not create psychiatric problems for themselves. After all, if we do not create a problem, we do not have to solve the problem, which translates into a conservation of energy on all fronts. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323884]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Parents, Teachers, and Mental Health: The Art of Accurate Speech and Other Ways to Help Students (Children) Not Become Psychiatric Patients Series: #3 of The Rapid Relief Series Author: James E. Campbell Narrator: Claton Butcher Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 3 minutes Release date: February 6, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Anyone who teaches others, including parents, can benefit from reading this book. Teachers play a pivotal role in the education of children and adults. There are basic principles of living that could be taught in the classroom that would not take much time from teachers; in fact, I expect that because these concepts will reduce conflict, doing so may well give teachers more time to teach. This book is not about what teachers should teach but about how the way they teach can make major differences in their students’ lives. In my practice of psychiatry—child, adolescent, and adult—I find daily that I must teach children and parents things they should have been learning from about age five. Because they are not getting this information, they make mistakes that they likely would not otherwise have made in addressing the problems of life. It has always been my point of view that a lot people’s problems are related to not knowing how to get outcomes different from, or better than, the ones they are experiencing. I look first at what is missing in their approach to the problems they are having rather than seeing the problem as a psychiatric diagnosis. Unfortunately, to have insurance pay for visits, a doctor must frame the patient’s issue in a way the insurer will accept. In my experience, when given a few ideas or concepts related to the problems they are having, people will go forth and solve them. This book is about the things teachers can do in the process of teaching to help individuals not create psychiatric problems for themselves. After all, if we do not create a problem, we do not have to solve the problem, which translates into a conservation of energy on all fronts. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323697 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323697]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Economics is a Branch not of Physics but of Biology Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 2 minutes Release date: January 1, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Economics is therefore a branch of biology, and its logic is the logic of biology, not of physics. J.-M. Kuczynski Mon, 01 Jan 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323697 thebookvoice.com 0:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323697]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Economics is a Branch not of Physics but of Biology Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 2 minutes Release date: January 1, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Economics is therefore a branch of biology, and its logic is the logic of biology, not of physics. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323697]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Economics is a Branch not of Physics but of Biology Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 2 minutes Release date: January 1, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Economics is therefore a branch of biology, and its logic is the logic of biology, not of physics. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323693 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323693]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Do Serial Killers Have Superegos? Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 3 minutes Release date: December 31, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Serial killers do have conscience. It isn’t that they lack conscience. It is that their consciences lack some of the capabilities that an ordinary person’s conscience. The serial killer’s conscience does exist, as is evidenced by his ability to self-regulate—and indeed to self-regulate quite as well, at least in most contexts, as the next person. But the serial killer’s conscience is not morally articulated; it lacks, at most, the ability to impose moral strictures on the serial killer’s thought and conduct. But even this it does not entirely lack, given that serial killers are, in certain respects, not entirely without morality. J.-M. Kuczynski Sun, 31 Dec 2017 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323693 thebookvoice.com 0:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323693]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Do Serial Killers Have Superegos? Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 3 minutes Release date: December 31, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Serial killers do have conscience. It isn’t that they lack conscience. It is that their consciences lack some of the capabilities that an ordinary person’s conscience. The serial killer’s conscience does exist, as is evidenced by his ability to self-regulate—and indeed to self-regulate quite as well, at least in most contexts, as the next person. But the serial killer’s conscience is not morally articulated; it lacks, at most, the ability to impose moral strictures on the serial killer’s thought and conduct. But even this it does not entirely lack, given that serial killers are, in certain respects, not entirely without morality. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323693]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Do Serial Killers Have Superegos? Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 3 minutes Release date: December 31, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Serial killers do have conscience. It isn’t that they lack conscience. It is that their consciences lack some of the capabilities that an ordinary person’s conscience. The serial killer’s conscience does exist, as is evidenced by his ability to self-regulate—and indeed to self-regulate quite as well, at least in most contexts, as the next person. But the serial killer’s conscience is not morally articulated; it lacks, at most, the ability to impose moral strictures on the serial killer’s thought and conduct. But even this it does not entirely lack, given that serial killers are, in certain respects, not entirely without morality. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323694 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323694]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Get Over OCD Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 3 minutes Release date: December 31, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The way to get over OCD is not to try to squash it down, which doesn’t work, but is rather to find a path in life along which one’s OCD can push one forward. And that is how one gets over OCD: one gets over it not by getting over it, but by creating for oneself a context in which it is an asset and in which, therefore, one need not and should not get over it. J.-M. Kuczynski Sun, 31 Dec 2017 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323694 thebookvoice.com 0:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323694]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Get Over OCD Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 3 minutes Release date: December 31, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The way to get over OCD is not to try to squash it down, which doesn’t work, but is rather to find a path in life along which one’s OCD can push one forward. And that is how one gets over OCD: one gets over it not by getting over it, but by creating for oneself a context in which it is an asset and in which, therefore, one need not and should not get over it. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323694]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Get Over OCD Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 3 minutes Release date: December 31, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The way to get over OCD is not to try to squash it down, which doesn’t work, but is rather to find a path in life along which one’s OCD can push one forward. And that is how one gets over OCD: one gets over it not by getting over it, but by creating for oneself a context in which it is an asset and in which, therefore, one need not and should not get over it. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323692 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323692]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Three Non-pillars of Post-modernism Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 2 minutes Release date: December 30, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: It is said what post-modernism is and why the conceits that supposedly support it actually warrant its rejection. J.-M. Kuczynski Sat, 30 Dec 2017 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323692 thebookvoice.com 0:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323692]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Three Non-pillars of Post-modernism Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 2 minutes Release date: December 30, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: It is said what post-modernism is and why the conceits that supposedly support it actually warrant its rejection. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323692]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Three Non-pillars of Post-modernism Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 2 minutes Release date: December 30, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: It is said what post-modernism is and why the conceits that supposedly support it actually warrant its rejection. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323685 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323685]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Improve Philosophy Departments by Cutting their Funding Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 1 minute Release date: December 29, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: There is a presumption to the effect that specialization is about depth. This presumption, though true in some contexts, is false in others. And in those contexts where it is false, people hyper-specialize as a way of avoiding having to acquire intellectual depth, and they use the just-mentioned presumption as a way of shielding their work, or lack thereof, from critical scrutiny. J.-M. Kuczynski Fri, 29 Dec 2017 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323685 thebookvoice.com 0:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323685]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Improve Philosophy Departments by Cutting their Funding Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 1 minute Release date: December 29, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: There is a presumption to the effect that specialization is about depth. This presumption, though true in some contexts, is false in others. And in those contexts where it is false, people hyper-specialize as a way of avoiding having to acquire intellectual depth, and they use the just-mentioned presumption as a way of shielding their work, or lack thereof, from critical scrutiny. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323685]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Improve Philosophy Departments by Cutting their Funding Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 1 minute Release date: December 29, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: There is a presumption to the effect that specialization is about depth. This presumption, though true in some contexts, is false in others. And in those contexts where it is false, people hyper-specialize as a way of avoiding having to acquire intellectual depth, and they use the just-mentioned presumption as a way of shielding their work, or lack thereof, from critical scrutiny. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323683 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323683]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Laziness is Defeatism Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 2 minutes Release date: December 28, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An analysis of laziness. J.-M. Kuczynski Thu, 28 Dec 2017 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323683 thebookvoice.com 0:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323683]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Laziness is Defeatism Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 2 minutes Release date: December 28, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An analysis of laziness. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323683]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Laziness is Defeatism Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 2 minutes Release date: December 28, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An analysis of laziness. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323684 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323684]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why It is Annoying When People Stutter Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 1 minute Release date: December 29, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Stuttering is a way of being simultaneously evasive and aggressive, and that is why we find it annoying. J.-M. Kuczynski Fri, 29 Dec 2017 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323684 thebookvoice.com 0:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323684]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why It is Annoying When People Stutter Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 1 minute Release date: December 29, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Stuttering is a way of being simultaneously evasive and aggressive, and that is why we find it annoying. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323684]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why It is Annoying When People Stutter Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 1 minute Release date: December 29, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Stuttering is a way of being simultaneously evasive and aggressive, and that is why we find it annoying. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323681 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323681]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Be Yourself Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 2 minutes Release date: December 28, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: It is generally held that being realistic is about turning one's back on one's dreams. But the exact opposite is the case. True realism is about having the courage to be oneself. Turning one's back on one's dreams, and therefore on one's identity, is cowardly and infantile. J.-M. Kuczynski Thu, 28 Dec 2017 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323681 thebookvoice.com 0:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323681]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Be Yourself Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 2 minutes Release date: December 28, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: It is generally held that being realistic is about turning one's back on one's dreams. But the exact opposite is the case. True realism is about having the courage to be oneself. Turning one's back on one's dreams, and therefore on one's identity, is cowardly and infantile. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323681]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Be Yourself Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 2 minutes Release date: December 28, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: It is generally held that being realistic is about turning one's back on one's dreams. But the exact opposite is the case. True realism is about having the courage to be oneself. Turning one's back on one's dreams, and therefore on one's identity, is cowardly and infantile. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323682 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323682]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Economics of Honesty: A Study in Nano-economics Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 1 minute Release date: December 28, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: It is established that from the viewpoint of what might be referred to as ‘personal’ or ‘individual’ economics, this being the economics of the energy-generation and -allocation within a given person, it is economically irrational to be dishonest and economically rational to be honest. J.-M. Kuczynski Thu, 28 Dec 2017 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323682 thebookvoice.com 0:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323682]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Economics of Honesty: A Study in Nano-economics Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 1 minute Release date: December 28, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: It is established that from the viewpoint of what might be referred to as ‘personal’ or ‘individual’ economics, this being the economics of the energy-generation and -allocation within a given person, it is economically irrational to be dishonest and economically rational to be honest. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323682]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Economics of Honesty: A Study in Nano-economics Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 1 minute Release date: December 28, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: It is established that from the viewpoint of what might be referred to as ‘personal’ or ‘individual’ economics, this being the economics of the energy-generation and -allocation within a given person, it is economically irrational to be dishonest and economically rational to be honest. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323679 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323679]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Two Reasons Not to Sell Yourself Short Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 2 minutes Release date: December 28, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In many cases con-artistry is about a lack of self-confidence. The would-be entrepreneur is so lacking in confidence in his own enterprise that he basically gives up on the idea of actually following through on it, and his only hope for money, as he therefore sees it, is the start-up money that investors give him. Contrariwise, if someone is confident in his business-proposal, he won’t become a con-artist, since under that circumstance he will try to make up for financial short-falls by improving his business, as opposed to by squeezing more money out of investors. J.-M. Kuczynski Thu, 28 Dec 2017 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323679 thebookvoice.com 0:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323679]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Two Reasons Not to Sell Yourself Short Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 2 minutes Release date: December 28, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In many cases con-artistry is about a lack of self-confidence. The would-be entrepreneur is so lacking in confidence in his own enterprise that he basically gives up on the idea of actually following through on it, and his only hope for money, as he therefore sees it, is the start-up money that investors give him. Contrariwise, if someone is confident in his business-proposal, he won’t become a con-artist, since under that circumstance he will try to make up for financial short-falls by improving his business, as opposed to by squeezing more money out of investors. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323679]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Two Reasons Not to Sell Yourself Short Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 2 minutes Release date: December 28, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In many cases con-artistry is about a lack of self-confidence. The would-be entrepreneur is so lacking in confidence in his own enterprise that he basically gives up on the idea of actually following through on it, and his only hope for money, as he therefore sees it, is the start-up money that investors give him. Contrariwise, if someone is confident in his business-proposal, he won’t become a con-artist, since under that circumstance he will try to make up for financial short-falls by improving his business, as opposed to by squeezing more money out of investors. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323661 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323661]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bedwetting and Psychopathy: How They are Linked Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 5 minutes Release date: December 21, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: There are three traits that serial killers and psychopaths generally are likely to have had as children. They are likely to have been bed wetters, arsonists; and cruel to animals. In this short work, it is explained exactly why, as children, psychopaths have these traits. J.-M. Kuczynski Thu, 21 Dec 2017 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323661 thebookvoice.com 0:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323661]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bedwetting and Psychopathy: How They are Linked Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 5 minutes Release date: December 21, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: There are three traits that serial killers and psychopaths generally are likely to have had as children. They are likely to have been bed wetters, arsonists; and cruel to animals. In this short work, it is explained exactly why, as children, psychopaths have these traits. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323661]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bedwetting and Psychopathy: How They are Linked Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 5 minutes Release date: December 21, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: There are three traits that serial killers and psychopaths generally are likely to have had as children. They are likely to have been bed wetters, arsonists; and cruel to animals. In this short work, it is explained exactly why, as children, psychopaths have these traits. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323662 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323662]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Psychopath’s Edge Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 3 minutes Release date: December 21, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Contrary to what used to be thought, psychopaths are capable of empathy. But, unlike the non-psychopath, the psychopath can turn his powers of empathy on and off at will. And this gives him a singular edge over the non-psychopath when it comes to both understanding and manipulating others. J.-M. Kuczynski Thu, 21 Dec 2017 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323662 thebookvoice.com 0:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323662]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Psychopath’s Edge Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 3 minutes Release date: December 21, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Contrary to what used to be thought, psychopaths are capable of empathy. But, unlike the non-psychopath, the psychopath can turn his powers of empathy on and off at will. And this gives him a singular edge over the non-psychopath when it comes to both understanding and manipulating others. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323662]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Psychopath’s Edge Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 3 minutes Release date: December 21, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Contrary to what used to be thought, psychopaths are capable of empathy. But, unlike the non-psychopath, the psychopath can turn his powers of empathy on and off at will. And this gives him a singular edge over the non-psychopath when it comes to both understanding and manipulating others. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323659 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323659]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Self-confidence Doesn’t Breed Success: Success Breeds Self-confidence Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 1 minute Release date: December 21, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: People succeed when they are in their element, and they don’t when they aren’t. And people are self-confident when they are in their element, and they aren’t when they aren’t. J.-M. Kuczynski Thu, 21 Dec 2017 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323659 thebookvoice.com 0:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323659]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Self-confidence Doesn’t Breed Success: Success Breeds Self-confidence Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 1 minute Release date: December 21, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: People succeed when they are in their element, and they don’t when they aren’t. And people are self-confident when they are in their element, and they aren’t when they aren’t. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323659]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Self-confidence Doesn’t Breed Success: Success Breeds Self-confidence Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 1 minute Release date: December 21, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: People succeed when they are in their element, and they don’t when they aren’t. And people are self-confident when they are in their element, and they aren’t when they aren’t. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323658 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323658]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Two Kinds of Killers Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 3 minutes Release date: December 21, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Some people are killers because they are psychopaths. And some people are psychopaths because they are killers. And the one sort of a person has a very different character-architecture from the other. J.-M. Kuczynski Thu, 21 Dec 2017 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323658 thebookvoice.com 0:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323658]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Two Kinds of Killers Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 3 minutes Release date: December 21, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Some people are killers because they are psychopaths. And some people are psychopaths because they are killers. And the one sort of a person has a very different character-architecture from the other. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323658]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Two Kinds of Killers Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 3 minutes Release date: December 21, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Some people are killers because they are psychopaths. And some people are psychopaths because they are killers. And the one sort of a person has a very different character-architecture from the other. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323656 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323656]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: One Isn’t a Failure because One is Mental Ill: One is Mentally Ill because One is a Failure Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 2 minutes Release date: December 20, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: If someone is a failure and he is also mentally ill, it is tempting to blame his failure on his mental illness. But that is never the right explanation. If somebody is legitimately good at something—if he is success-bound at that thing—then his doing that thing will be a respite from his psychopathologies. It will be a safe space for him. J.-M. Kuczynski Wed, 20 Dec 2017 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323656 thebookvoice.com 0:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323656]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: One Isn’t a Failure because One is Mental Ill: One is Mentally Ill because One is a Failure Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 2 minutes Release date: December 20, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: If someone is a failure and he is also mentally ill, it is tempting to blame his failure on his mental illness. But that is never the right explanation. If somebody is legitimately good at something—if he is success-bound at that thing—then his doing that thing will be a respite from his psychopathologies. It will be a safe space for him. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323656]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: One Isn’t a Failure because One is Mental Ill: One is Mentally Ill because One is a Failure Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 2 minutes Release date: December 20, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: If someone is a failure and he is also mentally ill, it is tempting to blame his failure on his mental illness. But that is never the right explanation. If somebody is legitimately good at something—if he is success-bound at that thing—then his doing that thing will be a respite from his psychopathologies. It will be a safe space for him. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323654 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323654]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Successful Companies are Externalizations of the Identities of their Owners Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 3 minutes Release date: December 20, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Harlan Sanders was a chef whose company (Kentucky Fried Chicken)makes food. Bill Gates was a computer scientist whose company (Microsoft) makes computer-software. Henry Ford was an automaker whose company (Ford Motors) makes cars. A company is successful when it externalizes the identity of its owner. A company is successful when it is its owner’s identity when, in other words, it is its owner’s identity externalized. Business-success therefore isn’t about coming up with a clever idea: it is about knowing how to be oneself and get paid for it. J.-M. Kuczynski Wed, 20 Dec 2017 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323654 thebookvoice.com 0:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323654]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Successful Companies are Externalizations of the Identities of their Owners Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 3 minutes Release date: December 20, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Harlan Sanders was a chef whose company (Kentucky Fried Chicken)makes food. Bill Gates was a computer scientist whose company (Microsoft) makes computer-software. Henry Ford was an automaker whose company (Ford Motors) makes cars. A company is successful when it externalizes the identity of its owner. A company is successful when it is its owner’s identity when, in other words, it is its owner’s identity externalized. Business-success therefore isn’t about coming up with a clever idea: it is about knowing how to be oneself and get paid for it. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323654]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Successful Companies are Externalizations of the Identities of their Owners Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 3 minutes Release date: December 20, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Harlan Sanders was a chef whose company (Kentucky Fried Chicken)makes food. Bill Gates was a computer scientist whose company (Microsoft) makes computer-software. Henry Ford was an automaker whose company (Ford Motors) makes cars. A company is successful when it externalizes the identity of its owner. A company is successful when it is its owner’s identity when, in other words, it is its owner’s identity externalized. Business-success therefore isn’t about coming up with a clever idea: it is about knowing how to be oneself and get paid for it. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323655 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323655]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Can Killers be Rehabilitated? Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 1 minute Release date: December 20, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Rehabilitation is about identity-restoration. It is about replacing self-destructive behavior that has superficial roots in one's identity with self-constructive behavior that has deep roots in one's identity. In drinking to excess, one is not being true to oneself; and rehabilitation replaces such behavior with behavior that is true to oneself. But in killing, a natural born killer is being true to himself; so the concept of rehabilitation does not apply. Thus, setting aside people who kill in self-defense or under otherwise singular and extreme circumstances, people kill because they are killers--because it is who they are. And the concept of rehabilitation therefore does not apply. J.-M. Kuczynski Wed, 20 Dec 2017 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323655 thebookvoice.com 0:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323655]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Can Killers be Rehabilitated? Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 1 minute Release date: December 20, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Rehabilitation is about identity-restoration. It is about replacing self-destructive behavior that has superficial roots in one's identity with self-constructive behavior that has deep roots in one's identity. In drinking to excess, one is not being true to oneself; and rehabilitation replaces such behavior with behavior that is true to oneself. But in killing, a natural born killer is being true to himself; so the concept of rehabilitation does not apply. Thus, setting aside people who kill in self-defense or under otherwise singular and extreme circumstances, people kill because they are killers--because it is who they are. And the concept of rehabilitation therefore does not apply. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323655]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Can Killers be Rehabilitated? Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 1 minute Release date: December 20, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Rehabilitation is about identity-restoration. It is about replacing self-destructive behavior that has superficial roots in one's identity with self-constructive behavior that has deep roots in one's identity. In drinking to excess, one is not being true to oneself; and rehabilitation replaces such behavior with behavior that is true to oneself. But in killing, a natural born killer is being true to himself; so the concept of rehabilitation does not apply. Thus, setting aside people who kill in self-defense or under otherwise singular and extreme circumstances, people kill because they are killers--because it is who they are. And the concept of rehabilitation therefore does not apply. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323559 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323559]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Empowered Love: Use Your Brain to Be Your Best Self and Create Your Ideal Relationship Author: Steven Stosny PhD Narrator: Eric Michael Summerer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 49 minutes Release date: January 17, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.88 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Ever wonder why your self-control, rationality, and compassion seem to go out the window when dealing with your partner? Couples therapist and psychiatrist Steven Stosny explains it all in this revelatory book about the divide between our adult and our toddler brains. Too often, conflict in our intimate relationships reactivates our least-regulated 'toddler' side, bringing out an instinctive desire to assert our own way and make everything a zero-sum game. Dr. Stosny shows the way toward overcoming these destructive impulses and nurturing our more loving and clear-eyed inclinations. Drawing upon his decades of experience in working with troubled marriages, he distills his insights into an actionable guide for embracing our best impulses in our relationships. Power Love is a valuable guide for married and live-in couples who struggle with an unhealthy dynamic; those already in individual or couples therapy who want a highly effective aid to help them communicate with their partner; and licensed therapists and counselors looking for an in-depth perspective on the developmental stages in play with relationship strife. Steven Stosny PhD Wed, 17 Jan 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323559 thebookvoice.com 5:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323559]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Empowered Love: Use Your Brain to Be Your Best Self and Create Your Ideal Relationship Author: Steven Stosny PhD Narrator: Eric Michael Summerer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 49 minutes Release date: January 17, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.88 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Ever wonder why your self-control, rationality, and compassion seem to go out the window when dealing with your partner? Couples therapist and psychiatrist Steven Stosny explains it all in this revelatory book about the divide between our adult and our toddler brains. Too often, conflict in our intimate relationships reactivates our least-regulated 'toddler' side, bringing out an instinctive desire to assert our own way and make everything a zero-sum game. Dr. Stosny shows the way toward overcoming these destructive impulses and nurturing our more loving and clear-eyed inclinations. Drawing upon his decades of experience in working with troubled marriages, he distills his insights into an actionable guide for embracing our best impulses in our relationships. Power Love is a valuable guide for married and live-in couples who struggle with an unhealthy dynamic; those already in individual or couples therapy who want a highly effective aid to help them communicate with their partner; and licensed therapists and counselors looking for an in-depth perspective on the developmental stages in play with relationship strife. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323559]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Empowered Love: Use Your Brain to Be Your Best Self and Create Your Ideal Relationship Author: Steven Stosny PhD Narrator: Eric Michael Summerer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 49 minutes Release date: January 17, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.88 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Ever wonder why your self-control, rationality, and compassion seem to go out the window when dealing with your partner? Couples therapist and psychiatrist Steven Stosny explains it all in this revelatory book about the divide between our adult and our toddler brains. Too often, conflict in our intimate relationships reactivates our least-regulated 'toddler' side, bringing out an instinctive desire to assert our own way and make everything a zero-sum game. Dr. Stosny shows the way toward overcoming these destructive impulses and nurturing our more loving and clear-eyed inclinations. Drawing upon his decades of experience in working with troubled marriages, he distills his insights into an actionable guide for embracing our best impulses in our relationships. Power Love is a valuable guide for married and live-in couples who struggle with an unhealthy dynamic; those already in individual or couples therapy who want a highly effective aid to help them communicate with their partner; and licensed therapists and counselors looking for an in-depth perspective on the developmental stages in play with relationship strife. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323522 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323522]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bliss More: How to Succeed in Meditation Without Really Trying Author: Light Watkins Narrator: Light Watkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 41 minutes Release date: January 23, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From one of America’s top meditation teachers and mindfulness experts comes a revolutionarily simple approach to everyday practice—especially if you don’t think you have the time or the patience. Imagine you’re sitting on a cushion with your legs crossed, ready to tap into unlimited joy. There’s just one problem: You can’t get comfortable (let alone still), and your head is full of way too many thoughts. The problem is not with meditation, or you, though—the issue may be with your approach. When properly understood and practiced, meditation should feel easy, calming, and comfortable. In Bliss More, maverick instructor Light Watkins provides the tools for making it E.A.S.Y. (Embrace, Accept, Surrender, Yield), dispels the biggest myths and misunderstandings, and shares real-world tips and straight talk for hacking into this ancient practice. The result: a happier and healthier you, inside and out. Watkins also shares candid testimonials from people whose lives have been enriched through his method, and extensive resources for transforming a daily chore into an enjoyable activity. Even the biggest skeptic will look forward to sitting for meditation every day. Whether you’re a novice or experienced practitioner, Bliss More will shed light on the path to a clearer mind, better sleep, and more bliss in everyday life. Praise for Bliss More “With Light Watkins as your guide, you will unlock the secrets to establishing a regular and powerfully healthy daily practice.”—Deepak Chopra, M.D. “Bliss More is one of the best meditation books I’ve ever come across for getting you started. Light Watkins has the gift of being able to demystify meditation in a way that will make you want to meditate, even if you feel your mind is too busy.”—Frank Lipman, M.D., author of 10 Reasons You Feel Old and Get Fat “If you’re ready to start a solid meditation practice, look no further.”—Rosario Dawson, actress “Light takes the world’s most powerful practice and turns it into something you can’t wait to do, something you’re actually excited about.”—Pam Grout, author of E-Squared and Thank & Grow Rich “Bliss More is a treasure trove of powerful, practical, and priceless techniques to finally master your meditation practice.”—Davidji, meditation teacher and author of Sacred Powers Light Watkins Tue, 23 Jan 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323522 thebookvoice.com 6:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323522]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bliss More: How to Succeed in Meditation Without Really Trying Author: Light Watkins Narrator: Light Watkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 41 minutes Release date: January 23, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From one of America’s top meditation teachers and mindfulness experts comes a revolutionarily simple approach to everyday practice—especially if you don’t think you have the time or the patience. Imagine you’re sitting on a cushion with your legs crossed, ready to tap into unlimited joy. There’s just one problem: You can’t get comfortable (let alone still), and your head is full of way too many thoughts. The problem is not with meditation, or you, though—the issue may be with your approach. When properly understood and practiced, meditation should feel easy, calming, and comfortable. In Bliss More, maverick instructor Light Watkins provides the tools for making it E.A.S.Y. (Embrace, Accept, Surrender, Yield), dispels the biggest myths and misunderstandings, and shares real-world tips and straight talk for hacking into this ancient practice. The result: a happier and healthier you, inside and out. Watkins also shares candid testimonials from people whose lives have been enriched through his method, and extensive resources for transforming a daily chore into an enjoyable activity. Even the biggest skeptic will look forward to sitting for meditation every day. Whether you’re a novice or experienced practitioner, Bliss More will shed light on the path to a clearer mind, better sleep, and more bliss in everyday life. Praise for Bliss More “With Light Watkins as your guide, you will unlock the secrets to establishing a regular and powerfully healthy daily practice.”—Deepak Chopra, M.D. “Bliss More is one of the best meditation books I’ve ever come across for getting you started. Light Watkins has the gift of being able to demystify meditation in a way that will make you want to meditate, even if you feel your mind is too busy.”—Frank Lipman, M.D., author of 10 Reasons You Feel Old and Get Fat “If you’re ready to start a solid meditation practice, look no further.”—Rosario Dawson, actress “Light takes the world’s most powerful practice and turns it into something you can’t wait to do, something you’re actually excited about.”—Pam Grout, author of E-Squared and Thank & Grow Rich “Bliss More is a treasure trove of powerful, practical, and priceless techniques to finally master your meditation practice.”—Davidji, meditation teacher and author of Sacred Powers Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323522]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bliss More: How to Succeed in Meditation Without Really Trying Author: Light Watkins Narrator: Light Watkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 41 minutes Release date: January 23, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From one of America’s top meditation teachers and mindfulness experts comes a revolutionarily simple approach to everyday practice—especially if you don’t think you have the time or the patience. Imagine you’re sitting on a cushion with your legs crossed, ready to tap into unlimited joy. There’s just one problem: You can’t get comfortable (let alone still), and your head is full of way too many thoughts. The problem is not with meditation, or you, though—the issue may be with your approach. When properly understood and practiced, meditation should feel easy, calming, and comfortable. In Bliss More, maverick instructor Light Watkins provides the tools for making it E.A.S.Y. (Embrace, Accept, Surrender, Yield), dispels the biggest myths and misunderstandings, and shares real-world tips and straight talk for hacking into this ancient practice. The result: a happier and healthier you, inside and out. Watkins also shares candid testimonials from people whose lives have been enriched through his method, and extensive resources for transforming a daily chore into an enjoyable activity. Even the biggest skeptic will look forward to sitting for meditation every day. Whether you’re a novice or experienced practitioner, Bliss More will shed light on the path to a clearer mind, better sleep, and more bliss in everyday life. Praise for Bliss More “With Light Watkins as your guide, you will unlock the secrets to establishing a regular and powerfully healthy daily practice.”—Deepak Chopra, M.D. “Bliss More is one of the best meditation books I’ve ever come across for getting you started. Light Watkins has the gift of being able to demystify meditation in a way that will make you want to meditate, even if you feel your mind is too busy.”—Frank Lipman, M.D., author of 10 Reasons You Feel Old and Get Fat “If you’re ready to start a solid meditation practice, look no further.”—Rosario Dawson, actress “Light takes the world’s most powerful practice and turns it into something you can’t wait to do, something you’re actually excited about.”—Pam Grout, author of E-Squared and Thank & Grow Rich “Bliss More is a treasure trove of powerful, practical, and priceless techniques to finally master your meditation practice.”—Davidji, meditation teacher and author of Sacred Powers https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323503 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323503]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Art of Screen Time: How Your Family Can Balance Digital Media and Real Life Author: Anya Kamenetz Narrator: Anya Kamenetz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 11 minutes Release date: January 30, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Finally: an evidence-based, reassuring guide to what to do about kids and screens, from video games to social media. Today's babies often make their debut on social media with the very first sonogram. They begin interacting with screens at around four months old. But is this good news or bad news? A wonderful opportunity to connect around the world? Or the first step in creating a generation of addled screen zombies? Many have been quick to declare this the dawn of a neurological and emotional crisis, but solid science on the subject is surprisingly hard to come by. In The Art of Screen Time, Anya Kamenetz -- an expert on education and technology, as well as a mother of two young children -- takes a refreshingly practical look at the subject. Surveying hundreds of fellow parents on their practices and ideas, and cutting through a thicket of inconclusive studies and overblown claims, she hones a simple message, a riff on Michael Pollan's well-known 'food rules': Enjoy Screens. Not too much. Mostly with others. This brief but powerful dictum forms the backbone of a philosophy that will help parents moderate technology in their children's lives, curb their own anxiety, and create room for a happy, healthy family life with and without screens. Anya Kamenetz Tue, 30 Jan 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323503 thebookvoice.com 8:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323503]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Art of Screen Time: How Your Family Can Balance Digital Media and Real Life Author: Anya Kamenetz Narrator: Anya Kamenetz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 11 minutes Release date: January 30, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Finally: an evidence-based, reassuring guide to what to do about kids and screens, from video games to social media. Today's babies often make their debut on social media with the very first sonogram. They begin interacting with screens at around four months old. But is this good news or bad news? A wonderful opportunity to connect around the world? Or the first step in creating a generation of addled screen zombies? Many have been quick to declare this the dawn of a neurological and emotional crisis, but solid science on the subject is surprisingly hard to come by. In The Art of Screen Time, Anya Kamenetz -- an expert on education and technology, as well as a mother of two young children -- takes a refreshingly practical look at the subject. Surveying hundreds of fellow parents on their practices and ideas, and cutting through a thicket of inconclusive studies and overblown claims, she hones a simple message, a riff on Michael Pollan's well-known 'food rules': Enjoy Screens. Not too much. Mostly with others. This brief but powerful dictum forms the backbone of a philosophy that will help parents moderate technology in their children's lives, curb their own anxiety, and create room for a happy, healthy family life with and without screens. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323503]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Art of Screen Time: How Your Family Can Balance Digital Media and Real Life Author: Anya Kamenetz Narrator: Anya Kamenetz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 11 minutes Release date: January 30, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Finally: an evidence-based, reassuring guide to what to do about kids and screens, from video games to social media. Today's babies often make their debut on social media with the very first sonogram. They begin interacting with screens at around four months old. But is this good news or bad news? A wonderful opportunity to connect around the world? Or the first step in creating a generation of addled screen zombies? Many have been quick to declare this the dawn of a neurological and emotional crisis, but solid science on the subject is surprisingly hard to come by. In The Art of Screen Time, Anya Kamenetz -- an expert on education and technology, as well as a mother of two young children -- takes a refreshingly practical look at the subject. Surveying hundreds of fellow parents on their practices and ideas, and cutting through a thicket of inconclusive studies and overblown claims, she hones a simple message, a riff on Michael Pollan's well-known 'food rules': Enjoy Screens. Not too much. Mostly with others. This brief but powerful dictum forms the backbone of a philosophy that will help parents moderate technology in their children's lives, curb their own anxiety, and create room for a happy, healthy family life with and without screens. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323359 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323359]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Grief Works: Stories of Life, Death, and Surviving Author: Julia Samuel Narrator: Julia Samuel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 41 minutes Release date: January 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “An honest, practical, as well as emotional guide to working through the processing of mourning” (Vogue), Grief Works is a lifeline for all of us dealing with loss and a handbook to help others—from the “expected” death of a parent to the sudden and unexpected death of a child or spouse. Death affects us all. Yet it is still the last taboo in our society, and grief is still profoundly misunderstood. Julia Samuel, a grief psychotherapist, has spent twenty-five years working with the bereaved and understanding the full repercussions of loss. In Grief Works, Samuel shares case studies from those who have experienced great love and great loss—and survived. People need to understand that grief is a process that has to be worked through, and Samuel shows if we do the work, we can begin to heal. “As a guide for the newly grieving, Grief Works succeeds on many levels, and the author’s compassionate storytelling skills provide even broader appeal…and consistently hit an authentically inspiring note” (Kirkus Reviews, starred review). “Illuminating” (The New York Times), intimate, warm, and helpful, Samuel is a caring and deeply experienced guide through the shadowy and mutable land of grief, and her book is as invaluable to those who are grieving as it is to those around them. She adroitly unpacks the psychological tangles of grief in a voice that is compassionate, grounded, real, and observant of those in mourning. Divided into case histories grouped by who has died—a partner, a parent, a sibling, a child, as well section dealing with terminal illness and suicide—Grief Works shows us how to live and learn from great loss. This important book is “essential for anyone who has ever experienced grief or wanted to comfort a bereaved friend” (Helen Fielding, author of Bridget Jones’s Diary). Julia Samuel Tue, 16 Jan 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323359 thebookvoice.com 8:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323359]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Grief Works: Stories of Life, Death, and Surviving Author: Julia Samuel Narrator: Julia Samuel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 41 minutes Release date: January 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “An honest, practical, as well as emotional guide to working through the processing of mourning” (Vogue), Grief Works is a lifeline for all of us dealing with loss and a handbook to help others—from the “expected” death of a parent to the sudden and unexpected death of a child or spouse. Death affects us all. Yet it is still the last taboo in our society, and grief is still profoundly misunderstood. Julia Samuel, a grief psychotherapist, has spent twenty-five years working with the bereaved and understanding the full repercussions of loss. In Grief Works, Samuel shares case studies from those who have experienced great love and great loss—and survived. People need to understand that grief is a process that has to be worked through, and Samuel shows if we do the work, we can begin to heal. “As a guide for the newly grieving, Grief Works succeeds on many levels, and the author’s compassionate storytelling skills provide even broader appeal…and consistently hit an authentically inspiring note” (Kirkus Reviews, starred review). “Illuminating” (The New York Times), intimate, warm, and helpful, Samuel is a caring and deeply experienced guide through the shadowy and mutable land of grief, and her book is as invaluable to those who are grieving as it is to those around them. She adroitly unpacks the psychological tangles of grief in a voice that is compassionate, grounded, real, and observant of those in mourning. Divided into case histories grouped by who has died—a partner, a parent, a sibling, a child, as well section dealing with terminal illness and suicide—Grief Works shows us how to live and learn from great loss. This important book is “essential for anyone who has ever experienced grief or wanted to comfort a bereaved friend” (Helen Fielding, author of Bridget Jones’s Diary). Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323359]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Grief Works: Stories of Life, Death, and Surviving Author: Julia Samuel Narrator: Julia Samuel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 41 minutes Release date: January 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “An honest, practical, as well as emotional guide to working through the processing of mourning” (Vogue), Grief Works is a lifeline for all of us dealing with loss and a handbook to help others—from the “expected” death of a parent to the sudden and unexpected death of a child or spouse. Death affects us all. Yet it is still the last taboo in our society, and grief is still profoundly misunderstood. Julia Samuel, a grief psychotherapist, has spent twenty-five years working with the bereaved and understanding the full repercussions of loss. In Grief Works, Samuel shares case studies from those who have experienced great love and great loss—and survived. People need to understand that grief is a process that has to be worked through, and Samuel shows if we do the work, we can begin to heal. “As a guide for the newly grieving, Grief Works succeeds on many levels, and the author’s compassionate storytelling skills provide even broader appeal…and consistently hit an authentically inspiring note” (Kirkus Reviews, starred review). “Illuminating” (The New York Times), intimate, warm, and helpful, Samuel is a caring and deeply experienced guide through the shadowy and mutable land of grief, and her book is as invaluable to those who are grieving as it is to those around them. She adroitly unpacks the psychological tangles of grief in a voice that is compassionate, grounded, real, and observant of those in mourning. Divided into case histories grouped by who has died—a partner, a parent, a sibling, a child, as well section dealing with terminal illness and suicide—Grief Works shows us how to live and learn from great loss. This important book is “essential for anyone who has ever experienced grief or wanted to comfort a bereaved friend” (Helen Fielding, author of Bridget Jones’s Diary). https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323319 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323319]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Our Senses: An Immersive Experience Author: Rob DeSalle Narrator: Jonathan Yen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 42 minutes Release date: January 9, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Over the past decade neuroscience has uncovered a wealth of new information about our senses and how they serve as our gateway to the world. This splendidly accessible book explores the most intriguing findings of this research. With infectious enthusiasm, Rob DeSalle illuminates not only how we see, hear, smell, touch, taste, maintain balance, feel pain, and rely on other less familiar senses, but also how these senses shape our perception of the world aesthetically, artistically, and musically. DeSalle first examines the question of how perception and consciousness are formed in the brain, setting human senses in an evolutionary context. He then investigates such varied themes as supersenses and diminished senses, synesthesia and other cross-sensory phenomena, hemispheric specialization, diseases, anomalies induced by brain injuries, and hallucinations. Focusing on what is revealed about our senses through the extraordinary, he provides unparalleled insights into the unique wonders of the human brain. Rob DeSalle Tue, 09 Jan 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323319 thebookvoice.com 12:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323319]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Our Senses: An Immersive Experience Author: Rob DeSalle Narrator: Jonathan Yen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 42 minutes Release date: January 9, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Over the past decade neuroscience has uncovered a wealth of new information about our senses and how they serve as our gateway to the world. This splendidly accessible book explores the most intriguing findings of this research. With infectious enthusiasm, Rob DeSalle illuminates not only how we see, hear, smell, touch, taste, maintain balance, feel pain, and rely on other less familiar senses, but also how these senses shape our perception of the world aesthetically, artistically, and musically. DeSalle first examines the question of how perception and consciousness are formed in the brain, setting human senses in an evolutionary context. He then investigates such varied themes as supersenses and diminished senses, synesthesia and other cross-sensory phenomena, hemispheric specialization, diseases, anomalies induced by brain injuries, and hallucinations. Focusing on what is revealed about our senses through the extraordinary, he provides unparalleled insights into the unique wonders of the human brain. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323319]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Our Senses: An Immersive Experience Author: Rob DeSalle Narrator: Jonathan Yen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 42 minutes Release date: January 9, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Over the past decade neuroscience has uncovered a wealth of new information about our senses and how they serve as our gateway to the world. This splendidly accessible book explores the most intriguing findings of this research. With infectious enthusiasm, Rob DeSalle illuminates not only how we see, hear, smell, touch, taste, maintain balance, feel pain, and rely on other less familiar senses, but also how these senses shape our perception of the world aesthetically, artistically, and musically. DeSalle first examines the question of how perception and consciousness are formed in the brain, setting human senses in an evolutionary context. He then investigates such varied themes as supersenses and diminished senses, synesthesia and other cross-sensory phenomena, hemispheric specialization, diseases, anomalies induced by brain injuries, and hallucinations. Focusing on what is revealed about our senses through the extraordinary, he provides unparalleled insights into the unique wonders of the human brain. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323307 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323307]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Taste for the Beautiful: The Evolution of Attraction Author: Michael J. Ryan Narrator: Eric Jason Martin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 48 minutes Release date: January 9, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Darwin developed the theory of sexual selection to explain why the animal world abounds in stunning beauty, from the brilliant colors of butterflies and fishes to the songs of birds and frogs. He argued that animals have 'a taste for the beautiful' that drives their potential mates to evolve features that make them more sexually attractive and reproductively successful. But if Darwin explained why sexual beauty evolved in animals, he struggled to understand how. Drawing on cutting-edge work in neuroscience and evolutionary biology, as well as his own important studies of the tiny Túngara frog deep in the jungles of Panama, Ryan explores the key questions: Why do animals perceive certain traits as beautiful and others not? Do animals have an inherent sexual aesthetic and, if so, where is it rooted? Ryan argues that the answers to these questions lie in the brain?particularly of females, who act as biological puppeteers, spurring the development of beautiful traits in males. This theory of how sexual beauty evolves explains its astonishing diversity and provides new insights about the degree to which our own perception of beauty resembles that of other animals. Michael J. Ryan Tue, 09 Jan 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323307 thebookvoice.com 7:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323307]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Taste for the Beautiful: The Evolution of Attraction Author: Michael J. Ryan Narrator: Eric Jason Martin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 48 minutes Release date: January 9, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Darwin developed the theory of sexual selection to explain why the animal world abounds in stunning beauty, from the brilliant colors of butterflies and fishes to the songs of birds and frogs. He argued that animals have 'a taste for the beautiful' that drives their potential mates to evolve features that make them more sexually attractive and reproductively successful. But if Darwin explained why sexual beauty evolved in animals, he struggled to understand how. Drawing on cutting-edge work in neuroscience and evolutionary biology, as well as his own important studies of the tiny Túngara frog deep in the jungles of Panama, Ryan explores the key questions: Why do animals perceive certain traits as beautiful and others not? Do animals have an inherent sexual aesthetic and, if so, where is it rooted? Ryan argues that the answers to these questions lie in the brain?particularly of females, who act as biological puppeteers, spurring the development of beautiful traits in males. This theory of how sexual beauty evolves explains its astonishing diversity and provides new insights about the degree to which our own perception of beauty resembles that of other animals. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323307]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Taste for the Beautiful: The Evolution of Attraction Author: Michael J. Ryan Narrator: Eric Jason Martin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 48 minutes Release date: January 9, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Darwin developed the theory of sexual selection to explain why the animal world abounds in stunning beauty, from the brilliant colors of butterflies and fishes to the songs of birds and frogs. He argued that animals have 'a taste for the beautiful' that drives their potential mates to evolve features that make them more sexually attractive and reproductively successful. But if Darwin explained why sexual beauty evolved in animals, he struggled to understand how. Drawing on cutting-edge work in neuroscience and evolutionary biology, as well as his own important studies of the tiny Túngara frog deep in the jungles of Panama, Ryan explores the key questions: Why do animals perceive certain traits as beautiful and others not? Do animals have an inherent sexual aesthetic and, if so, where is it rooted? Ryan argues that the answers to these questions lie in the brain?particularly of females, who act as biological puppeteers, spurring the development of beautiful traits in males. This theory of how sexual beauty evolves explains its astonishing diversity and provides new insights about the degree to which our own perception of beauty resembles that of other animals. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323303 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323303]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Passing Judgment: Praise and Blame in Everyday Life Author: Terri Apter Narrator: Ann Marie Lee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 18 minutes Release date: January 9, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Our obsession with praise and blame begins soon after birth. Totally dependent on others, rapidly we learn to value praise and to fear the consequences of blame. Despite outgrowing an infant's dependence, we continue to monitor others' judgments of us—and develop what relational psychologist Terri Apter calls a 'judgment meter,' which constantly scans people and our interactions with them, registering a positive or negative opinion. Apter reveals how interactions between parents and children, within couples, and among friends and colleagues are permeated with praise and blame that range far beyond specific compliments and accusations. Drawing on three decades of research, Apter gives us tools to learn about our personal needs, goals, and values; to manage our biases; to tolerate others' views; and to make sense of our most powerful, and often confusing, responses to ourselves and to others. Terri Apter Tue, 09 Jan 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323303 thebookvoice.com 8:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323303]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Passing Judgment: Praise and Blame in Everyday Life Author: Terri Apter Narrator: Ann Marie Lee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 18 minutes Release date: January 9, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Our obsession with praise and blame begins soon after birth. Totally dependent on others, rapidly we learn to value praise and to fear the consequences of blame. Despite outgrowing an infant's dependence, we continue to monitor others' judgments of us—and develop what relational psychologist Terri Apter calls a 'judgment meter,' which constantly scans people and our interactions with them, registering a positive or negative opinion. Apter reveals how interactions between parents and children, within couples, and among friends and colleagues are permeated with praise and blame that range far beyond specific compliments and accusations. Drawing on three decades of research, Apter gives us tools to learn about our personal needs, goals, and values; to manage our biases; to tolerate others' views; and to make sense of our most powerful, and often confusing, responses to ourselves and to others. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323303]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Passing Judgment: Praise and Blame in Everyday Life Author: Terri Apter Narrator: Ann Marie Lee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 18 minutes Release date: January 9, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Our obsession with praise and blame begins soon after birth. Totally dependent on others, rapidly we learn to value praise and to fear the consequences of blame. Despite outgrowing an infant's dependence, we continue to monitor others' judgments of us—and develop what relational psychologist Terri Apter calls a 'judgment meter,' which constantly scans people and our interactions with them, registering a positive or negative opinion. Apter reveals how interactions between parents and children, within couples, and among friends and colleagues are permeated with praise and blame that range far beyond specific compliments and accusations. Drawing on three decades of research, Apter gives us tools to learn about our personal needs, goals, and values; to manage our biases; to tolerate others' views; and to make sense of our most powerful, and often confusing, responses to ourselves and to others. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323273 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323273]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Inteligencia intuitiva (en latino): ¿Por qué sabemos la verdad en dos segundos? Series: Part of [Spanish Edition] Taurus Digital Author: Malcolm Gladwell Narrator: Edson Matus Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 23 minutes Release date: January 11, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: ¿Por qué algunas personas son brillantes tomando decisiones y otras son torpes una y otra vez? ¿Por qué algunos siguen su instinto y triunfan, mientras que otros acaban siempre dando un paso en falso? Los mejores libros de desarrollo personal en formato audiolibro En este libro revolucionario, el periodista estadounidense Malcolm Gladwell nos explica cómo pensamos sin pensar, de dónde proceden las decisiones que parece que tomamos en dos segundos, pero que no son tan simples como aparentan. ¿Por qué algunas personas son brillantes tomando decisiones y otras son torpes una y otra vez? ¿Por qué algunos siguen su instinto y triunfan, mientras que otros acaban siempre dando un paso en falso? ¿Cuál es el funcionamiento real del cerebro en el trabajo, en clase, en la cocina o en la cama? ¿Y por qué las mejores decisiones suelen ser las más difíciles de explicar? Gladwell nos presenta a un psicólogo que ha aprendido a predecir si un matrimonio puede durar con sólo observarles unos minutos; a un entrenador de tenis que sabe cuándo un jugador hará doble falta antes incluso de que la raqueta toque la bola; a un experto en antigüedades que reconoce una falsificación de un solo vistazo. Este libro revela que quienes son buenos tomando decisiones no son aquellos que procesan más información o que dedican más tiempo a deliberar, sino aquellos que han perfeccionado el arte de hilar fino, de extraer los pocos factores que realmente importan a partir de una cantidad desmesurada de variables. Por medio de la neurología y la psicología, y exhibiendo todo el esplendor del que este autor es capaz, Inteligencia intuitivacambia nuestra forma de ver las decisiones que tomamos. Nunca más volverás a pensar en pensar de la misma manera. Reseñas: «Un mago en los libros de autoayuda. Con más de 10 millones de ejemplares vendidos, Malcolm Gladwell es uno de los principales escritores motivacionales, gurú del éxito y analistade 'estrategias para triunfar'. L a clave del éxito, Inteligencia intuitiva, Lo que vio el perro y Fuera de serie son libros que ejecutivos y líderes de todo tipo devoran en los aeropuertos.» La Gaceta de los negocios «¿Debería comprar este libro? Es probable que ya intuya la respuesta.» IndependentonSunday «Si Gladwell tiene razón, comprarán este libro. Y eso confirmará su tesis.» Stephen Bayley,TheGuardian «Confíe en mi intuición: si compra este libro quedará encantado.» The New York Times «Convincente y diabólicamente inteligente.» Evening Standard «Brillante. Las implicaciones para los negocios, por no hablar del amor, son inmensas.» TheObserver «Fantástico. Este maravilloso libro debería ser de lectura obligada.» The New Statesman «Sencillamente este libro podría cambiar tu vida.» Esquire Malcolm Gladwell Thu, 11 Jan 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323273 thebookvoice.com 7:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323273]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Inteligencia intuitiva (en latino): ¿Por qué sabemos la verdad en dos segundos? Series: Part of [Spanish Edition] Taurus Digital Author: Malcolm Gladwell Narrator: Edson Matus Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 23 minutes Release date: January 11, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: ¿Por qué algunas personas son brillantes tomando decisiones y otras son torpes una y otra vez? ¿Por qué algunos siguen su instinto y triunfan, mientras que otros acaban siempre dando un paso en falso? Los mejores libros de desarrollo personal en formato audiolibro En este libro revolucionario, el periodista estadounidense Malcolm Gladwell nos explica cómo pensamos sin pensar, de dónde proceden las decisiones que parece que tomamos en dos segundos, pero que no son tan simples como aparentan. ¿Por qué algunas personas son brillantes tomando decisiones y otras son torpes una y otra vez? ¿Por qué algunos siguen su instinto y triunfan, mientras que otros acaban siempre dando un paso en falso? ¿Cuál es el funcionamiento real del cerebro en el trabajo, en clase, en la cocina o en la cama? ¿Y por qué las mejores decisiones suelen ser las más difíciles de explicar? Gladwell nos presenta a un psicólogo que ha aprendido a predecir si un matrimonio puede durar con sólo observarles unos minutos; a un entrenador de tenis que sabe cuándo un jugador hará doble falta antes incluso de que la raqueta toque la bola; a un experto en antigüedades que reconoce una falsificación de un solo vistazo. Este libro revela que quienes son buenos tomando decisiones no son aquellos que procesan más información o que dedican más tiempo a deliberar, sino aquellos que han perfeccionado el arte de hilar fino, de extraer los pocos factores que realmente importan a partir de una cantidad desmesurada de variables. Por medio de la neurología y la psicología, y exhibiendo todo el esplendor del que este autor es capaz, Inteligencia intuitivacambia nuestra forma de ver las decisiones que tomamos. Nunca más volverás a pensar en pensar de la misma manera. Reseñas: «Un mago en los libros de autoayuda. Con más de 10 millones de ejemplares vendidos, Malcolm Gladwell es uno de los principales escritores motivacionales, gurú del éxito y analistade 'estrategias para triunfar'. L a clave del éxito, Inteligencia intuitiva, Lo que vio el perro y Fuera de serie son libros que ejecutivos y líderes de todo tipo devoran en los aeropuertos.» La Gaceta de los negocios «¿Debería comprar este libro? Es probable que ya intuya la respuesta.» IndependentonSunday «Si Gladwell tiene razón, comprarán este libro. Y eso confirmará su tesis.» Stephen Bayley,TheGuardian «Confíe en mi intuición: si compra este libro quedará encantado.» The New York Times «Convincente y diabólicamente inteligente.» Evening Standard «Brillante. Las implicaciones para los negocios, por no hablar del amor, son inmensas.» TheObserver «Fantástico. Este maravilloso libro debería ser de lectura obligada.» The New Statesman «Sencillamente este libro podría cambiar tu vida.» Esquire Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323273]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Inteligencia intuitiva (en latino): ¿Por qué sabemos la verdad en dos segundos? Series: Part of [Spanish Edition] Taurus Digital Author: Malcolm Gladwell Narrator: Edson Matus Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 23 minutes Release date: January 11, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: ¿Por qué algunas personas son brillantes tomando decisiones y otras son torpes una y otra vez? ¿Por qué algunos siguen su instinto y triunfan, mientras que otros acaban siempre dando un paso en falso? Los mejores libros de desarrollo personal en formato audiolibro En este libro revolucionario, el periodista estadounidense Malcolm Gladwell nos explica cómo pensamos sin pensar, de dónde proceden las decisiones que parece que tomamos en dos segundos, pero que no son tan simples como aparentan. ¿Por qué algunas personas son brillantes tomando decisiones y otras son torpes una y otra vez? ¿Por qué algunos siguen su instinto y triunfan, mientras que otros acaban siempre dando un paso en falso? ¿Cuál es el funcionamiento real del cerebro en el trabajo, en clase, en la cocina o en la cama? ¿Y por qué las mejores decisiones suelen ser las más difíciles de explicar? Gladwell nos presenta a un psicólogo que ha aprendido a predecir si un matrimonio puede durar con sólo observarles unos minutos; a un entrenador de tenis que sabe cuándo un jugador hará doble falta antes incluso de que la raqueta toque la bola; a un experto en antigüedades que reconoce una falsificación de un solo vistazo. Este libro revela que quienes son buenos tomando decisiones no son aquellos que procesan más información o que dedican más tiempo a deliberar, sino aquellos que han perfeccionado el arte de hilar fino, de extraer los pocos factores que realmente importan a partir de una cantidad desmesurada de variables. Por medio de la neurología y la psicología, y exhibiendo todo el esplendor del que este autor es capaz, Inteligencia intuitivacambia nuestra forma de ver las decisiones que tomamos. Nunca más volverás a pensar en pensar de la misma manera. Reseñas: «Un mago en los libros de autoayuda. Con más de 10 millones de ejemplares vendidos, Malcolm Gladwell es uno de los principales escritores motivacionales, gurú del éxito y analistade 'estrategias para triunfar'. L a clave del éxito, Inteligencia intuitiva, Lo que vio el perro y Fuera de serie son libros que ejecutivos y líderes de todo tipo devoran en los aeropuertos.» La Gaceta de los negocios «¿Debería comprar este libro? Es probable que ya intuya la respuesta.» IndependentonSunday «Si Gladwell tiene razón, comprarán este libro. Y eso confirmará su tesis.» Stephen Bayley,TheGuardian «Confíe en mi intuición: si compra este libro quedará encantado.» The New York Times «Convincente y diabólicamente inteligente.» Evening Standard «Brillante. Las implicaciones para los negocios, por no hablar del amor, son inmensas.» TheObserver «Fantástico. Este maravilloso libro debería ser de lectura obligada.» The New Statesman «Sencillamente este libro podría cambiar tu vida.» Esquire https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323234 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323234]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Modern Loss: Candid Conversation About Grief. Beginners Welcome. Author: Rebecca Soffer, Gabrielle Birkner Narrator: Josh Bloomberg, Meredith Mitchell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 41 minutes Release date: January 23, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Inspired by the website that the New York Times hailed as ''redefining mourning,'' this book is a fresh and irreverent examination into navigating grief and resilience in the age of social media, offering comfort and community for coping with the mess of loss through candid original essays from a variety of voices. At a time when we mourn public figures and national tragedies with hashtags, where intimate posts about loss go viral and we receive automated birthday reminders for dead friends, it’s clear we are navigating new terrain without a road map. Let’s face it: most of us have always had a difficult time talking about death and sharing our grief. We’re awkward and uncertain; we avoid, ignore, or even deny feelings of sadness; we offer platitudes; we send sympathy bouquets whittled out of fruit. Enter Rebecca Soffer and Gabrielle Birkner, who can help us do better. Each having lost parents as young adults, they co-founded Modern Loss, responding to a need to change the dialogue around the messy experience of grief. Now, in this wise and often funny book, they offer the insights of the Modern Loss community to help us cry, laugh, grieve, identify, and—above all—empathize. Soffer and Birkner, along with forty guest contributors including Lucy Kalanithi, singer Amanda Palmer, and CNN’s Brian Stelter, reveal their own stories on a wide range of topics including triggers, sex, secrets, and inheritance. Each contribution provides a unique perspective on loss as well as a remarkable life-affirming message. Brutally honest and inspiring, Modern Loss invites us to talk intimately and humorously about grief, helping us confront the humanity (and mortality) we all share. Beginners welcome. Rebecca Soffer, Gabrielle Birkner Tue, 23 Jan 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323234 thebookvoice.com 7:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323234]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Modern Loss: Candid Conversation About Grief. Beginners Welcome. Author: Rebecca Soffer, Gabrielle Birkner Narrator: Josh Bloomberg, Meredith Mitchell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 41 minutes Release date: January 23, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Inspired by the website that the New York Times hailed as ''redefining mourning,'' this book is a fresh and irreverent examination into navigating grief and resilience in the age of social media, offering comfort and community for coping with the mess of loss through candid original essays from a variety of voices. At a time when we mourn public figures and national tragedies with hashtags, where intimate posts about loss go viral and we receive automated birthday reminders for dead friends, it’s clear we are navigating new terrain without a road map. Let’s face it: most of us have always had a difficult time talking about death and sharing our grief. We’re awkward and uncertain; we avoid, ignore, or even deny feelings of sadness; we offer platitudes; we send sympathy bouquets whittled out of fruit. Enter Rebecca Soffer and Gabrielle Birkner, who can help us do better. Each having lost parents as young adults, they co-founded Modern Loss, responding to a need to change the dialogue around the messy experience of grief. Now, in this wise and often funny book, they offer the insights of the Modern Loss community to help us cry, laugh, grieve, identify, and—above all—empathize. Soffer and Birkner, along with forty guest contributors including Lucy Kalanithi, singer Amanda Palmer, and CNN’s Brian Stelter, reveal their own stories on a wide range of topics including triggers, sex, secrets, and inheritance. Each contribution provides a unique perspective on loss as well as a remarkable life-affirming message. Brutally honest and inspiring, Modern Loss invites us to talk intimately and humorously about grief, helping us confront the humanity (and mortality) we all share. Beginners welcome. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323234]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Modern Loss: Candid Conversation About Grief. Beginners Welcome. Author: Rebecca Soffer, Gabrielle Birkner Narrator: Josh Bloomberg, Meredith Mitchell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 41 minutes Release date: January 23, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Inspired by the website that the New York Times hailed as ''redefining mourning,'' this book is a fresh and irreverent examination into navigating grief and resilience in the age of social media, offering comfort and community for coping with the mess of loss through candid original essays from a variety of voices. At a time when we mourn public figures and national tragedies with hashtags, where intimate posts about loss go viral and we receive automated birthday reminders for dead friends, it’s clear we are navigating new terrain without a road map. Let’s face it: most of us have always had a difficult time talking about death and sharing our grief. We’re awkward and uncertain; we avoid, ignore, or even deny feelings of sadness; we offer platitudes; we send sympathy bouquets whittled out of fruit. Enter Rebecca Soffer and Gabrielle Birkner, who can help us do better. Each having lost parents as young adults, they co-founded Modern Loss, responding to a need to change the dialogue around the messy experience of grief. Now, in this wise and often funny book, they offer the insights of the Modern Loss community to help us cry, laugh, grieve, identify, and—above all—empathize. Soffer and Birkner, along with forty guest contributors including Lucy Kalanithi, singer Amanda Palmer, and CNN’s Brian Stelter, reveal their own stories on a wide range of topics including triggers, sex, secrets, and inheritance. Each contribution provides a unique perspective on loss as well as a remarkable life-affirming message. Brutally honest and inspiring, Modern Loss invites us to talk intimately and humorously about grief, helping us confront the humanity (and mortality) we all share. Beginners welcome. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323225 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323225]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Boundaries: How to Draw the Line in Your Head, Heart and Home Author: Jennie Miller, Victoria Lambert Narrator: Victoria Lambert, Jennie Miller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 28 minutes Release date: January 11, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A four-step programme to help develop self-esteem, create time to do the things that nourish and fulfil you, discover a deep sense of calm, and achieve healthy control over your life, home and work, co-written by psychotherapist and relationship expert Jennie Miller and award-winning journalist Victoria Lambert. The need to understand where to draw the line has never been more acute, with new online trends seeping quickly into our consciousness often before we’ve had time to consider what personal boundaries they might require. Covering email etiquette, office politics, healthy parenting, dating among the over 50s, oversharing, relationships and more, there is no other book that deals effectively and practically with the embryonic and ever-evolving relationship codes of today. Discover how to set personal boundaries in the most important aspects of your life: from sleep to fitness, diet to social media and computer usage, and build the self-confidence that results from learning to care for yourself. Then you can progress to applying that knowledge to all aspects of your life including work, home and relationships. With anonymised cases from Jennie’s clinical practice, Boundaries contains exercises, motivational quotes, statistics, and clearly signposts when exactly you need to bring in the boundaries. Readers love Boundaries ‘Suggested by my therapist … has helped me re-enforce new ideas’ ‘Everyone who seeks to improve their relationships should read’ ‘Practical guide for self-care’ ‘Kind, helpful and fun read’ ‘A must read for all busy people!’ Jennie Miller, Victoria Lambert Thu, 11 Jan 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323225 thebookvoice.com 8:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323225]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Boundaries: How to Draw the Line in Your Head, Heart and Home Author: Jennie Miller, Victoria Lambert Narrator: Victoria Lambert, Jennie Miller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 28 minutes Release date: January 11, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A four-step programme to help develop self-esteem, create time to do the things that nourish and fulfil you, discover a deep sense of calm, and achieve healthy control over your life, home and work, co-written by psychotherapist and relationship expert Jennie Miller and award-winning journalist Victoria Lambert. The need to understand where to draw the line has never been more acute, with new online trends seeping quickly into our consciousness often before we’ve had time to consider what personal boundaries they might require. Covering email etiquette, office politics, healthy parenting, dating among the over 50s, oversharing, relationships and more, there is no other book that deals effectively and practically with the embryonic and ever-evolving relationship codes of today. Discover how to set personal boundaries in the most important aspects of your life: from sleep to fitness, diet to social media and computer usage, and build the self-confidence that results from learning to care for yourself. Then you can progress to applying that knowledge to all aspects of your life including work, home and relationships. With anonymised cases from Jennie’s clinical practice, Boundaries contains exercises, motivational quotes, statistics, and clearly signposts when exactly you need to bring in the boundaries. Readers love Boundaries ‘Suggested by my therapist … has helped me re-enforce new ideas’ ‘Everyone who seeks to improve their relationships should read’ ‘Practical guide for self-care’ ‘Kind, helpful and fun read’ ‘A must read for all busy people!’ Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323225]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Boundaries: How to Draw the Line in Your Head, Heart and Home Author: Jennie Miller, Victoria Lambert Narrator: Victoria Lambert, Jennie Miller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 28 minutes Release date: January 11, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A four-step programme to help develop self-esteem, create time to do the things that nourish and fulfil you, discover a deep sense of calm, and achieve healthy control over your life, home and work, co-written by psychotherapist and relationship expert Jennie Miller and award-winning journalist Victoria Lambert. The need to understand where to draw the line has never been more acute, with new online trends seeping quickly into our consciousness often before we’ve had time to consider what personal boundaries they might require. Covering email etiquette, office politics, healthy parenting, dating among the over 50s, oversharing, relationships and more, there is no other book that deals effectively and practically with the embryonic and ever-evolving relationship codes of today. Discover how to set personal boundaries in the most important aspects of your life: from sleep to fitness, diet to social media and computer usage, and build the self-confidence that results from learning to care for yourself. Then you can progress to applying that knowledge to all aspects of your life including work, home and relationships. With anonymised cases from Jennie’s clinical practice, Boundaries contains exercises, motivational quotes, statistics, and clearly signposts when exactly you need to bring in the boundaries. Readers love Boundaries ‘Suggested by my therapist … has helped me re-enforce new ideas’ ‘Everyone who seeks to improve their relationships should read’ ‘Practical guide for self-care’ ‘Kind, helpful and fun read’ ‘A must read for all busy people!’ https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323187 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323187]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Introvert's Edge: How the Quiet and Shy Can Outsell Anyone Author: Derek Lewis, Matthew Pollard Narrator: Jamie Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 58 minutes Release date: January 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: BookAuthority Best Sales Audiobooks of All Time * BookAuthority Best Introvert AudioBooks of All TimeAn introvert? Great at sales? YES. Sales is a skill anyone can learn and master - and introverts are especially good at it once they learn how to leverage their natural strengths. Introverts aren't comfortable with traditional tactics like aggressively pushing a product or talking over a customer's objections. That's the beauty of The Introvert's Edge: it doesn't focus on the sale itself but on a sales system that helps introverts feel sincere instead of sales-y. Powerful and practical, the book reveals how to: - Find natural confidence - Prepare for every situation - Present your value so that customers want to buy - Sidestep objections - Judge when the customer's ready to buy - Ask for the sale - without asking - Continually adapt and improve - Profit from a process that doesn't rely on personality - Enjoy sales - With stories of introverted entrepreneurs, salespeople, and business owners who went from stagnant to success, The Introvert's Edge shows you how to succeed in sales - without changing who you are. Derek Lewis, Matthew Pollard Thu, 04 Jan 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323187 thebookvoice.com 4:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323187]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Introvert's Edge: How the Quiet and Shy Can Outsell Anyone Author: Derek Lewis, Matthew Pollard Narrator: Jamie Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 58 minutes Release date: January 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: BookAuthority Best Sales Audiobooks of All Time * BookAuthority Best Introvert AudioBooks of All TimeAn introvert? Great at sales? YES. Sales is a skill anyone can learn and master - and introverts are especially good at it once they learn how to leverage their natural strengths. Introverts aren't comfortable with traditional tactics like aggressively pushing a product or talking over a customer's objections. That's the beauty of The Introvert's Edge: it doesn't focus on the sale itself but on a sales system that helps introverts feel sincere instead of sales-y. Powerful and practical, the book reveals how to: - Find natural confidence - Prepare for every situation - Present your value so that customers want to buy - Sidestep objections - Judge when the customer's ready to buy - Ask for the sale - without asking - Continually adapt and improve - Profit from a process that doesn't rely on personality - Enjoy sales - With stories of introverted entrepreneurs, salespeople, and business owners who went from stagnant to success, The Introvert's Edge shows you how to succeed in sales - without changing who you are. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323187]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Introvert's Edge: How the Quiet and Shy Can Outsell Anyone Author: Derek Lewis, Matthew Pollard Narrator: Jamie Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 58 minutes Release date: January 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: BookAuthority Best Sales Audiobooks of All Time * BookAuthority Best Introvert AudioBooks of All TimeAn introvert? Great at sales? YES. Sales is a skill anyone can learn and master - and introverts are especially good at it once they learn how to leverage their natural strengths. Introverts aren't comfortable with traditional tactics like aggressively pushing a product or talking over a customer's objections. That's the beauty of The Introvert's Edge: it doesn't focus on the sale itself but on a sales system that helps introverts feel sincere instead of sales-y. Powerful and practical, the book reveals how to: - Find natural confidence - Prepare for every situation - Present your value so that customers want to buy - Sidestep objections - Judge when the customer's ready to buy - Ask for the sale - without asking - Continually adapt and improve - Profit from a process that doesn't rely on personality - Enjoy sales - With stories of introverted entrepreneurs, salespeople, and business owners who went from stagnant to success, The Introvert's Edge shows you how to succeed in sales - without changing who you are. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322875 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322875]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Gaslight Effect: How to Spot and Survive the Hidden Manipulation Others Use to Control Your Life Author: Robin Stern Narrator: Nan McNamara Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 35 minutes Release date: January 9, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.32 of Total 22 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Are You Being Gaslighted? Check for these telltale signs: 1. You constantly second-guess yourself. 2. You wonder, “Am I being too sensitive?” a dozen times a day. 3. You wonder frequently if you are a “good enough” girlfriend/wife/employee/friend/daughter. 4. You have trouble making simple decisions. 5. You think twice before bringing up innocent topics of conversation. 6. You frequently make excuses for your partner’s behavior to friends and family. 7. Before your partner comes home from work, you run through a checklist in your head to anticipate anything you might have done wrong that day. 8. You buy clothes for yourself, furnishings for your apartment, or other personal purchases thinking about what your partner would like instead of what would make you feel great. 9. You actually start to enjoy the constant criticism, because you think, “What doesn’t kill me will make me stronger.” 10. You start speaking to your husband through his secretary so you don’t have to tell him things you’re afraid might upset him. 11. You start lying to avoid the put-downs and reality twists. 12. You feel as though you can’t do anything right. 13. You frequently wonder if you’re good enough for your lover. 14. Your kids start trying to protect you from being humiliated by your partner. 15. You feel hopeless and joyless. Your husband crosses the line in his flirtations with another woman at a dinner party. When you confront him, he asks you to stop being insecure and controlling. After a long argument, you apologize for giving him a hard time. Your boss backed you on a project when you met privately in his office, and you went full steam ahead. But at a large gathering of staff—including yours—he suddenly changes his tune and publicly criticizes your poor judgment. When you tell him your concerns for how this will affect your authority, he tells you that the project was ill-conceived and you’ll have to be more careful in the future. You begin to question your competence. Your mother belittles your clothes, your job, your friends, and your boyfriend. But instead of fighting back as your friends encourage you to do, you tell them that your mother is often right and that a mature person should be able to take a little criticism. If you think things like this can’t happen to you, think again. Gaslighting is when someone wants you to do what you know you shouldn’t and to believe the unbelieveable. It can happen to you and it probably already has. How do we know? If you consider answering “yes” to even one of the following questions, you’ve probably been gaslighted: Does your opinion of yourself change according to approval or disapproval from your spouse? When your boss praises you, do you feel as if you could conquer the world? Do you dread having small things go wrong at home—buying the wrong brand of toothpaste, not having dinner ready on time, a mistaken appointment written on the calendar? Gaslighting is an insidious form of emotional abuse and manipulation that is difficult to recognize and even harder to break free from. That’s because it plays into one of our worst fears—of being abandoned—and many of our deepest needs: to be understood, appreciated, and loved. In this groundbreaking guide, the prominent therapist Dr. Robin Stern shows how the Gaslight Effect works and tells you how to: Turn up your Gaslight Radar, so you know when a relationship is headed for trouble. Includes a bonus PDF of appendices from the book. Robin Stern Tue, 09 Jan 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322875 thebookvoice.com 9:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322875]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Gaslight Effect: How to Spot and Survive the Hidden Manipulation Others Use to Control Your Life Author: Robin Stern Narrator: Nan McNamara Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 35 minutes Release date: January 9, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.32 of Total 22 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Are You Being Gaslighted? Check for these telltale signs: 1. You constantly second-guess yourself. 2. You wonder, “Am I being too sensitive?” a dozen times a day. 3. You wonder frequently if you are a “good enough” girlfriend/wife/employee/friend/daughter. 4. You have trouble making simple decisions. 5. You think twice before bringing up innocent topics of conversation. 6. You frequently make excuses for your partner’s behavior to friends and family. 7. Before your partner comes home from work, you run through a checklist in your head to anticipate anything you might have done wrong that day. 8. You buy clothes for yourself, furnishings for your apartment, or other personal purchases thinking about what your partner would like instead of what would make you feel great. 9. You actually start to enjoy the constant criticism, because you think, “What doesn’t kill me will make me stronger.” 10. You start speaking to your husband through his secretary so you don’t have to tell him things you’re afraid might upset him. 11. You start lying to avoid the put-downs and reality twists. 12. You feel as though you can’t do anything right. 13. You frequently wonder if you’re good enough for your lover. 14. Your kids start trying to protect you from being humiliated by your partner. 15. You feel hopeless and joyless. Your husband crosses the line in his flirtations with another woman at a dinner party. When you confront him, he asks you to stop being insecure and controlling. After a long argument, you apologize for giving him a hard time. Your boss backed you on a project when you met privately in his office, and you went full steam ahead. But at a large gathering of staff—including yours—he suddenly changes his tune and publicly criticizes your poor judgment. When you tell him your concerns for how this will affect your authority, he tells you that the project was ill-conceived and you’ll have to be more careful in the future. You begin to question your competence. Your mother belittles your clothes, your job, your friends, and your boyfriend. But instead of fighting back as your friends encourage you to do, you tell them that your mother is often right and that a mature person should be able to take a little criticism. If you think things like this can’t happen to you, think again. Gaslighting is when someone wants you to do what you know you shouldn’t and to believe the unbelieveable. It can happen to you and it probably already has. How do we know? If you consider answering “yes” to even one of the following questions, you’ve probably been gaslighted: Does your opinion of yourself change according to approval or disapproval from your spouse? When your boss praises you, do you feel as if you could conquer the world? Do you dread having small things go wrong at home—buying the wrong brand of toothpaste, not having dinner ready on time, a mistaken appointment written on the calendar? Gaslighting is an insidious form of emotional abuse and manipulation that is difficult to recognize and even harder to break free from. That’s because it plays into one of our worst fears—of being abandoned—and many of our deepest needs: to be understood, appreciated, and loved. In this groundbreaking guide, the prominent therapist Dr. Robin Stern shows how the Gaslight Effect works and tells you how to: Turn up your Gaslight Radar, so you know when a relationship is headed for trouble. Includes a bonus PDF of appendices from the book. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322875]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Gaslight Effect: How to Spot and Survive the Hidden Manipulation Others Use to Control Your Life Author: Robin Stern Narrator: Nan McNamara Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 35 minutes Release date: January 9, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.32 of Total 22 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Are You Being Gaslighted? Check for these telltale signs: 1. You constantly second-guess yourself. 2. You wonder, “Am I being too sensitive?” a dozen times a day. 3. You wonder frequently if you are a “good enough” girlfriend/wife/employee/friend/daughter. 4. You have trouble making simple decisions. 5. You think twice before bringing up innocent topics of conversation. 6. You frequently make excuses for your partner’s behavior to friends and family. 7. Before your partner comes home from work, you run through a checklist in your head to anticipate anything you might have done wrong that day. 8. You buy clothes for yourself, furnishings for your apartment, or other personal purchases thinking about what your partner would like instead of what would make you feel great. 9. You actually start to enjoy the constant criticism, because you think, “What doesn’t kill me will make me stronger.” 10. You start speaking to your husband through his secretary so you don’t have to tell him things you’re afraid might upset him. 11. You start lying to avoid the put-downs and reality twists. 12. You feel as though you can’t do anything right. 13. You frequently wonder if you’re good enough for your lover. 14. Your kids start trying to protect you from being humiliated by your partner. 15. You feel hopeless and joyless. Your husband crosses the line in his flirtations with another woman at a dinner party. When you confront him, he asks you to stop being insecure and controlling. After a long argument, you apologize for giving him a hard time. Your boss backed you on a project when you met privately in his office, and you went full steam ahead. But at a large gathering of staff—including yours—he suddenly changes his tune and publicly criticizes your poor judgment. When you tell him your concerns for how this will affect your authority, he tells you that the project was ill-conceived and you’ll have to be more careful in the future. You begin to question your competence. Your mother belittles your clothes, your job, your friends, and your boyfriend. But instead of fighting back as your friends encourage you to do, you tell them that your mother is often right and that a mature person should be able to take a little criticism. If you think things like this can’t happen to you, think again. Gaslighting is when someone wants you to do what you know you shouldn’t and to believe the unbelieveable. It can happen to you and it probably already has. How do we know? If you consider answering “yes” to even one of the following questions, you’ve probably been gaslighted: Does your opinion of yourself change according to approval or disapproval from your spouse? When your boss praises you, do you feel as if you could conquer the world? Do you dread having small things go wrong at home—buying the wrong brand of toothpaste, not having dinner ready on time, a mistaken appointment written on the calendar? Gaslighting is an insidious form of emotional abuse and manipulation that is difficult to recognize and even harder to break free from. That’s because it plays into one of our worst fears—of being abandoned—and many of our deepest needs: to be understood, appreciated, and loved. In this groundbreaking guide, the prominent therapist Dr. Robin Stern shows how the Gaslight Effect works and tells you how to: Turn up your Gaslight Radar, so you know when a relationship is headed for trouble. Includes a bonus PDF of appendices from the book. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322851 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322851]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Too Busy Earning a Living to Make Your Fortune?: Discover the Psychology of Achieving Your Life Goals Author: Larry F. Waldman Narrator: Claton Butcher Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 14 minutes Release date: January 9, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In Dr. Larry Waldman’s fifth book, he tells step-by-step how to achieve life goals by using accepted tenets of the four schools of psychology: Biological, Behavioral, Cognitive, and Analytic. He uses the same easy-to-understand style he established with his acclaimed child-raising classic Who’s Raising Whom? A Parent’s Guide to Effective Child Discipline. Like that book, in this one he gives many anecdotes from actual case histories to illustrate his points. Those who study, learn, and put into practice the psychology revealed by Dr. Waldman will be equipped to achieve their life goals. Larry F. Waldman Tue, 09 Jan 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322851 thebookvoice.com 3:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322851]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Too Busy Earning a Living to Make Your Fortune?: Discover the Psychology of Achieving Your Life Goals Author: Larry F. Waldman Narrator: Claton Butcher Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 14 minutes Release date: January 9, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In Dr. Larry Waldman’s fifth book, he tells step-by-step how to achieve life goals by using accepted tenets of the four schools of psychology: Biological, Behavioral, Cognitive, and Analytic. He uses the same easy-to-understand style he established with his acclaimed child-raising classic Who’s Raising Whom? A Parent’s Guide to Effective Child Discipline. Like that book, in this one he gives many anecdotes from actual case histories to illustrate his points. Those who study, learn, and put into practice the psychology revealed by Dr. Waldman will be equipped to achieve their life goals. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322851]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Too Busy Earning a Living to Make Your Fortune?: Discover the Psychology of Achieving Your Life Goals Author: Larry F. Waldman Narrator: Claton Butcher Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 14 minutes Release date: January 9, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In Dr. Larry Waldman’s fifth book, he tells step-by-step how to achieve life goals by using accepted tenets of the four schools of psychology: Biological, Behavioral, Cognitive, and Analytic. He uses the same easy-to-understand style he established with his acclaimed child-raising classic Who’s Raising Whom? A Parent’s Guide to Effective Child Discipline. Like that book, in this one he gives many anecdotes from actual case histories to illustrate his points. Those who study, learn, and put into practice the psychology revealed by Dr. Waldman will be equipped to achieve their life goals. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322780 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322780]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Culture Code: The Secrets of Highly Successful Groups Author: Daniel Coyle Narrator: Will Damron Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 13 minutes Release date: January 30, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.32 of Total 96 Ratings of Narrator: 4.63 of Total 8 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • The author of The Talent Code unlocks the secrets of highly successful groups and provides tomorrow’s leaders with the tools to build a cohesive, motivated culture. “A truly brilliant, mesmerizing read that demystifies the magic of great groups.”—Adam Grant, author of Think Again A BLOOMBERG AND LIBRARY JOURNAL BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR Where does great culture come from? How do you build and sustain it in your group, or strengthen a culture that needs fixing? In The Culture Code, Daniel Coyle goes inside some of the world’s most successful organizations—including the U.S. Navy’s SEAL Team Six, IDEO, and the San Antonio Spurs—and reveals what makes them tick. He demystifies the culture-building process by identifying three key skills that generate cohesion and cooperation, and explains how diverse groups learn to function with a single mind. Drawing on examples that range from Internet retailer Zappos to the comedy troupe Upright Citizens Brigade to a daring gang of jewel thieves, Coyle offers specific strategies that trigger learning, spark collaboration, build trust, and drive positive change. Coyle unearths helpful stories of failure that illustrate what not to do, troubleshoots common pitfalls, and shares advice about reforming a toxic culture. Combining leading-edge science, on-the-ground insights from world-class leaders, and practical ideas for action, The Culture Code offers a roadmap for creating an environment where innovation flourishes, problems get solved, and expectations are exceeded. Culture is not something you are—it’s something you do. The Culture Code puts the power in your hands. No matter the size of your group or your goal, this book can teach you the principles of cultural chemistry that transform individuals into teams that can accomplish amazing things together. Daniel Coyle Tue, 30 Jan 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322780 thebookvoice.com 7:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322780]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Culture Code: The Secrets of Highly Successful Groups Author: Daniel Coyle Narrator: Will Damron Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 13 minutes Release date: January 30, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.32 of Total 96 Ratings of Narrator: 4.63 of Total 8 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • The author of The Talent Code unlocks the secrets of highly successful groups and provides tomorrow’s leaders with the tools to build a cohesive, motivated culture. “A truly brilliant, mesmerizing read that demystifies the magic of great groups.”—Adam Grant, author of Think Again A BLOOMBERG AND LIBRARY JOURNAL BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR Where does great culture come from? How do you build and sustain it in your group, or strengthen a culture that needs fixing? In The Culture Code, Daniel Coyle goes inside some of the world’s most successful organizations—including the U.S. Navy’s SEAL Team Six, IDEO, and the San Antonio Spurs—and reveals what makes them tick. He demystifies the culture-building process by identifying three key skills that generate cohesion and cooperation, and explains how diverse groups learn to function with a single mind. Drawing on examples that range from Internet retailer Zappos to the comedy troupe Upright Citizens Brigade to a daring gang of jewel thieves, Coyle offers specific strategies that trigger learning, spark collaboration, build trust, and drive positive change. Coyle unearths helpful stories of failure that illustrate what not to do, troubleshoots common pitfalls, and shares advice about reforming a toxic culture. Combining leading-edge science, on-the-ground insights from world-class leaders, and practical ideas for action, The Culture Code offers a roadmap for creating an environment where innovation flourishes, problems get solved, and expectations are exceeded. Culture is not something you are—it’s something you do. The Culture Code puts the power in your hands. No matter the size of your group or your goal, this book can teach you the principles of cultural chemistry that transform individuals into teams that can accomplish amazing things together. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322780]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Culture Code: The Secrets of Highly Successful Groups Author: Daniel Coyle Narrator: Will Damron Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 13 minutes Release date: January 30, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.32 of Total 96 Ratings of Narrator: 4.63 of Total 8 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • The author of The Talent Code unlocks the secrets of highly successful groups and provides tomorrow’s leaders with the tools to build a cohesive, motivated culture. “A truly brilliant, mesmerizing read that demystifies the magic of great groups.”—Adam Grant, author of Think Again A BLOOMBERG AND LIBRARY JOURNAL BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR Where does great culture come from? How do you build and sustain it in your group, or strengthen a culture that needs fixing? In The Culture Code, Daniel Coyle goes inside some of the world’s most successful organizations—including the U.S. Navy’s SEAL Team Six, IDEO, and the San Antonio Spurs—and reveals what makes them tick. He demystifies the culture-building process by identifying three key skills that generate cohesion and cooperation, and explains how diverse groups learn to function with a single mind. Drawing on examples that range from Internet retailer Zappos to the comedy troupe Upright Citizens Brigade to a daring gang of jewel thieves, Coyle offers specific strategies that trigger learning, spark collaboration, build trust, and drive positive change. Coyle unearths helpful stories of failure that illustrate what not to do, troubleshoots common pitfalls, and shares advice about reforming a toxic culture. Combining leading-edge science, on-the-ground insights from world-class leaders, and practical ideas for action, The Culture Code offers a roadmap for creating an environment where innovation flourishes, problems get solved, and expectations are exceeded. Culture is not something you are—it’s something you do. The Culture Code puts the power in your hands. No matter the size of your group or your goal, this book can teach you the principles of cultural chemistry that transform individuals into teams that can accomplish amazing things together. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322672 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322672]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Two Levels of Doing and Undoing Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 5 minutes Release date: December 11, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: People with OCD do and undo: the obsessive compulsive starts to make his bed; then he decides that his time is better spent doing something else; then he reverses himself once more and re-starts making his bed; then he once again reverses himself, deciding once again not to make his bed; and so on. That sort of doing and undoing is diachronic, as in, the opposed impulses are expressed, not in simultaneous, but in sequential behaviors: the impulse to make the bed is expressed; then the impulse to do something else is expressed; then the impulse to make the bed is once again expressed; and so on. But obsessive-compulsives also engage in a form of synchronic doing and undoing, as in, there are cases where the opposed impulses are simultaneously operative and, indeed, operative in the very same behavior; and many otherwise inexplicable compulsions are to be explained in terms of this fact. J.-M. Kuczynski Mon, 11 Dec 2017 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322672 thebookvoice.com 0:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322672]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Two Levels of Doing and Undoing Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 5 minutes Release date: December 11, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: People with OCD do and undo: the obsessive compulsive starts to make his bed; then he decides that his time is better spent doing something else; then he reverses himself once more and re-starts making his bed; then he once again reverses himself, deciding once again not to make his bed; and so on. That sort of doing and undoing is diachronic, as in, the opposed impulses are expressed, not in simultaneous, but in sequential behaviors: the impulse to make the bed is expressed; then the impulse to do something else is expressed; then the impulse to make the bed is once again expressed; and so on. But obsessive-compulsives also engage in a form of synchronic doing and undoing, as in, there are cases where the opposed impulses are simultaneously operative and, indeed, operative in the very same behavior; and many otherwise inexplicable compulsions are to be explained in terms of this fact. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322672]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Two Levels of Doing and Undoing Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 5 minutes Release date: December 11, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: People with OCD do and undo: the obsessive compulsive starts to make his bed; then he decides that his time is better spent doing something else; then he reverses himself once more and re-starts making his bed; then he once again reverses himself, deciding once again not to make his bed; and so on. That sort of doing and undoing is diachronic, as in, the opposed impulses are expressed, not in simultaneous, but in sequential behaviors: the impulse to make the bed is expressed; then the impulse to do something else is expressed; then the impulse to make the bed is once again expressed; and so on. But obsessive-compulsives also engage in a form of synchronic doing and undoing, as in, there are cases where the opposed impulses are simultaneously operative and, indeed, operative in the very same behavior; and many otherwise inexplicable compulsions are to be explained in terms of this fact. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322666 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322666]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Don’t Psychopaths Care about the Consequences of Their Own Actions? Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 1 minute Release date: December 8, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Conscience is what prevents one from lying and also, therefore, from lying to oneself. Consequently, if a given person has no conscience, he has no conscience to prevent him from lying to himself, and he is therefore limitless able to rationalize his circumstances to himself. Whence the psychopath's apparent indifference to the consequences for himself of his own actions. It isn't that he doesn't care what happens to him: he very much cares. It is that he is willing to deceive himself about the likely consequences for himself of his actions, since he has no conscience to prevent him from engaging in deception. J.-M. Kuczynski Fri, 08 Dec 2017 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322666 thebookvoice.com 0:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322666]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Don’t Psychopaths Care about the Consequences of Their Own Actions? Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 1 minute Release date: December 8, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Conscience is what prevents one from lying and also, therefore, from lying to oneself. Consequently, if a given person has no conscience, he has no conscience to prevent him from lying to himself, and he is therefore limitless able to rationalize his circumstances to himself. Whence the psychopath's apparent indifference to the consequences for himself of his own actions. It isn't that he doesn't care what happens to him: he very much cares. It is that he is willing to deceive himself about the likely consequences for himself of his actions, since he has no conscience to prevent him from engaging in deception. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322666]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Don’t Psychopaths Care about the Consequences of Their Own Actions? Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 1 minute Release date: December 8, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Conscience is what prevents one from lying and also, therefore, from lying to oneself. Consequently, if a given person has no conscience, he has no conscience to prevent him from lying to himself, and he is therefore limitless able to rationalize his circumstances to himself. Whence the psychopath's apparent indifference to the consequences for himself of his own actions. It isn't that he doesn't care what happens to him: he very much cares. It is that he is willing to deceive himself about the likely consequences for himself of his actions, since he has no conscience to prevent him from engaging in deception. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322517 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322517]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Manson’s Minions Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 1 minute Release date: December 6, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Manson's female minions were educated and upper middle class, whereas Manson himself was an uneducated, lower class ex-convict. So why did they like Manson? Precisely because he was a lower class, uneducated ex-convict. Manson was not a eunuch. He had not had his manhood drained out of him by the educational system. He had not been castrated by a politically correct middle class existence. Women therefore liked Manson, and Manson therefore had power over them. J.-M. Kuczynski Wed, 06 Dec 2017 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322517 thebookvoice.com 0:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322517]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Manson’s Minions Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 1 minute Release date: December 6, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Manson's female minions were educated and upper middle class, whereas Manson himself was an uneducated, lower class ex-convict. So why did they like Manson? Precisely because he was a lower class, uneducated ex-convict. Manson was not a eunuch. He had not had his manhood drained out of him by the educational system. He had not been castrated by a politically correct middle class existence. Women therefore liked Manson, and Manson therefore had power over them. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322517]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Manson’s Minions Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 1 minute Release date: December 6, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Manson's female minions were educated and upper middle class, whereas Manson himself was an uneducated, lower class ex-convict. So why did they like Manson? Precisely because he was a lower class, uneducated ex-convict. Manson was not a eunuch. He had not had his manhood drained out of him by the educational system. He had not been castrated by a politically correct middle class existence. Women therefore liked Manson, and Manson therefore had power over them. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322516 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322516]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: When do Brain Cells Grow Back: A Conjecture Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 3 minutes Release date: December 6, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: It used to be thought that neurons could not reproduce--that once a given neuron died, it would never replaced. This has turned to be false. Neurons sometimes reproduce. But sometimes they don't. Question: When do they reproduce? My guess is that, when a neuron dies that is part of an otherwise undamaged brain-structure, then that neuron will be replaced; but when an entire brain-structure is destroyed or severely damaged, that structure will not be replaced and, consequently, the neurons that composed it also won't be replaced. J.-M. Kuczynski Wed, 06 Dec 2017 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322516 thebookvoice.com 0:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322516]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: When do Brain Cells Grow Back: A Conjecture Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 3 minutes Release date: December 6, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: It used to be thought that neurons could not reproduce--that once a given neuron died, it would never replaced. This has turned to be false. Neurons sometimes reproduce. But sometimes they don't. Question: When do they reproduce? My guess is that, when a neuron dies that is part of an otherwise undamaged brain-structure, then that neuron will be replaced; but when an entire brain-structure is destroyed or severely damaged, that structure will not be replaced and, consequently, the neurons that composed it also won't be replaced. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322516]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: When do Brain Cells Grow Back: A Conjecture Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 3 minutes Release date: December 6, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: It used to be thought that neurons could not reproduce--that once a given neuron died, it would never replaced. This has turned to be false. Neurons sometimes reproduce. But sometimes they don't. Question: When do they reproduce? My guess is that, when a neuron dies that is part of an otherwise undamaged brain-structure, then that neuron will be replaced; but when an entire brain-structure is destroyed or severely damaged, that structure will not be replaced and, consequently, the neurons that composed it also won't be replaced. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322511 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322511]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What is the Difference between Marxism and Communism? Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 3 minutes Release date: December 5, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Communism is the view that property should be owned collectively—that, in other words, there should be no such thing as private property, at least not on a commercially meaningful scale. Marxism is something very different from communism. Marxism is the view that our beliefs about the world, and also about morality, are rationalizations, and therefore falsehoods, that are based, not on objective fact, but on propaganda put out by the people who own the means of production. Thus, Marxism and communism are completely distinct doctrines. In this short work, it is explained how, despite their differences, Marxism and communism are connected. J.-M. Kuczynski Tue, 05 Dec 2017 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322511 thebookvoice.com 0:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322511]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What is the Difference between Marxism and Communism? Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 3 minutes Release date: December 5, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Communism is the view that property should be owned collectively—that, in other words, there should be no such thing as private property, at least not on a commercially meaningful scale. Marxism is something very different from communism. Marxism is the view that our beliefs about the world, and also about morality, are rationalizations, and therefore falsehoods, that are based, not on objective fact, but on propaganda put out by the people who own the means of production. Thus, Marxism and communism are completely distinct doctrines. In this short work, it is explained how, despite their differences, Marxism and communism are connected. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322511]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What is the Difference between Marxism and Communism? Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 3 minutes Release date: December 5, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Communism is the view that property should be owned collectively—that, in other words, there should be no such thing as private property, at least not on a commercially meaningful scale. Marxism is something very different from communism. Marxism is the view that our beliefs about the world, and also about morality, are rationalizations, and therefore falsehoods, that are based, not on objective fact, but on propaganda put out by the people who own the means of production. Thus, Marxism and communism are completely distinct doctrines. In this short work, it is explained how, despite their differences, Marxism and communism are connected. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322510 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322510]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Marxism as Psychopathy Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 2 minutes Release date: December 5, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The essence of psychosis is alienatedness from the truth, and the essence of psychopathy is alienatedness from moral truth. According to Marx, truth and morality from culture to culture and from epoch to epoch, the only epoch- and culture-invariant thing about them being, in Marx's view, that they are always so much self-serving propaganda. Thus, Marxism, in its insistence on the non-existence (or, what is the same, the relativity) of truth and morality, is nothing more than an exhortation to be psychotic and psychopathic; and the supposedly unsuccessful Marxist revolutions in Russian, China, and Cambodia were, in fact, successful--that is to say, they successfully implemented the psychotic psychopathy that is the very heart of Marxism. J.-M. Kuczynski Tue, 05 Dec 2017 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322510 thebookvoice.com 0:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322510]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Marxism as Psychopathy Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 2 minutes Release date: December 5, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The essence of psychosis is alienatedness from the truth, and the essence of psychopathy is alienatedness from moral truth. According to Marx, truth and morality from culture to culture and from epoch to epoch, the only epoch- and culture-invariant thing about them being, in Marx's view, that they are always so much self-serving propaganda. Thus, Marxism, in its insistence on the non-existence (or, what is the same, the relativity) of truth and morality, is nothing more than an exhortation to be psychotic and psychopathic; and the supposedly unsuccessful Marxist revolutions in Russian, China, and Cambodia were, in fact, successful--that is to say, they successfully implemented the psychotic psychopathy that is the very heart of Marxism. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322510]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Marxism as Psychopathy Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 2 minutes Release date: December 5, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The essence of psychosis is alienatedness from the truth, and the essence of psychopathy is alienatedness from moral truth. According to Marx, truth and morality from culture to culture and from epoch to epoch, the only epoch- and culture-invariant thing about them being, in Marx's view, that they are always so much self-serving propaganda. Thus, Marxism, in its insistence on the non-existence (or, what is the same, the relativity) of truth and morality, is nothing more than an exhortation to be psychotic and psychopathic; and the supposedly unsuccessful Marxist revolutions in Russian, China, and Cambodia were, in fact, successful--that is to say, they successfully implemented the psychotic psychopathy that is the very heart of Marxism. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322508 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322508]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Boringness as Camouflage for Pseudo-scholars Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 3 minutes Release date: December 4, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Sometimes, when a given person and/or his scholarly work are boring, it is intentional: that person is deliberately being boring so that nobody bothers to scrutinize, or therefore discovery the emptiness of, either him or his work. J.-M. Kuczynski Mon, 04 Dec 2017 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322508 thebookvoice.com 0:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322508]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Boringness as Camouflage for Pseudo-scholars Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 3 minutes Release date: December 4, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Sometimes, when a given person and/or his scholarly work are boring, it is intentional: that person is deliberately being boring so that nobody bothers to scrutinize, or therefore discovery the emptiness of, either him or his work. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322508]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Boringness as Camouflage for Pseudo-scholars Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 3 minutes Release date: December 4, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Sometimes, when a given person and/or his scholarly work are boring, it is intentional: that person is deliberately being boring so that nobody bothers to scrutinize, or therefore discovery the emptiness of, either him or his work. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322486 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322486]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Two Kinds of Crime Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 1 minute Release date: December 3, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: There are two kinds of crime: primary and secondary. Secondary crimes are those that are committed as a way of dealing with economic hardships created by excessive regulation. Primary crimes are those that are not secondary. J.-M. Kuczynski Sun, 03 Dec 2017 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322486 thebookvoice.com 0:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322486]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Two Kinds of Crime Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 1 minute Release date: December 3, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: There are two kinds of crime: primary and secondary. Secondary crimes are those that are committed as a way of dealing with economic hardships created by excessive regulation. Primary crimes are those that are not secondary. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322486]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Two Kinds of Crime Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 1 minute Release date: December 3, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: There are two kinds of crime: primary and secondary. Secondary crimes are those that are committed as a way of dealing with economic hardships created by excessive regulation. Primary crimes are those that are not secondary. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322481 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322481]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Obsessions are Cognitive Compulsions and Compulsions are Behavioral Obsessions Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 1 minute Release date: November 30, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Obsessions are internalized compulsions, and compulsions are externalized obsessions. J.-M. Kuczynski Thu, 30 Nov 2017 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322481 thebookvoice.com 0:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322481]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Obsessions are Cognitive Compulsions and Compulsions are Behavioral Obsessions Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 1 minute Release date: November 30, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Obsessions are internalized compulsions, and compulsions are externalized obsessions. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322481]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Obsessions are Cognitive Compulsions and Compulsions are Behavioral Obsessions Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 1 minute Release date: November 30, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Obsessions are internalized compulsions, and compulsions are externalized obsessions. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322467 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322467]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bilingual Observations: October 18, 2017 Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 2 minutes Release date: October 23, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Original psychological observations with Spanish subtitles. J.-M. Kuczynski Mon, 23 Oct 2017 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322467 thebookvoice.com 0:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322467]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bilingual Observations: October 18, 2017 Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 2 minutes Release date: October 23, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Original psychological observations with Spanish subtitles. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322467]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bilingual Observations: October 18, 2017 Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 2 minutes Release date: October 23, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Original psychological observations with Spanish subtitles. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322271 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322271]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stick with It: The Science of Lasting Behaviour Author: Sean Young Narrator: Roger Wayne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 56 minutes Release date: January 4, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of Stick with It by Sean Young, read by Roger Wayne. We all have bad habits - whether it's a weakness for junk food, a smartphone addiction or a lack of exercise. But change is hard. Forty percent of dieters quit within a week. Eighty percent of New Year's resolutions don't last beyond January. How can we kick bad habits - and stick with it? According to psychologist and behaviour researcher Dr Sean Young, the answer is to stop trying to change the person, and instead change the process. In Stick With It, Dr Young draws on his own research and that of other leading experts to explain how the mind often interferes with breaking bad habits, and how we can outsmart it, increasing the likelihood of lasting change by 300%. Packed with practical exercises and real-life case studies, Stick With It shows that it is possible to control spending, stick to a diet, exercise regularly and overcome problem behaviours - forever. Sean Young Thu, 04 Jan 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322271 thebookvoice.com 6:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322271]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stick with It: The Science of Lasting Behaviour Author: Sean Young Narrator: Roger Wayne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 56 minutes Release date: January 4, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of Stick with It by Sean Young, read by Roger Wayne. We all have bad habits - whether it's a weakness for junk food, a smartphone addiction or a lack of exercise. But change is hard. Forty percent of dieters quit within a week. Eighty percent of New Year's resolutions don't last beyond January. How can we kick bad habits - and stick with it? According to psychologist and behaviour researcher Dr Sean Young, the answer is to stop trying to change the person, and instead change the process. In Stick With It, Dr Young draws on his own research and that of other leading experts to explain how the mind often interferes with breaking bad habits, and how we can outsmart it, increasing the likelihood of lasting change by 300%. Packed with practical exercises and real-life case studies, Stick With It shows that it is possible to control spending, stick to a diet, exercise regularly and overcome problem behaviours - forever. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322271]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stick with It: The Science of Lasting Behaviour Author: Sean Young Narrator: Roger Wayne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 56 minutes Release date: January 4, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of Stick with It by Sean Young, read by Roger Wayne. We all have bad habits - whether it's a weakness for junk food, a smartphone addiction or a lack of exercise. But change is hard. Forty percent of dieters quit within a week. Eighty percent of New Year's resolutions don't last beyond January. How can we kick bad habits - and stick with it? According to psychologist and behaviour researcher Dr Sean Young, the answer is to stop trying to change the person, and instead change the process. In Stick With It, Dr Young draws on his own research and that of other leading experts to explain how the mind often interferes with breaking bad habits, and how we can outsmart it, increasing the likelihood of lasting change by 300%. Packed with practical exercises and real-life case studies, Stick With It shows that it is possible to control spending, stick to a diet, exercise regularly and overcome problem behaviours - forever. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322266 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322266]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Yes Brain: How to Cultivate Courage, Curiosity, and Resilience in Your Child Author: Tina Payne Bryson, Daniel J. Siegel Narrator: Tina Payne Bryson, Daniel J. Siegel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 56 minutes Release date: January 9, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.18 of Total 17 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From the authors of The Whole-Brain Child and No-Drama Discipline, an indispensable guide to unlocking your child’s innate capacity for resilience, compassion, and creativity. When facing contentious issues such as screen time, food choices, and bedtime, children often act out or shut down, responding with reactivity instead of receptivity. This is what New York Times bestselling authors Daniel J. Siegel and Tina Payne Bryson call a No Brain response. But our kids can be taught to approach life with openness and curiosity. When kids work from a Yes Brain, they’re more willing to take chances and explore. They’re more curious and imaginative. They’re better at relationships and handling adversity. In The Yes Brain, the authors give parents skills, scripts, and activities to bring kids of all ages into the beneficial “yes” state. You’ll learn • the four fundamentals of the Yes Brain—balance, resilience, insight, and empathy—and how to strengthen them • the key to knowing when kids need a gentle push out of a comfort zone vs. needing the “cushion” of safety and familiarity • strategies for navigating away from negative behavioral and emotional states (aggression and withdrawal) and expanding your child’s capacity for positivity The Yes Brain is an essential tool for nurturing positive potential and keeping your child’s inner spark glowing and growing strong. Includes a bonus PDF with fun graphics and tools to help you cultivate the YES BRAIN in your child and you! Praise for The Yes Brain “This unique and exciting book shows us how to help children embrace life with all of its challenges and thrive in the modern world. Integrating research from social development, clinical psychology, and neuroscience, it’s a veritable treasure chest of parenting insights and techniques.”—Carol S. Dweck, Ph.D., author of Mindset  “I have never read a better, clearer explanation of the impact parenting can have on a child’s brain and personality.”—Michael Thompson, Ph.D. “Easily assimilated and informative, the book will help adults enable children to lead physically and emotionally satisfying and well-rounded lives filled with purpose and meaningful relationships. Edifying, easy-to-understand scientific research that shows the benefits that accrue when a child is encouraged to be inquisitive, spirited, and intrepid.”—Kirkus Reviews Tina Payne Bryson, Daniel J. Siegel Tue, 09 Jan 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322266 thebookvoice.com 5:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322266]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Yes Brain: How to Cultivate Courage, Curiosity, and Resilience in Your Child Author: Tina Payne Bryson, Daniel J. Siegel Narrator: Tina Payne Bryson, Daniel J. Siegel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 56 minutes Release date: January 9, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.18 of Total 17 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From the authors of The Whole-Brain Child and No-Drama Discipline, an indispensable guide to unlocking your child’s innate capacity for resilience, compassion, and creativity. When facing contentious issues such as screen time, food choices, and bedtime, children often act out or shut down, responding with reactivity instead of receptivity. This is what New York Times bestselling authors Daniel J. Siegel and Tina Payne Bryson call a No Brain response. But our kids can be taught to approach life with openness and curiosity. When kids work from a Yes Brain, they’re more willing to take chances and explore. They’re more curious and imaginative. They’re better at relationships and handling adversity. In The Yes Brain, the authors give parents skills, scripts, and activities to bring kids of all ages into the beneficial “yes” state. You’ll learn • the four fundamentals of the Yes Brain—balance, resilience, insight, and empathy—and how to strengthen them • the key to knowing when kids need a gentle push out of a comfort zone vs. needing the “cushion” of safety and familiarity • strategies for navigating away from negative behavioral and emotional states (aggression and withdrawal) and expanding your child’s capacity for positivity The Yes Brain is an essential tool for nurturing positive potential and keeping your child’s inner spark glowing and growing strong. Includes a bonus PDF with fun graphics and tools to help you cultivate the YES BRAIN in your child and you! Praise for The Yes Brain “This unique and exciting book shows us how to help children embrace life with all of its challenges and thrive in the modern world. Integrating research from social development, clinical psychology, and neuroscience, it’s a veritable treasure chest of parenting insights and techniques.”—Carol S. Dweck, Ph.D., author of Mindset  “I have never read a better, clearer explanation of the impact parenting can have on a child’s brain and personality.”—Michael Thompson, Ph.D. “Easily assimilated and informative, the book will help adults enable children to lead physically and emotionally satisfying and well-rounded lives filled with purpose and meaningful relationships. Edifying, easy-to-understand scientific research that shows the benefits that accrue when a child is encouraged to be inquisitive, spirited, and intrepid.”—Kirkus Reviews Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322266]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Yes Brain: How to Cultivate Courage, Curiosity, and Resilience in Your Child Author: Tina Payne Bryson, Daniel J. Siegel Narrator: Tina Payne Bryson, Daniel J. Siegel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 56 minutes Release date: January 9, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.18 of Total 17 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From the authors of The Whole-Brain Child and No-Drama Discipline, an indispensable guide to unlocking your child’s innate capacity for resilience, compassion, and creativity. When facing contentious issues such as screen time, food choices, and bedtime, children often act out or shut down, responding with reactivity instead of receptivity. This is what New York Times bestselling authors Daniel J. Siegel and Tina Payne Bryson call a No Brain response. But our kids can be taught to approach life with openness and curiosity. When kids work from a Yes Brain, they’re more willing to take chances and explore. They’re more curious and imaginative. They’re better at relationships and handling adversity. In The Yes Brain, the authors give parents skills, scripts, and activities to bring kids of all ages into the beneficial “yes” state. You’ll learn • the four fundamentals of the Yes Brain—balance, resilience, insight, and empathy—and how to strengthen them • the key to knowing when kids need a gentle push out of a comfort zone vs. needing the “cushion” of safety and familiarity • strategies for navigating away from negative behavioral and emotional states (aggression and withdrawal) and expanding your child’s capacity for positivity The Yes Brain is an essential tool for nurturing positive potential and keeping your child’s inner spark glowing and growing strong. Includes a bonus PDF with fun graphics and tools to help you cultivate the YES BRAIN in your child and you! Praise for The Yes Brain “This unique and exciting book shows us how to help children embrace life with all of its challenges and thrive in the modern world. Integrating research from social development, clinical psychology, and neuroscience, it’s a veritable treasure chest of parenting insights and techniques.”—Carol S. Dweck, Ph.D., author of Mindset  “I have never read a better, clearer explanation of the impact parenting can have on a child’s brain and personality.”—Michael Thompson, Ph.D. “Easily assimilated and informative, the book will help adults enable children to lead physically and emotionally satisfying and well-rounded lives filled with purpose and meaningful relationships. Edifying, easy-to-understand scientific research that shows the benefits that accrue when a child is encouraged to be inquisitive, spirited, and intrepid.”—Kirkus Reviews https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321627 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321627]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Play Anything: The Pleasure of Limits, the Uses of Boredom, and the Secret of Games Author: Ian Bogost Narrator: Jonathan Yen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 53 minutes Release date: September 13, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Life is boring: filled with meetings and traffic, errands and emails. Nothing we'd ever call fun. But what if we've gotten fun wrong? In Play Anything, visionary game designer and philosopher Ian Bogost shows how we can overcome our daily anxiety; transforming the boring, ordinary world around us into one of endless, playful possibilities. The key to this playful mindset lies in discovering the secret truth of fun and games. Play Anything, reveals that games appeal to us not because they are fun, but because they set limitations. Soccer wouldn't be soccer if it wasn't composed of two teams of eleven players using only their feet, heads, and torsos to get a ball into a goal; Tetris wouldn't be Tetris without falling pieces in characteristic shapes. Such rules seem needless, arbitrary, and difficult. Yet it is the limitations that make games enjoyable, just like it's the hard things in life that give it meaning. Play is what happens when we accept these limitations, narrow our focus, and, consequently, have fun. Which is also how to live a good life. Manipulating a soccer ball into a goal is no different than treating ordinary circumstances-like grocery shopping, lawn mowing, and making PowerPoints-as sources for meaning and joy. We can 'play anything' by filling our days with attention and discipline, devotion and love for the world as it really is, beyond our desires and fears. Ranging from Internet culture to moral philosophy, ancient poetry to modern consumerism, Bogost shows us how today's chaotic world can only be tamed-and enjoyed-when we first impose boundaries on ourselves. Ian Bogost Tue, 13 Sep 2016 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321627 thebookvoice.com 9:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321627]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Play Anything: The Pleasure of Limits, the Uses of Boredom, and the Secret of Games Author: Ian Bogost Narrator: Jonathan Yen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 53 minutes Release date: September 13, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Life is boring: filled with meetings and traffic, errands and emails. Nothing we'd ever call fun. But what if we've gotten fun wrong? In Play Anything, visionary game designer and philosopher Ian Bogost shows how we can overcome our daily anxiety; transforming the boring, ordinary world around us into one of endless, playful possibilities. The key to this playful mindset lies in discovering the secret truth of fun and games. Play Anything, reveals that games appeal to us not because they are fun, but because they set limitations. Soccer wouldn't be soccer if it wasn't composed of two teams of eleven players using only their feet, heads, and torsos to get a ball into a goal; Tetris wouldn't be Tetris without falling pieces in characteristic shapes. Such rules seem needless, arbitrary, and difficult. Yet it is the limitations that make games enjoyable, just like it's the hard things in life that give it meaning. Play is what happens when we accept these limitations, narrow our focus, and, consequently, have fun. Which is also how to live a good life. Manipulating a soccer ball into a goal is no different than treating ordinary circumstances-like grocery shopping, lawn mowing, and making PowerPoints-as sources for meaning and joy. We can 'play anything' by filling our days with attention and discipline, devotion and love for the world as it really is, beyond our desires and fears. Ranging from Internet culture to moral philosophy, ancient poetry to modern consumerism, Bogost shows us how today's chaotic world can only be tamed-and enjoyed-when we first impose boundaries on ourselves. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321627]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Play Anything: The Pleasure of Limits, the Uses of Boredom, and the Secret of Games Author: Ian Bogost Narrator: Jonathan Yen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 53 minutes Release date: September 13, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Life is boring: filled with meetings and traffic, errands and emails. Nothing we'd ever call fun. But what if we've gotten fun wrong? In Play Anything, visionary game designer and philosopher Ian Bogost shows how we can overcome our daily anxiety; transforming the boring, ordinary world around us into one of endless, playful possibilities. The key to this playful mindset lies in discovering the secret truth of fun and games. Play Anything, reveals that games appeal to us not because they are fun, but because they set limitations. Soccer wouldn't be soccer if it wasn't composed of two teams of eleven players using only their feet, heads, and torsos to get a ball into a goal; Tetris wouldn't be Tetris without falling pieces in characteristic shapes. Such rules seem needless, arbitrary, and difficult. Yet it is the limitations that make games enjoyable, just like it's the hard things in life that give it meaning. Play is what happens when we accept these limitations, narrow our focus, and, consequently, have fun. Which is also how to live a good life. Manipulating a soccer ball into a goal is no different than treating ordinary circumstances-like grocery shopping, lawn mowing, and making PowerPoints-as sources for meaning and joy. We can 'play anything' by filling our days with attention and discipline, devotion and love for the world as it really is, beyond our desires and fears. Ranging from Internet culture to moral philosophy, ancient poetry to modern consumerism, Bogost shows us how today's chaotic world can only be tamed-and enjoyed-when we first impose boundaries on ourselves. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321526 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321526]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Head in the Cloud: Why Knowing Things Still Matters When Facts Are So Easy to Look Up Author: William Poundstone Narrator: Chris Sorensen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 46 minutes Release date: July 19, 2016 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The real-world value of knowledge in the mobile-device age. More people know who Khloe Kardashian is than who Rene Descartes was. Most can't find Delaware on a map, correctly spell the word occurrence, or name the largest ocean on the planet. But how important is it to fill our heads with facts? A few keystrokes can summon almost any information in seconds. Why should we bother learning facts at all? Bestselling author William Poundstone confronts that timely question in HEAD IN THE CLOUD. He shows that many areas of knowledge correlate with the quality of our lives-wealth, health, and happiness-and even with politics and behavior. Combining Big Data survey techniques with eye-opening anecdotes, Poundstone examines what Americans know (and don't know) on topics ranging from quantum physics to pop culture. HEAD IN THE CLOUD asks why we're okay with spelling errors on menus but not on resumes; why Fox News viewers don't know which party controls Congress; why people who know 'trivia' make more money than those who don't; how individuals can navigate clickbait and media spin to stay informed about what really matters. Hilarious, humbling, and wildly entertaining, HEAD IN THE CLOUD is a must-read for anyone who doesn't know everything. William Poundstone Tue, 19 Jul 2016 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321526 thebookvoice.com 8:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321526]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Head in the Cloud: Why Knowing Things Still Matters When Facts Are So Easy to Look Up Author: William Poundstone Narrator: Chris Sorensen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 46 minutes Release date: July 19, 2016 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The real-world value of knowledge in the mobile-device age. More people know who Khloe Kardashian is than who Rene Descartes was. Most can't find Delaware on a map, correctly spell the word occurrence, or name the largest ocean on the planet. But how important is it to fill our heads with facts? A few keystrokes can summon almost any information in seconds. Why should we bother learning facts at all? Bestselling author William Poundstone confronts that timely question in HEAD IN THE CLOUD. He shows that many areas of knowledge correlate with the quality of our lives-wealth, health, and happiness-and even with politics and behavior. Combining Big Data survey techniques with eye-opening anecdotes, Poundstone examines what Americans know (and don't know) on topics ranging from quantum physics to pop culture. HEAD IN THE CLOUD asks why we're okay with spelling errors on menus but not on resumes; why Fox News viewers don't know which party controls Congress; why people who know 'trivia' make more money than those who don't; how individuals can navigate clickbait and media spin to stay informed about what really matters. Hilarious, humbling, and wildly entertaining, HEAD IN THE CLOUD is a must-read for anyone who doesn't know everything. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321526]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Head in the Cloud: Why Knowing Things Still Matters When Facts Are So Easy to Look Up Author: William Poundstone Narrator: Chris Sorensen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 46 minutes Release date: July 19, 2016 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The real-world value of knowledge in the mobile-device age. More people know who Khloe Kardashian is than who Rene Descartes was. Most can't find Delaware on a map, correctly spell the word occurrence, or name the largest ocean on the planet. But how important is it to fill our heads with facts? A few keystrokes can summon almost any information in seconds. Why should we bother learning facts at all? Bestselling author William Poundstone confronts that timely question in HEAD IN THE CLOUD. He shows that many areas of knowledge correlate with the quality of our lives-wealth, health, and happiness-and even with politics and behavior. Combining Big Data survey techniques with eye-opening anecdotes, Poundstone examines what Americans know (and don't know) on topics ranging from quantum physics to pop culture. HEAD IN THE CLOUD asks why we're okay with spelling errors on menus but not on resumes; why Fox News viewers don't know which party controls Congress; why people who know 'trivia' make more money than those who don't; how individuals can navigate clickbait and media spin to stay informed about what really matters. Hilarious, humbling, and wildly entertaining, HEAD IN THE CLOUD is a must-read for anyone who doesn't know everything. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321441 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321441]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ordinarily Well: The Case for Antidepressants Author: Peter D. Kramer Narrator: L.J. Ganser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 16 minutes Release date: June 7, 2016 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Do antidepressants work, or are they glorified dummy pills? How can we tell? In Ordinarily Well, the celebrated psychiatrist and author Peter D. Kramer examines the growing controversy about the popular medications. A practicing doctor who trained as a psychotherapist and worked with pioneers in psychopharmacology, Kramer combines moving accounts of his patients' dilemmas with an eye-opening history of drug research to cast antidepressants in a new light. Kramer homes in on the moment of clinical decision making: Prescribe or not? What evidence should doctors bring to bear? Using the wide range of reference that readers have come to expect in his books, he traces and critiques the growth of skepticism toward antidepressants. He examines industry-sponsored research, highlighting its shortcomings. He unpacks the 'inside baseball' of psychiatrystatisticsand shows how findings can be skewed toward desired conclusions. Kramer never loses sight of patients. He writes with empathy about his clinical encounters over decades as he weighed treatments, analyzed trial results, and observed medications' influence on his patients' symptoms, behavior, careers, families, and quality of life. He updates his prior writing about the nature of depression as a destructive illness and the effect of antidepressants on traits like low self-worth. Crucially, he shows how antidepressants act in practice: less often as miracle cures than as useful, and welcome, tools for helping troubled people achieve an underrated goalbecoming ordinarily well. Peter D. Kramer Tue, 07 Jun 2016 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321441 thebookvoice.com 10:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321441]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ordinarily Well: The Case for Antidepressants Author: Peter D. Kramer Narrator: L.J. Ganser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 16 minutes Release date: June 7, 2016 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Do antidepressants work, or are they glorified dummy pills? How can we tell? In Ordinarily Well, the celebrated psychiatrist and author Peter D. Kramer examines the growing controversy about the popular medications. A practicing doctor who trained as a psychotherapist and worked with pioneers in psychopharmacology, Kramer combines moving accounts of his patients' dilemmas with an eye-opening history of drug research to cast antidepressants in a new light. Kramer homes in on the moment of clinical decision making: Prescribe or not? What evidence should doctors bring to bear? Using the wide range of reference that readers have come to expect in his books, he traces and critiques the growth of skepticism toward antidepressants. He examines industry-sponsored research, highlighting its shortcomings. He unpacks the 'inside baseball' of psychiatrystatisticsand shows how findings can be skewed toward desired conclusions. Kramer never loses sight of patients. He writes with empathy about his clinical encounters over decades as he weighed treatments, analyzed trial results, and observed medications' influence on his patients' symptoms, behavior, careers, families, and quality of life. He updates his prior writing about the nature of depression as a destructive illness and the effect of antidepressants on traits like low self-worth. Crucially, he shows how antidepressants act in practice: less often as miracle cures than as useful, and welcome, tools for helping troubled people achieve an underrated goalbecoming ordinarily well. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321441]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ordinarily Well: The Case for Antidepressants Author: Peter D. Kramer Narrator: L.J. Ganser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 16 minutes Release date: June 7, 2016 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Do antidepressants work, or are they glorified dummy pills? How can we tell? In Ordinarily Well, the celebrated psychiatrist and author Peter D. Kramer examines the growing controversy about the popular medications. A practicing doctor who trained as a psychotherapist and worked with pioneers in psychopharmacology, Kramer combines moving accounts of his patients' dilemmas with an eye-opening history of drug research to cast antidepressants in a new light. Kramer homes in on the moment of clinical decision making: Prescribe or not? What evidence should doctors bring to bear? Using the wide range of reference that readers have come to expect in his books, he traces and critiques the growth of skepticism toward antidepressants. He examines industry-sponsored research, highlighting its shortcomings. He unpacks the 'inside baseball' of psychiatrystatisticsand shows how findings can be skewed toward desired conclusions. Kramer never loses sight of patients. He writes with empathy about his clinical encounters over decades as he weighed treatments, analyzed trial results, and observed medications' influence on his patients' symptoms, behavior, careers, families, and quality of life. He updates his prior writing about the nature of depression as a destructive illness and the effect of antidepressants on traits like low self-worth. Crucially, he shows how antidepressants act in practice: less often as miracle cures than as useful, and welcome, tools for helping troubled people achieve an underrated goalbecoming ordinarily well. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321277 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321277]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Bad Do You Want It?: Mastering the Psychology of Mind over Muscle Author: Matt Fitzgerald Narrator: Matt Fitzgerald Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: February 12, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.07 of Total 60 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 17 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The greatest athletic performances spring from the mind, not the body. Elite athletes have known this for decades and now science is learning why it's true. In his fascinating new book How Bad Do You Want It?, coach Matt Fitzgerald examines more than a dozen pivotal races to discover the surprising ways elite athletes strengthen their mental toughness. Fitzgerald puts you into the pulse-pounding action of more than a dozen epic races from running, cycling, triathlon, XTERRA, and rowing with thrilling race reports and revealing post-race interviews with the elites. Their own words reinforce what the research has found: strong mental fitness lets us approach our true physical limits, giving us an edge over physically stronger competitors. Each chapter explores the how and why of an elite athlete's transformative moment, revealing powerful new psychobiological principles you can practice to flex your own mental fitness. The new psychobiological model of endurance performance shows that the most important question in endurance sports is: how bad do you want it? Fitzgerald's fascinating book will forever change how you answer this question and show you how to master the psychology of mind over muscle. These lessons will help you push back your limits and uncover your full potential. How Bad Do You Want It? reveals new psychobiological findings including: Mental toughness determines how close you can get to your physical limit. Bracing yourself for a tough race or workout can boost performance by 15% or more. Champions have learned how to give more of what they have. The only way to improve performance is by altering how you perceive effort. Choking under pressure is a form of self-consciousness. Your attitude in daily life is the same one you bring to sports. There's no such thing as going as fast as you canonly going faster than before. The fastest racecourse is the one with the loudest spectators. Faith in your training is as important as the training itself. Matt Fitzgerald Fri, 12 Feb 2016 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321277 thebookvoice.com 8:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321277]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Bad Do You Want It?: Mastering the Psychology of Mind over Muscle Author: Matt Fitzgerald Narrator: Matt Fitzgerald Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: February 12, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.07 of Total 60 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 17 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The greatest athletic performances spring from the mind, not the body. Elite athletes have known this for decades and now science is learning why it's true. In his fascinating new book How Bad Do You Want It?, coach Matt Fitzgerald examines more than a dozen pivotal races to discover the surprising ways elite athletes strengthen their mental toughness. Fitzgerald puts you into the pulse-pounding action of more than a dozen epic races from running, cycling, triathlon, XTERRA, and rowing with thrilling race reports and revealing post-race interviews with the elites. Their own words reinforce what the research has found: strong mental fitness lets us approach our true physical limits, giving us an edge over physically stronger competitors. Each chapter explores the how and why of an elite athlete's transformative moment, revealing powerful new psychobiological principles you can practice to flex your own mental fitness. The new psychobiological model of endurance performance shows that the most important question in endurance sports is: how bad do you want it? Fitzgerald's fascinating book will forever change how you answer this question and show you how to master the psychology of mind over muscle. These lessons will help you push back your limits and uncover your full potential. How Bad Do You Want It? reveals new psychobiological findings including: Mental toughness determines how close you can get to your physical limit. Bracing yourself for a tough race or workout can boost performance by 15% or more. Champions have learned how to give more of what they have. The only way to improve performance is by altering how you perceive effort. Choking under pressure is a form of self-consciousness. Your attitude in daily life is the same one you bring to sports. There's no such thing as going as fast as you canonly going faster than before. The fastest racecourse is the one with the loudest spectators. Faith in your training is as important as the training itself. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321277]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Bad Do You Want It?: Mastering the Psychology of Mind over Muscle Author: Matt Fitzgerald Narrator: Matt Fitzgerald Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: February 12, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.07 of Total 60 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 17 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The greatest athletic performances spring from the mind, not the body. Elite athletes have known this for decades and now science is learning why it's true. In his fascinating new book How Bad Do You Want It?, coach Matt Fitzgerald examines more than a dozen pivotal races to discover the surprising ways elite athletes strengthen their mental toughness. Fitzgerald puts you into the pulse-pounding action of more than a dozen epic races from running, cycling, triathlon, XTERRA, and rowing with thrilling race reports and revealing post-race interviews with the elites. Their own words reinforce what the research has found: strong mental fitness lets us approach our true physical limits, giving us an edge over physically stronger competitors. Each chapter explores the how and why of an elite athlete's transformative moment, revealing powerful new psychobiological principles you can practice to flex your own mental fitness. The new psychobiological model of endurance performance shows that the most important question in endurance sports is: how bad do you want it? Fitzgerald's fascinating book will forever change how you answer this question and show you how to master the psychology of mind over muscle. These lessons will help you push back your limits and uncover your full potential. How Bad Do You Want It? reveals new psychobiological findings including: Mental toughness determines how close you can get to your physical limit. Bracing yourself for a tough race or workout can boost performance by 15% or more. Champions have learned how to give more of what they have. The only way to improve performance is by altering how you perceive effort. Choking under pressure is a form of self-consciousness. Your attitude in daily life is the same one you bring to sports. There's no such thing as going as fast as you canonly going faster than before. The fastest racecourse is the one with the loudest spectators. Faith in your training is as important as the training itself. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321236 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321236]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Wisest One in the Room: How You Can Benefit from Social Psychology's Most Powerful Insights Author: Lee Ross, Thomas Gilovich Narrator: Chris Sorensen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 7 minutes Release date: January 22, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Renowned psychologists describe the most useful insights from social psychology that can help make you 'wise': wise about why people behave the way they do, and wise about how to use that knowledge in understanding and influencing the people in your life. When faced with a challenge, we often turn to those we trust for words of wisdom. Friends, relatives, and colleagues: someone with the best advice about how to boost sales, the most useful insights into raising children, or the sharpest take on an ongoing conflict. In The Wisest One in the Room, renowned social psychologists Thomas Gilovich and Lee Ross ask: Why? What do these people know? What are the foundations of their wisdom? And, as professors and researchers who specialize in the study of human behavior, they wonder: What general principles of human psychology are they drawing on to reach these conclusions? They begin by noting that wisdom, unlike intelligence, demands some insight into people-their hopes, fears, passions, and drives. It's true for the executive running a Fortune 500 company, the candidate seeking public office, the artist trying to create work that will speak to the ages, or the single parent trying to get a child through the tumultuous adolescent years. To be wise, they maintain, one must be psych-wise. Gilovich and Ross show that to answer any kind of behavioral question, it is essential to understand the details-especially the hidden and subtle details-of the situational forces acting upon us. Understanding these forces is the key to becoming wiser in the way we understand the people and events we encounter, and wiser in the way we deal with the challenges that are sure to come our way-perhaps even the key to becoming 'the wisest in the room.' Lee Ross, Thomas Gilovich Fri, 22 Jan 2016 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321236 thebookvoice.com 10:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321236]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Wisest One in the Room: How You Can Benefit from Social Psychology's Most Powerful Insights Author: Lee Ross, Thomas Gilovich Narrator: Chris Sorensen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 7 minutes Release date: January 22, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Renowned psychologists describe the most useful insights from social psychology that can help make you 'wise': wise about why people behave the way they do, and wise about how to use that knowledge in understanding and influencing the people in your life. When faced with a challenge, we often turn to those we trust for words of wisdom. Friends, relatives, and colleagues: someone with the best advice about how to boost sales, the most useful insights into raising children, or the sharpest take on an ongoing conflict. In The Wisest One in the Room, renowned social psychologists Thomas Gilovich and Lee Ross ask: Why? What do these people know? What are the foundations of their wisdom? And, as professors and researchers who specialize in the study of human behavior, they wonder: What general principles of human psychology are they drawing on to reach these conclusions? They begin by noting that wisdom, unlike intelligence, demands some insight into people-their hopes, fears, passions, and drives. It's true for the executive running a Fortune 500 company, the candidate seeking public office, the artist trying to create work that will speak to the ages, or the single parent trying to get a child through the tumultuous adolescent years. To be wise, they maintain, one must be psych-wise. Gilovich and Ross show that to answer any kind of behavioral question, it is essential to understand the details-especially the hidden and subtle details-of the situational forces acting upon us. Understanding these forces is the key to becoming wiser in the way we understand the people and events we encounter, and wiser in the way we deal with the challenges that are sure to come our way-perhaps even the key to becoming 'the wisest in the room.' Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321236]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Wisest One in the Room: How You Can Benefit from Social Psychology's Most Powerful Insights Author: Lee Ross, Thomas Gilovich Narrator: Chris Sorensen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 7 minutes Release date: January 22, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Renowned psychologists describe the most useful insights from social psychology that can help make you 'wise': wise about why people behave the way they do, and wise about how to use that knowledge in understanding and influencing the people in your life. When faced with a challenge, we often turn to those we trust for words of wisdom. Friends, relatives, and colleagues: someone with the best advice about how to boost sales, the most useful insights into raising children, or the sharpest take on an ongoing conflict. In The Wisest One in the Room, renowned social psychologists Thomas Gilovich and Lee Ross ask: Why? What do these people know? What are the foundations of their wisdom? And, as professors and researchers who specialize in the study of human behavior, they wonder: What general principles of human psychology are they drawing on to reach these conclusions? They begin by noting that wisdom, unlike intelligence, demands some insight into people-their hopes, fears, passions, and drives. It's true for the executive running a Fortune 500 company, the candidate seeking public office, the artist trying to create work that will speak to the ages, or the single parent trying to get a child through the tumultuous adolescent years. To be wise, they maintain, one must be psych-wise. Gilovich and Ross show that to answer any kind of behavioral question, it is essential to understand the details-especially the hidden and subtle details-of the situational forces acting upon us. Understanding these forces is the key to becoming wiser in the way we understand the people and events we encounter, and wiser in the way we deal with the challenges that are sure to come our way-perhaps even the key to becoming 'the wisest in the room.' https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321032 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321032]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why are Professors Liberal? Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 1 minute Release date: November 24, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Liberalism is about collectivism, and anti-liberalism is about individualism. Therefore, bureaucracies, and universities consequently, are of their very nature disposed to be liberal. J.-M. Kuczynski Fri, 24 Nov 2017 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321032 thebookvoice.com 0:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321032]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why are Professors Liberal? Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 1 minute Release date: November 24, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Liberalism is about collectivism, and anti-liberalism is about individualism. Therefore, bureaucracies, and universities consequently, are of their very nature disposed to be liberal. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321032]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why are Professors Liberal? Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 1 minute Release date: November 24, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Liberalism is about collectivism, and anti-liberalism is about individualism. Therefore, bureaucracies, and universities consequently, are of their very nature disposed to be liberal. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320964 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320964]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Inner Work: Using Dreams and Active Imagination for Personal Growth Author: Robert A. Johnson Narrator: Don Hagen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 17 minutes Release date: January 9, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From Robert A. Johnson, the bestselling author of Transformation, Owning Your Own Shadow, and the groundbreaking works He, She, and We, comes a practical four-step approach to using dreams and the imagination for a journey of inner transformation. In Inner Work, the renowned Jungian analyst offers a powerful and direct way to approach the inner world of the unconscious, often resulting in a central transformative experience. A repackaged classic by a major name in the field, Robert Johnson’s Inner Work enables us to find extraordinary strengths and resources in the hidden depths of our own subconscious. Robert A. Johnson Tue, 09 Jan 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320964 thebookvoice.com 8:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320964]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Inner Work: Using Dreams and Active Imagination for Personal Growth Author: Robert A. Johnson Narrator: Don Hagen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 17 minutes Release date: January 9, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From Robert A. Johnson, the bestselling author of Transformation, Owning Your Own Shadow, and the groundbreaking works He, She, and We, comes a practical four-step approach to using dreams and the imagination for a journey of inner transformation. In Inner Work, the renowned Jungian analyst offers a powerful and direct way to approach the inner world of the unconscious, often resulting in a central transformative experience. A repackaged classic by a major name in the field, Robert Johnson’s Inner Work enables us to find extraordinary strengths and resources in the hidden depths of our own subconscious. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320964]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Inner Work: Using Dreams and Active Imagination for Personal Growth Author: Robert A. Johnson Narrator: Don Hagen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 17 minutes Release date: January 9, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From Robert A. Johnson, the bestselling author of Transformation, Owning Your Own Shadow, and the groundbreaking works He, She, and We, comes a practical four-step approach to using dreams and the imagination for a journey of inner transformation. In Inner Work, the renowned Jungian analyst offers a powerful and direct way to approach the inner world of the unconscious, often resulting in a central transformative experience. A repackaged classic by a major name in the field, Robert Johnson’s Inner Work enables us to find extraordinary strengths and resources in the hidden depths of our own subconscious. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320900 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320900]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Be Human: The Manual Author: Ruby Wax Narrator: Gelong Thubten, Ash Ranpura, Ruby Wax Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 9 minutes Release date: January 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.28 of Total 83 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 12 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of How to be Human: The Manual written and read by Ruby Wax with Ash Ranpura and Gelong Thubten. A three way encounter between a Monk, a neuroscientist and Ruby Wax sounds like the set up for a joke. Instead it's produced one of the most fascinating, intriguing and informative books about minds and bodies and brains and mindfulness I've ever encountered. A triangulation on what it means to be human. Utterly readable and surprisingly wise. Neil Gaiman How to Be Human is, without exaggeration, a lifeline; wise, practical and funny, it is a handbook for those in despair. It is actually for everyone alive, for the curious, or disillusioned or muddled or just plain happy. Ruby, the Monk and the Neuroscientist are today's Magi. Joanna Lumley With this marvellous book, Ruby Wax has confirmed her position as one of the most readable, inspirational and engaging writers in the field of human mental health, happiness and fulfilment. Stephen Fry It took us 4 billion years to evolve to where we are now. No question, anyone reading this has won the evolutionary Hunger Games by the fact you're on all twos and not some fossil. This should make us all the happiest species alive - most of us aren't, what's gone wrong? We've started treating ourselves more like machines and less like humans. We're so used to upgrading things like our iPhones: as soon as the new one comes out, we don't think twice, we dump it. (Many people I know are now on iWife4 or iHusband8, the motto being, if it's new, it's better.) We can't stop the future from arriving, no matter what drugs we're on. But even if nearly every part of us becomes robotic, we'll still, fingers crossed, have our minds, which, hopefully, we'll be able use for things like compassion, rather than chasing what's 'better', and if we can do that we're on the yellow brick road to happiness. I wrote this book with a little help from a monk, who explains how the mind works, and also gives some mindfulness exercises, and a neuroscientist who explains what makes us 'us' in the brain. We answer every question you've ever had about: evolution, thoughts, emotions, the body, addictions, relationships, kids, the future and compassion. How to be Human is extremely funny, true and the only manual you'll need to help you upgrade your mind as much as you've upgraded your iPhone. Ruby Wax Thu, 25 Jan 2018 04:02:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320900 thebookvoice.com 7:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320900]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Be Human: The Manual Author: Ruby Wax Narrator: Gelong Thubten, Ash Ranpura, Ruby Wax Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 9 minutes Release date: January 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.28 of Total 83 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 12 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of How to be Human: The Manual written and read by Ruby Wax with Ash Ranpura and Gelong Thubten. A three way encounter between a Monk, a neuroscientist and Ruby Wax sounds like the set up for a joke. Instead it's produced one of the most fascinating, intriguing and informative books about minds and bodies and brains and mindfulness I've ever encountered. A triangulation on what it means to be human. Utterly readable and surprisingly wise. Neil Gaiman How to Be Human is, without exaggeration, a lifeline; wise, practical and funny, it is a handbook for those in despair. It is actually for everyone alive, for the curious, or disillusioned or muddled or just plain happy. Ruby, the Monk and the Neuroscientist are today's Magi. Joanna Lumley With this marvellous book, Ruby Wax has confirmed her position as one of the most readable, inspirational and engaging writers in the field of human mental health, happiness and fulfilment. Stephen Fry It took us 4 billion years to evolve to where we are now. No question, anyone reading this has won the evolutionary Hunger Games by the fact you're on all twos and not some fossil. This should make us all the happiest species alive - most of us aren't, what's gone wrong? We've started treating ourselves more like machines and less like humans. We're so used to upgrading things like our iPhones: as soon as the new one comes out, we don't think twice, we dump it. (Many people I know are now on iWife4 or iHusband8, the motto being, if it's new, it's better.) We can't stop the future from arriving, no matter what drugs we're on. But even if nearly every part of us becomes robotic, we'll still, fingers crossed, have our minds, which, hopefully, we'll be able use for things like compassion, rather than chasing what's 'better', and if we can do that we're on the yellow brick road to happiness. I wrote this book with a little help from a monk, who explains how the mind works, and also gives some mindfulness exercises, and a neuroscientist who explains what makes us 'us' in the brain. We answer every question you've ever had about: evolution, thoughts, emotions, the body, addictions, relationships, kids, the future and compassion. How to be Human is extremely funny, true and the only manual you'll need to help you upgrade your mind as much as you've upgraded your iPhone. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320900]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Be Human: The Manual Author: Ruby Wax Narrator: Gelong Thubten, Ash Ranpura, Ruby Wax Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 9 minutes Release date: January 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.28 of Total 83 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 12 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of How to be Human: The Manual written and read by Ruby Wax with Ash Ranpura and Gelong Thubten. A three way encounter between a Monk, a neuroscientist and Ruby Wax sounds like the set up for a joke. Instead it's produced one of the most fascinating, intriguing and informative books about minds and bodies and brains and mindfulness I've ever encountered. A triangulation on what it means to be human. Utterly readable and surprisingly wise. Neil Gaiman How to Be Human is, without exaggeration, a lifeline; wise, practical and funny, it is a handbook for those in despair. It is actually for everyone alive, for the curious, or disillusioned or muddled or just plain happy. Ruby, the Monk and the Neuroscientist are today's Magi. Joanna Lumley With this marvellous book, Ruby Wax has confirmed her position as one of the most readable, inspirational and engaging writers in the field of human mental health, happiness and fulfilment. Stephen Fry It took us 4 billion years to evolve to where we are now. No question, anyone reading this has won the evolutionary Hunger Games by the fact you're on all twos and not some fossil. This should make us all the happiest species alive - most of us aren't, what's gone wrong? We've started treating ourselves more like machines and less like humans. We're so used to upgrading things like our iPhones: as soon as the new one comes out, we don't think twice, we dump it. (Many people I know are now on iWife4 or iHusband8, the motto being, if it's new, it's better.) We can't stop the future from arriving, no matter what drugs we're on. But even if nearly every part of us becomes robotic, we'll still, fingers crossed, have our minds, which, hopefully, we'll be able use for things like compassion, rather than chasing what's 'better', and if we can do that we're on the yellow brick road to happiness. I wrote this book with a little help from a monk, who explains how the mind works, and also gives some mindfulness exercises, and a neuroscientist who explains what makes us 'us' in the brain. We answer every question you've ever had about: evolution, thoughts, emotions, the body, addictions, relationships, kids, the future and compassion. How to be Human is extremely funny, true and the only manual you'll need to help you upgrade your mind as much as you've upgraded your iPhone.